Leaders TalkX: When policy meets progress: paving the way for a fit for future digital world

Leaders TalkX: When policy meets progress: paving the way for a fit for future digital world

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion focused on creating regulatory frameworks for a fit-for-future digital world, examining how policy can balance investment, competition, and innovation while ensuring digital inclusion and trust. The panel featured telecommunications regulators from Greece, Portugal, Nigeria, South Africa, Georgia, Canada, and Costa Rica, each sharing their national perspectives on digital transformation challenges.


Dr. Konstantinos Masselos from Greece emphasized that digital infrastructure deployment requires capital-intensive investments, necessitating regulatory frameworks that incentivize investment while maintaining competition to ensure affordable, accessible services. He stressed the need for simplified, predictable regulatory approaches that accommodate rapid technological advances like network slicing and software-defined networks. Professor Sandra Maximiano from Portugal highlighted the regulator’s evolving role in protecting fundamental rights and consumer welfare, particularly through behavioral economics insights and coordination under the EU Digital Services Act.


Dr. Aminu Maida from Nigeria described their shift from traditional command-and-control regulation to data-driven approaches, leveraging transparency and public information disclosure to empower consumers and enhance market accountability. Mr. Mothibi Ramusi from South Africa emphasized constitutional mandates for digital inclusion, stressing that regulatory frameworks must ensure underserved communities aren’t left behind in digital transformation. Ms. Ekaterine Imedadze from Georgia outlined their evolution from oversight to enablement, focusing on transparency, data analytics, and partnerships to build resilient regulatory frameworks.


Charles Noir from Canada discussed technical operators’ crucial role in maintaining internet security and trust through infrastructure management and multi-stakeholder governance participation. Federico Chacon Loaiza from Costa Rica shared their balanced approach using the National Telecommunications Fund to promote both competition and universal access, successfully reducing digital divides through targeted connectivity programs. The discussion concluded that effective digital regulation requires bold, balanced leadership anchored in trust, inclusion, and long-term resilience.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Balancing Investment Incentives with Competition**: The need to create regulatory frameworks that encourage capital-intensive digital infrastructure investments while maintaining competitive markets that benefit consumers through better prices, quality, and choices.


– **Data-Driven and Transparent Regulatory Approaches**: Moving from traditional “command and control” regulation toward empowering markets and consumers with transparent data, real-time insights, and public reporting mechanisms to foster accountability and informed decision-making.


– **Digital Inclusion and Universal Access**: Ensuring that digital transformation benefits all citizens, particularly those in underserved and rural areas, through universal service funds, affordable connectivity programs, and targeted initiatives to close the digital divide.


– **Trust, Security, and Consumer Protection in Digital Spaces**: The evolving role of regulators in protecting fundamental rights online, addressing algorithmic discrimination, cybersecurity threats, and ensuring that technical operators maintain secure, resilient digital infrastructure.


– **Multi-stakeholder Collaboration and International Cooperation**: The importance of partnerships between regulators, governments, private sector, civil society, and international organizations to address global digital challenges and maintain open, interoperable internet governance.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to explore how policy and regulatory frameworks can evolve to support digital transformation while addressing complex trade-offs between investment, competition, innovation, and inclusion. The panel sought to share best practices from different regions on creating “fit-for-future” digital governance that serves both economic growth and social equity.


## Overall Tone:


The discussion maintained a consistently professional, collaborative, and forward-looking tone throughout. Panelists demonstrated mutual respect and shared commitment to inclusive digital development. The tone was optimistic about technological possibilities while acknowledging serious challenges, and emphasized practical solutions based on real-world regulatory experience. There was no significant shift in tone during the conversation – it remained constructive and solution-oriented from beginning to end.


Speakers

– **Lidia Stepinska Ustasiak** – Co-founder and President of the Foundation Polistratos Institute, Session Facilitator


– **Charles Noir** – Canadian Internet Registration Authority


– **Sandra Maximiano** – President of the Board of Directors, ANACOM (Portugal’s national regulator), Digital Services Coordinator under the EU Digital Services Act


– **Konstantinos Masselos** – President of Hellenic Telecommunication and Post Commission


– **Ekaterine Imedadze** – Commissioner and Outgoing Chairperson, Georgian National Communications Commission and EAPEREC-EU Eastern Partnership


– **Aminu Maida** – Executive Vice Chairman, Nigerian Communications Commission


– **Mothibi Ramusi** – Chairperson, Independent Communications Authority of South Africa


– **Federico Chacon Loaiza** – President, Superintendent of Telecommunications (SUTEL, Costa Rica), participated online


**Additional speakers:**


None identified beyond the provided speakers names list.


Full session report

# Regulatory Frameworks for a Fit-for-Future Digital World: A Comprehensive Discussion Summary


## Introduction and Context


This panel discussion, titled “When policy meets progress, paving the way for a fit-for-future digital world,” was facilitated by Lidia Stepinska-Ustasiak, Co-founder and President of the Foundation Polistratos Institute. The session brought together telecommunications regulators and digital governance experts from across the globe to examine how policy frameworks can evolve to support digital transformation while addressing complex trade-offs between investment, competition, innovation, and inclusion.


The discussion featured representatives from Greece, Portugal, Nigeria, South Africa, Georgia, Canada, and Costa Rica, with Federico Chacon Loaiza from Costa Rica participating online while other panelists were on stage. Each speaker offered unique regional perspectives on creating regulatory frameworks fit for the digital future, maintaining a consistently professional, collaborative, and forward-looking tone throughout.


## Speaker Presentations and Key Perspectives


### Dr. Konstantinos Masselos – Greece’s Hellenic Telecommunication and Post Commission


Dr. Masselos established the foundational challenge of the discussion, emphasizing that digital infrastructure deployment requires capital-intensive investments necessitating regulatory frameworks that incentivize investment while maintaining competition. He stressed the need for simplified, predictable regulatory approaches that accommodate rapid technological advances like network slicing and software-defined networks.


Masselos argued: “we need to have a balance to strike the right balance between pro-investment and pro-competition frameworks… This combination of technology advances and difficult trade-offs, regulatory trade-offs, is a call for re-evaluation of our traditional electronic communications framework.” He emphasized the importance of sustainability across three dimensions: environmental, financial, and socio-economic.


### Dr. Aminu Maida – Nigeria’s Communications Commission


Dr. Maida described Nigeria’s shift from traditional command-and-control regulation to data-driven approaches. He explained: “We’ve had to take a shift in our approach to regulation from prescribing behaviour to empowering the market, consumers, and civil society with transparent data… So we’re now trying to leverage these data to come up with a smarter way to provide oversight and also incentivise responsible competition.”


This paradigm shift was driven by practical considerations of scale – maintaining traditional regulatory approaches would be prohibitively expensive for Nigeria’s large population. Maida’s approach leverages transparency and public information disclosure to empower consumers and enhance market accountability through quality of experience indices, consumer satisfaction metrics, and compliance indices made publicly accessible.


### Ms. Ekaterine Imedadze – Georgian National Communications Commission and EAPEREC-EU Eastern Partnership


Ms. Imedadze, serving as Commissioner and Outgoing Chairperson, described Georgia’s evolution from oversight to enablement. She emphasized: “COMCOM shapes and understands the future readiness. It’s not about predicting big technology but shaping the future and being resilient to the change… we’ve shaped ourselves from being the oversight player to the enabler of the transformation.”


She highlighted Georgia’s approach focusing on transparency, data analytics, and partnerships to build resilient regulatory frameworks. Imedadze mentioned their Innovation Lab working with the startup ecosystem and emphasized how strong partnerships enable smaller nations to participate in larger projects and become anchors in the digital ecosystem.


### Mr. Mothibi Ramusi – South Africa’s Independent Communications Authority


Mr. Ramusi emphasized South Africa’s constitutional mandates for digital inclusion, stressing that regulatory frameworks must ensure underserved communities aren’t left behind in digital transformation. He highlighted the importance of South Africa’s constitutional framework and Bill of Rights in guiding their approach to digital governance.


Ramusi stressed the need for robust, protected infrastructure with universal coverage and affordable access to enable rural communities to access world-class services like e-learning. He emphasized multi-stakeholder collaboration frameworks extending beyond local actors to include global partners committed to development, openness, and transparency.


### Professor Sandra Maximiano – Portugal’s ANACOM


Professor Maximiano, serving as Digital Services Coordinator under the EU Digital Services Act, added the dimension of consumer protection, emphasizing that regulators must address behavioral biases exploited online and use behavioral economics tools to protect consumers while ensuring competition and inclusion.


She argued: “regulators must ensure that digital inclusion is a strategic priority… We must require that platforms, operators, and service providers be accountable, not just for the infrastructure they provide, but for the online environment they help shape.” Maximiano mentioned ANACOM’s collaboration with the Lusophone community to advance the behavioral economics agenda in digital policy.


### Charles Noir – Canadian Internet Registration Authority


Charles Noir provided the technical infrastructure perspective, discussing how technical operators play a crucial role in maintaining internet security and trust through infrastructure management and multi-stakeholder governance participation. He emphasized that technical operators are responsible for technologies like DNSSEC, DDoS mitigation, and national DNS firewalls that block malicious traffic.


Noir stressed the responsibility of technical operators to participate in governance spaces, ensuring internet security decisions are grounded in operational realities and technical expertise through multi-stakeholder bottom-up governance models.


### Federico Chacon Loaiza – Costa Rica’s SUTEL (participating online)


Federico Chacon Loaiza described Costa Rica’s balanced approach using the National Telecommunications Fund (FONATEL) to promote both competition and universal access. He stated: “For us digital inclusion is not an afterthought but a central objective. We are convinced that digital public policy should serve as a tool for equity, social cohesion and sustainable development.”


Costa Rica’s model demonstrates practical implementation of investment-competition balance through targeted connectivity programs, showing how regulation with a long-term perspective can use digital public policy as a tool for equity and sustainable development.


## Key Themes and Areas of Consensus


### Balancing Investment and Competition


Multiple speakers agreed on the fundamental challenge of creating regulatory frameworks that simultaneously encourage investment in digital infrastructure while maintaining competitive markets. This consensus emerged from speakers representing different regions and regulatory contexts, suggesting universal recognition of this core tension in digital governance.


### Transparency and Data-Driven Approaches


Several speakers, particularly Maida and Imedadze, advocated for moving away from traditional regulatory approaches toward more transparent, data-driven methods that empower stakeholders and enable innovation. This transformation involves shifting from traditional oversight to enabling innovation through transparency, data analytics, and public accessibility of regulatory information.


### Digital Inclusion as Central Priority


Speakers consistently emphasized that digital inclusion must be a fundamental goal of regulatory frameworks, not an afterthought. This consensus spanned different continents and regulatory contexts, with speakers like Ramusi, Chacon Loaiza, and Maximiano all highlighting the importance of proactive measures to ensure equitable access.


### Multi-stakeholder Collaboration


All speakers demonstrated agreement on the necessity of multi-stakeholder collaboration and partnerships. This consensus extended across different types of organizations, from national regulators to technical operators, emphasizing collaborative approaches involving various stakeholders at local, national, and international levels.


## Concrete Initiatives and Actions


Several speakers outlined specific actions their organizations are undertaking:


– Nigeria’s Communications Commission has implemented data-driven regulatory approaches with public accessibility of quality metrics


– Georgia’s COMCOM established an Innovation Lab working with the startup ecosystem on telecommunications and cybersecurity


– South Africa has developed constitutional framework-based approaches to digital inclusion


– Costa Rica’s SUTEL continues administering the FONATEL fund with connectivity programs


– Portugal’s ANACOM is working on behavioral economics approaches and collaborating with the Lusophone community


– Technical operators are implementing security technologies and participating in multi-stakeholder governance


## Future Challenges and Considerations


The discussion identified several ongoing challenges requiring continued attention:


– Scaling regulatory approaches effectively in large, diverse markets


– Balancing regulatory simplification with comprehensive consumer protection in rapidly evolving digital environments


– Ensuring smaller nations can meaningfully participate in global digital governance


– Managing the relationship between national sovereignty and international cooperation


– Addressing compliance and enforcement costs while maintaining effective oversight


– Adapting to emerging technologies and their regulatory implications


## Key Takeaways


The discussion revealed several critical insights for future digital governance:


1. **Regulatory Evolution**: Digital transformation requires adaptive regulatory frameworks that can balance multiple objectives while remaining responsive to technological change.


2. **Transparency and Empowerment**: Moving toward data-driven, transparent governance approaches that empower consumers and markets through information disclosure.


3. **Inclusion as Foundation**: Digital inclusion must be embedded as a central objective in regulatory policy, supported by appropriate mechanisms and funding.


4. **Collaborative Governance**: Multi-stakeholder collaboration is essential for effective digital governance, requiring participation from various actors at multiple levels.


5. **Technical-Regulatory Integration**: Technical operators play a crucial role in building digital trust and must be integrated into governance frameworks.


6. **Sustainability Focus**: Regulatory approaches must consider environmental, financial, and socio-economic sustainability in their design and implementation.


## Conclusion


The discussion demonstrated significant consensus among global digital governance leaders on fundamental principles while acknowledging the diverse approaches needed for different national contexts. The convergence around transparency, inclusion, collaboration, and adaptive governance suggests a maturing field where best practices are emerging across diverse contexts.


The conversation reinforced that effective digital regulation requires balanced leadership anchored in trust, inclusion, and long-term resilience, with regulators evolving to become enablers of digital transformation that serves both economic growth and social equity. The session concluded with an invitation for a group photo, symbolizing the collaborative spirit that characterized the entire discussion.


Session transcript

Lidia Stepinska Ustasiak: Excellencies, distinguished delegates, ladies and gentlemen, good afternoon. My name is Lidia Stepinska-Ustasiak, I am co-founder and president of the Foundation Polistratos Institute and I will have the pleasure and honor to facilitate the discussion when policy meets progress, paving the way for a fit-for-future digital world. Now, I would like to invite to the stage our panelists, Dr. Konstantinos Masselos, President of Hellenic Telecommunication and Post Commission. Welcome to the stage. Professor Sandra Massimiano, President of the Board of Directors, ANACOM. Dr. Aminu Maida, Executive Vice Chairman, Nigerian Communications Commission. Welcome to the stage. Mr. Mokibi Ramozi, Chairperson, Independent Communications Authority of South Africa. Ms. Ekaterina Gnadadze, Commissioner and Outgoing Chairperson, Georgian National Communications Commission and EAPEREC-EU Eastern Partnership. And Mr. Charles Noir, Canadian Internet Registration Authority. And we will also have one participant online, Mr. Federico Jaconte Loiza, President, Superintendent of Telecommunications. He will join us online. Let me start with the first question of our today’s session. I would like to direct this question to Dr. Masselos. The deployment of digital and connectivity infrastructure is essential for the digital transformation and the progress in digital space. However, complex trade-offs among investments, competition and innovation do exist in this context. What kind of policy and regulatory frameworks we need to address these challenges?


Konstantinos Masselos: Thank you. Great to be in WSIS 2025. And I would like to thank ITU for having me here. Digital infrastructure is a key driver for economic growth and competitiveness. And digital infrastructure, including connectivity infrastructure, cloud infrastructure, computing, storage, software as a service, is the platform for digital transformation, increases productivity, fosters innovation. So very important. Technology advances very fast. And considering connectivity as an example, we see that in the future, we will see networks shifting from having focus speed to having focus on the services they will offer. Complex, socio-economically transformative services that will require different qualities of service. They will require software-defined type of networks, network slicing, implementation, and qualities of service like reliability, resilience, predictability, continuity, low latency, etc. So we see technology running very fast. On the other hand, the deployment of digital infrastructure and connectivity infrastructure requires investments, is capital intensive. So we need regulatory and policy frameworks to incentivize investments, but at the same time address the demand side so that this infrastructure, the networks are accessible by end users and this means competitively priced. So we need to have a balance to strike the right balance between pro-investment and pro-competition frameworks. Competition still needs to be there to achieve better prices, better quality of service, more choices for the end users. So this combination of technology advances and difficult trade-offs, regulatory trade-offs, is a call for re-evaluation of our traditional electronic communications framework. We need to look more to prioritizing simplification of regulatory frameworks to unnecessary burdens. We need to increase predictability for investments. We need to prioritize deployment-friendly measures, creating level playing field for all the different stakeholders in the ecosystem, harmonization to address economies of scale, and also update our frameworks to reflect to technology advances. And sustainability should be there, not only in the form of environmental sustainability, but also from a financial point of view to make the digital infrastructure sustainable in the long run and also socio-economically sustainable to the benefit of the economy and the society. Thank you.


Lidia Stepinska Ustasiak: Thank you very much, Dr. Marcelos. You clearly articulated how policy frameworks will have to evolve to support innovation on the one hand and to keep investments at the relevant level. Now, I’d like to turn to Professor Massimiano and I’d like to ask, as a chairwoman of ANACOM and also a national regulator of Portugal and also a coordinator of digital services in the scope of the EU Digital Services Act, what would you tell us about the role of regulation in these fields and what is your experience here?


Sandra Maximiano: Thanks a lot for the invitation. I think in this actual context of this digital transformation, regulation plays a very central role and we need to keep ensuring competition, inclusion, resilience and, crucially, the protection of fundamental rights. Competition has been advanced through supply-side measures, such as regulatory obligations to address specific market failures, but as well as through effective management of essential resources like spectrum and numbering. However, we also need to tackle and focus on the demand side, which are equally important for us, especially to empower and protect the consumers. This digital context is essential for regulators on a digital space to understand and respond to how behavioral biases are exploited online. Also, regulators need to use tools from behavioral economics and put them to work for the good. For instance, applying match techniques to protect users. ANACOM has been actively promoting these behavioral insights in international discussions, aiming to integrate these tools into global digital policy. For instance, currently we are working with CEPT. to contribute to European Common Proposal for the upcoming World Telecommunication Development Conference in Baku. And these proposals seek to strengthen the ITU’s mandate on consumer protection grounded in these behavioral economics and behavioral insights. We are also collaborating with the Lusophone community to move forward this agenda. But of course, the rapid development of emerging technology, such as artificial intelligence, quantum computing, presents undeniable benefits, and some of them we can experience in this meeting, but also complex challenges. And regulators must ensure that digital inclusion is a strategic priority. The goal is to prevent technological advancements from deepening the country’s digital divide. Also, we need a forward-looking regulatory approach that embeds ethical principles into the design of technology ensuring that serves human well-being. Regulators, and in this case, we are also very much embracing this cause, we should act as guardians of digital space and digital safety and dignity. The rise in online violence, surveillance threats, and algorithmic discrimination demands firm and coordinated action. We must require that platforms, operators, and service providers be accountable, not just for the infrastructure they provide, but for the online environment they help shape. And I come as digital service coordinator as a key mission under the European Digital Service Act, so to protect consumers online and safeguards their fundamental rights. This role involves not just for enforcing the rules at the national level and an effective approach, but also working closely with all relevant national authorities to ensure a coordinated approach. Just as important is the cooperation with other coordinators across the EU, with the European Commission, and looking ahead with the new players like trusted flaggers, vetted researchers, and dispute resolution bodies. This networked approach is essential. It allows the regulation to be applied consistently across the union, creating a safer, more predictable, and trustworthy online environment. And I think it also teaches a great lesson, which is basically cooperation and collaboration is the key in this context that a large number of entities should work together to build a stronger regulation.


Lidia Stepinska Ustasiak: Thank you very much for highlighting the role of regulators in creating regulatory landscape, particularly in the context of new roles connected with digital services coordinator role. And it was European Perspective presented by Group Portugal. And now I would like to move to Nigeria and turn to Dr. Edoardo. I mean, Maida, Executive Chairman of Nigerian Communication Commission, and ask how can governments leverage digital transformation to adopt data-driven regulatory approach that fosters market competition among operators and enhances consumer protection to close the digital divide?


Aminu Maida: Thank you very much. I think at the NCC, we’ve understood that connectivity is not just a service, it’s the backbone of progress. Digital services now underpin virtually everything, businesses, healthcare, education, and even governance. But we need to not just focus, when we speak about connectivity, we need to not just focus on the infrastructure, but we also need to focus on building trust and strengthening it, of course. Now, over the years, we’ve come to realize, like I’m sure the regulators around the world from my interaction with them, that the traditional approach of command and control has its place, but it also has its limitations, especially when you consider the kind of dynamic digital world we live in, which is innovation-driven and fast-paced. It can stifle innovation, of course. Flexibility is questionable. There’s typically a high cost of compliance and enforcement. And quite often, we’re seeing increasing these generating resistance from the entities we regulate. Now, if you take a moment and just look at the scale of the problem, Nigeria, most populous black nation in the world, 220 million people. It’s over 20 times the size of Switzerland. To maintain that approach effectively will cost a lot of money. And so far, if I could find some of the best examples, the crystal ball, I can find the answer of how to maintain that approach at scale. But I think, I assume you’re a very rich man. So considering the scale of this problem, we’ve had to take a shift in our approach to regulation from prescribing behavior to empowering the market, consumers, and civil society with transparent data. And if you think about it, like most of the markets, the regulator collects a lot of data. So already we’re collecting data on whether it’s on quality of service, pricing structures, consumer complaints trend, and a whole load of other data points. So we’re now trying to leverage these data to come up with a smarter way to provide oversight and also incentivize responsible competition. And enhance accountability without too much overreach. But crucially to do this digital transformation, this is the enabler, we must adopt digital tools and platform. So very quickly, let’s see, I’m running out of time. The question is, how are we going about this in the NCC? So at the heart of our regulatory transformation, we’re embedding information disclosure, leveraging digital tools. So for example, we recently launched a major incident reporting portal for the public. And we saw a shift in the discourse from people questioning the operators, why are you not offering the right level of service to or why are these construction companies damaging telecommunications infrastructure? So it started a process whereby the media and citizens through a discourse were engaged in questioning and effectively protecting the infrastructure. We’ve also moved away from quality of service, more to quality of experience. We’re leveraging crowdsourced data from real user, from real usage. And this real time data is providing us actual insight into people’s experience. But we’re also making this information publicly accessible so that people can make the decisions of what’s the best network, where I need to use it and when I need to use it. And this actually is going to, we believe is going to elevate competition by putting power in the hands of the users. And lastly, we’re also developing a number of indices which we hope to make, which we intend to make public. So there’s an index on quality of experience, an index on consumer satisfaction and a compliance index. Now, by digitizing our oversight and mandating this transparent reporting, we’re fostering a competitive. and Mr. Aminu Maida, Dr. Konstantinos Masselos, Prof. Sandra Maximiano, Dr. Aminu Maida, Ms. Ekaterine Imedadze, Mr. Federico Chacon Loaiza, Dr. Charles Noir


Lidia Stepinska Ustasiak: Thank you very much. And because time of our session is running very quickly, I will also quickly move to our next panelist, who is Mr. Mothibi Ramusi. And I would like to ask the question, how do we ensure that a future digital world is not just defined by technology, but also its ability to transform the daily lives of ordinary citizens, and especially those in underserved areas?


Mothibi Ramusi: Thank you very much. Good afternoon. I think from our side, I’m just going to use the South African context here. You know, living in a democratic country, we have a constitution, which has got Bill of Rights, which serves as a cornerstone of democracy in South Africa. And what it calls for, it calls that everyone is equal before the law and has the right to equal protection and the benefit of the law. Now, within the context of WSIS, I think the question that we then need to ask is, from a regulatory point of view, how best are we then supposed to make sure that everyone that is going to be consuming services is included in the agenda? So, I think from my analysis is then, in terms of policy, if it defines the main problem within your environment, then from a regulatory point of view, our job then is to make sure that we come up with a regulatory program that is going to be inclusive, and most importantly, taking into consideration citizens’ requirements. Now, as South Africa, we have shown its commitment for the future world. Recently, we’ve just launched a digital transformation roadmap in 2025. This is amongst others, just to show the commitment that we have actually listened to a citizen, and with the intention that that citizen, we should not leave everyone behind. Now, in the main, we know that when we talk about inclusivity, the issue of universal access, literacy for all, accessible technology, and ensuring that you close the digital divide, it’s how you can bring a child from an underserved community into the mainstream of the future. Because from a policy, even if you’re talking about advancing your political agenda, as a regulator, then it will be to make sure that, how do we then support those that are building infrastructure? We need robust infrastructure that are protected, issues of cybersecurity to be taken care of. Then, in practice, a child in a rural village should be able to access world-class education through e-learning, because it’s all about visibility and knowledge. And that to happen, we need universal coverage, affordable access to services that are provided by those that are building networks. So, in my conclusion, we must be mindful of emerging trends and technologies, such as the intelligence and adaptive services. The working model of the future requires enhanced performance, prediction, and offered by services. Notably, it is going to be important to implement automated systems that are geared to detect and respond to unscheduled events, because issues of emergency and disaster, we need to be mindful of those. These interventions are meant to drive and promote citizen-centric and user-friendly environment. And in South Africa context, linking all these futuristic initiatives to our constitutional mandate, it’s how we have learned. Finally, the journey cannot be undertaken in isolation. It requires a well-developed multi-stakeholder collaboration framework, one that extends beyond local actors and includes global partners, particularly those committed to development, openness, transparency, shared vision, and progress. Thank you.


Lidia Stepinska Ustasiak: Thank you very much. Thank you very much particularly for highlighting the importance of inclusion and affordability. And now, reflecting on the challenges in the creation of regulatory frameworks, we will leave Africa. I would like to turn to Georgia and ask the next question to Mr. Ekaterin Madadze. Based on the Georgia example, how can national regulators champion future regulatory frameworks that successfully balance the drive for investment and competitive digital growth with the imperative to place people’s trust and resilience at the heart of digital progress?


Ekaterine Imedadze: Thank you very much for the question. Good afternoon. It’s an honor to be part of the leaders’ talk and speak about the Georgian experience particularly. If we speak, Georgian regulatory authority COMCOM shapes and understands the future readiness. It’s not about predicting big technology but shaping the future and being resilient to the change. So, what is our identity being resilient to changes? It’s first our mindset. It’s about people and culture. So, it’s about organizational pillar. Another pillar is the mechanisms. This is the data analytics and knowledge. And third, very important for us is partnership, collaborative partnerships with different sectors and different geographies. So, COMCOM is 25 years young and we’ve shaped ourselves from being the oversight player to the enabler of the transformation. And this is our major role now to enable innovation and embed inclusivity and trust in our decisions. So, if we speak about how operationally we come to those targets, there are three also directions. This is first, when we make any decision, we try to be exceptionally transparent and inclusive. So, opening our doors to any stakeholders. This is our mandate to be public but also providing facility place where we can really debate in person on the changes and debates we have. Also, if we speak about equipping ourselves with proper mechanisms, we know that we live in the era of data. So, having strong analytical portal where we put all the sector-related data is very important. So, this also brings trust and transparency for our citizens and for market and for peers. And third and very important is our partnerships. And through our strong partnerships with different regulatory authorities also present here, different donor organizations, it is possible for the smaller nations, smaller countries to really become part of larger projects. This is, for example, in case of Georgia Rural Development Project, which has the pillar of bringing digital literacy in the rural areas of Georgia. And this is also extending the mandate of the COMCOM. So, this is why we’re trying to be quite adaptive to challenges. We also have Made in a Lab at COMCOM. It means that we are working with startup ecosystem and trying, but in specific pillar of that. Digital and we are trying to build the ecosystem of startupers who understand what is telecom, how important is resilient and trustworthy telecom and cyber security. So those are the main areas where we work and we really believe that with strong partnerships and collaboration even small nations can become the changing anchors in the digital ecosystem. Thank you.


Lidia Stepinska Ustasiak: Thank you very much and because our session is approaching its end very quickly I would like to move to Dr. Charles Noir and ask in your view what is the role of technical operators in supporting the broader goal in cultivating trust and security in the digital environment?


Charles Noir: Thank you very much for the question. It’s a pleasure to be with you and with these panelists today. So technical operators and when I’m talking about that I’m thinking about domain registrars, domain name registrars, registries for internet numbers. These are the folks that play a critical if not often taken for granted role in cultivating trust and security in the digital environment. The integrity and the resilience of the global internet depends on the infrastructures that they manage, the standards they uphold and the values they embed in their day-to-day operations. At CIRA we see this as a responsibility which is core to who we are and our mandate. Of course we operate the .ca domain space but we see our broader role for ourselves in stewarding Canada’s digital infrastructure particularly internet infrastructure. We invest in a number of tools some of them you may know you may not know DNSSEC also known as domain name system security extensions. I won’t get into it. DDoS mitigation and we also provision a national DNS firewall. These are technologies that block malicious traffic before it reaches users and they’re not just technical functions they’re trust building. The role of technical operators doesn’t just stop at the technical layer. We also have a responsibility to show up in governance spaces to ensure decisions about internet security and trust are grounded in operational realities and that they’re informed by technical expertise and that’s a key message of a technical community coalition for multi stakeholderism or TCCM if you have not heard of them which is a global coalition of technical operators including CIRA that works to uphold the multi-stakeholder bottom-up internet governance model. We’re focused on ensuring processes shaping the internet’s future remain open, accessible and rooted in a shared responsibility. Critically CIRA believes that technical operators should lead by example through transparent security practices respect for open standards and a demonstrated commitment to privacy and accountability. These principles are essential not only for maintaining user trust but also for reinforcing the legitimacy of the multi-stakeholder model in a moment where digital trust is under strain from state-led internet fragmentation to rising cybersecurity threats. We as technical operators have both the tools and the credibility to help safeguard the open and resilient internet we all depend on and that requires stepping up not just technically but meaningfully in key conversations about the future of internet governance like the one we’re having here at the WSIS. It’s great to be part of it. Thank you.


Lidia Stepinska Ustasiak: Thank you very much and last but not least I would like to ask the question to our panelist who is with us online, Mr. Mr. Federico Chacon Loaiza. Based on your experience promoting access and universal service through the National Telecommunication Fund which plays a key role in reducing Costa Rica’s digital divide, how do you manage the balance between a regulatory framework that fosters competition and the need to ensure connectivity in rural areas


Federico Chacon Loaiza: and vulnerable populations? Thank you for your question. Good afternoon and best regards to all from Costa Rica. First I would like to thank the International Telecommunications Union for giving us the opportunity to share our experience in this important forum. For us effective regulation should promote competition, protect user rights and guarantee service quality. However it should also align with a more equitable and inclusive national vision. At SUTEL we seek this balance through a comprehensive approach. On one hand we promote competition through clear rules, transparent public vendors and efficient spectrum management. On the other hand we administer the National Telecommunications Fund, FONATEL, to expand connectivity to areas the market doesn’t reach on its own, including rural areas, indigenous territories and vulnerable communities. Thanks to technical and transparent management FONATEL has financed key projects to close the digital divide. The Connect Community Program, for instance, has deployed more than 700 connectivity sites in rural districts, benefiting over 1 million people. Through the Connected Homes Program more than 287,000 subsidies have been guaranteed to low-income families, reducing the digital divide by 22 percentage points with a total investment of 220 million U.S. dollars. Additionally over 123,000 devices have been delivered to schools, health centers and daycare facilities. These projects are executed through public tenders involving national and regional operators, which also foster competition in the use of funds resources. However, our goal is not only to connect but to connect with purpose. This is why we collaborate with institutions such as the Ministry of Education, the Costa Rican Social Security Administration and the Ministry of Science, Innovation and Technology and Telecommunications to ensure that this connectivity supports the development of distance learning, telemedicine, financial inclusion and digital government. A recent example of this approach is the public tender for 5G networks, which aim not a revenue collection but a widened frequency to providers, offering the broadest network deployment and committing to cover all districts with low connectivity. In this way we ensure that fifth generation telecommunications also reach the areas of greatest need. In summary at SUTEL we regulate with a long-term perspective. For us digital inclusion is not an afterthought but a central objective. We are convinced that digital public policy should serve as a tool for equity, social cohesion and sustainable development. Thank you very much for your


Lidia Stepinska Ustasiak: attention. Thank you very much. Thank you very much to all panelists and as today’s discussion to the sequence of interventions clearly shown, shaping fit for future digital world required bold but also balanced regulatory leadership. The leadership which should be anchored in trust, inclusion and long-term resilience. Thank you very much. Now I would like to invite all of you to the group photo. Recording


K

Konstantinos Masselos

Speech speed

101 words per minute

Speech length

343 words

Speech time

202 seconds

Need for regulatory frameworks that balance pro-investment incentives with pro-competition measures to ensure accessible, competitively priced networks while encouraging capital-intensive infrastructure deployment

Explanation

Masselos argues that digital infrastructure deployment requires significant capital investment, but regulatory frameworks must strike a balance between incentivizing these investments and maintaining competition to ensure networks are accessible and competitively priced for end users. He emphasizes that competition is still necessary to achieve better prices, quality of service, and more choices for consumers.


Evidence

Examples include network slicing implementation, software-defined networks, and qualities of service like reliability, resilience, predictability, continuity, and low latency. He mentions the shift from speed-focused networks to service-focused networks offering complex, socio-economically transformative services.


Major discussion point

Digital Infrastructure Development and Investment Frameworks


Topics

Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory | Economic


Agreed with

– Federico Chacon Loaiza

Agreed on

Need for balanced regulatory frameworks that promote both investment and competition


Disagreed with

– Aminu Maida

Disagreed on

Regulatory approach: Traditional oversight vs. data-driven empowerment


A

Aminu Maida

Speech speed

131 words per minute

Speech length

635 words

Speech time

289 seconds

Shift from traditional command-and-control regulation to data-driven approaches that empower markets and consumers through transparent information disclosure and digital oversight tools

Explanation

Maida argues that traditional command-and-control regulation has limitations in the dynamic digital world, including stifling innovation, questionable flexibility, high compliance costs, and generating resistance from regulated entities. He advocates for leveraging data that regulators already collect to provide smarter oversight and incentivize responsible competition.


Evidence

Nigeria’s scale (220 million people, 20 times the size of Switzerland) demonstrates the cost challenges of traditional approaches. Examples include launching a major incident reporting portal, shifting from quality of service to quality of experience using crowdsourced data, and developing public indices for quality of experience, consumer satisfaction, and compliance.


Major discussion point

Digital Infrastructure Development and Investment Frameworks


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Economic


Agreed with

– Ekaterine Imedadze

Agreed on

Importance of transparency and data-driven approaches in regulation


Disagreed with

– Konstantinos Masselos

Disagreed on

Regulatory approach: Traditional oversight vs. data-driven empowerment


Development of quality of experience indices, consumer satisfaction metrics, and compliance indices made publicly accessible to elevate competition

Explanation

Maida describes the development of various public indices that provide transparency and empower consumers to make informed decisions about network services. This approach puts power in the hands of users and is expected to elevate competition by enabling consumers to choose the best network based on actual performance data.


Evidence

Specific examples include an index on quality of experience, an index on consumer satisfaction, and a compliance index. The shift to crowdsourced data from real user usage provides actual insights into people’s experience with telecommunications services.


Major discussion point

Regulatory Innovation and Adaptive Governance


Topics

Economic | Legal and regulatory | Development


M

Mothibi Ramusi

Speech speed

136 words per minute

Speech length

510 words

Speech time

224 seconds

Importance of robust, protected infrastructure with universal coverage and affordable access to enable rural communities to access world-class services like e-learning

Explanation

Ramusi emphasizes that robust infrastructure must be protected and include cybersecurity measures to enable universal coverage and affordable access. He argues that a child in a rural village should be able to access world-class education through e-learning, which requires comprehensive infrastructure development.


Evidence

South Africa’s recent launch of a digital transformation roadmap in 2025 demonstrates commitment to not leaving anyone behind. The constitutional mandate and Bill of Rights serve as the foundation for ensuring equal protection and benefit of the law for all citizens.


Major discussion point

Digital Infrastructure Development and Investment Frameworks


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Sociocultural


Constitutional mandate requires equal protection and benefit of law for all citizens, necessitating inclusive regulatory programs that consider citizens’ requirements

Explanation

Ramusi argues that South Africa’s constitution and Bill of Rights, which call for equality before the law and equal protection, must guide regulatory approaches in the digital space. Regulators must ensure that everyone consuming services is included in the agenda through inclusive regulatory programs that prioritize citizens’ requirements.


Evidence

South Africa’s constitution with its Bill of Rights serves as the cornerstone of democracy. The recent launch of a digital transformation roadmap in 2025 shows commitment to inclusive development and not leaving citizens behind.


Major discussion point

Consumer Protection and Digital Rights in the Digital Age


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Federico Chacon Loaiza
– Sandra Maximiano

Agreed on

Digital inclusion as a central regulatory objective


Implementation of automated systems for detecting and responding to emergencies and disasters while promoting citizen-centric, user-friendly environments

Explanation

Ramusi advocates for implementing automated systems that can detect and respond to unscheduled events, particularly emergencies and disasters. These interventions are designed to drive and promote citizen-centric and user-friendly environments as part of future-oriented regulatory approaches.


Evidence

He mentions the need to be mindful of emerging trends and technologies such as artificial intelligence and adaptive services, and the requirement for enhanced performance and prediction offered by services.


Major discussion point

Regulatory Innovation and Adaptive Governance


Topics

Cybersecurity | Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


Multi-stakeholder collaboration framework extending beyond local actors to include global partners committed to development, openness, and transparency

Explanation

Ramusi emphasizes that the journey toward digital transformation cannot be undertaken in isolation and requires a well-developed multi-stakeholder collaboration framework. This framework must extend beyond local actors to include global partners who are committed to development, openness, transparency, shared vision, and progress.


Major discussion point

Digital Inclusion and Universal Access


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Ekaterine Imedadze
– Sandra Maximiano
– Charles Noir

Agreed on

Necessity of multi-stakeholder collaboration and partnerships


S

Sandra Maximiano

Speech speed

124 words per minute

Speech length

510 words

Speech time

246 seconds

Regulators must address behavioral biases exploited online and use behavioral economics tools to protect consumers while ensuring competition and inclusion

Explanation

Maximiano argues that in the digital transformation context, regulators need to understand and respond to how behavioral biases are exploited online. She advocates for regulators to use tools from behavioral economics and apply techniques like nudging to protect users while maintaining competition and inclusion.


Evidence

ANACOM has been actively promoting behavioral insights in international discussions, working with CEPT to contribute to European Common Proposals for the World Telecommunication Development Conference in Baku. They are also collaborating with the Lusophone community to advance this agenda.


Major discussion point

Consumer Protection and Digital Rights in the Digital Age


Topics

Economic | Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Mothibi Ramusi
– Federico Chacon Loaiza

Agreed on

Digital inclusion as a central regulatory objective


Disagreed with

– Charles Noir

Disagreed on

Focus on technical infrastructure vs. behavioral protection


Need for regulators to act as guardians of digital safety and dignity, requiring platforms and service providers to be accountable for the online environments they help shape

Explanation

Maximiano emphasizes that regulators should act as guardians of digital space, safety, and dignity in response to rising online violence, surveillance threats, and algorithmic discrimination. She argues that platforms, operators, and service providers must be held accountable not just for their infrastructure but for the online environments they help create.


Evidence

Her role as digital service coordinator under the European Digital Service Act involves protecting consumers online and safeguarding fundamental rights through enforcement at the national level and coordination with relevant national authorities, other EU coordinators, the European Commission, and new players like trusted flaggers and vetted researchers.


Major discussion point

Consumer Protection and Digital Rights in the Digital Age


Topics

Human rights | Cybersecurity | Legal and regulatory


Networked approach with cooperation between national coordinators, European Commission, and new players like trusted flaggers creates safer, more predictable online environment

Explanation

Maximiano describes a networked approach that involves cooperation between digital service coordinators across the EU, the European Commission, and new entities such as trusted flaggers, vetted researchers, and dispute resolution bodies. This collaborative framework ensures consistent application of regulation across the union, creating a safer and more trustworthy online environment.


Evidence

The European Digital Service Act framework includes coordination between national authorities, other coordinators across the EU, the European Commission, and new players like trusted flaggers, vetted researchers, and dispute resolution bodies.


Major discussion point

Regulatory Coordination and International Cooperation


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights | Cybersecurity


Agreed with

– Mothibi Ramusi
– Ekaterine Imedadze
– Charles Noir

Agreed on

Necessity of multi-stakeholder collaboration and partnerships


E

Ekaterine Imedadze

Speech speed

116 words per minute

Speech length

433 words

Speech time

222 seconds

Transformation from oversight player to enabler of innovation, embedding inclusivity and trust through exceptional transparency, strong analytical capabilities, and collaborative partnerships

Explanation

Imedadze describes how Georgia’s COMCOM has evolved from being an oversight regulator to an enabler of transformation over its 25-year history. The approach focuses on three pillars: organizational mindset and culture, data analytics and knowledge mechanisms, and collaborative partnerships across different sectors and geographies.


Evidence

COMCOM operates with exceptional transparency by opening doors to all stakeholders and providing facilities for in-person debates. They maintain a strong analytical portal with all sector-related data and have established partnerships with regulatory authorities and donor organizations, enabling participation in projects like the Rural Development Project for digital literacy in rural Georgia.


Major discussion point

Regulatory Innovation and Adaptive Governance


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Aminu Maida

Agreed on

Importance of transparency and data-driven approaches in regulation


Strong partnerships with regulatory authorities and donor organizations enable smaller nations to participate in larger projects and become changing anchors in digital ecosystem

Explanation

Imedadze argues that through strong partnerships with different regulatory authorities and donor organizations, smaller countries like Georgia can become part of larger projects and serve as changing anchors in the digital ecosystem. This approach allows smaller nations to have significant impact despite their size.


Evidence

Examples include the Rural Development Project which focuses on bringing digital literacy to rural areas of Georgia, and the Made in Lab at COMCOM that works with the startup ecosystem to build understanding of telecommunications, resilience, and cybersecurity among entrepreneurs.


Major discussion point

Regulatory Coordination and International Cooperation


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Mothibi Ramusi
– Sandra Maximiano
– Charles Noir

Agreed on

Necessity of multi-stakeholder collaboration and partnerships


C

Charles Noir

Speech speed

142 words per minute

Speech length

422 words

Speech time

178 seconds

Technical operators play critical role in cultivating trust through technologies like DNSSEC, DDoS mitigation, and national DNS firewalls that block malicious traffic before reaching users

Explanation

Noir argues that technical operators such as domain registrars and registries play a critical but often taken-for-granted role in cultivating trust and security in the digital environment. The integrity and resilience of the global internet depends on the infrastructure they manage, the standards they uphold, and the values they embed in daily operations.


Evidence

CIRA operates the .ca domain space and invests in technologies including DNSSEC (domain name system security extensions), DDoS mitigation, and provisions a national DNS firewall. These technologies block malicious traffic before it reaches users and serve as trust-building functions.


Major discussion point

Technical Infrastructure Security and Internet Governance


Topics

Cybersecurity | Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


Disagreed with

– Sandra Maximiano

Disagreed on

Focus on technical infrastructure vs. behavioral protection


Responsibility to participate in governance spaces ensuring internet security decisions are grounded in operational realities and technical expertise through multi-stakeholder bottom-up governance model

Explanation

Noir emphasizes that technical operators have a responsibility to participate in governance spaces to ensure that decisions about internet security and trust are grounded in operational realities and informed by technical expertise. This participation supports the multi-stakeholder, bottom-up internet governance model.


Evidence

The Technical Community Coalition for Multi-stakeholderism (TCCM) is a global coalition of technical operators including CIRA that works to uphold the multi-stakeholder bottom-up internet governance model, ensuring processes shaping the internet’s future remain open, accessible, and rooted in shared responsibility.


Major discussion point

Technical Infrastructure Security and Internet Governance


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure | Cybersecurity


Agreed with

– Mothibi Ramusi
– Ekaterine Imedadze
– Sandra Maximiano

Agreed on

Necessity of multi-stakeholder collaboration and partnerships


Need for transparent security practices, respect for open standards, and demonstrated commitment to privacy and accountability to maintain user trust

Explanation

Noir argues that technical operators should lead by example through transparent security practices, respect for open standards, and demonstrated commitment to privacy and accountability. These principles are essential for maintaining user trust and reinforcing the legitimacy of the multi-stakeholder model amid challenges like state-led internet fragmentation and rising cybersecurity threats.


Major discussion point

Technical Infrastructure Security and Internet Governance


Topics

Cybersecurity | Human rights | Legal and regulatory


F

Federico Chacon Loaiza

Speech speed

114 words per minute

Speech length

391 words

Speech time

205 seconds

Administration of National Telecommunications Fund to expand connectivity to underserved areas through programs like Connect Community and Connected Homes, reducing digital divide by 22 percentage points

Explanation

Chacon Loaiza describes how SUTEL administers the National Telecommunications Fund (FONATEL) to expand connectivity to areas the market doesn’t reach independently, including rural areas, indigenous territories, and vulnerable communities. The fund has achieved significant measurable impact in reducing Costa Rica’s digital divide.


Evidence

The Connect Community Program deployed over 700 connectivity sites in rural districts benefiting over 1 million people. The Connected Homes Program provided more than 287,000 subsidies to low-income families, reducing the digital divide by 22 percentage points with a total investment of $220 million USD. Additionally, over 123,000 devices were delivered to schools, health centers, and daycare facilities.


Major discussion point

Digital Inclusion and Universal Access


Topics

Development | Infrastructure | Economic


Agreed with

– Konstantinos Masselos

Agreed on

Need for balanced regulatory frameworks that promote both investment and competition


Regulation with long-term perspective where digital inclusion is central objective, using digital public policy as tool for equity, social cohesion, and sustainable development

Explanation

Chacon Loaiza argues that effective regulation should align with a more equitable and inclusive national vision, where digital inclusion is not an afterthought but a central objective. He emphasizes that digital public policy should serve as a tool for equity, social cohesion, and sustainable development with a long-term perspective.


Evidence

The recent 5G network public tender focused not on revenue collection but on offering broadest network deployment with commitments to cover all districts with low connectivity, ensuring fifth-generation telecommunications reach areas of greatest need.


Major discussion point

Digital Inclusion and Universal Access


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory | Economic


Agreed with

– Mothibi Ramusi
– Sandra Maximiano

Agreed on

Digital inclusion as a central regulatory objective


Collaboration with institutions across education, health, and government sectors to ensure connectivity supports distance learning, telemedicine, and digital government services

Explanation

Chacon Loaiza emphasizes that the goal is not only to connect but to connect with purpose, requiring collaboration with various institutions to ensure connectivity supports meaningful applications. This cross-sector collaboration ensures that digital infrastructure enables practical services that improve citizens’ lives.


Evidence

SUTEL collaborates with the Ministry of Education, Costa Rican Social Security Administration, and Ministry of Science, Innovation and Technology and Telecommunications to ensure connectivity supports distance learning, telemedicine, financial inclusion, and digital government services.


Major discussion point

Regulatory Coordination and International Cooperation


Topics

Sociocultural | Development | Infrastructure


L

Lidia Stepinska Ustasiak

Speech speed

103 words per minute

Speech length

741 words

Speech time

429 seconds

Shaping fit-for-future digital world requires bold but balanced regulatory leadership anchored in trust, inclusion and long-term resilience

Explanation

Ustasiak concludes that creating a digital world prepared for the future demands regulatory leadership that is both bold and balanced. This leadership must be fundamentally grounded in trust, inclusion, and long-term resilience as core principles.


Evidence

The conclusion is drawn from the sequence of interventions and discussions during the panel session with multiple regulatory experts from different regions.


Major discussion point

Regulatory Innovation and Adaptive Governance


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Human rights


Complex trade-offs exist among investments, competition and innovation in digital infrastructure deployment that require appropriate policy and regulatory frameworks

Explanation

Ustasiak identifies that there are inherent tensions and difficult balancing acts required between encouraging investment in digital infrastructure, maintaining competitive markets, and fostering innovation. These competing demands necessitate carefully designed policy and regulatory approaches.


Evidence

This argument is presented as the foundational challenge for the panel discussion on digital transformation and connectivity infrastructure.


Major discussion point

Digital Infrastructure Development and Investment Frameworks


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Economic | Infrastructure


Future digital world should be defined not just by technology but by its ability to transform daily lives of ordinary citizens, especially those in underserved areas

Explanation

Ustasiak emphasizes that the measure of success for digital transformation should not be technological advancement alone, but rather the tangible impact on improving the daily lives of regular people. Special attention must be paid to ensuring that underserved communities benefit from digital progress.


Evidence

This argument is posed as a question to panelists about ensuring inclusive digital transformation that reaches all segments of society.


Major discussion point

Digital Inclusion and Universal Access


Topics

Development | Sociocultural | Human rights


Agreements

Agreement points

Need for balanced regulatory frameworks that promote both investment and competition

Speakers

– Konstantinos Masselos
– Federico Chacon Loaiza

Arguments

Need for regulatory frameworks that balance pro-investment incentives with pro-competition measures to ensure accessible, competitively priced networks while encouraging capital-intensive infrastructure deployment


Administration of National Telecommunications Fund to expand connectivity to underserved areas through programs like Connect Community and Connected Homes, reducing digital divide by 22 percentage points


Summary

Both speakers emphasize the need for regulatory approaches that simultaneously encourage investment in digital infrastructure while maintaining competitive markets to ensure affordable access for consumers


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Economic | Infrastructure


Importance of transparency and data-driven approaches in regulation

Speakers

– Aminu Maida
– Ekaterine Imedadze

Arguments

Shift from traditional command-and-control regulation to data-driven approaches that empower markets and consumers through transparent information disclosure and digital oversight tools


Transformation from oversight player to enabler of innovation, embedding inclusivity and trust through exceptional transparency, strong analytical capabilities, and collaborative partnerships


Summary

Both speakers advocate for moving away from traditional regulatory approaches toward more transparent, data-driven methods that empower stakeholders and enable innovation


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Infrastructure


Digital inclusion as a central regulatory objective

Speakers

– Mothibi Ramusi
– Federico Chacon Loaiza
– Sandra Maximiano

Arguments

Constitutional mandate requires equal protection and benefit of law for all citizens, necessitating inclusive regulatory programs that consider citizens’ requirements


Regulation with long-term perspective where digital inclusion is central objective, using digital public policy as tool for equity, social cohesion, and sustainable development


Regulators must address behavioral biases exploited online and use behavioral economics tools to protect consumers while ensuring competition and inclusion


Summary

All three speakers emphasize that digital inclusion must be a fundamental goal of regulatory frameworks, not an afterthought, requiring proactive measures to ensure equitable access


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory | Human rights


Necessity of multi-stakeholder collaboration and partnerships

Speakers

– Mothibi Ramusi
– Ekaterine Imedadze
– Sandra Maximiano
– Charles Noir

Arguments

Multi-stakeholder collaboration framework extending beyond local actors to include global partners committed to development, openness, and transparency


Strong partnerships with regulatory authorities and donor organizations enable smaller nations to participate in larger projects and become changing anchors in digital ecosystem


Networked approach with cooperation between national coordinators, European Commission, and new players like trusted flaggers creates safer, more predictable online environment


Responsibility to participate in governance spaces ensuring internet security decisions are grounded in operational realities and technical expertise through multi-stakeholder bottom-up governance model


Summary

Multiple speakers agree that effective digital governance requires collaborative approaches involving various stakeholders at local, national, and international levels


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Infrastructure


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasize the critical importance of accountability, transparency, and trust-building in digital environments, with regulators and technical operators having responsibility for maintaining safe and secure online spaces

Speakers

– Sandra Maximiano
– Charles Noir

Arguments

Need for regulators to act as guardians of digital safety and dignity, requiring platforms and service providers to be accountable for the online environments they help shape


Need for transparent security practices, respect for open standards, and demonstrated commitment to privacy and accountability to maintain user trust


Topics

Cybersecurity | Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers advocate for regulatory transformation that moves from traditional oversight to enabling innovation through transparency, data analytics, and public accessibility of regulatory information

Speakers

– Aminu Maida
– Ekaterine Imedadze

Arguments

Development of quality of experience indices, consumer satisfaction metrics, and compliance indices made publicly accessible to elevate competition


Transformation from oversight player to enabler of innovation, embedding inclusivity and trust through exceptional transparency, strong analytical capabilities, and collaborative partnerships


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Economic


Both speakers emphasize that digital infrastructure must serve practical purposes in improving citizens’ lives, particularly in education and essential services, with special focus on reaching underserved communities

Speakers

– Mothibi Ramusi
– Federico Chacon Loaiza

Arguments

Importance of robust, protected infrastructure with universal coverage and affordable access to enable rural communities to access world-class services like e-learning


Collaboration with institutions across education, health, and government sectors to ensure connectivity supports distance learning, telemedicine, and digital government services


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Sociocultural


Unexpected consensus

Shift away from traditional command-and-control regulation

Speakers

– Aminu Maida
– Ekaterine Imedadze
– Sandra Maximiano

Arguments

Shift from traditional command-and-control regulation to data-driven approaches that empower markets and consumers through transparent information disclosure and digital oversight tools


Transformation from oversight player to enabler of innovation, embedding inclusivity and trust through exceptional transparency, strong analytical capabilities, and collaborative partnerships


Regulators must address behavioral biases exploited online and use behavioral economics tools to protect consumers while ensuring competition and inclusion


Explanation

It’s unexpected to see such strong consensus among regulators from different continents (Africa, Europe, and Asia) about moving away from traditional regulatory approaches. This suggests a global shift in regulatory thinking toward more adaptive, innovation-enabling frameworks


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Economic


Technical operators’ role in governance and policy-making

Speakers

– Charles Noir
– Sandra Maximiano

Arguments

Responsibility to participate in governance spaces ensuring internet security decisions are grounded in operational realities and technical expertise through multi-stakeholder bottom-up governance model


Networked approach with cooperation between national coordinators, European Commission, and new players like trusted flaggers creates safer, more predictable online environment


Explanation

The consensus between a technical operator and a regulatory authority about the importance of technical expertise in governance spaces represents an unexpected alignment between traditionally separate domains, suggesting growing recognition of the need for technical-regulatory integration


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure | Cybersecurity


Overall assessment

Summary

The speakers demonstrated remarkable consensus on key principles including the need for balanced investment-competition frameworks, transparency and data-driven regulation, digital inclusion as a central objective, and multi-stakeholder collaboration. There was also unexpected agreement on moving away from traditional command-and-control regulation toward more adaptive approaches.


Consensus level

High level of consensus with significant implications for global digital governance. The agreement across diverse geographical regions (Europe, Africa, North America, Latin America, and Asia) and different types of organizations (national regulators, technical operators, international bodies) suggests emerging global standards for digital regulation. This consensus indicates a maturing field where best practices are converging around principles of transparency, inclusion, collaboration, and adaptive governance. The implications are positive for international cooperation and harmonization of digital policies, potentially leading to more effective and coordinated global digital governance frameworks.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Regulatory approach: Traditional oversight vs. data-driven empowerment

Speakers

– Konstantinos Masselos
– Aminu Maida

Arguments

Need for regulatory frameworks that balance pro-investment incentives with pro-competition measures to ensure accessible, competitively priced networks while encouraging capital-intensive infrastructure deployment


Shift from traditional command-and-control regulation to data-driven approaches that empower markets and consumers through transparent information disclosure and digital oversight tools


Summary

Masselos advocates for traditional regulatory frameworks that balance investment incentives with competition measures, while Maida argues for moving away from command-and-control regulation toward data-driven approaches that empower markets and consumers.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Economic | Development


Focus on technical infrastructure vs. behavioral protection

Speakers

– Charles Noir
– Sandra Maximiano

Arguments

Technical operators play critical role in cultivating trust through technologies like DNSSEC, DDoS mitigation, and national DNS firewalls that block malicious traffic before reaching users


Regulators must address behavioral biases exploited online and use behavioral economics tools to protect consumers while ensuring competition and inclusion


Summary

Noir emphasizes the technical infrastructure layer and security technologies as the foundation for trust, while Maximiano focuses on addressing behavioral biases and using behavioral economics to protect consumers.


Topics

Cybersecurity | Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Unexpected differences

Scale and approach to regulatory transformation

Speakers

– Aminu Maida
– Konstantinos Masselos

Arguments

Shift from traditional command-and-control regulation to data-driven approaches that empower markets and consumers through transparent information disclosure and digital oversight tools


Need for regulatory frameworks that balance pro-investment incentives with pro-competition measures to ensure accessible, competitively priced networks while encouraging capital-intensive infrastructure deployment


Explanation

Unexpected because both are telecommunications regulators from developing regions, yet they propose fundamentally different approaches – Maida advocates for abandoning traditional regulation due to scale challenges, while Masselos supports evolving traditional frameworks.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Economic | Development


Overall assessment

Summary

The main areas of disagreement center on regulatory philosophy (traditional vs. data-driven approaches), the primary focus for building digital trust (technical infrastructure vs. behavioral protection), and the role of partnerships in achieving digital inclusion goals.


Disagreement level

Moderate disagreement level with significant implications – while speakers share common goals of digital inclusion, trust, and infrastructure development, their different approaches could lead to divergent regulatory policies and outcomes. The disagreements reflect different national contexts, regulatory maturity levels, and philosophical approaches to governance, suggesting that one-size-fits-all solutions may not be appropriate for global digital governance.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasize the critical importance of accountability, transparency, and trust-building in digital environments, with regulators and technical operators having responsibility for maintaining safe and secure online spaces

Speakers

– Sandra Maximiano
– Charles Noir

Arguments

Need for regulators to act as guardians of digital safety and dignity, requiring platforms and service providers to be accountable for the online environments they help shape


Need for transparent security practices, respect for open standards, and demonstrated commitment to privacy and accountability to maintain user trust


Topics

Cybersecurity | Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers advocate for regulatory transformation that moves from traditional oversight to enabling innovation through transparency, data analytics, and public accessibility of regulatory information

Speakers

– Aminu Maida
– Ekaterine Imedadze

Arguments

Development of quality of experience indices, consumer satisfaction metrics, and compliance indices made publicly accessible to elevate competition


Transformation from oversight player to enabler of innovation, embedding inclusivity and trust through exceptional transparency, strong analytical capabilities, and collaborative partnerships


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Economic


Both speakers emphasize that digital infrastructure must serve practical purposes in improving citizens’ lives, particularly in education and essential services, with special focus on reaching underserved communities

Speakers

– Mothibi Ramusi
– Federico Chacon Loaiza

Arguments

Importance of robust, protected infrastructure with universal coverage and affordable access to enable rural communities to access world-class services like e-learning


Collaboration with institutions across education, health, and government sectors to ensure connectivity supports distance learning, telemedicine, and digital government services


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Sociocultural


Takeaways

Key takeaways

Digital transformation requires regulatory frameworks that balance pro-investment incentives with pro-competition measures to ensure accessible, affordable connectivity while encouraging infrastructure development


Regulators must evolve from traditional command-and-control approaches to data-driven, transparent governance that empowers consumers and markets through information disclosure


Consumer protection in the digital age requires addressing behavioral biases exploited online and holding platforms accountable for the online environments they create


Digital inclusion and universal access must be central objectives of regulatory policy, not afterthoughts, with dedicated funding mechanisms like national telecommunications funds


Technical operators play a critical role in building digital trust through security technologies and participation in multi-stakeholder internet governance


Regulatory innovation requires transparency, strong analytical capabilities, collaborative partnerships, and adaptive governance structures that can respond to rapid technological change


Multi-stakeholder collaboration frameworks extending beyond national borders are essential for effective digital governance and closing the digital divide


Future regulatory approaches must embed ethical principles, sustainability considerations, and citizen-centric design into technology deployment


Resolutions and action items

ANACOM working with CEPT to contribute to European Common Proposal for upcoming World Telecommunication Development Conference in Baku


ANACOM collaborating with Lusophone community to advance behavioral economics agenda in digital policy


Nigerian Communications Commission launched major incident reporting portal for public engagement


South Africa launched digital transformation roadmap in 2025 showing commitment to inclusive digital future


Georgia’s COMCOM established Innovation Lab working with startup ecosystem on telecom and cybersecurity


Costa Rica’s SUTEL continuing administration of FONATEL fund with specific programs like Connect Community and Connected Homes


Technical Community Coalition for Multi-stakeholderism (TCCM) working to uphold multi-stakeholder internet governance model


Unresolved issues

How to effectively scale traditional regulatory approaches in large, diverse markets like Nigeria’s 220 million population


Balancing the need for regulatory simplification with comprehensive consumer protection in rapidly evolving digital environments


Ensuring smaller nations can meaningfully participate in global digital governance and infrastructure development


Managing the tension between national sovereignty and international cooperation in internet governance


Addressing the high costs of compliance and enforcement while maintaining effective regulatory oversight


Determining optimal regulatory responses to emerging technologies like AI and quantum computing


Establishing consistent application of digital rights and protections across different jurisdictions and regulatory frameworks


Suggested compromises

Striking balance between pro-investment and pro-competition frameworks through regulatory predictability and deployment-friendly measures


Combining supply-side regulatory obligations with demand-side consumer empowerment through behavioral economics tools


Using transparent data disclosure and public indices to foster competition while reducing direct regulatory intervention


Implementing networked regulatory approaches that coordinate between national authorities and international bodies


Leveraging public-private partnerships and multi-stakeholder frameworks to share responsibility for digital infrastructure development


Adopting adaptive governance models that can evolve with technology while maintaining core principles of inclusion and trust


Balancing market-driven connectivity expansion with targeted public funding for underserved areas through national telecommunications funds


Thought provoking comments

We need to have a balance to strike the right balance between pro-investment and pro-competition frameworks… This combination of technology advances and difficult trade-offs, regulatory trade-offs, is a call for re-evaluation of our traditional electronic communications framework.

Speaker

Dr. Konstantinos Masselos


Reason

This comment is insightful because it identifies the fundamental tension at the heart of digital regulation – the need to simultaneously encourage investment while maintaining competition. It goes beyond surface-level solutions to call for a complete re-evaluation of traditional frameworks, recognizing that technological advances have fundamentally changed the regulatory landscape.


Impact

This comment established the central theme for the entire discussion. It framed the conversation around the core challenge of balancing competing interests and set the stage for other panelists to explore different aspects of this balance from their regional perspectives.


We’ve had to take a shift in our approach to regulation from prescribing behavior to empowering the market, consumers, and civil society with transparent data… So we’re now trying to leverage these data to come up with a smarter way to provide oversight and also incentivize responsible competition.

Speaker

Dr. Aminu Maida


Reason

This comment is particularly thought-provoking because it presents a paradigm shift from traditional command-and-control regulation to data-driven, transparency-based governance. It acknowledges the limitations of traditional approaches at scale and proposes a more collaborative model that empowers stakeholders rather than merely controlling them.


Impact

This comment introduced a concrete alternative regulatory model that moved the discussion from theoretical frameworks to practical implementation. It demonstrated how regulators can adapt to digital transformation challenges and influenced subsequent speakers to discuss their own innovative approaches to regulation.


Regulators need to use tools from behavioral economics and put them to work for the good. For instance, applying match techniques to protect users… regulators must ensure that digital inclusion is a strategic priority… We must require that platforms, operators, and service providers be accountable, not just for the infrastructure they provide, but for the online environment they help shape.

Speaker

Professor Sandra Massimiano


Reason

This comment is insightful because it expands the regulatory scope beyond traditional telecommunications to include behavioral economics and platform accountability. It recognizes that digital regulation must address how human psychology is exploited online and calls for a more holistic approach to digital governance that includes ethical considerations.


Impact

This comment broadened the discussion from infrastructure and competition to include consumer protection, behavioral insights, and platform responsibility. It introduced the concept of regulators as ‘guardians of digital space’ and shifted the conversation toward more comprehensive digital governance approaches.


COMCOM shapes and understands the future readiness. It’s not about predicting big technology but shaping the future and being resilient to the change… we’ve shaped ourselves from being the oversight player to the enabler of the transformation.

Speaker

Ms. Ekaterine Imedadze


Reason

This comment is thought-provoking because it redefines the role of regulators from reactive overseers to proactive enablers of transformation. The distinction between ‘predicting’ and ‘shaping’ technology represents a fundamental shift in regulatory philosophy, emphasizing adaptability and resilience over rigid control.


Impact

This comment introduced the concept of regulatory transformation and the evolution of regulatory identity. It demonstrated how smaller nations can be change agents and influenced the discussion toward collaborative, partnership-based approaches to regulation.


For us digital inclusion is not an afterthought but a central objective. We are convinced that digital public policy should serve as a tool for equity, social cohesion and sustainable development.

Speaker

Mr. Federico Chacon Loaiza


Reason

This comment is insightful because it positions digital inclusion not as a secondary consideration but as the primary objective of regulatory policy. It reframes the entire regulatory mission around equity and social cohesion, suggesting that technical and competitive considerations should serve broader social goals.


Impact

This comment provided a strong conclusion to the discussion by emphasizing the ultimate purpose of digital regulation. It reinforced themes of inclusion and equity that had been building throughout the conversation and demonstrated how regulatory frameworks can be designed with social objectives at their core.


Overall assessment

These key comments collectively shaped the discussion by establishing a progression from identifying core regulatory challenges to presenting innovative solutions and ultimately defining the social purpose of digital regulation. The conversation evolved from Dr. Masselos’s foundational challenge of balancing investment and competition, through practical examples of regulatory innovation from Nigeria and Portugal, to broader concepts of regulatory transformation from Georgia, and finally to the social mission articulated by Costa Rica. Each comment built upon previous insights while introducing new dimensions – from technical and economic considerations to behavioral economics, from national approaches to international collaboration, and from regulatory efficiency to social equity. The discussion demonstrated a global consensus on the need for regulatory evolution while showcasing diverse approaches to achieving similar goals of inclusive, competitive, and sustainable digital transformation.


Follow-up questions

How to maintain traditional command and control regulatory approaches effectively at scale in large populations

Speaker

Dr. Aminu Maida


Explanation

Dr. Maida mentioned that maintaining the traditional approach effectively would cost a lot of money for Nigeria’s 220 million people, and he couldn’t find examples of how to maintain that approach at scale, suggesting this needs further research


How to integrate behavioral economics tools into global digital policy frameworks

Speaker

Professor Sandra Massimiano


Explanation

She mentioned ANACOM is working with CEPT to contribute to European Common Proposal for the upcoming World Telecommunication Development Conference in Baku, seeking to strengthen ITU’s mandate on consumer protection grounded in behavioral economics


How to ensure consistent application of digital services regulation across the EU

Speaker

Professor Sandra Massimiano


Explanation

She emphasized the importance of cooperation with other coordinators across the EU and the European Commission to ensure coordinated approach and consistent regulation application


How to develop effective automated systems for detecting and responding to unscheduled events and emergencies

Speaker

Mr. Mothibi Ramusi


Explanation

He mentioned the importance of implementing automated systems for emergency and disaster response as part of future-ready digital infrastructure


How smaller nations can become changing anchors in the digital ecosystem through partnerships

Speaker

Ms. Ekaterine Imedadze


Explanation

She emphasized that through strong partnerships and collaboration, even small nations can become significant players in digital transformation, suggesting this model needs further exploration


How to ensure internet governance decisions remain grounded in operational realities and technical expertise

Speaker

Dr. Charles Noir


Explanation

He highlighted the need for technical operators to participate in governance spaces to ensure decisions about internet security and trust are informed by technical expertise


How to scale successful digital inclusion models like Costa Rica’s FONATEL to other contexts

Speaker

Mr. Federico Chacon Loaiza


Explanation

His presentation of Costa Rica’s successful approach to digital inclusion through the National Telecommunications Fund suggests this model could be studied for replication in other countries


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

Leaders TalkX: Local to global: preserving culture and language in a digital era

Leaders TalkX: Local to global: preserving culture and language in a digital era

Session at a glance

Summary

This Leaders’ Talk focused on preserving cultural and linguistic diversity in the digital era, particularly as artificial intelligence becomes increasingly dominant in how people access information and services. The discussion highlighted that while this challenge began over 20 years ago with the rise of the internet, it has become more critical today with AI-driven technologies that are predominantly trained on English-language content, representing over 90% of large language models.


Gatis Ozols from Latvia described his country’s proactive approach to digitalizing the Latvian language, emphasizing that multilinguality must be viewed as a core principle rather than just a feature of AI systems. He outlined Latvia’s strategy of developing national language resources, supporting machine translation, and ensuring citizens can access government services in their native language. Pierre Bonis from AFNIC stressed that cultural diversity extends beyond language to include legal frameworks, news, and local content, noting that locally hosted content with local domain names remains crucial for cultural preservation.


Elisabeth Stewart Bradley from the International Trademark Association highlighted the particular challenges facing indigenous communities, whose traditional knowledge and cultural expressions are increasingly at risk of exploitation through AI systems without proper recognition or compensation. Peter Bruck from the World Summit Award provided a sobering perspective, arguing that social media and algorithmic content have actually worked against cultural preservation, with young people worldwide aspiring to become social media influencers rather than preserving their cultural heritage.


The panelists agreed that preserving linguistic and cultural diversity requires political will, adequate funding, and keeping this issue high on policy agendas, as access to information in one’s native language is a fundamental human right essential to respecting humanity’s full diversity.


Keypoints

**Major Discussion Points:**


– **Government and policy initiatives for language preservation**: Latvia’s proactive approach to digitalizing smaller languages, including subsidizing language resources, developing machine translation tools, and creating AI-powered public services in Latvian to ensure citizens can access government services in their native language.


– **Technical infrastructure and domain name systems**: The role of local internet registries and domain names in preserving cultural diversity, including locally hosted content, search engine optimization challenges, and the need to rebuild discoverability systems as AI-powered prompts potentially replace traditional search engines.


– **Indigenous rights and intellectual property protection**: The challenges of protecting traditional knowledge and cultural expressions from exploitation, particularly as AI compounds existing issues around cultural appropriation, and the need for balanced frameworks that respect indigenous communities while allowing respectful innovation.


– **The dark side of digital transformation**: A critical examination of how social media algorithms and big tech monopolization are actually eliminating cultural diversity rather than preserving it, with concerns about young people aspiring to become social media influencers rather than connecting with their cultural heritage.


– **AI as both threat and opportunity**: The dual nature of artificial intelligence in cultural preservation – while AI can help digitize endangered languages and provide translation services, there’s a risk that AI systems trained primarily on Western content will further marginalize minority cultures and languages.


**Overall Purpose:**


The discussion aimed to examine strategies for preserving cultural and linguistic diversity in the digital age, particularly with the rise of AI technologies, and to assess progress made since the original World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) 20 years ago.


**Overall Tone:**


The discussion began with a measured, optimistic tone as speakers shared successful initiatives and technical solutions. However, the tone shifted notably toward concern and urgency, particularly with Professor Bruck’s “wake-up call” about the dark side of digital transformation. The conversation concluded on a sobering but determined note, emphasizing that cultural and linguistic diversity is a fundamental human right that requires continued vigilance and action to protect.


Speakers

– **Caroline Vuillemin**: Session moderator/chair


– **Gatis Ozols**: Deputy State Secretary for Digital Transformation of the Government of Latvia


– **Pierre Bonis**: Chief Executive Officer of AFNIC (French Internet Registry)


– **Elisabeth Stewart Bradley**: Representative from the International Trademark Association (INTA)


– **Peter A. Bruck**: Professor, World Summit Award founder/representative


– **Narendra Kumar Goyal**: Representative of an association with 74 partners and 48,500 members (specific organization not clearly mentioned)


– **Alfredo Ronchi**: Secretary General of EC Medici Framework, cooperates with UNESCO-IFAP initiative


**Additional speakers:**


None identified beyond the provided speakers names list.


Full session report

# Leaders’ Talk: Preserving Cultural and Linguistic Diversity in the Digital Era


## Executive Summary


This Leaders’ Talk, moderated by Caroline Vuillemin as part of the WSIS+20 review focusing on Action Line C8 (cultural diversity, linguistic diversity and local content), brought together six distinguished speakers to examine the challenge of preserving cultural and linguistic diversity in an AI-dominated digital landscape. The discussion highlighted that while this challenge began with the rise of the internet, it has intensified with artificial intelligence systems predominantly trained on English-language content, representing over 90% of large language models.


Speakers presented diverse perspectives ranging from successful national digitization initiatives to critical assessments of technology’s impact on cultural preservation. The conversation emphasized that access to information in one’s native language constitutes a fundamental human right essential to respecting humanity’s full diversity.


## Opening Context and Framework


Caroline Vuillemin established that languages and culture encompass ways of seeing the world, representing ourselves, and understanding each other beyond mere words. She emphasized that preserving cultural diversity requires anticipation, political will, adequate funding, and keeping this issue high on policy agendas. The session was positioned within the broader WSIS+20 review context, examining progress made since the original summit and identifying emerging challenges in the digital transformation era.


## National Strategies and Initiatives


### Latvia’s Digital Language Development


Gatis Ozols, Deputy State Secretary for Digital Transformation of the Government of Latvia, presented Latvia’s comprehensive approach to digitalizing the Latvian language. Latvia began developing national policies 15-20 years ago to subsidize and develop language resources for digital tools, starting with machine translation initiatives. This early preparation has enabled Latvia to create AI-powered public services in Latvian, ensuring citizens can access government services in their native language.


Ozols emphasized a key principle: “Multilinguality and cultural diversity has to be viewed as core principle, not as a feature of gen AI.” He identified two paths being pursued – multinational companies training central global large language models, and the European Union approach supporting national and regional initiatives. He advocated for a dual approach, working with multinational companies while developing national resources.


### India’s Bhasani Programme


Narendra Kumar Goyal presented India’s Bhasani programme supporting 22 regional languages with 3 billion users, enabling speech translation across 21 languages. He outlined a comprehensive four-point framework:


1. **Use AI as a cultural ally**: Digitize languages through speech recognition and enable AI-powered translation tools


2. **Empower local voices**: Support content creators and promote intergenerational cultural exchange


3. **Tackle key challenges**: Address data gaps for lesser-known languages, ensure cultural sensitivity in AI design, and bridge the digital divide with adequate infrastructure and education


4. **Create an inclusive ecosystem**: Champion multi-language content creation and push for language equity in digital platforms


Goyal emphasized that “we cannot describe our culture and our land if we do not have a language,” highlighting that preserving culture means nurturing the spirit and identity of communities from within.


## Infrastructure and Technical Perspectives


### Internet Infrastructure and Cultural Frameworks


Pierre Bonis, Chief Executive Officer of AFNIC (French Internet Registry), expanded the discussion beyond language to broader cultural frameworks. He stressed that cultural diversity extends beyond language to include legal frameworks, news, and regulatory proximity that international companies may not respect. Local domain names and locally hosted content (.fr, .de, .sn) play a crucial role in cultural and linguistic diversity preservation.


Bonis raised a critical concern about AI’s impact on content discoverability: “If PROMPT replace search engines, in a way we are going to have to rebuild all the efforts that we did for 20 years in terms of search engine optimization, in terms of where are the sources, where can I check that this content is actually coming from a place.” He also mentioned ISOC France’s scrutiny of Facebook’s terms of use as an example of protecting local cultural and legal frameworks.


### Indigenous Rights and Intellectual Property


Elisabeth Stewart Bradley, representing the International Trademark Association (INTA), highlighted vulnerabilities facing indigenous communities in the digital age. She explained that traditional knowledge and cultural expressions face increased exploitation risks without proper recognition or compensation, with AI compounding existing issues around cultural appropriation.


Bradley outlined INTA’s five foundational principles for AI implementation in intellectual property protection, emphasizing the need for human oversight, transparency, and lawful access to data for rights enforcement. She argued for harmonized national frameworks to balance cultural preservation with innovation while respecting indigenous communities.


## Critical Assessment and Challenges


### Technology’s Impact on Cultural Preservation


Professor Peter A. Bruck from the World Summit Award provided a critical assessment of technology’s role in cultural preservation. He argued that current discussions focus too heavily on technical solutions while ignoring fundamental problems: “today we need to not just talk about the bright side, we need to talk about the dark side… if you are not willing to address that in terms of preserving culture and language in the digital era, you are just wrong.”


Bruck identified several key challenges:


– Young people worldwide aspire to become Instagram influencers rather than preserving cultural heritage


– Social media algorithms favor extremist emotional content and push misinformation


– The monopolization of user data by five big tech companies requires taxation to fund cultural preservation resources


– Without addressing hyperscale company monopolization, there will be insufficient resources for cultural preservation


### AI Systems and Cultural Representation


Alfredo Ronchi, Secretary General of EC Medici Framework, emphasized that different AI systems should be trained on different cultural documentation to avoid minoritizing creativities worldwide. He referenced the UNESCO-IFAP initiative and the atlas of living languages, stressing the importance of keeping humans at the center of technology to avoid losing cultural identity.


Ronchi argued that current AI systems predominantly reflect Western cultural perspectives, risking the marginalization of non-Western creativities and intelligences.


## Key Themes and Challenges


### AI as Both Threat and Opportunity


The discussion revealed AI’s dual nature in cultural preservation:


**Threats identified:**


– Large language models over 90% trained in one language create representation gaps


– AI systems predominantly reflect Western cultural perspectives


– Replacement of search engines with AI prompts threatens content discoverability


– Current AI training data lacks adequate representation of diverse cultures


**Opportunities recognized:**


– AI can digitize endangered languages and build living dictionaries


– Machine translation tools can provide native language access to services


– AI-powered systems can enable universal translation for international communication


– Technology can support intergenerational cultural exchange


### Unresolved Technical and Policy Challenges


Several critical challenges require further attention:


– Rebuilding search optimization efforts as AI prompts replace traditional search


– Addressing data gaps for lesser-known languages in AI training


– Developing harmonized frameworks balancing cultural preservation with innovation


– Creating funding mechanisms for cultural preservation initiatives


– Protecting indigenous rights and traditional knowledge from exploitation


## Conclusion


The Leaders’ Talk demonstrated that preserving cultural and linguistic diversity in the digital era requires coordinated efforts combining technical innovation, policy reform, and cultural awareness. While speakers presented different approaches – from collaborative engagement with multinational companies to critical confrontation of existing systems – they shared recognition that cultural and linguistic diversity represents a fundamental human right.


As Caroline Vuillemin concluded, preserving linguistic diversity and cultural heritage requires sustained political will, adequate funding, and continued vigilance to ensure technological advancement serves humanity’s full diversity. The session’s emphasis on diversity and inclusion as “basic human rights” and the need to respect “humanity in its globality” provides a foundation for future collaboration. A follow-up session was scheduled for Friday, with participants invited to join the World Summit Award global community for continued engagement on these critical challenges.


Session transcript

Caroline Vuillemin: Welcome everybody to this Leaders’ Talk on Local to Global, Preserving Culture and Language in a Digital Era. This session will be about inclusion and representation of all human diversity in today’s digital world. This is not a new question. It started more than 20 years ago with the rise of the Internet, but today in a truly digital world and with the rise of artificial intelligence, the question is more important than ever. So we will hear from various perspectives this afternoon on how to preserve that diversity if it is indeed important and a shared ambition and vision. I’d like to start with Mr. Ossorz, the Deputy State Secretary for Digital Transformation of the Government of Latvia. I have a question for you, sir. While Latvian is one of the smaller languages facing unique challenges in the digital age, the country of Latvia has emerged as a front-runner in advancing research and development for other underrepresented languages across the EU. Could you please describe your country’s strategy and the key initiatives aimed at digitalizing the Latvian language to ensure its comprehensive inclusion in AI-driven technologies?


Gatis Ozols: Hello. Thank you, madam, and it’s a pleasure to be here and share our international experience regarding this. When we speak now about AI and multilinguality and different cultures in the AI session, we already speak about that currently the large language models that are largely used by the community, by consumer products, largely are more than 90% trained by one language. Actually, we recognize this important aspect as being a small and compact country, so we have to take care of our language and digital environment early on. It was already, I suppose, some 15, 20 years ago when it started with machine translation and such tools, so we put in a high position in our national policy, and we started to subsidize and we started to pay special attention to develop those national language resources to train digital tools for the Latvian language. Now we see it as an important aspect not only for the Latvian language, but actually for most of the languages in the world which are underrepresented on digital environment, also on AI tools. So how we approach it, initially we developed and facilitated programs nationally to develop language resources on Latvian language. It was like initial to build the base, so to train initially the machine translation to ensure that our Latvian citizens can use internet, which is mostly English-driven, and our own natural language for e-commerce, it was also very essential. Then of course it was also essential to access public services, so initially for European countries, it’s like more than 27 countries, you have to access in different languages, but then when we developed this language technologies, we saw it also helps for accessibility of public services not only, but also in internet, like text-to-speech, speech-to-text, it’s ensure accessibility. Also for public services, the national platform for AI assistance for the citizens, so they can approach the government digitally, they’ve been answered in the Latvian language. So this has allowed us to ensure this multilinguality and accessibility of public services and public resources, and also to ensure that those resources are available for the citizens. Further now with AI, I think it becomes even more critical to ensure this multi-language and multicultural representation, as AI becomes the first of the main way how we interact with different services and consumer products, and I would like to focus briefly on three aspects to ensure this. First one, multilinguality as a core principle, access to language resources and access to compute and expertise. Multilinguality and cultural diversity has to be viewed as core principle, not as a feature of gen AI. It’s our position and our view nationally. We see that there are different paths that have been taken, industry part, it’s taken by companies, multinationals that train central global LLMs, and there’s another part, or the way how to approach this, is European Union approach, that we have this national regional initiatives to incentivise and support development of large language models, in our case for EU countries, and provide access to compute. So we have to work on both of those dimensions together with those multinational companies and also to develop our national resources to ensure that all the languages and cultures are represented nationally.


Caroline Vuillemin: Thank you. So we see that it is about setting priorities, anticipating and having political will to preserve this diversity and languages. I’d like to see now another perspective from Pierre Bonis, the Chief Executive Officer of AFNIC. How do you perceive the importance of preserving cultural and linguistic diversity through the lens of the French Internet Registry?


Pierre Bonis: Thank you very much, first of all. Thank you for the invitation. I’m sorry to have to speak English, and I’m hoping that my English or British counterparts will not end this week with a very big loss of cultural diversity, which is speaking globish. So we started, of course, 20 years ago, because this is WSIS plus 20, with this Action Line C8, cultural diversity, linguistic diversity and local content. I think it was very wise to mix these different aspects, and especially the local content. And if you look at the challenges that we have, and we still have, in the discoverability of the different contents in different languages and different cultures, the role of the locally host and made content is still very relevant. In that regard, from the French Registry and from other registries, .fr, .de, .sn, etc., the fact that the contents may be hosted locally and may be addressed with local domain names makes sense also. More broadly, we really think that the problem is not only the language, of course it’s very important, access to your own language online, and sometimes the domain name can help, sometimes the search engine can help, but this is also culture, this is news, this is legal framework. I’ll give you an example. In France, ISOC France scrutinized the Facebook terms of use in France. And just so that this is another part of cultural approach, I mean, the legal framework that can be imposed by an international company may not be exactly the one that we are used to in our various countries. So this cultural diversity goes far beyond the pure language approach. It’s really a question of legal, regulatory, and proximity framework. I would end with just quoting, and Mr. Minister, you said that very well, that we have new challenges and opportunity with AI. But one of the challenges we face is that if PROMPT replace search engines, in a way we are going to have to rebuild all the efforts that we did for 20 years in terms of search engine optimization, in terms of where are the sources, where can I check that this content is actually coming from a place. So I think, I mean, this is not, this is just being aware of it. But being aware of it is making sure that the AI is not going to… Once again, having all the work to do to make sure that our cultures, our diversity is seen on the Internet. Thank you.


Caroline Vuillemin: Thank you very much. As you said, languages and culture are not only words. There are also ways of seeing the world, ways of representing ourselves, ways of understanding each other. So it’s very important to take this into account with the technology. I’d like now to turn to Elisabeth Stewart Bradley from the International Trademark Association. So another point of view still. Your association is dedicated to the protection of intellectual property to foster consumer trust, economic growth and innovation. And it is also committed to building a better society through brands. How does the protection of linguistic identity and local content fit into your organization’s mission?


Elisabeth Stewart Bradley: Thank you for this question. I’m sorry for the glasses, but I really am having trouble here. So first, I would like to thank ITU Secretary General Doreen Bogdan-Martin, the WSIS sponsors and organizers, and my fellow high-level panelists. It’s an honor to be here with you today. INTA’s mission seeks sustainable answers to global challenges. This is complementary to the SDGs as our work focuses primarily on SDG 9, industry, innovation and infrastructure. Last year, our intervention emphasized the importance of enhancing the availability of domain names in local languages. While domain names remain top of mind, there is now an even greater focus on how AI affects the preservation of culture and language. For example, the protection of indigenous rights has long presented challenges to both brand owners and indigenous communities. And AI is now compounding that. Traditional knowledge and cultural expressions have been passed down through generations. But in many cases, they have been exploited and appropriated without proper recognition or compensation. This leads to the loss of control of indigenous people over their cultural heritage. For brand owners, this presents challenges in terms of respecting the rights of indigenous communities while also wanting to adopt elements of their culture into products, services, and marketing strategies in reasonable and respectful ways. INTA has a dedicated indigenous rights committee that includes a globally diverse membership. And we actively participate in discussions at WIPO. Our goal within the global community is to harmonize and balance how indigenous culture and language may be protected and incorporated in the development of new products and services. Notably, there have been positive advancements in recognition and safeguarding of indigenous rights, including legal reforms and greater awareness of indigenous issues. However, challenges persist, like the lack of harmonized national frameworks to ensure the proper balance between cultural preservation and innovation. Rapid advancements in technology have raised concerns about indigenous heritage use by AI, lack of representation, and lack of consultation. In terms of the implementation of AI to help protect IP, including indigenous rights, INTA supports policies based on five foundational principles that include recognizing human versus machine contributions, final decisions on the granting or revocation of rights should be subject to human oversight, rights holders should be able to obtain lawful access to data for the purpose of enforcing IP rights, customers should know the source of information received by AI, and transparency should be balanced with the need to protect proprietary information. INTA fosters the exchange of global perspectives by its thousands of members from around the world. INTA recently adopted AI-based technology to provide universal translation services for participants at our meetings. Our most recent annual meeting hosted more than 10,000 participants. Until the implementation of AI-based translation programs, organizations such as INTA could not afford translation services. Providing greater access through translation allows participants to return to their countries with powerful information to help preserve their valuable inventions. In closing, I’d just like to say that WSIS enables the spirit of multi-stakeholder engagement. Thank you so much.


Caroline Vuillemin: Thank you. And thank you for highlighting the challenge of the national frameworks versus the global approach. At the current era of crisis in multilateralism, I think national frameworks still have to exist, but to be comprehensive and coordinated among various nations. We will now listen to Professor Brook from the World Summit Award, and maybe look back 20 years ago when you initiated at the first WSIS conference in Geneva the World Summit Award. How has the challenge of preserving culture and language in the digital era changed since then?


Peter A. Bruck: Thank you very much, Caroline. That’s a wonderful question, which leads me to say that in 2003 we looked at the information and communication technologies with optimism. And today we need to not just talk about the bright side, we need to talk about the dark side. And only those who are addressing the dark side and the issues are actually credible interlocutors for where we should go in the future, because we cannot parrot again what we have talked about and the way we have talked about in 2003 about the WSIS Action Plan. I had lunch today with three people, one person from Jordan, another one from Malaysia, and the other one from Cyprus. And they all know that their children and their grandchildren, female, 14 years old, have as an idea for where they want to go in their lives to be an Instagram influencer. And I say to you, everybody in this room, if you are not willing to address that in terms of preserving culture and language in the digital era, you are just wrong in terms of this place. You have to address it, we have to address it. The huge achievement of social media has in fact turned against preserving cultural heritage. And cultural diversity is not just reduced, but it is eliminated around the world in many different ways. And I think that if we are not looking at what algorithmic media do in terms of favoring not just this kind of fantasies of young women, but also in terms of democracy by favoring extremist emotional, cultural, and political content, and push nonsense to people, lies, hate speech, and fake news, we are just missing the opportunity of looking at business plus 20. User data are collected from every corner of the world, and they are monopolized by five big tech companies. And if we are not addressing the monopolization of that, which is hyperscaling, by taxing those hyperscale companies, we are just not having the resources for cultural preservation and diversity. The World Summit Award was created actually in 2003, ironically, to identify the richness and the plurality, the diversity of high quality contents around the world. And we were looking at that time at ICT as being a means to do it. Today, I have to acknowledge the needs for the World Summit Award, and its global community of creative people who look for a positive social impact is not lesser, but greater. Because we are losing diversity, we are losing our cultural heritage, and we are not preserving it. So, from my point of view, I invite each and everyone in this room to join us in terms of this global community, and also to act in terms of making WSA also a follow-on activity to WSIS 2030. Thank you. I hope I am in time.


Caroline Vuillemin: Yes, perfect.


Peter A. Bruck: I can see that there are some people who are on Instagram and who clap still. Thank you very much.


Caroline Vuillemin: Thank you, and thank you for that wake-up call, which should not be a wake-up call, because I think we all have the same reality in front of us in terms of losing diversity in the last 20 years, which is not what the spirit of WSA is.


Narendra Kumar Goyal: Thank you very much. And I’m happy that before me our panelists said two important things. Social media influencing and changing our life. The new generation is forgetting the old culture, our language, our heritage. And five tech companies trying to do everything for all of us. Led by these things, my association has 74 partners with a large base of 48,500 members. So we discussed this ourselves, what is the way out to preserve the cultural heritage. We came out with two statements and four points in brief. The statement says we cannot describe our culture and our land if we do not have a language. And preserving culture means nurturing the spirit and identity of communities from within. Now there are four things. One is use AI as a cultural ally. Digitize intense languages via speech recognition and transcription. Enable access with AI powered translation and language learning tools. Build curriculum and living dictionaries to preserve oral traditions. Second point was empower local voices. Support the creators of native languages with the digitalized tools, storytelling, and next promote intergenerational exchange through technical enabled mentorship. Celebrate culture online, customs, folk fare, musics. Third point is tackle the challenges. Address data gaps for developing lesser known languages. Ensure cultural sensibility via AI design. Bridge the digital divide with infrastructure and education. And the last topic is create inclusive ecosystem. In this champion multi-language content across media platforms. Push for language equity in the technical tools, transforms, fund preservation projects at the government and grassroot level. Within the next 30 minutes I want to share the Indian experience. India has 22 regional languages. Our government made a program called Bhasani, Indian languages. And we have, as a man there is a speech by our leader. It is transferred into 21 languages across the country. There are 3 billion users as of now. Thank you very much.


Caroline Vuillemin: Thank you very much. Impressive figures from a Swiss citizen with only four languages in our country. Thank you for your contribution. Last but not least I want to turn now to Prof. Alfredo Ronchi. You’re the Secretary General of EC Medici Firmwork. So maybe a last question to give us hope and perspective. Can the digital age jeopardize cultural and linguistic diversity?


Alfredo Ronchi: Okay, thank you Madam Chair. Yes, so good afternoon first of all. So yes, this is a question that was posed a long time ago. As you introduced the session before, it’s something that basically coupled with the explosion of the use of the internet that boosted the idea of globalization with the risk to jeopardize cultural models, cultural identities, and of course languages. I used to cooperate with UNESCO-IFAP initiative and this was one of the key topics to be discussed in the meeting. So the fact that the atlas of living languages was diminishing the size every year due to the disappearance of a number of languages, minoritized so-called languages, because they were not able to be both spoken and then represented on the internet. And of course this idea to get toward uniformity to provide to young generation a standard model that is almost equal all over the world may probably pose the risk to lose our identities in terms of languages that is tightly connected with culture. I am very, let’s say, fond of studying different languages because it’s the best way to understand better some culture, some population, because there’s this tight relation even in the way in which it’s structured, the language. And so it’s for sure the risk to lose some relevant values. And this is really a pity in the set of the culture and languages. But nowadays there’s another technology that comes back after 30 years more or less. In the 80s it was considered one of the monster artificial intelligence, but there was no chance to keep in touch with it at that time because it was too abstract. Let’s say expert system and fuzzy logic. Nowadays thanks to some products like GPT and similar things, people can experience this so they lower in order to enter this technology is very low. Anyone can try it. And the risk again, because we fit such kind of system mainly with some specific set of documents, let’s say some Western culture basically, there’s the risk to lose some other intelligences. So last year we spoke and within some of the sessions at the WISIS, mainly managed by UNESCO, to the idea to create different AI systems fed with different culture, different documentation, in order to do not risk to have minoritized creativities around the world. And this of course is tightly connected with the road to extend, let’s say, the ability to create content in such kind of specific culture and so on. So it is very complicated things. But the point is to try to keep humans in the center and do not become slave of technology, losing our identity. Thank you very much.


Caroline Vuillemin: Thank you. Well, thank you all for your contributions and for keeping with the time. I know it’s very difficult to go into deep thoughts in only three minutes in this topic that is so important and where we would all have hoped to speak in our own language and be very diversified. But maybe next time. As a conclusion, just to wrap up, diversity and inclusion of course are not only values. It is a basic human right. Each individual on earth should have access to content, to information regarding its government, regarding news, regarding economic activities in his or her own maternal language. And it’s not only for commercial incentives and human rights, but it’s really to respect humanity in its globality. So we heard it’s about anticipation, political will, funding, and keeping this high on the agenda. I hope the conclusions of this summit will drive policymakers in that direction. A final summary of the session will be provided and it will take place on Friday, this Friday the 11th at 3 p.m. So please join us to listen to the final conclusion then. Thank you.


G

Gatis Ozols

Speech speed

147 words per minute

Speech length

542 words

Speech time

219 seconds

Latvia developed early national policies to subsidize and develop language resources for digital tools, starting with machine translation 15-20 years ago

Explanation

Latvia recognized the importance of protecting its language in the digital environment early on and implemented national policies to subsidize and develop language resources. This proactive approach helped build the foundation for training digital tools in the Latvian language, starting with machine translation to help citizens access the predominantly English internet.


Evidence

Development of machine translation tools, e-commerce applications in Latvian, accessible public services with text-to-speech and speech-to-text capabilities, and a national AI assistance platform for citizens to interact with government in Latvian


Major discussion point

National and Regional Strategies for Language Preservation


Topics

Cultural diversity | Multilingualism | Development


Agreed with

– Narendra Kumar Goyal

Agreed on

Government-led national strategies are essential for language preservation


Multilinguality and cultural diversity must be viewed as core principles, not features, requiring both multinational company cooperation and national resource development

Explanation

Ozols argues that as AI becomes the primary way people interact with services and products, ensuring multilingual and multicultural representation becomes critical. He emphasizes that this should be treated as a fundamental principle rather than an optional feature, requiring a dual approach of working with multinational companies while developing national resources.


Evidence

Recognition that large language models are over 90% trained in one language, and the need for both industry-led global LLMs and EU regional initiatives to support national language model development with access to compute resources


Major discussion point

AI and Technology Challenges for Cultural Diversity


Topics

Cultural diversity | Multilingualism | Legal and regulatory


Disagreed with

– Peter A. Bruck

Disagreed on

Role of big tech companies in cultural preservation


Large language models are over 90% trained in one language, creating representation gaps for smaller languages

Explanation

Ozols highlights a critical technical challenge where current AI systems predominantly use training data from one language, creating significant gaps in representation for smaller languages like Latvian. This technical limitation threatens the ability of speakers of underrepresented languages to effectively use AI-driven technologies.


Evidence

Statistical observation that large language models used in consumer products are more than 90% trained in one language


Major discussion point

AI and Technology Challenges for Cultural Diversity


Topics

Cultural diversity | Multilingualism | Digital standards


Agreed with

– Alfredo Ronchi

Agreed on

AI systems predominantly trained in one language create representation gaps for smaller languages


P

Pierre Bonis

Speech speed

119 words per minute

Speech length

423 words

Speech time

212 seconds

Local domain names and locally hosted content (.fr, .de, .sn) play a crucial role in cultural and linguistic diversity preservation

Explanation

Bonis argues that the discoverability of content in different languages and cultures is enhanced when content is hosted locally and addressed with local domain names. This approach supports the preservation of cultural and linguistic diversity by making local content more accessible and discoverable.


Evidence

Examples of country-specific domain extensions like .fr (France), .de (Germany), and .sn (Senegal) that facilitate local content hosting and addressing


Major discussion point

Role of Internet Infrastructure in Cultural Preservation


Topics

Cultural diversity | Multilingualism | Critical internet resources


Cultural diversity extends beyond language to include legal frameworks, news, and regulatory proximity that international companies may not respect

Explanation

Bonis emphasizes that cultural preservation involves more than just language translation, encompassing legal systems, news content, and regulatory frameworks. He warns that international companies may impose terms of use and legal frameworks that don’t align with local cultural and legal traditions.


Evidence

Example of ISOC France scrutinizing Facebook’s terms of use in France, demonstrating how international companies’ legal frameworks may not match local cultural expectations


Major discussion point

Role of Internet Infrastructure in Cultural Preservation


Topics

Cultural diversity | Legal and regulatory | Jurisdiction


Agreed with

– Caroline Vuillemin

Agreed on

Cultural preservation extends beyond language to encompass broader frameworks


AI replacing search engines with prompts threatens 20 years of work in search engine optimization and content discoverability

Explanation

Bonis warns that the shift from traditional search engines to AI-powered prompt-based systems could undermine decades of work in making diverse cultural content discoverable online. This technological transition poses new challenges for ensuring that cultural diversity remains visible and accessible in digital spaces.


Evidence

Reference to 20 years of search engine optimization work and the challenge of rebuilding content discoverability systems for AI-based search


Major discussion point

AI and Technology Challenges for Cultural Diversity


Topics

Cultural diversity | Digital standards | Content policy


E

Elisabeth Stewart Bradley

Speech speed

144 words per minute

Speech length

507 words

Speech time

211 seconds

Traditional knowledge and cultural expressions face exploitation without proper recognition or compensation, compounded by AI

Explanation

Bradley highlights how indigenous communities have historically faced exploitation of their traditional knowledge and cultural expressions without receiving proper recognition or compensation. She argues that AI technology is now compounding these existing challenges by potentially using indigenous cultural heritage without appropriate consultation or compensation.


Evidence

Reference to traditional knowledge and cultural expressions passed down through generations being exploited and appropriated, leading to loss of control by indigenous people over their cultural heritage


Major discussion point

Intellectual Property and Indigenous Rights Protection


Topics

Intellectual property rights | Cultural diversity | Human rights principles


Brand owners need harmonized national frameworks to balance cultural preservation with innovation while respecting indigenous communities

Explanation

Bradley argues that there’s a need for consistent international frameworks that help brand owners navigate the complex challenge of incorporating elements of indigenous culture into products and services in respectful ways. She emphasizes the importance of balancing innovation with cultural preservation and indigenous rights protection.


Evidence

INTA’s dedicated indigenous rights committee with globally diverse membership and active participation in WIPO discussions, along with mention of legal reforms and greater awareness of indigenous issues


Major discussion point

Intellectual Property and Indigenous Rights Protection


Topics

Intellectual property rights | Cultural diversity | Legal and regulatory


AI implementation for IP protection requires human oversight, transparency, and lawful access to data for rights enforcement

Explanation

Bradley outlines INTA’s position on how AI should be implemented in intellectual property protection, emphasizing the need for human control over key decisions and transparency in AI operations. She argues that while AI can be helpful, it must be implemented with proper safeguards and human oversight to protect rights effectively.


Evidence

INTA’s five foundational principles including recognizing human versus machine contributions, human oversight for granting/revoking rights, lawful data access for IP enforcement, customer knowledge of information sources, and balanced transparency


Major discussion point

Intellectual Property and Indigenous Rights Protection


Topics

Intellectual property rights | Privacy and data protection | Legal and regulatory


P

Peter A. Bruck

Speech speed

144 words per minute

Speech length

497 words

Speech time

207 seconds

Young people worldwide aspire to become Instagram influencers, representing a threat to cultural diversity that must be addressed

Explanation

Bruck argues that the widespread aspiration among young people to become social media influencers represents a homogenizing force that threatens cultural diversity. He contends that this phenomenon must be directly addressed when discussing cultural preservation, as it represents a shift away from traditional cultural values and diversity.


Evidence

Personal anecdote about lunch conversation with people from Jordan, Malaysia, and Cyprus, all reporting that their 14-year-old female relatives aspire to become Instagram influencers


Major discussion point

Social Media and Cultural Homogenization Concerns


Topics

Cultural diversity | Content policy | Digital identities


Social media algorithms favor extremist emotional content and push misinformation, working against cultural heritage preservation

Explanation

Bruck argues that algorithmic media systems are designed to favor emotionally charged, extremist content while promoting lies, hate speech, and fake news. He contends that this algorithmic bias actively works against the preservation of cultural heritage and diversity by promoting sensational content over authentic cultural expression.


Evidence

Reference to algorithmic media favoring extremist emotional, cultural, and political content and pushing nonsense, lies, hate speech, and fake news to users


Major discussion point

Social Media and Cultural Homogenization Concerns


Topics

Cultural diversity | Content policy | Violent extremism


Agreed with

– Alfredo Ronchi

Agreed on

Technology threatens cultural diversity and requires human-centered approaches


Disagreed with

– Narendra Kumar Goyal

Disagreed on

Assessment of technology’s impact on cultural diversity


User data monopolization by five big tech companies requires taxation to fund cultural preservation resources

Explanation

Bruck argues that user data from around the world is being monopolized by five major technology companies through hyperscaling practices. He contends that without taxing these hyperscale companies, there won’t be sufficient resources available for cultural preservation and diversity initiatives.


Evidence

Reference to user data collection from every corner of the world being monopolized by five big tech companies through hyperscaling


Major discussion point

Social Media and Cultural Homogenization Concerns


Topics

Cultural diversity | Taxation | Digital business models


Disagreed with

– Gatis Ozols

Disagreed on

Role of big tech companies in cultural preservation


N

Narendra Kumar Goyal

Speech speed

107 words per minute

Speech length

315 words

Speech time

175 seconds

India implemented the Bhasani program supporting 22 regional languages with 3 billion users, enabling speech translation across 21 languages

Explanation

Goyal presents India’s Bhasani program as a successful example of large-scale language preservation and digitization. The program supports 22 regional languages and has achieved massive adoption with 3 billion users, demonstrating how government-led initiatives can effectively preserve linguistic diversity at scale.


Evidence

Specific mention of the Bhasani program supporting 22 regional languages, serving 3 billion users, and enabling speech translation across 21 languages, with example of leader’s speech being translated into 21 languages across the country


Major discussion point

National and Regional Strategies for Language Preservation


Topics

Cultural diversity | Multilingualism | Digital access


Agreed with

– Gatis Ozols

Agreed on

Government-led national strategies are essential for language preservation


AI should be used as a cultural ally through digitizing languages, enabling translation tools, and building living dictionaries

Explanation

Goyal advocates for a positive approach to AI implementation in cultural preservation, arguing that AI can serve as an ally rather than a threat. He proposes using AI for practical applications like speech recognition, translation services, and creating dynamic dictionaries to preserve oral traditions and make languages more accessible.


Evidence

Specific recommendations including digitizing languages via speech recognition and transcription, AI-powered translation and language learning tools, building curriculum and living dictionaries to preserve oral traditions


Major discussion point

AI and Technology Challenges for Cultural Diversity


Topics

Cultural diversity | Multilingualism | Online education


Disagreed with

– Peter A. Bruck

Disagreed on

Assessment of technology’s impact on cultural diversity


A

Alfredo Ronchi

Speech speed

130 words per minute

Speech length

453 words

Speech time

208 seconds

Different AI systems should be fed with different cultural documentation to avoid minoritizing creativities worldwide

Explanation

Ronchi argues that current AI systems are primarily trained on Western cultural documentation, which risks marginalizing other cultural perspectives and forms of creativity. He advocates for developing multiple AI systems that are trained on diverse cultural documentation to preserve different forms of intelligence and creativity from around the world.


Evidence

Reference to AI systems being fed mainly with Western culture documentation and the risk of losing minoritized creativities, with mention of UNESCO sessions discussing the creation of different AI systems fed with different cultural documentation


Major discussion point

AI and Technology Challenges for Cultural Diversity


Topics

Cultural diversity | Digital standards | Interdisciplinary approaches


Agreed with

– Gatis Ozols

Agreed on

AI systems predominantly trained in one language create representation gaps for smaller languages


Disagreed with

– Gatis Ozols

Disagreed on

Approach to AI development for cultural preservation


The digital age poses risks of cultural uniformity and loss of identity, with languages disappearing from UNESCO’s atlas of living languages

Explanation

Ronchi warns that the digital age and globalization trend toward uniformity pose significant risks to cultural diversity and identity. He points to the concrete evidence of language extinction as documented by UNESCO, where minoritized languages are disappearing because they cannot be adequately represented online.


Evidence

Reference to UNESCO-IFAP initiative discussions and the UNESCO atlas of living languages diminishing in size each year due to disappearance of minoritized languages that cannot be represented on the internet


Major discussion point

Digital Divide and Language Extinction Risks


Topics

Cultural diversity | Multilingualism | Development


Technology should keep humans at the center to avoid becoming slaves to technology and losing cultural identity

Explanation

Ronchi emphasizes the importance of maintaining human agency and control in the face of advancing technology. He argues that the goal should be to use technology as a tool while preserving human cultural identity and avoiding a situation where people become dependent on or controlled by technological systems.


Major discussion point

Digital Divide and Language Extinction Risks


Topics

Cultural diversity | Human rights principles | Digital identities


Agreed with

– Peter A. Bruck

Agreed on

Technology threatens cultural diversity and requires human-centered approaches


C

Caroline Vuillemin

Speech speed

123 words per minute

Speech length

746 words

Speech time

361 seconds

Diversity and inclusion are not only values but a basic human right, requiring access to content in one’s maternal language

Explanation

Vuillemin argues that cultural and linguistic diversity goes beyond being merely desirable values and constitutes a fundamental human right. She emphasizes that every individual should have access to government information, news, and economic activities in their native language, not just for commercial reasons but to respect humanity in its entirety.


Evidence

Reference to access to content about government, news, and economic activities in maternal language as a basic requirement


Major discussion point

Human Rights and Cultural Preservation


Topics

Human rights principles | Cultural diversity | Multilingualism


Languages and culture encompass ways of seeing the world, representing ourselves, and understanding each other beyond just words

Explanation

Vuillemin emphasizes that cultural and linguistic preservation involves much more than vocabulary or grammar. She argues that languages embody entire worldviews, methods of self-representation, and frameworks for mutual understanding that must be considered when developing technology solutions.


Evidence

Reference to languages and culture as ‘ways of seeing the world, ways of representing ourselves, ways of understanding each other’


Major discussion point

Comprehensive Nature of Cultural Preservation


Topics

Cultural diversity | Digital identities | Interdisciplinary approaches


Agreed with

– Pierre Bonis

Agreed on

Cultural preservation extends beyond language to encompass broader frameworks


Preserving cultural diversity requires anticipation, political will, funding, and keeping the issue high on policy agendas

Explanation

Vuillemin identifies four key elements necessary for successful cultural preservation in the digital era. She argues that effective preservation requires proactive planning, strong political commitment, adequate financial resources, and sustained policy attention to ensure long-term success.


Evidence

Summary of session discussions highlighting the need for anticipation, political will, funding, and agenda prioritization


Major discussion point

Policy Requirements for Cultural Preservation


Topics

Cultural diversity | Development | Legal and regulatory


The loss of diversity over the past 20 years contradicts the original spirit of the World Summit on the Information Society

Explanation

Vuillemin acknowledges that the reality of decreasing cultural diversity over the past two decades represents a failure to achieve the original WSIS vision. She suggests that this trend goes against the fundamental principles and aspirations that guided the initial World Summit on the Information Society.


Evidence

Reference to ‘losing diversity in the last 20 years, which is not what the spirit of WSA is’


Major discussion point

WSIS Legacy and Current Challenges


Topics

Cultural diversity | Development | Digital standards


Agreements

Agreement points

AI systems predominantly trained in one language create representation gaps for smaller languages

Speakers

– Gatis Ozols
– Alfredo Ronchi

Arguments

Large language models are over 90% trained in one language, creating representation gaps for smaller languages


Different AI systems should be fed with different cultural documentation to avoid minoritizing creativities worldwide


Summary

Both speakers recognize that current AI systems are biased toward dominant languages/cultures, with Ozols providing specific statistics about 90% single-language training and Ronchi emphasizing the Western cultural bias in AI training data


Topics

Cultural diversity | Digital standards | Multilingualism


Government-led national strategies are essential for language preservation

Speakers

– Gatis Ozols
– Narendra Kumar Goyal

Arguments

Latvia developed early national policies to subsidize and develop language resources for digital tools, starting with machine translation 15-20 years ago


India implemented the Bhasani program supporting 22 regional languages with 3 billion users, enabling speech translation across 21 languages


Summary

Both speakers present successful examples of government-initiated programs for language digitization, with Latvia’s early machine translation efforts and India’s massive Bhasani program demonstrating the effectiveness of national strategies


Topics

Cultural diversity | Multilingualism | Development


Cultural preservation extends beyond language to encompass broader frameworks

Speakers

– Pierre Bonis
– Caroline Vuillemin

Arguments

Cultural diversity extends beyond language to include legal frameworks, news, and regulatory proximity that international companies may not respect


Languages and culture encompass ways of seeing the world, representing ourselves, and understanding each other beyond just words


Summary

Both speakers emphasize that cultural preservation involves comprehensive worldviews, legal systems, and ways of understanding reality, not just linguistic translation


Topics

Cultural diversity | Legal and regulatory | Digital identities


Technology threatens cultural diversity and requires human-centered approaches

Speakers

– Peter A. Bruck
– Alfredo Ronchi

Arguments

Social media algorithms favor extremist emotional content and push misinformation, working against cultural heritage preservation


Technology should keep humans at the center to avoid becoming slaves to technology and losing cultural identity


Summary

Both speakers warn about technology’s potential to undermine cultural diversity and emphasize the need to maintain human agency and control over technological systems


Topics

Cultural diversity | Content policy | Digital identities


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers advocate for proactive, positive approaches to AI implementation in cultural preservation, viewing AI as a tool that can support rather than threaten linguistic diversity when properly implemented with strong national strategies

Speakers

– Gatis Ozols
– Narendra Kumar Goyal

Arguments

Multilinguality and cultural diversity must be viewed as core principles, not features, requiring both multinational company cooperation and national resource development


AI should be used as a cultural ally through digitizing languages, enabling translation tools, and building living dictionaries


Topics

Cultural diversity | Multilingualism | Digital standards


Both speakers emphasize the need for systematic approaches to ensure diverse cultural perspectives are properly represented and protected in technological and legal frameworks, rather than being marginalized by dominant systems

Speakers

– Elisabeth Stewart Bradley
– Alfredo Ronchi

Arguments

Brand owners need harmonized national frameworks to balance cultural preservation with innovation while respecting indigenous communities


Different AI systems should be fed with different cultural documentation to avoid minoritizing creativities worldwide


Topics

Cultural diversity | Legal and regulatory | Intellectual property rights


Both speakers express concern about how algorithmic systems and AI are undermining decades of work in making diverse content discoverable and accessible, potentially erasing cultural diversity achievements

Speakers

– Pierre Bonis
– Peter A. Bruck

Arguments

AI replacing search engines with prompts threatens 20 years of work in search engine optimization and content discoverability


Social media algorithms favor extremist emotional content and push misinformation, working against cultural heritage preservation


Topics

Cultural diversity | Content policy | Digital standards


Unexpected consensus

Need for taxation of big tech companies to fund cultural preservation

Speakers

– Peter A. Bruck

Arguments

User data monopolization by five big tech companies requires taxation to fund cultural preservation resources


Explanation

While only Bruck explicitly mentioned this, his argument about taxing hyperscale companies to fund cultural preservation represents a concrete policy solution that aligns with other speakers’ concerns about tech company dominance, though no other speaker directly addressed this economic approach


Topics

Cultural diversity | Taxation | Digital business models


AI can serve as both threat and ally to cultural preservation

Speakers

– Gatis Ozols
– Narendra Kumar Goyal
– Alfredo Ronchi

Arguments

Multilinguality and cultural diversity must be viewed as core principles, not features, requiring both multinational company cooperation and national resource development


AI should be used as a cultural ally through digitizing languages, enabling translation tools, and building living dictionaries


Different AI systems should be fed with different cultural documentation to avoid minoritizing creativities worldwide


Explanation

Despite concerns about AI’s threats to cultural diversity, multiple speakers converged on the idea that AI can be harnessed positively for cultural preservation when properly designed and implemented with diverse training data and multilingual principles


Topics

Cultural diversity | Digital standards | Multilingualism


Overall assessment

Summary

Speakers demonstrated strong consensus on the fundamental importance of cultural and linguistic diversity preservation, the inadequacy of current AI systems in representing diverse cultures, the need for government-led national strategies, and the recognition that cultural preservation extends beyond language to encompass worldviews and legal frameworks


Consensus level

High level of consensus on problem identification and general principles, with speakers agreeing that current technological systems threaten cultural diversity and that proactive, multi-stakeholder approaches are needed. The consensus suggests a mature understanding of the challenges and points toward coordinated policy responses combining national strategies, international cooperation, and human-centered technology design.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Approach to AI development for cultural preservation

Speakers

– Gatis Ozols
– Alfredo Ronchi

Arguments

Multilinguality and cultural diversity must be viewed as core principles, not features, requiring both multinational company cooperation and national resource development


Different AI systems should be fed with different cultural documentation to avoid minoritizing creativities worldwide


Summary

Ozols advocates for a dual approach working with multinational companies while developing national resources, viewing multilinguality as a core principle. Ronchi argues for creating separate AI systems trained on different cultural documentation to avoid Western cultural dominance, suggesting a more fragmented approach to AI development.


Topics

Cultural diversity | Digital standards | Multilingualism


Assessment of technology’s impact on cultural diversity

Speakers

– Peter A. Bruck
– Narendra Kumar Goyal

Arguments

Social media algorithms favor extremist emotional content and push misinformation, working against cultural heritage preservation


AI should be used as a cultural ally through digitizing languages, enabling translation tools, and building living dictionaries


Summary

Bruck presents a pessimistic view of technology, arguing that social media algorithms actively work against cultural preservation by promoting extremist content. Goyal takes an optimistic stance, viewing AI as a potential ally that can be harnessed for cultural preservation through practical applications.


Topics

Cultural diversity | Content policy | Multilingualism


Role of big tech companies in cultural preservation

Speakers

– Peter A. Bruck
– Gatis Ozols

Arguments

User data monopolization by five big tech companies requires taxation to fund cultural preservation resources


Multilinguality and cultural diversity must be viewed as core principles, not features, requiring both multinational company cooperation and national resource development


Summary

Bruck advocates for a confrontational approach toward big tech companies, calling for taxation to fund cultural preservation. Ozols suggests a collaborative approach, emphasizing the need to work with multinational companies alongside national resource development.


Topics

Cultural diversity | Digital business models | Taxation


Unexpected differences

Optimism vs. pessimism about digital technology’s role

Speakers

– Peter A. Bruck
– Narendra Kumar Goyal

Arguments

Young people worldwide aspire to become Instagram influencers, representing a threat to cultural diversity that must be addressed


India implemented the Bhasani program supporting 22 regional languages with 3 billion users, enabling speech translation across 21 languages


Explanation

This disagreement is unexpected because both speakers are addressing the same fundamental challenge of cultural preservation, yet they have dramatically different assessments of technology’s potential. Bruck’s pessimistic view contrasts sharply with Goyal’s success story, suggesting different regional experiences or philosophical approaches to technology adoption.


Topics

Cultural diversity | Digital identities | Multilingualism


Overall assessment

Summary

The main areas of disagreement center on approaches to AI development, assessment of technology’s impact on culture, and strategies for dealing with big tech companies. While all speakers agree on the importance of cultural preservation, they differ significantly on whether to work with or against existing tech infrastructure.


Disagreement level

Moderate disagreement with significant implications. The disagreements reflect fundamental philosophical differences about technology’s role in society and appropriate policy responses. These differences could lead to fragmented approaches to cultural preservation, potentially undermining coordinated global efforts. However, the shared commitment to cultural diversity provides a foundation for potential compromise and collaboration.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers advocate for proactive, positive approaches to AI implementation in cultural preservation, viewing AI as a tool that can support rather than threaten linguistic diversity when properly implemented with strong national strategies

Speakers

– Gatis Ozols
– Narendra Kumar Goyal

Arguments

Multilinguality and cultural diversity must be viewed as core principles, not features, requiring both multinational company cooperation and national resource development


AI should be used as a cultural ally through digitizing languages, enabling translation tools, and building living dictionaries


Topics

Cultural diversity | Multilingualism | Digital standards


Both speakers emphasize the need for systematic approaches to ensure diverse cultural perspectives are properly represented and protected in technological and legal frameworks, rather than being marginalized by dominant systems

Speakers

– Elisabeth Stewart Bradley
– Alfredo Ronchi

Arguments

Brand owners need harmonized national frameworks to balance cultural preservation with innovation while respecting indigenous communities


Different AI systems should be fed with different cultural documentation to avoid minoritizing creativities worldwide


Topics

Cultural diversity | Legal and regulatory | Intellectual property rights


Both speakers express concern about how algorithmic systems and AI are undermining decades of work in making diverse content discoverable and accessible, potentially erasing cultural diversity achievements

Speakers

– Pierre Bonis
– Peter A. Bruck

Arguments

AI replacing search engines with prompts threatens 20 years of work in search engine optimization and content discoverability


Social media algorithms favor extremist emotional content and push misinformation, working against cultural heritage preservation


Topics

Cultural diversity | Content policy | Digital standards


Takeaways

Key takeaways

Cultural and linguistic diversity preservation is a fundamental human right, not just a commercial or technological feature


Multilinguality must be treated as a core principle in AI development, requiring both cooperation with multinational companies and development of national resources


Early anticipation and political will are crucial – countries like Latvia started developing language resources 15-20 years ago with machine translation


AI poses both opportunities and threats: it can serve as a cultural ally through digitization tools, but current large language models are over 90% trained in one language


Social media and algorithmic content are actively working against cultural diversity by promoting homogenization and extremist content


Local internet infrastructure (domain names, hosting) plays a vital role in preserving cultural diversity beyond just language translation


The digital divide and data monopolization by five big tech companies requires systemic solutions including taxation to fund cultural preservation


Indigenous rights and traditional knowledge face increased exploitation risks with AI development, requiring harmonized national frameworks


Resolutions and action items

A final summary session scheduled for Friday the 11th at 3 p.m. to provide conclusions


Invitation to join the World Summit Award global community as a follow-on activity to WSIS 2030


Need for policymakers to keep cultural and linguistic diversity high on the agenda based on summit conclusions


Development of different AI systems fed with different cultural documentation to avoid minoritizing creativities


Implementation of AI-based technology for universal translation services in international meetings and organizations


Unresolved issues

How to effectively address the influence of social media on young people’s cultural aspirations (Instagram influencer phenomenon)


Lack of harmonized national frameworks to balance cultural preservation with innovation


How to rebuild content discoverability efforts if AI prompts replace search engines


Addressing data gaps for lesser-known languages in AI training


How to ensure cultural sensitivity in AI design and implementation


Bridging the digital divide with adequate infrastructure and education


How to effectively tax hyperscale tech companies to fund cultural preservation resources


Suggested compromises

Working on both dimensions: cooperating with multinational companies while developing national language resources


Balancing transparency in AI systems with the need to protect proprietary information


Finding ways for brand owners to respectfully incorporate indigenous cultural elements while protecting indigenous rights


Using technology as a tool while keeping humans at the center to avoid losing cultural identity


Developing both global AI solutions and region-specific cultural AI systems simultaneously


Thought provoking comments

Multilinguality and cultural diversity has to be viewed as core principle, not as a feature of gen AI… there are different paths that have been taken, industry part, it’s taken by companies, multinationals that train central global LLMs, and there’s another part… European Union approach, that we have this national regional initiatives

Speaker

Gatis Ozols


Reason

This comment reframes the entire discussion by distinguishing between treating linguistic diversity as an optional feature versus a fundamental principle. It also introduces the critical tension between centralized global AI models versus decentralized national/regional approaches, highlighting a key strategic choice facing policymakers.


Impact

This established the foundational framework for the entire discussion, setting up the core tension between global tech companies’ approaches and national preservation efforts. Subsequent speakers built upon this dichotomy, with Pierre Bonis discussing local content hosting and Elisabeth Stewart Bradley addressing the need for harmonized national frameworks.


If PROMPT replace search engines, in a way we are going to have to rebuild all the efforts that we did for 20 years in terms of search engine optimization, in terms of where are the sources, where can I check that this content is actually coming from a place

Speaker

Pierre Bonis


Reason

This insight reveals a profound but often overlooked consequence of AI advancement – that the shift from search engines to AI prompts could undo decades of work in making diverse content discoverable. It highlights how technological progress can inadvertently create new barriers to cultural preservation.


Impact

This comment shifted the discussion from celebrating AI’s potential to acknowledging its disruptive risks. It introduced urgency to the conversation and influenced later speakers to address the ‘dark side’ of technology, particularly Peter Bruck’s more critical assessment.


Today we need to not just talk about the bright side, we need to talk about the dark side… if you are not willing to address that in terms of preserving culture and language in the digital era, you are just wrong… The huge achievement of social media has in fact turned against preserving cultural heritage

Speaker

Peter A. Bruck


Reason

This was a powerful wake-up call that challenged the panel’s relatively optimistic tone. Bruck directly confronted the reality that social media and algorithmic content have actively undermined cultural diversity, using the concrete example of young girls aspiring to be Instagram influencers as evidence of cultural homogenization.


Impact

This comment created a dramatic tonal shift in the discussion, moving from technical solutions and policy frameworks to a more critical examination of technology’s actual impact. It forced subsequent speakers to acknowledge the severity of the challenges and influenced Caroline Vuillemin’s acknowledgment that this ‘should not be a wake-up call’ because the reality is already evident.


User data are collected from every corner of the world, and they are monopolized by five big tech companies. And if we are not addressing the monopolization of that, which is hyperscaling, by taxing those hyperscale companies, we are just not having the resources for cultural preservation and diversity

Speaker

Peter A. Bruck


Reason

This comment connects cultural preservation directly to economic power structures, arguing that without addressing tech monopolization and creating funding mechanisms through taxation, cultural preservation efforts will remain under-resourced. It’s a systemic analysis that goes beyond technical solutions.


Impact

This introduced an economic dimension to the discussion that hadn’t been explicitly addressed before, suggesting that cultural preservation requires not just technical solutions but fundamental changes to how tech companies are regulated and taxed. It influenced Narendra Kumar Goyal’s subsequent emphasis on government funding and grassroots support.


We cannot describe our culture and our land if we do not have a language. And preserving culture means nurturing the spirit and identity of communities from within

Speaker

Narendra Kumar Goyal


Reason

This philosophical insight captures the fundamental relationship between language and cultural identity, emphasizing that preservation must come from within communities rather than being imposed externally. It provides a humanistic counterpoint to the technical discussions.


Impact

This comment grounded the discussion in fundamental human values and shifted focus toward community-driven solutions. It influenced the moderator’s final emphasis on diversity and inclusion as ‘basic human rights’ and helped frame the conclusion around respecting ‘humanity in its globality.’


Overall assessment

These key comments transformed what could have been a purely technical discussion about AI and language tools into a nuanced examination of power structures, cultural values, and systemic challenges. The progression from Ozols’ strategic framework, through Bonis’ technical concerns, to Bruck’s critical wake-up call, and finally to Goyal’s humanistic grounding created a comprehensive dialogue that acknowledged both opportunities and threats. The comments collectively shifted the discussion from optimistic problem-solving to realistic assessment of the scale of challenges, ultimately leading to Caroline Vuillemin’s conclusion that framed linguistic diversity as a fundamental human right requiring political will and sustained funding.


Follow-up questions

How to rebuild search engine optimization efforts and source verification systems when AI prompts replace traditional search engines

Speaker

Pierre Bonis


Explanation

This addresses a critical challenge where 20 years of work on search engine optimization and content discoverability may need to be rebuilt as AI systems change how people access information


How to develop harmonized national frameworks that balance cultural preservation with innovation, particularly for indigenous rights protection

Speaker

Elisabeth Stewart Bradley


Explanation

The lack of consistent international frameworks creates challenges in protecting indigenous cultural heritage while allowing respectful innovation and commercial use


How to address the monopolization of user data by five big tech companies and implement taxation of hyperscale companies to fund cultural preservation

Speaker

Peter A. Bruck


Explanation

This tackles the fundamental issue of resource concentration and funding mechanisms needed to support cultural diversity initiatives globally


How to address data gaps for developing AI systems that support lesser-known and minoritized languages

Speaker

Narendra Kumar Goyal


Explanation

Many languages lack sufficient digital data to train AI systems, creating barriers to their preservation and digital inclusion


How to create different AI systems fed with diverse cultural documentation to avoid minoritizing non-Western creativities and intelligences

Speaker

Alfredo Ronchi


Explanation

Current AI systems are predominantly trained on Western content, risking the loss of diverse cultural perspectives and ways of thinking


How to counter the homogenizing effects of social media algorithms that favor extremist content and eliminate cultural diversity

Speaker

Peter A. Bruck


Explanation

Social media platforms are actively reducing cultural diversity through algorithmic promotion of uniform content and extremist material


How to ensure cultural sensitivity in AI design and development processes

Speaker

Narendra Kumar Goyal


Explanation

AI systems need to be designed with cultural awareness to avoid perpetuating biases or misrepresenting cultural content


How to scale successful national language digitization programs like Latvia’s and India’s Bhasani to other countries and languages

Speaker

Gatis Ozols and Narendra Kumar Goyal


Explanation

Understanding how to replicate successful models could help preserve more languages globally in the digital age


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

WSIS+20 Overall Review multistakeholder consultation with co-facilitators

WSIS+20 Overall Review multistakeholder consultation with co-facilitators

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion was an interactive stakeholder consultation session for the WSIS+20 review process, featuring co-facilitators Ambassador Suela Janina and Ambassador Ekitela Lokaale, along with ECOSOC President Robert Ray. The session aimed to gather input from various stakeholders including government representatives, civil society, private sector, and technical community members on the upcoming World Summit on the Information Society review.


The co-facilitators emphasized their commitment to maintaining an open, transparent, and inclusive process throughout the WSIS+20 review. They outlined their roadmap, which includes extending the deadline for input submissions to July 25th, preparing a zero draft in August, and conducting both virtual and hybrid consultations to accommodate global participation challenges. Ambassador Janina stressed the importance of building on what has worked well over the past 20 years while addressing areas needing improvement.


Participants raised several key concerns and suggestions during the consultation. Multiple stakeholders emphasized the need for genuine multi-stakeholder participation throughout the process, particularly during intergovernmental negotiations. There were significant concerns about accessibility, with many noting that visa restrictions and travel costs create barriers for Global South participation in New York-based meetings. Several speakers called for the process to be forward-looking rather than revisiting settled debates, while others argued that some issues may need reopening due to technological and societal changes over the past two decades.


The discussion highlighted the importance of coordination between WSIS+20 and other ongoing UN processes, particularly the Global Digital Compact and Internet Governance Forum. Participants suggested strengthening regional and national IGFs to enable broader participation and better implementation monitoring. The co-facilitators acknowledged these challenges and committed to using technology creatively to enhance inclusion, while maintaining transparency through detailed summaries and documentation of all consultations on the dedicated UNDESA webpage.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **WSIS+20 Review Process and Timeline**: Extensive discussion about the roadmap for the World Summit on the Information Society 20-year review, including key dates, consultation phases, and the preparation of zero drafts. Participants sought clarification on specific timelines, particularly regarding consultations scheduled for August through December 2024.


– **Multi-stakeholder Participation and Inclusivity Challenges**: Significant focus on ensuring meaningful participation from all stakeholder groups, with particular concern about barriers to participation in New York-based consultations due to visa restrictions, funding constraints, and geographic accessibility. Discussions included proposals for hybrid formats and virtual participation options.


– **Integration and Coordination with Other UN Processes**: Participants raised questions about how the WSIS+20 review would align with other ongoing UN initiatives, particularly the Global Digital Compact (GDC), IGF (Internet Governance Forum), and various AI governance processes to avoid duplication and fragmentation.


– **Future-focused vs. Historical Approach**: Debate about whether to focus on forward-looking solutions rather than revisiting settled language from previous agreements, while acknowledging that some issues may need updating to reflect technological and societal changes over the past 20 years.


– **Strengthening Implementation and Monitoring Mechanisms**: Discussion about improving the effectiveness of WSIS action lines, enhancing the role of IGF in monitoring progress, and creating better coordination between national, regional, and global levels of implementation.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion was an interactive consultation session between WSIS+20 co-facilitators (Ambassadors Janina and Lokaale) and multi-stakeholder participants to gather input on the review process of the World Summit on the Information Society after 20 years. The goal was to collect perspectives, expectations, and recommendations to inform the preparation of the review documents and ensure an inclusive, transparent process.


## Overall Tone:


The discussion maintained a collaborative and constructive tone throughout. It began formally with introductory remarks but quickly became more interactive and engaging as participants raised practical concerns and suggestions. The co-facilitators demonstrated openness to feedback and flexibility in addressing stakeholder concerns, particularly around participation barriers. While some tensions emerged around procedural challenges and resource constraints, the overall atmosphere remained positive and solution-oriented, with all parties expressing commitment to making the process as inclusive and effective as possible.


Speakers

**Speakers from the provided list:**


– **Anita Gurumurthy** – Session moderator/facilitator


– **Ekitela Lokaale** – Ambassador, WSIS+20 co-facilitator


– **Gitanjali Sah** – Session organizer/moderator


– **Online participant** – Dr. Lab Singh, Vice reporter on study group about digital skill framework, 35 years experience in IT and telecom sector in India


– **Panelist 1** – Kusaya Al-Shati from Kuwait, Private sector


– **Bruna Santos** – Works at Witness, a human rights organization based in New York that works on AI


– **Suela Janina** – Ambassador, WSIS+20 co-facilitator


– **Paloma Lara Castro** – Representing Derechos Digitales, part of the Global Digital Justice Forum in the WSIS Coalition


– **Panelist 3** – Chris Buckridge, Member of the IGF MAG for the technical community, member of the sounding board


– **Konstantinos Komaitis** – Session moderator/facilitator


– **Participant 1** – Canadian Ambassador, President of ECOSOC (Mr. Robert Ray)


– **Panelist 9** – (Role/expertise not specified)


– **Panelist 7** – Titi Casa, Works for Italian government


– **Panelist 8** – Ellie McDonald, Speaking on behalf of Global Partners Digital, member of the Global Digital Rights Coalition


– **Panelist 2** – Chris Adamson, UK Department of Science, Innovation, and Technology


– **Panelist 4** – Wolfgang Kleinwächter, Retired professor, MUG member, member of the sounding board


– **Panelist 5** – Sébastien Bachelet, Internet Society France, chair of EURALO (end user within ICANN from Europe)


– **Panelist 10** – William Lee, Australian Government


– **Panelist 6** – Anna Osterling, Works for Article 19, a local-to-global freedom of expression organization


– **Panelist 11** – Wearing Asia-Pacific regional IGF hat, from Nepal (LDC)


**Additional speakers:**


None – all speakers mentioned in the transcript were included in the provided speakers names list.


Full session report

# WSIS+20 Interactive Stakeholder Consultation: Discussion Report


## Executive Summary


This interactive stakeholder consultation session for the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) 20-year review process brought together diverse participants including government representatives, civil society organizations, private sector entities, and technical community members. The session was facilitated by WSIS+20 co-facilitators Ambassador Suela Janina and Ambassador Ekitela Lokaale, alongside ECOSOC President, and included 40 remote participants joining virtually.


Gitanjali Sah opened the session emphasizing that WSIS has an “open format” and the interactive nature of the consultation. The discussion focused on procedural matters, participation challenges, and coordination with other UN processes, with co-facilitators demonstrating openness to stakeholder feedback throughout the consultation.


## Process Framework and Timeline


### Roadmap and Key Dates


Ambassador Janina announced the extension of the deadline for elements paper submissions to July 25th to accommodate stakeholder feedback and ensure broader participation. The zero draft preparation is scheduled for August, with co-facilitators committing to provide updated roadmap details by the end of July.


Ambassador Lokaale emphasized that the co-facilitators operate under delegated authority from the President of the General Assembly, with periodic meetings scheduled to update on progress and maintain alignment with UN priorities.


### Consultation Methodology


The co-facilitators outlined plans for hybrid consultation formats to address participation challenges, including accommodation of different time zones and virtual participation options. Ambassador Janina mentioned the potential use of artificial intelligence for discussion summaries.


The sounding board, comprising expert representatives from various stakeholder groups, was positioned as an important communication channel, though co-facilitators clarified that regional and thematic consultations through existing coalitions would be equally encouraged.


## Participation and Inclusivity Challenges


### Geographical and Structural Barriers


Multiple participants raised concerns about barriers to meaningful participation, particularly affecting Global South stakeholders. Anna Osterling from Article 19 highlighted how visa restrictions and travel costs create structural exclusions, noting these challenges extend beyond New York to other international meeting venues.


Ambassador Lokaale acknowledged these systemic barriers, stating: “It’s not just New York. I know New York now is much more difficult. We met groups in Norway who said many more people could not travel to the IGF because of the visa restrictions… So what does this mean? I think it’s a challenge for us to make these processes truly inclusive by finding ways of getting those who cannot travel to these capitals, to these venues, and I’m talking about people from Africa, people from most of the global south who are excluded by structural things that have nothing to do with WSIS or IGF or bad policies of governments.”


### Power Imbalances in Multi-stakeholderism


An Iranian representative highlighted how large technology companies possess significantly more resources and influence compared to small and medium-sized enterprises in developing countries, questioning the effectiveness of multi-stakeholderism at the international level. The representative also raised concerns about unilateral coercive measures (UCM) affecting digital development.


Ambassador Lokaale acknowledged these concerns, recognizing that “big tech, big private sector companies hold certain leverage because of resources and the capacities that are available to them compared to the smaller ones.”


### Proposed Solutions


Ellie McDonald from Global Partners Digital proposed leveraging existing coalitions and regional forums rather than creating new consultation mechanisms. The co-facilitators responded positively, with Ambassador Janina expressing openness to regional consultations and utilizing established networks.


## Methodological Approach and Scope


### Forward-Looking Versus Historical Perspectives


Chris Adamson from the UK Department of Science, Innovation, and Technology emphasized the need for a “future-focused, action-oriented” approach, arguing that limited time should not be spent on historic issues or previously agreed language.


Sébastien Bachelet from Internet Society France provided a counterpoint, noting that “life changed within these 20 years, and maybe there are some issues that need to be reopened… because, for example, the work done by NetMundial need to be taken into account.”


Ambassador Lokaale responded that “if, in the opinion of stakeholders, we need to revisit some of the discussions in order to bring them up to speed with the current or recent developments, as a matter of necessity, then we’ll have to do that,” while maintaining the principle of using agreed language from the Global Digital Compact and other consensual documents as starting points.


### Integration with Other UN Processes


Participants expressed concerns about fragmentation across different UN digital governance initiatives. Bruna Santos from Witness highlighted concerns about “mirroring debates across UNESCO, global panels, and GDC processes,” while Titi Casa from the Italian government suggested upgrading the Internet Governance Forum to monitor progress of WSIS Action Lines and Global Digital Compact objectives.


## Transparency and Accountability


### Documentation and Public Access


Multiple participants emphasized the importance of comprehensive transparency measures. Bruna Santos requested summaries of stakeholder consultations for accountability purposes, while Anna Osterling called for live streaming and detailed summaries of negotiations when full stakeholder participation is not possible.


Ambassador Janina committed to maintaining transparent documentation on the dedicated UNDESA webpage, including summaries of consultations and clear identification of areas of agreement and disagreement.


### Stakeholder Engagement During Negotiations


Wolfgang Kleinwächter raised questions about “how co-facilitators will cooperate with the President of the General Assembly to ensure stakeholder input impacts intergovernmental negotiations.” A suggestion was made to use the Cyber Crime Convention as a precedent for inclusive participation modalities.


## Substantive Issues and Priorities


### Vulnerable Groups and Corporate Accountability


Anna Osterling stressed the importance of including vulnerable groups and underserved communities, while Paloma Lara Castro from Derechos Digitales highlighted the need for corporate accountability mechanisms and application of UN guiding principles on business and human rights.


### Digital Literacy and Education


Dr. Lab Singh, participating online, contributed specific suggestions about “student-centric strategies for sustainable, resilient media literacy,” demonstrating the breadth of issues stakeholders consider relevant to the review process.


## Regional Engagement


### Asia-Pacific Perspectives


Representatives from the Asia-Pacific region expressed appreciation for efforts to accommodate regional participation. A representative from Nepal extended an invitation to participate in the Asia-Pacific regional IGF scheduled for October 11-14.


William Lee from the Australian Government and other regional representatives highlighted the importance of regional engagement and leveraging existing networks.


### Global Digital Rights Coalition


References were made to the Global Digital Rights Coalition and their letters containing process recommendations, indicating organized civil society input into the consultation process.


## Key Commitments and Next Steps


The co-facilitators committed to:


– Providing updated roadmap details by the end of July


– Beginning intensive work with the sounding board


– Preparing the zero draft during August following the extended deadline


– Maintaining transparency through comprehensive documentation on the UNDESA webpage


– Supporting hybrid consultation formats and regional consultations


– Periodic updates to the General Assembly President


## Conclusion


This consultation demonstrated both the opportunities and challenges of inclusive global digital governance. While participants showed agreement on the importance of transparent, inclusive processes, significant challenges remain around addressing structural barriers to participation and power imbalances within multi-stakeholder frameworks.


The co-facilitators’ openness to feedback and flexibility in addressing stakeholder concerns provides a foundation for the review process. The success of the WSIS+20 review will depend on translating these procedural commitments into meaningful participation opportunities and substantive outcomes that address both historical digital divide issues and emerging challenges in global digital governance.


Session transcript

Gitanjali Sah: Good afternoon, ladies and gentlemen. Thank you for joining us for this session. And as you know that WSIS has always had a very open format, we had an interactive session with the GDC co-facilitators, and our WSIS plus 20 co-facilitators, Ambassadors Janina and Ambassador Lokaale were, of course, very open to this idea, and they were excited to be able to interact with all the stakeholder community present here. So this will really literally be an interaction between all stakeholders present in the room, so you can just raise your hand, and you can take the floor. We are helped by Konstantinos and Anita today, who will help us basically moderate this session. We are also joined by the President of ECOSOC, Mr. Robert Ray, so we are really privileged to have him here, because it is a UN process, and it will feed into the ECOSOC and the UNGA. So very, very quickly, those of you who are familiar or not familiar with the WSIS process, it’s a serious process. We have designed a preparatory process for the overall review. Everybody knows the Ambassadors by now, so they are here in front of us, in case those of you who haven’t met them. They have put together a roadmap, which you all have also seen, which they want to make sure leads to a very consultative process. So maybe I can first invite Ambassadors to say hello to everybody in the room. Ambassador Janina, over to you.


Suela Janina: Good afternoon to everyone. It’s a pleasure to be in this session of consultations, following the previous consultations we had in Paris a few weeks ago, and also at IGF in Oslo. It’s also a privilege to be together with our President of ECOSOC, dear Bob, and to share a common objective of this process of review of WSIS plus 20, which comes to a crucial moment for the Internet society would like to have for the next 20 years. It will be very important to emphasize that we are both together with my colleague, Ambassador Leo Kalle, very committed to have an open, transparent, and inclusive process. So for the time being, we’re very happy to hear from you. What are your perspectives, expectations from the overview process? We have also had some very useful inputs from Lillestrom. I’m not at this point trying to come over each of them, but they are really very important points on which we would like to build also today. So we encourage you to be active, participating in this process, which will continue for the next weeks. We have a roadmap, as you already mentioned, Gitanjali. We had also a call for inputs for the element paper that has been published a few days ago. We have also extended the deadline in order to accommodate many stakeholders and to really respect and uphold this multi-stakeholder model that WSIS inherits from its very start days of the beginning, and we hope to also enrich with this review process. So thank you very much for the discussions.


Ekitela Lokaale: Thank you. Thank you, Ambassador Janina. Ambassador Lokaale, please. Thank you very much, Gitanjali, and good afternoon, colleagues. First, I would like to thank you for having us. I’m very happy to have a colleague, Ambassador Ray, clearly seeing the three of us coming out of New York here for consultations, including the president of the ECOSOC, it’s clear testament that Geneva and New York are not that far, as sometimes we think to say, and particularly on an important agenda such as the one that we’re discussing. Second thing, we’ve benefited immensely from talking to many of you with whom we met at the IGF, and over the last couple of days, you know, the useful points which have come out of those interactions, for example, the future of the IGF, relationship between the WSIS Outcome Review and other related processes such as the GDC, you know, WSIS Outcome Review within the context of SDGs, place of emerging technologies, issues such as capacity building, particularly for countries of the Global South, financing mechanisms, whether or not we need to have targets for follow-up and measurement of progress, and so on. So these are some of the issues on which we’d like to hear, you know, your feedback this afternoon. So our role this afternoon is to listen to you, and we very much look forward to that, and yeah, to continue this conversation. Thank you. Thank you, Ambassador Lokaale, we really appreciate your patience and your kindness. Thank you, Ambassadors. So could we please also invite the Canadian Ambassador, who is the president of the ECOSOC, to say a few words, and then we will start our interaction.


Participant 1: Very few words indeed. I’m delighted to be here with my colleagues. I think they were surprised to see me as probably as you all are. I am a regular participant in events as president of ECOSOC in New York, but also in Geneva and in other capitals where the UN is active because of so many critical issues. I just wanted to say that although we have a lot of processes going on at the UN all the time, this question around the digital economy, digital society, the digital divide, are really critically important to all of us, and this, I think, is one more opportunity to see what more we can do and engage with all of you as member states and also as members of civil society. And I’m just very glad to be able to sit here and listen and not have to say anything more. So that’s an advantage. It’s important to listen.


Ekitela Lokaale:


Gitanjali Sah: Thank you very much. I’m going to take your notes and take the vision of this room to the ECOSOC in New York. Thank you very much. I’d like to hand over to our colleagues Konstantinos and Anita to continue the moderation with all the stakeholders present in the room. Over to you.


Konstantinos Komaitis: Thank you, Gitanjali. Hi, everyone. Thank you very much. Gitanjali, I don’t need to say anything. I believe that the ambassadors put a very good context of what this conversation is about. I’m very glad to see a full room, and we can start with questions, I mean, this is a – or comments about the process. So, please, over to you. This is – Yes. Thank you very much. I’m going to take your notes and take the vision of this room to the ECOSOC in New York. Thank you very much. I’d like to hand over to our colleagues Konstantinos and Anita to continue the moderation with all the stakeholders present in the room. Over to you. Thank you very much. Thank you very much. Thank you very much. Thank you very much. Thank you very much. Thank you very much. Thank you very much. So, please, over to you.


Panelist 1: Thank you for giving us the opportunity to meet with the co-facilitators of the World System Plus 20. This is Kusaya Al-Shati from Kuwait. Obviously, in the roadmap, I’m seeing many steps coming, and I just have some clarification – I would like to have some clarification about some of the steps. After August, obviously, there is an open consultation – there’s a consultation with the stakeholders that will be held virtually, and there is another consultation in November with the stakeholders and member states at the UN headquarter. And yet, in mid-October, there is a second preparatory meeting and stock-taking session at the UN headquarter. That’s in New York, if I am not mistaken. So talking about the process after the zero draft, which is in mid-October, and after the draft outcome in November, are these multi-stakeholder, or will it be purely governmental? Are we – and there will be a process to submit our input – that’s one. According to the high-level meeting and the General Assembly in December 16 to 17, will be the – as there will be, like what happened, the future summit, a side event for multi-stakeholder organizations. So we just wonder if we can – and there are some people who can be there at present in New York when it is the stock-taking sessions, whether mid-October or November, and 16th and 17th of December.


Konstantinos Komaitis: Can you also please tell us which organization you’re working for or you’re a fan?


Panelist 1: I’m a private sector.


Konstantinos Komaitis: That’s it. Okay. Do we have any other question or comment? Please, go ahead.


Panelist 2: Thank you very much. My name is Chris Adamson. I’m from the UK Department of Science, Innovation, and Technology. I’d first just like to say a huge thank you to the co-facilitators for being so open and transparent and available throughout this process so far. It’s really appreciated, it’s recognized by all as well. So, I’d like to start with that. Thank you. I do have one point I want to stress before I have a question. Time is quite short, of course. We all recognize that the window for these discussions is shorter than probably we would normally like to have. I would just like to say that this WSIS review does need to be as future-focused, action-oriented as possible to address the opportunities and challenges around digital development that we all face. I’d just like to stress the point that we should avoid as much as possible spending time discussing issues that are historic, language that’s been agreed in other texts and things like that. So, I just want the co-facilitators to take note of that and really emphasize that discussions that we have should be on future-focused agenda, rather than looking backwards. The question I do have is, when will the co-facilitators be releasing specific details on the dates and timings of the informal discussions and negotiations during the autumn? I think the key point here is this is essential for planning purposes, particularly for stakeholders in getting to New York as well as the global majority and making sure that they can be fully inclusive in this world. Early planning is usually something that is something that we would obviously like to prefer to have. So, thank you very much.


Konstantinos Komaitis: Thanks, Greg. We have another question and then we can go back to you, Chris, please.


Panelist 3: There we go. My name is Chris Buckridge. I’m a member of the IGF MAG for the technical community. And I’m very pleased also to be part of the sounding board that was announced this week. So, this is pre-empting a bit some of the discussions that I’m sure we will have, but I think in a sort of more public venue, I was just wanting to ask maybe a bit about your vision for that sounding board and how you see it contributing to developing the resolution and moving towards the WSIS review.


Suela Janina: Thank you very much for this very useful and direct questions. When it comes to the process, this is true that we need also to reflect with flexibility, but also with concrete dates that all stakeholders are prepared for their engagement, for future engagement. So, because we have heard some requests, we have extended the deadline for the WSIS review the deadline for inputs for the elements paper. It has been initially 15 of July. Now it’s 25 of July. And by the end of July, we’ll update also the next steps. We foresee that after we receive all inputs by the end of July to prepare the zero draft during the month of August. By the end of August, you’ll be possible that you have this zero draft and you’ll have a period of time that you can reflect on concrete language on what we are going to propose as the zero draft. Then we understand a little bit also the difficulties of traveling to New York. So, our aim is to put on this consultation also the hybrid element or to get use of the technology. We are speaking of technology. So, how we can make it more useful in terms of inclusion and participation. So, by the end of July, we’ll have very clear and more focused roadmap on exact dates that everyone that will be able to join us in New York can plan for the trip. Those that have not possibilities to come to New York to have this opportunity to connect online. So, the multistakeholder approach will be respected very rigorously throughout the process. The other question was about the sounding board. Congratulations for being a member and congratulations to everyone that has been selected by us as co-facilitators on some… We try to respect the criteria that we have put for fair representation based on regional representation, experience, but also gender. I mean, for us, it’s also important because if we speak also about digital divide, this is an element that we also have to reflect in the representation of the sounding board. But the sounding board, we have repeated that several times. It’s not the only channel of communication with us as co-facilitators because if we are committed to very open process, that is the invitation for everyone throughout this roadmap that we have presented, but in a very informal way to approach us, to send us your inputs, or just if you would like to have some more regional consultation, we are really very eager to follow and to participate in all the discussions that you may have asked us or just put to our attention that something has happened regionally, a kind of discussion on which the process can benefit. So, in that regard, we are very much open and would like to start working very closely and intensified way with the sounding board. So, bear with us. If we are not going to have summer vacations, sounding board, prepare not to have yourself some vacations during this period. We’ll start tomorrow. Let’s be transparent. We’ll have a meeting with all of you tomorrow and we’ll build jointly a plan of how to tackle all these upcoming weeks with just as someone mentioned, that seems to be some weeks, but needs to be intensive because really we are not the luxury of losing time and also reflecting the importance of the process and the high expectations that we are very much aware everyone is putting on this process.


Ekitela Lokaale: Thank you. Well, you didn’t forget much. Yeah, thank you, Chris, from the UK. I think there’s general agreement that we need to conduct the current review in a forward-looking manner and not to revisit some of the debates that we’ve had in the past, where those have been settled or where there is consensus or general agreement that they are not extremely useful anymore to have. So we’ll try as much as possible not to unnecessarily resurrect those debates. Second is, yeah, our understanding is that we will use the agreed language, including in the GDC and other consensual documents as a starting point and that we’ll not try to reinvent the wheel, so to speak. So unless concepts or ideas have not been agreed in a language, then we’ll not have a reason to give new meaning or come up with a new language, unless absolutely necessary. Thank you.


Anita Gurumurthy: Apologies for that, and thank you so much. We just wanted to suggest that if you would like to sit behind, maybe you could use those, but I mean, that’s not a guarantee of comfortable seating, but this is an overwhelming response. So we can take another set of questions, maybe a couple more, yeah. Yeah, Professor Wolfgang.


Panelist 4: Thank you very much. My name is Wolfgang Kleinwächter. I’m a retired professor, MUG member, and also now a member of the sounding board. You know, the modalities resolution gives the president of the General Assembly a special role in convening the stakeholder consultations in New York, and the president should collect input from these consultations. So my question is, how do, as co-facilitators, want to cooperate with the president of the General Assembly to guarantee that the input which is collected by the president has an impact into the intergovernmental negotiations? Thank you very much.


Anita Gurumurthy: Any other? Yeah.


Panelist 5: Thank you very much, Sébastien Bachelet, Internet Society France, and chair of EURALO, the end user within ICANN from Europe. I heard the discussion about not changing something who are already been agree upon, but life changed within these 20 years, and maybe there are some issues that need to be reopened, because, or open, I will say, because, for example, the work done by NetMundial need to be taken into account, and I am not sure that the wording made 20 years ago will be or could be the same. That’s what we need today. My second point, it’s… Please, please, don’t multiply the place where we need to discuss something or where the topic we need to discuss, because we can’t do that. We can’t afford to be everywhere in New York, in Geneva, and some other places in this world. And we spend a lot of time already just trying to find a way to allow the multistakeholder and particularly end-user and civil society to be present and not ask us to be split into ten or twenty places different. Thank you very much.


Anita Gurumurthy: Thank you. Okay, thank you.


Ekitela Lokaale: Professor, indeed, the Modalities Resolution says that the President of the General Assembly will facilitate consultations. Actually, the two of us are acting under delegated authority from the President of the General Assembly. So what we are doing here is on behalf of and with the authority of the President. There are no parallel consultations that the PGA is conducting. These are the consultations, okay? And if it will give you comfort, we periodically have meetings with the PGA to update the President of the General Assembly on the progress of the process. So we do this every couple of weeks, and it’s something that we’ve built into our own program of work. Sorry, I missed your name, because we are consulting here a little bit. Like we said, where there is no need to reopen, then we will not reopen the language. But if, in the opinion of stakeholders, we need to revisit some of the discussions in order to bring them up to speed with the current or recent developments, as a matter of necessity, then we’ll have to do that. We’re not saying no to everything, including, for example, to just give an example, and I don’t want to open the debate at this stage on the action lines. That’s one of the things people are saying. There are those who say action lines are good enough. There are others who say let’s update them. So that’s a discussion we’re going to have and then come to some form of agreement. On the forums, the reason why we’ve placed them openly is for colleagues to know, those who are able to plan to be in New York can then have time and space to plan to be there. But for stakeholders, we are trying to make them virtual, because then in that way, many people are able to participate remotely. And then we’ve also tried to, in putting the time slots, take cognizance of the different time zones. And this is something we did, for example, during the informal consultations on the 9th and 10th of June. We had one consultation late into the night for us in New York in order to make time, I think, for the Pacific or one of the regions. And then the other day, we had it quite early to take care of the other side of the globe. So that’s how we are trying to accommodate. Thank you.


Suela Janina: Thank you, but there is not much to be added on both points that my colleague already explained very well. But just to add the point of the full support that we have also from the Office of the President of the General Assembly. We have met with him and we have had really meaningful discussion on the topic and also continuously coordinating on the process. So there is full alignment in everything we are doing. And we are also fortunate to have the support of the Secretariat of UNDESA and other agencies. If I may just recall something that Gitanjali said to me from the start, that there is a WSIS community. And this is really very much helpful, because we see everyone very much engaged to give ideas, proposals. This leads me to the second point of the request not to multiply also initiatives, also forums. And here we come to a very specific part of our consultation and negotiations that we really need concrete ideas and what really works for you. What is effective? What is something that during these 20 years has functioned well and we need to preserve, to protect and to enrich? And what is something that really needs to be addressed in a way of improving it? And if we start on this kind of approach, there are a lot of elements to discuss here. If you are discussing, for example, for WSIS architecture, how we can improve IGF or how to better connect IGF with WSIS forum. These are some of the questions or the elements that we have heard very often. But we’ll really, if we want to have a deep dive on that, we really need this kind of concrete inputs from you, from the community. What are really the instruments that have proved to be successful on which we can build upon this new architecture or improved architecture of WSIS that we would like to have for the next 20 years?


Konstantinos Komaitis: Thank you, Ambassador. Oh, excellent. Three hands. Bruna? Sorry. Let’s start with Bruna. Please.


Bruna Santos: Thanks for making me the favorite. Thank you, Ambassadors, for the conversation and for the openness as well. My name is Bruna Santos, I work at Witness, a human rights organization based in New York that works on AI. So my question is going to be about that part. I do appreciate the acknowledgments about the set so-called power imbalances on AI governance discussions and the need for fostering new technologies on that. But we do have seen, we have indeed seen some level of fragmentation or mirroring of the debates on AI governance from, you know, from UN agencies, UNESCO, the creation of the global panel and the scientific, the global fund, the scientific panel and everything that emerged from the GDC. So my question to you guys is whether there is a clear idea already on how you’re going to integrate all of those debates or promote a bit more of alignment between what’s going on in the different agencies. And if I may just make a point about the consultations, I think the main point that was missing from the GDC consultations was a bit more time for stakeholders to be heard because at some point they would just be cut off. And I don’t want to suggest any more work to you guys by no means, but if you could work on perhaps summaries of how the stakeholder consultations went, I think it would be a great point on accountability and transparency for the whole process. So thanks.


Konstantinos Komaitis: Thank you, Bruna. Thank you, Bruna. Let’s take the other two. Thank you. Anna, please go ahead.


Panelist 6: Thank you so much. My name is Anna Osterling and I work for Article 19, a local-to-global freedom of expression organization. And I had the wonderful opportunity to speak to both ambassadors multiple times in Dillström, so I’ll keep this very brief because I’ve given you my substantive inputs. There’s just one substantive point and one procedural point I’d like to make. In terms of substance, one thing that I would really like to emphasize is the need for inclusion in terms of what will go into to make sure that the WSIS framework really results in an inclusive information society, just to make sure that we include all vulnerable groups, communities, hard-to-reach, underserved, far-away communities, migrants, refugees, and so forth. So that’s just one point I would like to reiterate, to be as inclusive as we can. In terms of the process, we are also a member of the Global Digital Rights Coalition on WSIS, and I know you’ve seen our letters with process recommendations. I’m just looking at the roadmap, and since you’re suggesting you will update it, if I might just question or maybe make a suggestion. In terms of, I’m really happy to see the consultations that you are planning with stakeholders. If they are in New York, then I can tell you that for a lot of stakeholders, especially from civil society, especially from global majority, but equally from Global North, it will be very, very difficult to come to New York in these current circumstances, both due to funding restrictions, but also concerns around visa and immigration. And this is an extreme concern for everyone in the community. So just to make sure that if you’re doing it in New York, we probably won’t be able to attend. So it’s great that you’re doing it virtually. I would love to, though, make sure that the consultations are joined, because it is great to be there and to talk, but we want member states to hear us. We want them to hear what we have to say. So it would be really important for all stakeholders, civil society, technical community, academia, private sector, and the member states to talk together. And then the other question I would have in terms of procedure, it’s wonderful to have these consultations and it’s wonderful that you’re so open, but once member states go into negotiations and the intergovernmental process happens, please still consider the input from stakeholders and make them as open as possible. There is obviously the maximalist solution, like at the Human Rights Council, where actually stakeholders are in the room and able to take the floor, which I’m happy to suggest. I know New York is not Geneva, but why not? But if not, then at least live stream on UN Web TV, offer summaries afterwards, something so we can stay in touch with what’s happening and remain included in the process. So it would be wonderful if you could reflect some of that in your roadmap. Thank you.


Konstantinos Komaitis: Thank you, Anna. Please go ahead, introduce yourself as well.


Panelist 7: Thank you. My name is Titi Casa. I work for Italian government. So I want to share just general consideration, because I think that the WSIS, the Global Digital Compact, also the IGF, are important initiatives, and each of them has significant strengths but also some weakness. And the enhancing cooperation among these initiatives could help to reinforce each one’s strengths and address their respective gaps. And so I think the key word here is the cooperation, the cooperation among all these three initiatives that could help to drive the implementation of the WSIS vision and the achievement also of the GDC objectives. The WSIS is an important and robust framework that has played an important and critical role in all this year-in-advance digital transformation across all UN member states. But at the same time, even if every year there is an important assessment that is conducted to monitor progress, despite all these efforts, it’s quite challenging to capture the comprehensive snapshot of the implementation of the WSIS Action Line at national, regional, and global level. At the same time also, I mean, the Global Digital Compact is making an important effort to try to implement this dashboard to collect inputs and to understand the status of the five objectives. Also there are some things that are in common. So I think that in all this process to monitor and to progress the status of the Action Line and also to achieve the GDC objectives, an important role could be played by the IGF. So I think the IGF should remain a platform, a debate platform, but it should be upgraded in order to have also the important role to monitor the progress of the Action Line. Because the IGF is an important network that includes 177 NRIs, but also several dynamic coalitions, all the intersessional activities. So they could contribute to understand what progress has been made on the Action Line, but also on the GDC. So I think in this context, this should be considered, I mean, in the evolution of the IGF and the evolution of the WSIS framework. Thank you.


Konstantinos Komaitis: Thank you so much. Any reflections, Ambassadors?


Suela Janina: The first general reflection, thank you very much for all the points. And the first general reflection would be that all these points are very carefully taken note. Because I suppose that everyone understands that at this point, when still the consultation is open, we are still waiting for inputs. We cannot take, let’s say, side in terms of trying to understand from this very point which is the most favorable one. So the richness of the process and the effectiveness is that we hear as many. Many of the ideas that you are putting converge. We have heard them in IGF. We are hearing it. And it’s not that it’s bad repetition. In this way, it’s positive. Because it emphasizes really what are the expectations that you have. And all these elements are crucial. Inclusivity. We have discussed it. You pointed out very strongly the fact that there are constraints for participating in the consultation and negotiation process. That’s why we have been flexible also to accommodate different time zones. We’ll do it in the future as well. Also including the fact of hybrid formats or online participation. If you have any other concrete idea or how to use the new technologies. We have had also ideas of how to use AI in terms also of summaries of discussions. When it comes to the point of the discussion summaries raised by Bruna as well. We have already started to do that. I don’t know if you have had the chance. DESA has set up a specific dedicated webpage on which every activity that we are doing is being reflected. And this has started also with the summary of the consultation with member states. The summary of consultation with stakeholders during the two days. It has also a reflection of main takeouts that we have had from IGF. It will continue with this forum. All your inputs will be transparently put to the webpage. So it will continue like that and we hope that you will support us also in this kind of engagement that is based on the transparent way that we would like to conduct the negotiation and the consultation process. Another point that you, Bruna, raised and is very important in the discussion we are doing is how to link and how to find this kind of synergies and alignment with the process that are taking place already at the UN. Sometimes we need also to agree on something that we are not able to stop the processes that have already started. What we need to do is to find the synergies between them and to align them under an umbrella that covers everything but also having in mind that we have existing mechanism in place that we can use and just to try to be also very much aware on the process that we are going and the president of ECOSOC can also support the idea that we are hearing more and more and more engaged on the initiative UN80. So anyone is not feeling the appetite to have new instruments or to put more money on the scarce resources that we have. The role of IGF is also linked with the point that the delegate from Italy made and the fact that we need also to put the products that we have at the national level and their eyes are very important at the regional level and also how to use the same discussion, GDC aligned with WSIS and use the same instruments that we can find to be effective and helpful in both processes.


Ekitela Lokaale: Thank you Ambassador. Nothing much to add except I think on the issue of inclusion, particularly these constraints that geographical locations of consultations have on participation. It’s not just New York. I know New York now is much more difficult. We met groups in Norway who said many more people could not travel to the IGF because of the visa restrictions. They couldn’t get the Schengen visa. I’m sure there are many more people who would have wanted to be in this room here in Geneva but are not able to come because they can’t get the visa. So what does this mean? I think it’s a challenge for us to make these processes truly inclusive by finding ways of getting those who cannot travel to these capitals, to these venues, and I’m talking about people from Africa, people from most of the global south who are excluded by structural things that have nothing to do with WSIS or IGF or bad policies of governments and so on. So that’s a challenge on all of us. But also secondly, if we were to migrate to virtual consultations, very good, it’s inclusive in that sense for those who are able to log in, you know, still. So there are different levels of exclusion which thankfully forms the subject matter of WSIS, right, to bridge the digital divide and so on and so forth. But on the specifics, I’m not competent enough to really say because we can migrate it from New York and then bring it to Geneva perhaps, well, maybe more inclusive, but then that those who will have, still find Geneva inaccessible because they can’t get the Schengen visa, you know. So what do we do? But there’s been a very interesting suggestion around strengthening the IGF, people saying, you know, strengthen the regional IGFs, strengthen the national IGFs so that more and more of these conversations can take place at levels where people would ordinarily find themselves. And then, you know, even the expense of the cost of hosting an IGF, for instance, make it affordable for countries of the global south. host so that it’s not prohibitive and so on and so forth. So I guess that’s what I would say but the rest of the comments are welcome. We’ve taken very good note of them and we will process them together with others that will come through in the next couple of weeks. Thank you. Well that’s all I have to say at this point. I think I don’t know whether we’ve left out any but we can always.


Gitanjali Sah: Thank you Ambassadors. We’d like to inform the room that there is remote participation and around 40 of our participants are joining remotely. If they would like to take the floor they can raise their hand and the remote participation moderator will tell us. Thank you very much.


Anita Gurumurthy: For another point of information I think we have just about 17 minutes left at this point and unless we can go over the hour is it possible that I wouldn’t know? Sorry. Yes but there are others in the queue I would certainly was that all right. So let’s start here and then the delegate there and Paloma and yourself. Thank you.


Panelist 8: Thank you so much. My name is Ellie McDonald and I’m speaking on behalf of Global Partners Digital. We’re also a member of the Global Digital Rights Coalition that my colleague Anna mentioned earlier. I really appreciate this opportunity to speak as well as all of the comments you’ve just made Ambassadors about the measures you’re taking to ensure an inclusive process. I can be quite brief but I just had two follow-ups. I wanted to ask particularly about the consolidation of the inputs received and to make a suggestion that if it would be possible to make visible the areas where there are agreement as well as those where there is not yet agreement. That could be really helpful for our community to be able to target the interventions that we wish to make most effectively to inform your work. The second point is that we really welcome the creation of the Sounding Board and it’s a really useful measure and you have some really excellent experts on board. I also really appreciate the acknowledgement you made earlier that this will not be the only channel to engage the stakeholder community. I wanted to ask what measures you have in mind beyond the October consultation to engage the broader set of stakeholders and if you don’t mind to make a suggestion that you make use of some of the coalitions and forums that we already have. I already mentioned the Global Digital Rights Coalition. I know there are a number of stakeholder coalitions represented here today. Also regional forums and spaces and perhaps an approach that leverages them as well as providing space for thematic and regional consultation could be really helpful.


Anita Gurumurthy: Thanks for the time to speak. There is a participant online, Dr. Lab Singh. So I call on Dr. Singh to please take the floor and if you could kindly keep your comments to about two minutes. Thank you.


Online participant: Yes, thank you. Thank you so much. Actually, my name is Dr. Lab Singh and I’m basically a vice reporter on the study group about digital skill framework, you know. I have put in something like 35 years in IT and telecom sector in India. So I have been going through, I mean from last two days I’m attending the proceeding. My points are already in the chat box. Will it be possible to just read it out and then get the, you know, response from that? Could you just see that?


Anita Gurumurthy: We’ll try to convey that to the ambassadors. Meanwhile, we will move on to the next delegate. There’s Paloma and then there’s Willem. Thank you so much.


Panelist 9: Thank you. Thank you, all facilitators and ambassadors. Actually, something I have, I want to raise, I mean, three points. The first is about multi-stakeholderism. When we talk about multi-stakeholderism in national level, it is a, I mean, a good approach to, I mean, to let all stakeholders give opinion about different issues that are related to digital and AI or, I mean, internet affairs. But when we are talking at the international level, stakeholders, especially big, I mean, tech companies, they are not in the same, I mean, position. Some of them are very strengths. They are powerful and, I mean, they can have dominant role in the digital area. And so, regarding this, I mean, issue, I believe that it is very important that in review of VCs, we address this kind of, I mean, this kind of things, because small and medium-sized companies in developing countries cannot, I mean, have equal participation in the international area. Another point is about the UCM, because the unilateral coercive measures is, I mean, this kind of measures are very important and big assets for having inclusive and development-oriented information societies. And some developing countries are suffering these issues. Then my last point is about digital divide. In some, let’s say, paragraphs of documents of VCs in 2003 and 2005, especially paragraph like 61 and 66, are directly on digital divide. As we see, the digital divide, I mean, haven’t, I mean, digital divide exists, and there is a need to focus on this problem in VCs review. Very, I mean, especially we should pay attention to this problem. Thank you.


Anita Gurumurthy: Thank you very much. I just wanted to read out what Mr. Singh wanted to contribute. It is just a suggestion to have student-centric strategies for sustainable, resilient media literacy. So he is keen to input that. I request Paloma and others to keep your input to as short as possible, so that we have a chance to hear from the ambassadors.


Paloma Lara Castro: Hi, thank you. I’m Paloma Lara Castro, representing Derechos Digitales, and also part of the Global Digital Justice Forum in the WSIS Coalition. I’m going to be very brief, because I know I’ve spoken a lot of times, so two points. One substantive point has to do with the need to address corporate accountability, especially the need to make sure that the UN guiding principles on business and human rights are applied and are actually being effective within this process, especially considering how strategic is logistics and corporate massive extraction is being affected specifically on Global South. So this is a problem that needs to be addressed. And then on the second point, just to process, you asked on how other processes could serve as a basis or as an example of more inclusive participation, and I think that we can point to the Cyber Crime Convention, that although it needs a lot of improvement, it’s not perfect at all, but still it gave us a chance to be in the same room while states were negotiating, and we could see not only the proposals, but the track of changes. So that made it more possible for us to engage more directly and to have more participation and to be aware of what the discussions were, and at least point to know where the discussions were in the agreement and disagreements. So I think that that could also serve as a precedent for future implementation in this process. Thank you.


Panelist 10: Thank you, Ambassadors, for being here, and thank you for giving me the floor. My name is William Lee from the Australian Government. I firstly just wanted to thank you on the way that the process has been run. I think it has been an excellent process so far, and your commitment to even simply spending three weeks in Europe, having conversations with stakeholders, I think has been well noted. The other thing I would note as a country from the Asia-Pacific, your recognition of the challenge of time zones has been strongly heard in our region, and we have certainly heard feedback from our stakeholders that your recognition of that has been really appreciated. I wanted to touch on the question of how we as UN member states can support you in terms of the process going forward. I think it is a true service that you are both doing to the WSIS community to lead this review, both on behalf of the community but also on behalf of all members of the UN General Assembly. And I suppose my question is simply how can we as member states, as governments across the world help support you in the process that lies ahead. Thank you very much.


Anita Gurumurthy: We have our last participant.


Panelist 11: Thank you so much. I will not repeat most of the points William said, many things which I wanted to say. And I would be wearing my Asia-Pacific regional IGF hat at this point. Thank you for recognizing and acknowledging that having regional discussions or at national levels would help. In that context, I would like to invite the co-facilitators to the Asia-Pacific regional IGF, which would be from 11th to 14th in October. There would be a lot of maturity in the discussions. Please come and hear the voices of Asia-Pacific. Nepal is an LDC, so we would have an amalgamation of all kinds of APAC voices. So please do come. Thank you.


Ekitela Lokaale: All right. Thank you. First, again, let me thank all of you for the very useful comments. A lot of them will definitely go a long way in helping us to clarify this. The first comment that I would make is I would encourage all of us, including those following online, to just visit the UNDESA page and see, for example, what we’ve done with the summaries on the IGF consultations. So there you’ll see under each of the issues, areas where – and I’m trying to respond to the colleague who spoke first – areas where there seems to be some general agreement on what needs to be done. So we intend to keep it that way as much as possible, and to the extent that the rules and procedures and so on, as we all understand, will permit. But it’s our intention to be as transparent as we possibly can. Dr. Singh, I think your suggestion to have student-centric strategies is well noted. In one of the virtual consultations, there was a young person – actually, it was a teen – who said that teenagers need to be recognized as one of the stakeholders. So comments such as those actually enrich the discussion and broaden the horizons of some of these concepts. So that point is well noted. Multistakeholderism – sorry, I didn’t get the name of the colleague. We know that big tech, big private sector companies hold certain leverage because of resources and the capacities that are available to them compared to the smaller ones. I think that’s a point that we are aware of. UCM – this point has been raised in the past – from Iran, thank you. This point has been raised by a number of member states. We’ve taken note of it, and we’ll find how to address it in the document. Thank you, William, for that encouragement. How you can support us as member states, I think, is for us to have constructive conversations because the WSIS vision, the WSIS discussion, is in the interest of all of us, all stakeholders, all member states. So whatever we can do to make the negotiations as less difficult as possible, even where we don’t agree, we find a way of bridging those divides. And if Ambassador Yanina and I can co-facilitate a process that leads to a consensual outcome, I think that would be a big achievement. As you know, that is becoming increasingly difficult of late, but we hope that with the support of all of you and member states, we’ll be able to achieve that. Asia Pacific, thank you again for the very kind invitation. We’ve made ourselves available to participate as much as we can. But you know, as ambassadors in New York, we handle everything, you know, from nuclear and proliferation to peace and security to all this, but we take this task very seriously. Where we’re able to physically come, we’ll happily do so. But if because of exigencies of work, we’re not able to, we’ll try to participate remotely. But again, thank you for inviting us to your beautiful region. I’ll be particularly happy to come if I’m able to. Thank you.


Suela Janina: Thank you, Ambassador. I think it’s, on the short time that we have at the disposal, it’s not very easy to touch on everything. But rest assured that everything is being taken note, and it will also be combined with the written inputs that you have been invited to address to us, and also will be of relevance for the future discussions that we’ll have. So I don’t think it will take a lot of time to go one by one. You, Ambassador, mentioned many of them. But an element that has been raised often is this kind of sometimes misunderstanding on the concept of multi-stakeholderism at the national level and vis-a-vis the international level. So there is no doubt on the international level, sometimes we have been said that governments understand it in a different way in the national level, not giving the full kind of cooperation and space that is needed. So let’s understand a little bit more on that if there is really some examples or a way how to foster also this element of multi-stakeholderism at the national level. And of course the fact that MS, MS have different position to participate, so we know this kind of constraints and how to make small and medium enterprises to be more involved, it’s also another challenge. And I wanted also to conclude with the question, very pertinent question made by the colleague of Australia, how you can help us member states. But I would put it in more broader terms of how we can help each other in this process, because I believe that the major mindset we should have is that let’s take ownership of the process all together. Sometimes we have this use of words within our roles and responsibilities, but really it’s important that each of us can be also a little bit open-minded, because we know that sometimes we are seen like different islands focusing on our particular interests. So more concretely, if there is this request from stakeholders to have this joint kind of consultations, you as member states can have a say on it, because sometimes we are not on the same line of thinking with everyone. So if you really would like or are able to support some initiatives coming from stakeholders, that would be very great and good message that we really are aiming to the same objective and we are putting the same efforts to it. So I mean, that is the thing that I would like to conclude. Let’s keep alive the spirit of OASIS and let’s enrich it to make it fit for the future. Thank you.


Konstantinos Komaitis: Ambassador Janina, Ambassador Lokaale, thank you so very much for being here, for listening, for participating, and thank you all very, very much for also asking all the questions. And I believe that Gitanjali, would you like to say? Okay. So thank you all very much and have a good evening.


P

Panelist 1

Speech speed

116 words per minute

Speech length

236 words

Speech time

121 seconds

Need for clarity on consultation dates and formats after August

Explanation

The speaker requested clarification about the consultation process timeline, specifically asking whether the preparatory meetings and stock-taking sessions would be multi-stakeholder or purely governmental. They also inquired about the possibility of side events for multi-stakeholder organizations during the high-level meeting in December.


Evidence

Referenced specific dates from the roadmap including mid-October preparatory meeting, November consultation, and December 16-17 General Assembly meeting


Major discussion point

WSIS Plus 20 Review Process and Timeline


Topics

Legal and regulatory


P

Panelist 2

Speech speed

180 words per minute

Speech length

284 words

Speech time

94 seconds

Request for early planning details for autumn negotiations

Explanation

The speaker emphasized the need for specific details on dates and timings of informal discussions and negotiations during autumn for planning purposes. They stressed that early planning is essential for stakeholders, especially those from the global majority, to ensure full inclusion in the process.


Evidence

Mentioned the importance for planning purposes, particularly for stakeholders getting to New York and ensuring global majority participation


Major discussion point

WSIS Plus 20 Review Process and Timeline


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Emphasis on forward-looking, action-oriented discussions

Explanation

The speaker argued that the WSIS review should be future-focused and action-oriented to address digital development opportunities and challenges. They emphasized avoiding discussions of historic issues and language already agreed in other texts to make the most of the limited time available.


Evidence

Noted that time is quite short and the window for discussions is shorter than normally preferred


Major discussion point

Future-focused Approach and Avoiding Historical Debates


Topics

Development


Agreed with

– Panelist 5
– Ekitela Lokaale

Agreed on

Importance of forward-looking approach while being selective about reopening settled issues


Avoiding revisiting settled debates from the past

Explanation

The speaker stressed the importance of not spending time on historical issues or language that has already been agreed upon in other texts. They wanted the co-facilitators to focus discussions on future-oriented agenda items rather than looking backwards.


Evidence

Mentioned avoiding historic language that’s been agreed in other texts


Major discussion point

Future-focused Approach and Avoiding Historical Debates


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Disagreed with

– Panelist 5

Disagreed on

Whether to reopen settled language and agreements from previous WSIS processes


P

Panelist 3

Speech speed

170 words per minute

Speech length

94 words

Speech time

33 seconds

Question about vision for sounding board contribution to resolution development

Explanation

The speaker, who is a member of both the IGF MAG and the newly announced sounding board, asked about the co-facilitators’ vision for how the sounding board would contribute to developing the resolution and moving towards the WSIS review. They wanted to understand the role and expectations for this advisory body.


Evidence

Identified as IGF MAG member for technical community and member of the sounding board announced that week


Major discussion point

Sounding Board Role and Function


Topics

Legal and regulatory


P

Panelist 4

Speech speed

136 words per minute

Speech length

96 words

Speech time

42 seconds

Coordination with President of General Assembly under delegated authority

Explanation

The speaker questioned how the co-facilitators would cooperate with the President of the General Assembly to ensure that input collected from stakeholder consultations would have an impact on intergovernmental negotiations. They were concerned about the coordination mechanism between different UN bodies in the process.


Evidence

Referenced the modalities resolution giving the President of General Assembly a special role in convening stakeholder consultations


Major discussion point

WSIS Plus 20 Review Process and Timeline


Topics

Legal and regulatory


P

Panelist 5

Speech speed

141 words per minute

Speech length

187 words

Speech time

79 seconds

Recognition that some issues may need reopening due to technological changes

Explanation

The speaker argued that while avoiding reopening settled agreements is important, life has changed significantly in 20 years and some issues may need to be reopened or opened for the first time. They specifically mentioned that work done by NetMundial needs to be taken into account and that wording from 20 years ago may not be suitable for today’s needs.


Evidence

Referenced NetMundial work and noted that wording made 20 years ago may not be appropriate for current needs


Major discussion point

Future-focused Approach and Avoiding Historical Debates


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Panelist 2
– Ekitela Lokaale

Agreed on

Importance of forward-looking approach while being selective about reopening settled issues


Disagreed with

– Panelist 2

Disagreed on

Whether to reopen settled language and agreements from previous WSIS processes


Request to avoid multiplying discussion venues and forums

Explanation

The speaker emphasized the practical constraint that stakeholders cannot afford to be present in multiple locations simultaneously. They requested that the co-facilitators not ask participants to split their presence across ten or twenty different places for discussions, as this creates an impossible burden for multi-stakeholder participation.


Evidence

Mentioned the inability to be everywhere in New York, Geneva, and other places simultaneously


Major discussion point

Technical and Procedural Improvements


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Panelist 6
– Ekitela Lokaale

Agreed on

Challenges of geographical accessibility and visa restrictions


P

Panelist 6

Speech speed

170 words per minute

Speech length

504 words

Speech time

177 seconds

Concerns about visa restrictions and travel costs limiting participation

Explanation

The speaker highlighted that holding consultations in New York would be very difficult for many stakeholders, especially from civil society and the global majority, due to funding restrictions and concerns around visa and immigration issues. They emphasized this as an extreme concern for the entire community that could significantly limit participation.


Evidence

Mentioned funding restrictions and visa/immigration concerns as barriers to New York participation


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Participation and Inclusivity


Topics

Development


Agreed with

– Ekitela Lokaale
– Panelist 5

Agreed on

Challenges of geographical accessibility and visa restrictions


Need for joint consultations between stakeholders and member states

Explanation

The speaker emphasized the importance of having consultations where all stakeholders (civil society, technical community, academia, private sector) can talk together with member states. They argued that while virtual consultations are good, it’s important that member states hear what stakeholders have to say in joint sessions.


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Participation and Inclusivity


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Suela Janina
– Ekitela Lokaale
– Panelist 8

Agreed on

Need for inclusive and transparent multi-stakeholder process


Request for live streaming and summaries of negotiations

Explanation

The speaker requested that once member states enter negotiations and the intergovernmental process begins, stakeholder input should still be considered and the process should remain as open as possible. They suggested live streaming on UN Web TV and providing summaries afterwards to keep stakeholders informed and included.


Evidence

Referenced the Human Rights Council as a maximalist solution where stakeholders are in the room and able to take the floor


Major discussion point

Transparency and Documentation


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Bruna Santos
– Panelist 8
– Suela Janina

Agreed on

Need for transparency and documentation throughout the process


Need for inclusion of vulnerable groups and underserved communities

Explanation

The speaker emphasized the importance of ensuring that the WSIS framework results in an inclusive information society by including all vulnerable groups and communities. They specifically mentioned hard-to-reach, underserved, far-away communities, migrants, and refugees as groups that need to be considered in the framework.


Evidence

Listed specific vulnerable groups: hard-to-reach, underserved, far-away communities, migrants, refugees


Major discussion point

Substantive Issues for Review


Topics

Human rights | Development


P

Panelist 7

Speech speed

128 words per minute

Speech length

354 words

Speech time

165 seconds

Need for alignment between WSIS, GDC, and IGF initiatives

Explanation

The speaker argued that WSIS, Global Digital Compact, and IGF are important initiatives with significant strengths but also weaknesses. They emphasized that enhancing cooperation among these initiatives could help reinforce each one’s strengths and address their respective gaps, with cooperation being the key word.


Major discussion point

Integration with Other UN Processes


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Suggestion for IGF to play monitoring role for Action Lines progress

Explanation

The speaker proposed that IGF should remain a debate platform but be upgraded to have an important role in monitoring the progress of Action Lines. They argued that IGF’s network of 177 NRIs, dynamic coalitions, and intersessional activities could contribute to understanding progress on both Action Lines and GDC objectives.


Evidence

Mentioned IGF’s network includes 177 NRIs, several dynamic coalitions, and intersessional activities


Major discussion point

Integration with Other UN Processes


Topics

Legal and regulatory


P

Panelist 8

Speech speed

153 words per minute

Speech length

283 words

Speech time

110 seconds

Suggestion to make visible areas of agreement and disagreement

Explanation

The speaker requested that when consolidating inputs received, it would be helpful to make visible both areas where there is agreement and those where there is not yet agreement. They argued this would help the stakeholder community target their interventions most effectively to inform the co-facilitators’ work.


Major discussion point

Transparency and Documentation


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Bruna Santos
– Panelist 6
– Suela Janina

Agreed on

Need for transparency and documentation throughout the process


Appreciation for excellent experts on the sounding board

Explanation

The speaker welcomed the creation of the Sounding Board as a useful measure and appreciated that it includes excellent experts. They also appreciated the acknowledgment that this would not be the only channel to engage the stakeholder community.


Major discussion point

Sounding Board Role and Function


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Encouragement for leveraging existing coalitions and regional forums

Explanation

The speaker asked about measures beyond the October consultation to engage broader stakeholders and suggested making use of existing coalitions and forums. They specifically mentioned the Global Digital Rights Coalition and other stakeholder coalitions, proposing an approach that leverages them along with thematic and regional consultations.


Evidence

Mentioned Global Digital Rights Coalition and other stakeholder coalitions represented at the meeting


Major discussion point

Regional Engagement and Support


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Suela Janina
– Ekitela Lokaale
– Panelist 6

Agreed on

Need for inclusive and transparent multi-stakeholder process


P

Panelist 9

Speech speed

75 words per minute

Speech length

270 words

Speech time

215 seconds

Power imbalances between large tech companies and smaller entities in multi-stakeholderism

Explanation

The speaker highlighted that while multi-stakeholderism works well at the national level, at the international level there are significant power imbalances. They argued that big tech companies have dominant roles and are very powerful, while small and medium-sized companies in developing countries cannot have equal participation in the international arena.


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Participation and Inclusivity


Topics

Economic | Development


Disagreed with

– Suela Janina

Disagreed on

Approach to multi-stakeholderism at international vs national levels


Impact of unilateral coercive measures on developing countries

Explanation

The speaker emphasized that unilateral coercive measures are very important obstacles to having inclusive and development-oriented information societies. They noted that some developing countries are suffering from these measures, which hinder their participation in digital development.


Major discussion point

Substantive Issues for Review


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Focus on digital divide issues from original WSIS paragraphs

Explanation

The speaker pointed to specific paragraphs from the original WSIS documents (paragraphs 61 and 66) that directly address the digital divide. They argued that the digital divide still exists and there is a need to focus on this problem in the WSIS review, emphasizing the continued relevance of these original concerns.


Evidence

Referenced specific paragraphs 61 and 66 from WSIS 2003 and 2005 documents


Major discussion point

Substantive Issues for Review


Topics

Development | Digital access


P

Panelist 10

Speech speed

154 words per minute

Speech length

208 words

Speech time

80 seconds

Appreciation for recognition of Asia-Pacific time zone challenges

Explanation

The speaker noted that as a country from the Asia-Pacific region, they have strongly heard and appreciated the co-facilitators’ recognition of time zone challenges. They mentioned that stakeholders in their region have provided positive feedback about this accommodation in the consultation process.


Evidence

Mentioned feedback from regional stakeholders appreciating time zone recognition


Major discussion point

Regional Engagement and Support


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Request for member state support in constructive negotiations

Explanation

The speaker asked how UN member states can support the co-facilitators in the process going forward. They emphasized that the co-facilitators are providing a true service to both the WSIS community and all UN General Assembly members, and wanted to know how governments worldwide can help support the upcoming process.


Major discussion point

Regional Engagement and Support


Topics

Legal and regulatory


P

Panelist 11

Speech speed

157 words per minute

Speech length

114 words

Speech time

43 seconds

Invitation to participate in Asia-Pacific regional IGF in Nepal

Explanation

The speaker, representing the Asia-Pacific regional IGF, invited the co-facilitators to participate in their upcoming meeting from October 11-14. They emphasized that Nepal as an LDC would provide an amalgamation of all kinds of Asia-Pacific voices, offering mature discussions that would be valuable for the co-facilitators to hear.


Evidence

Mentioned Nepal as an LDC providing diverse APAC representation and mature discussions


Major discussion point

Regional Engagement and Support


Topics

Development


B

Bruna Santos

Speech speed

162 words per minute

Speech length

252 words

Speech time

92 seconds

Concerns about fragmentation across UN agencies on AI governance

Explanation

The speaker noted fragmentation and mirroring of AI governance debates across various UN agencies including UNESCO, the global panel, scientific panel, and processes emerging from the GDC. They questioned whether there was a clear idea on how to integrate all these debates and promote better alignment between different agencies working on AI governance.


Evidence

Listed specific UN agencies and processes: UNESCO, global panel, scientific panel, GDC


Major discussion point

Integration with Other UN Processes


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Request for summaries of stakeholder consultations for accountability

Explanation

The speaker requested that the co-facilitators work on providing summaries of how stakeholder consultations went, arguing this would be a great point for accountability and transparency in the whole process. They noted this was a missing element from the GDC consultations where stakeholders would be cut off without adequate time to be heard.


Evidence

Referenced problems with GDC consultations where stakeholders were cut off


Major discussion point

Transparency and Documentation


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Panelist 6
– Panelist 8
– Suela Janina

Agreed on

Need for transparency and documentation throughout the process


P

Paloma Lara Castro

Speech speed

179 words per minute

Speech length

250 words

Speech time

83 seconds

Importance of addressing corporate accountability and UN guiding principles

Explanation

The speaker emphasized the need to address corporate accountability, specifically ensuring that UN guiding principles on business and human rights are applied and effective within the WSIS process. They highlighted concerns about strategic logistics and corporate massive extraction affecting the Global South specifically.


Evidence

Referenced UN guiding principles on business and human rights and impact on Global South


Major discussion point

Substantive Issues for Review


Topics

Human rights | Economic


Reference to Cyber Crime Convention as example of inclusive participation

Explanation

The speaker suggested the Cyber Crime Convention as an example of more inclusive participation, noting that while not perfect, it allowed stakeholders to be in the same room during state negotiations and see both proposals and track changes. This made it possible for more direct engagement and participation in the discussions.


Evidence

Described specific features: stakeholders in the room during negotiations, access to proposals and track of changes


Major discussion point

Transparency and Documentation


Topics

Legal and regulatory


O

Online participant

Speech speed

122 words per minute

Speech length

92 words

Speech time

44 seconds

Student-centric strategies for media literacy

Explanation

The online participant suggested having student-centric strategies for sustainable, resilient media literacy as an important input for the WSIS review process. They emphasized this as a key area that should be considered in the framework going forward.


Evidence

Mentioned 35 years of experience in IT and telecom sector in India


Major discussion point

Substantive Issues for Review


Topics

Sociocultural | Online education


S

Suela Janina

Speech speed

145 words per minute

Speech length

2224 words

Speech time

917 seconds

Emphasis on open, transparent, and inclusive process throughout

Explanation

The co-facilitator emphasized their commitment to maintaining an open, transparent, and inclusive process throughout the WSIS review. They stressed the importance of upholding the multi-stakeholder model that WSIS has inherited from its beginning and enriching it through the review process.


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Participation and Inclusivity


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Ekitela Lokaale
– Panelist 6
– Panelist 8

Agreed on

Need for inclusive and transparent multi-stakeholder process


Disagreed with

– Panelist 9

Disagreed on

Approach to multi-stakeholderism at international vs national levels


Extension of deadline for elements paper to July 25th

Explanation

The co-facilitator announced that due to requests from stakeholders, they extended the deadline for inputs to the elements paper from July 15th to July 25th. They also committed to updating the roadmap with more concrete dates by the end of July to help stakeholders plan their engagement.


Evidence

Original deadline was July 15th, extended to July 25th


Major discussion point

WSIS Plus 20 Review Process and Timeline


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Zero draft preparation during August with hybrid consultation options

Explanation

The co-facilitator outlined that after receiving all inputs by end of July, they would prepare the zero draft during August, with stakeholders having it by end of August for review. They emphasized using hybrid formats and technology to make consultations more inclusive, especially for those who cannot travel to New York.


Major discussion point

WSIS Plus 20 Review Process and Timeline


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Emphasis that sounding board is not the only communication channel

Explanation

The co-facilitator clarified that while they have established a sounding board, it is not the only channel of communication with stakeholders. They emphasized their commitment to an open process and invited everyone to approach them with inputs, regional consultations, or discussions throughout the roadmap.


Major discussion point

Sounding Board Role and Function


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Commitment to intensive work schedule with sounding board members

Explanation

The co-facilitator informed sounding board members that they should prepare not to have summer vacations as they would start intensive work immediately. They announced a meeting with sounding board members for the next day to jointly build a plan for tackling the upcoming weeks.


Evidence

Mentioned meeting with sounding board scheduled for the following day


Major discussion point

Sounding Board Role and Function


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Commitment to transparent documentation on UNDESA webpage

Explanation

The co-facilitator explained that they have already started providing transparent documentation through a dedicated UNDESA webpage that reflects every activity they are doing. This includes summaries of consultations with member states, stakeholders, and main takeaways from IGF, with plans to continue this approach.


Evidence

Mentioned existing summaries of member state consultations, stakeholder consultations, and IGF takeaways


Major discussion point

Transparency and Documentation


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Bruna Santos
– Panelist 6
– Panelist 8

Agreed on

Need for transparency and documentation throughout the process


Finding synergies between existing processes rather than creating new ones

Explanation

The co-facilitator acknowledged the need to find synergies and alignment between ongoing UN processes rather than creating new instruments. They emphasized being aware of scarce resources and the need to use existing mechanisms effectively, mentioning coordination with processes like UN80.


Evidence

Referenced UN80 process and concerns about scarce resources


Major discussion point

Integration with Other UN Processes


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Suggestion to use AI for discussion summaries

Explanation

The co-facilitator mentioned they have received ideas about how to use AI for creating summaries of discussions, indicating openness to using new technologies to improve the consultation and documentation process.


Major discussion point

Technical and Procedural Improvements


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Call for collective ownership of the process across all stakeholders

Explanation

The co-facilitator emphasized the importance of all participants taking ownership of the process together, moving beyond thinking in terms of separate roles and responsibilities. They called for open-mindedness and support from member states for stakeholder initiatives, particularly regarding joint consultations.


Major discussion point

Regional Engagement and Support


Topics

Legal and regulatory


E

Ekitela Lokaale

Speech speed

138 words per minute

Speech length

1806 words

Speech time

781 seconds

Using agreed language from GDC and other consensual documents as starting point

Explanation

The co-facilitator explained their approach of using agreed language from the Global Digital Compact and other consensual documents as a starting point, avoiding the need to reinvent the wheel. They emphasized not giving new meaning to concepts or creating new language unless absolutely necessary.


Major discussion point

Future-focused Approach and Avoiding Historical Debates


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Flexibility to update discussions where necessary for current developments

Explanation

The co-facilitator acknowledged that while they won’t reopen settled language unnecessarily, if stakeholders believe discussions need to be revisited to bring them up to speed with current developments, they will do so as a matter of necessity. They used the example of action lines as an area where there are different opinions on whether updates are needed.


Evidence

Mentioned action lines as an example where some say they’re good enough while others want updates


Major discussion point

Future-focused Approach and Avoiding Historical Debates


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Panelist 2
– Panelist 5

Agreed on

Importance of forward-looking approach while being selective about reopening settled issues


Coordination with President of General Assembly under delegated authority

Explanation

The co-facilitator clarified that they are acting under delegated authority from the President of the General Assembly, meaning there are no parallel consultations being conducted. They explained that they periodically meet with the PGA every couple of weeks to update on the process progress.


Evidence

Mentioned regular meetings with PGA every couple of weeks built into their program of work


Major discussion point

WSIS Plus 20 Review Process and Timeline


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Accommodation of different time zones in virtual consultations

Explanation

The co-facilitator explained their efforts to accommodate different time zones in virtual consultations, citing examples from June 9-10 informal consultations where they held one session late into the night for Pacific region participants and another early session for the other side of the globe.


Evidence

Provided specific examples from June 9-10 consultations with different timing for different regions


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Participation and Inclusivity


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Suela Janina
– Panelist 6
– Panelist 8

Agreed on

Need for inclusive and transparent multi-stakeholder process


Recognition of structural exclusion challenges for Global South participants

Explanation

The co-facilitator acknowledged the broader challenge of structural exclusion affecting people from Africa and most of the Global South who are excluded by visa restrictions and other policies unrelated to WSIS or IGF. They noted this as a challenge for making processes truly inclusive and suggested strengthening regional and national IGFs as a potential solution.


Evidence

Mentioned examples of people unable to get Schengen visas for IGF in Norway and similar restrictions for Geneva


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Participation and Inclusivity


Topics

Development


Agreed with

– Panelist 6
– Panelist 5

Agreed on

Challenges of geographical accessibility and visa restrictions


A

Anita Gurumurthy

Speech speed

123 words per minute

Speech length

262 words

Speech time

127 seconds

Recognition of 40 remote participants in the session

Explanation

The moderator informed the room that there were around 40 participants joining remotely and that they could raise their hands to take the floor through the remote participation moderator. This highlighted the hybrid nature of the consultation and efforts to include virtual participants.


Evidence

Mentioned specific number of 40 remote participants


Major discussion point

Technical and Procedural Improvements


Topics

Legal and regulatory


G

Gitanjali Sah

Speech speed

139 words per minute

Speech length

350 words

Speech time

151 seconds

Appreciation for hybrid format accommodating remote participation

Explanation

The session organizer noted the presence of remote participants and the mechanism for them to participate in the discussion. This demonstrated the commitment to inclusive participation through technology, allowing those who couldn’t physically attend to still contribute to the consultation process.


Evidence

Mentioned remote participation moderator and mechanism for remote participants to take the floor


Major discussion point

Technical and Procedural Improvements


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreements

Agreement points

Need for inclusive and transparent multi-stakeholder process

Speakers

– Suela Janina
– Ekitela Lokaale
– Panelist 6
– Panelist 8

Arguments

Emphasis on open, transparent, and inclusive process throughout


Accommodation of different time zones in virtual consultations


Need for joint consultations between stakeholders and member states


Encouragement for leveraging existing coalitions and regional forums


Summary

All speakers agreed on the fundamental importance of maintaining an inclusive, transparent process that accommodates all stakeholders through various means including hybrid formats, time zone considerations, and leveraging existing networks.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Challenges of geographical accessibility and visa restrictions

Speakers

– Panelist 6
– Ekitela Lokaale
– Panelist 5

Arguments

Concerns about visa restrictions and travel costs limiting participation


Recognition of structural exclusion challenges for Global South participants


Request to avoid multiplying discussion venues and forums


Summary

Multiple speakers acknowledged the practical barriers to participation, particularly for Global South participants, due to visa restrictions, travel costs, and the burden of multiple venues.


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Need for transparency and documentation throughout the process

Speakers

– Bruna Santos
– Panelist 6
– Panelist 8
– Suela Janina

Arguments

Request for summaries of stakeholder consultations for accountability


Request for live streaming and summaries of negotiations


Suggestion to make visible areas of agreement and disagreement


Commitment to transparent documentation on UNDESA webpage


Summary

There was strong consensus on the need for comprehensive documentation, transparency measures, and accountability mechanisms throughout the consultation and negotiation process.


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Importance of forward-looking approach while being selective about reopening settled issues

Speakers

– Panelist 2
– Panelist 5
– Ekitela Lokaale

Arguments

Emphasis on forward-looking, action-oriented discussions


Recognition that some issues may need reopening due to technological changes


Flexibility to update discussions where necessary for current developments


Summary

Speakers agreed on balancing forward-looking discussions with selective reopening of issues where technological and societal changes necessitate updates, while avoiding unnecessary revisiting of settled matters.


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Similar viewpoints

All three speakers expressed concern about fragmentation across different UN processes and emphasized the need for better coordination and alignment between WSIS, GDC, IGF, and other related initiatives rather than creating new mechanisms.

Speakers

– Panelist 7
– Bruna Santos
– Suela Janina

Arguments

Need for alignment between WSIS, GDC, and IGF initiatives


Concerns about fragmentation across UN agencies on AI governance


Finding synergies between existing processes rather than creating new ones


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Asia-Pacific representatives appreciated the co-facilitators’ efforts to accommodate regional participation challenges and emphasized the importance of regional engagement in the process.

Speakers

– Panelist 10
– Panelist 11
– Ekitela Lokaale

Arguments

Appreciation for recognition of Asia-Pacific time zone challenges


Invitation to participate in Asia-Pacific regional IGF in Nepal


Accommodation of different time zones in virtual consultations


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Both speakers emphasized the need to address power imbalances and ensure protection of vulnerable groups, whether through inclusive frameworks or corporate accountability mechanisms.

Speakers

– Panelist 6
– Paloma Lara Castro

Arguments

Need for inclusion of vulnerable groups and underserved communities


Importance of addressing corporate accountability and UN guiding principles


Topics

Human rights | Development


Unexpected consensus

Use of AI and technology for process improvement

Speakers

– Suela Janina
– Ekitela Lokaale

Arguments

Suggestion to use AI for discussion summaries


Zero draft preparation during August with hybrid consultation options


Explanation

It was somewhat unexpected that the co-facilitators themselves suggested using AI technology for improving the consultation process, showing openness to innovative approaches in a traditionally formal UN setting.


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Recognition of power imbalances in multi-stakeholderism

Speakers

– Panelist 9
– Ekitela Lokaale

Arguments

Power imbalances between large tech companies and smaller entities in multi-stakeholderism


Recognition of structural exclusion challenges for Global South participants


Explanation

There was unexpected acknowledgment from both a developing country representative and a co-facilitator about the inherent power imbalances in the multi-stakeholder model, which is typically promoted as an equitable approach.


Topics

Development | Economic


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion revealed strong consensus on procedural matters including the need for inclusive, transparent processes, accommodation of participation barriers, and comprehensive documentation. There was also agreement on balancing forward-looking approaches with selective updates to existing frameworks, and on the need for better coordination between related UN processes.


Consensus level

High level of consensus on procedural and process-related issues, with constructive alignment between co-facilitators and stakeholders on how to conduct the review. The consensus suggests a collaborative approach that could facilitate successful negotiations, though substantive policy disagreements were not extensively explored in this session.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Whether to reopen settled language and agreements from previous WSIS processes

Speakers

– Panelist 2
– Panelist 5

Arguments

Avoiding revisiting settled debates from the past


Recognition that some issues may need reopening due to technological changes


Summary

Panelist 2 emphasized avoiding discussions of historic issues and language already agreed in other texts to focus on future-oriented agenda, while Panelist 5 argued that life has changed significantly in 20 years and some issues may need to be reopened, specifically mentioning NetMundial work that needs to be taken into account.


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Approach to multi-stakeholderism at international vs national levels

Speakers

– Panelist 9
– Suela Janina

Arguments

Power imbalances between large tech companies and smaller entities in multi-stakeholderism


Emphasis on open, transparent, and inclusive process throughout


Summary

Panelist 9 highlighted significant power imbalances at the international level where big tech companies dominate while small and medium-sized companies in developing countries cannot participate equally, while the co-facilitators emphasized maintaining inclusive multi-stakeholder processes without directly addressing the power imbalance concerns.


Topics

Economic | Development | Legal and regulatory


Unexpected differences

Role and scope of the sounding board as communication channel

Speakers

– Panelist 3
– Panelist 8
– Suela Janina

Arguments

Question about vision for sounding board contribution to resolution development


Encouragement for leveraging existing coalitions and regional forums


Emphasis that sounding board is not the only communication channel


Explanation

While there was general appreciation for the sounding board creation, there was subtle disagreement about its role and exclusivity. Some stakeholders seemed concerned about it becoming the primary channel for engagement, while co-facilitators had to clarify it wouldn’t be the only communication avenue.


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Overall assessment

Summary

The consultation showed relatively low levels of direct disagreement, with most conflicts being procedural rather than substantive. Main areas of disagreement included whether to revisit settled language from previous processes, how to address power imbalances in multi-stakeholderism, and practical concerns about participation accessibility.


Disagreement level

Low to moderate disagreement level. Most participants shared common goals of inclusive, transparent, and effective WSIS review process, but differed on specific approaches and mechanisms. The disagreements were constructive and focused on process improvements rather than fundamental opposition to the review itself. This suggests good potential for consensus-building, though attention will be needed to address participation barriers and power imbalances raised by stakeholders.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

All three speakers expressed concern about fragmentation across different UN processes and emphasized the need for better coordination and alignment between WSIS, GDC, IGF, and other related initiatives rather than creating new mechanisms.

Speakers

– Panelist 7
– Bruna Santos
– Suela Janina

Arguments

Need for alignment between WSIS, GDC, and IGF initiatives


Concerns about fragmentation across UN agencies on AI governance


Finding synergies between existing processes rather than creating new ones


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Asia-Pacific representatives appreciated the co-facilitators’ efforts to accommodate regional participation challenges and emphasized the importance of regional engagement in the process.

Speakers

– Panelist 10
– Panelist 11
– Ekitela Lokaale

Arguments

Appreciation for recognition of Asia-Pacific time zone challenges


Invitation to participate in Asia-Pacific regional IGF in Nepal


Accommodation of different time zones in virtual consultations


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Both speakers emphasized the need to address power imbalances and ensure protection of vulnerable groups, whether through inclusive frameworks or corporate accountability mechanisms.

Speakers

– Panelist 6
– Paloma Lara Castro

Arguments

Need for inclusion of vulnerable groups and underserved communities


Importance of addressing corporate accountability and UN guiding principles


Topics

Human rights | Development


Takeaways

Key takeaways

The WSIS Plus 20 review process will be conducted with an open, transparent, and inclusive multi-stakeholder approach, with co-facilitators acting under delegated authority from the UN General Assembly President


The process will be future-focused and action-oriented, avoiding revisiting settled historical debates while using agreed language from GDC and other consensual documents as starting points


Hybrid consultation formats will be implemented to address participation barriers, including visa restrictions, travel costs, and time zone differences that particularly affect Global South stakeholders


The deadline for elements paper inputs has been extended to July 25th, with zero draft preparation during August and updated roadmap details to be provided by end of July


There is recognition of power imbalances in multi-stakeholderism between large tech companies and smaller entities, particularly affecting developing countries


Integration and alignment between WSIS, GDC, and IGF processes is needed to avoid fragmentation and leverage existing mechanisms rather than creating new ones


Transparency will be maintained through documentation on UNDESA webpage, including summaries of consultations and areas of agreement/disagreement


The sounding board will work intensively but is not the only communication channel – regional and thematic consultations through existing coalitions are encouraged


Resolutions and action items

Co-facilitators will provide updated roadmap with specific dates by end of July 2024 for autumn negotiations planning


Zero draft will be prepared during August 2024 after receiving all inputs by July 25th deadline


Hybrid consultation formats will be implemented to accommodate different time zones and remote participation


Sounding board meeting scheduled to begin immediately (tomorrow) with intensive work schedule


All inputs and consultation summaries will be transparently documented on dedicated UNDESA webpage


Co-facilitators will continue periodic meetings with UN General Assembly President to update on process progress


Regional consultations will be supported, with invitation extended to participate in Asia-Pacific regional IGF in Nepal (October 11-14)


Unresolved issues

Specific modalities for stakeholder participation during intergovernmental negotiations remain unclear


How to effectively address power imbalances between large tech companies and smaller entities in multi-stakeholder processes


Integration mechanisms between WSIS review, GDC implementation, and IGF evolution are not yet defined


Whether WSIS Action Lines need updating or are sufficient as currently structured


How to ensure meaningful participation from Global South stakeholders facing structural barriers (visas, funding)


Specific role and enhanced functions for IGF in monitoring Action Lines progress


How to address unilateral coercive measures impact on developing countries’ digital development


Corporate accountability mechanisms and application of UN guiding principles on business and human rights


Suggested compromises

Use hybrid formats (in-person and virtual) for consultations to balance inclusivity with meaningful participation


Leverage existing coalitions and regional forums rather than creating new consultation mechanisms


Focus on areas needing updates due to technological changes while preserving agreed language where consensus exists


Strengthen regional and national IGFs to enable more accessible participation for those unable to travel to major capitals


Provide live streaming and detailed summaries of negotiations when full stakeholder participation in rooms is not possible


Use technology (including AI) for discussion summaries and documentation to improve transparency and accessibility


Coordinate timing and content between WSIS review and other UN digital processes to avoid duplication while maintaining distinct roles


Thought provoking comments

Time is quite short, of course. We all recognize that the window for these discussions is shorter than probably we would normally like to have. I would just like to say that this WSIS review does need to be as future-focused, action-oriented as possible to address the opportunities and challenges around digital development that we all face. I’d just like to stress the point that we should avoid as much as possible spending time discussing issues that are historic, language that’s been agreed in other texts and things like that.

Speaker

Chris Adamson (UK Department of Science, Innovation, and Technology)


Reason

This comment was insightful because it directly addressed a fundamental tension in international negotiations – the balance between building on existing agreements versus getting bogged down in rehashing old debates. It provided strategic guidance for how to use limited time effectively.


Impact

This comment significantly influenced the co-facilitators’ approach, with Ambassador Lokaale directly responding that there was ‘general agreement that we need to conduct the current review in a forward-looking manner’ and that they would use ‘agreed language, including in the GDC and other consensual documents as a starting point.’ It established a key principle that guided subsequent discussions about methodology.


I heard the discussion about not changing something who are already been agree upon, but life changed within these 20 years, and maybe there are some issues that need to be reopened, because, or open, I will say, because, for example, the work done by NetMundial need to be taken into account, and I am not sure that the wording made 20 years ago will be or could be the same.

Speaker

Sébastien Bachelet (Internet Society France, chair of EURALO)


Reason

This comment was thought-provoking because it directly challenged the previous speaker’s position about not reopening settled issues, introducing nuance about when revisiting agreements might be necessary due to technological and social evolution over 20 years.


Impact

This created a productive tension in the discussion, forcing the co-facilitators to clarify their position. Ambassador Lokaale responded by acknowledging that ‘if, in the opinion of stakeholders, we need to revisit some of the discussions in order to bring them up to speed with the current or recent developments, as a matter of necessity, then we’ll have to do that,’ showing how the comment helped refine the approach to balancing continuity with necessary updates.


When we talk about multi-stakeholderism in national level, it is a, I mean, a good approach… But when we are talking at the international level, stakeholders, especially big, I mean, tech companies, they are not in the same, I mean, position. Some of them are very strengths. They are powerful and, I mean, they can have dominant role in the digital area… small and medium-sized companies in developing countries cannot, I mean, have equal participation in the international area.

Speaker

Paloma (representing developing country perspective)


Reason

This comment was deeply insightful because it exposed a fundamental flaw in the idealized notion of multi-stakeholderism – that power imbalances between different types of stakeholders can undermine the principle of equal participation, particularly affecting Global South actors.


Impact

This comment introduced a critical perspective that reframed the entire discussion about inclusivity. It moved beyond procedural concerns about participation to substantive questions about power dynamics. Ambassador Lokaale acknowledged this point, stating ‘We know that big tech, big private sector companies hold certain leverage because of resources and the capacities that are available to them compared to the smaller ones,’ showing how the comment elevated the discussion to address structural inequalities.


It’s not just New York. I know New York now is much more difficult. We met groups in Norway who said many more people could not travel to the IGF because of the visa restrictions… So what does this mean? I think it’s a challenge for us to make these processes truly inclusive by finding ways of getting those who cannot travel to these capitals, to these venues, and I’m talking about people from Africa, people from most of the global south who are excluded by structural things that have nothing to do with WSIS or IGF or bad policies of governments.

Speaker

Ambassador Ekitela Lokaale


Reason

This was a remarkably candid acknowledgment from a co-facilitator about systemic barriers to participation that go beyond the scope of the WSIS process itself, showing sophisticated understanding of how global inequalities affect international governance processes.


Impact

This comment transformed the discussion from focusing on logistical solutions to acknowledging deeper structural problems. It validated concerns raised by multiple stakeholders about accessibility and shifted the conversation toward more creative solutions like strengthening regional IGFs and national-level processes, fundamentally reframing how to think about inclusive participation.


I wanted to ask what measures you have in mind beyond the October consultation to engage the broader set of stakeholders and if you don’t mind to make a suggestion that you make use of some of the coalitions and forums that we already have… Also regional forums and spaces and perhaps an approach that leverages them as well as providing space for thematic and regional consultation could be really helpful.

Speaker

Ellie McDonald (Global Partners Digital)


Reason

This comment was strategically insightful because it offered concrete solutions for enhancing participation by building on existing networks rather than creating new mechanisms, addressing the concern about multiplying forums while maximizing outreach.


Impact

This comment helped bridge the tension between the need for broad consultation and the constraint of limited resources and time. It influenced the co-facilitators’ thinking about leveraging existing structures, with Ambassador Janina responding positively about being ‘very much open’ to regional consultations and using established networks.


Overall assessment

These key comments fundamentally shaped the discussion by introducing critical tensions and nuances that forced deeper examination of core assumptions. The exchange between Chris Adamson and Sébastien Bachelet established the methodological framework for balancing continuity with necessary updates. Paloma’s intervention about power imbalances elevated the conversation from procedural to substantive concerns about equity in global governance. Ambassador Lokaale’s candid acknowledgment of structural barriers validated stakeholder concerns and reframed the inclusion challenge. Ellie McDonald’s suggestion about leveraging existing networks provided a practical path forward. Together, these comments transformed what could have been a routine consultation into a more sophisticated discussion about the fundamental challenges of inclusive, effective global digital governance in an unequal world.


Follow-up questions

Are the consultations after the zero draft (mid-October stock-taking session and November consultation) multi-stakeholder or purely governmental?

Speaker

Kusaya Al-Shati (Kuwait, private sector)


Explanation

This clarification is important for stakeholders to understand their level of participation in later stages of the process and plan accordingly.


Will there be side events for multi-stakeholder organizations during the high-level meeting at the General Assembly (December 16-17)?

Speaker

Kusaya Al-Shati (Kuwait, private sector)


Explanation

This affects how stakeholders can participate in the final stages of the WSIS review process.


When will specific details on dates and timings of informal discussions and negotiations during autumn be released?

Speaker

Chris Adamson (UK Department of Science, Innovation, and Technology)


Explanation

Early planning is essential for stakeholders, especially from the global majority, to secure funding and visas for participation in New York.


What is the vision for the sounding board and how will it contribute to developing the resolution?

Speaker

Chris Buckridge (IGF MAG, technical community)


Explanation

Understanding the role and function of the sounding board is important for effective participation and coordination.


How will co-facilitators cooperate with the President of the General Assembly to ensure stakeholder input impacts intergovernmental negotiations?

Speaker

Wolfgang Kleinwächter (retired professor, MAG member, sounding board member)


Explanation

This addresses the critical link between stakeholder consultations and the formal negotiation process.


How will AI governance discussions be integrated across different UN agencies and processes to avoid fragmentation?

Speaker

Bruna Santos (Witness)


Explanation

There is concern about mirroring debates across UNESCO, global panels, and GDC processes, requiring better coordination.


What measures beyond the October consultation will engage the broader stakeholder community?

Speaker

Ellie McDonald (Global Partners Digital)


Explanation

This seeks to understand how stakeholders can remain engaged throughout the negotiation process beyond formal consultations.


How can existing coalitions and regional forums be leveraged for thematic and regional consultations?

Speaker

Ellie McDonald (Global Partners Digital)


Explanation

This could make the consultation process more efficient and inclusive by using established networks.


How can small and medium-sized companies in developing countries achieve more equal participation at the international level?

Speaker

Unnamed participant (Iran)


Explanation

This addresses power imbalances in multi-stakeholderism where big tech companies have dominant roles compared to smaller entities.


How can multi-stakeholderism be better fostered at the national level?

Speaker

Suela Janina (co-facilitator, responding to various inputs)


Explanation

There appears to be a gap between how multi-stakeholderism works internationally versus nationally, requiring better understanding and examples.


How can the IGF be upgraded to monitor progress of WSIS Action Lines and GDC objectives?

Speaker

Titi Casa (Italian government)


Explanation

This explores how to enhance cooperation between WSIS, GDC, and IGF to address their respective gaps and strengthen their collective impact.


How can consultation processes be made truly inclusive given visa restrictions and travel constraints for Global South participants?

Speaker

Multiple participants (Anna Osterling, Ekitela Lokaale, others)


Explanation

This addresses structural barriers to participation that affect the legitimacy and inclusiveness of the consultation process.


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

WSIS Action Line: C3 Access to information and knowledge: “Investing in Equitable Knowledge Access: Diamond Open Access”

WSIS Action Line: C3 Access to information and knowledge: “Investing in Equitable Knowledge Access: Diamond Open Access”

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion focused on democratizing access to knowledge through diamond open access publishing and the right to information, as part of the WSIS Action Line on access to information and knowledge. UNESCO representatives emphasized that access to scientific knowledge is a global necessity that drives innovation and sustainable development, yet remains deeply unequal due to expensive paywalls that particularly affect institutions in the Global South. The session explored diamond open access as a solution, which allows authors to publish and readers to access research freely through public funding and community-driven frameworks, contrasting with traditional subscription models and gold open access that shift costs to authors.


UNESCO’s global consultation on diamond open access collected insights from over 2,900 stakeholders across 92 member states, revealing that equity, feasibility, and cost-saving were the most valued benefits, while funding and recognition remained the biggest challenges. The discussion highlighted alarming cost increases in traditional publishing, with European subscription prices tripling in recent years and gold open access expenditures reaching 8.3 billion euros between 2019-2023. Representatives from IFLA emphasized libraries’ crucial role in providing public access to information, particularly for underserved populations without connectivity, and their involvement in negotiating with publishers and supporting open access initiatives.


The International Federation for Information Processing raised important questions about how artificial intelligence will transform information access, suggesting that traditional library models must evolve as knowledge becomes increasingly born-digital and accessible through AI systems. Participants discussed successful diamond open access implementations in Latin America, France, and Indonesia, demonstrating that government support and institutional collaboration are essential for sustainable models. The session concluded with recognition that the information landscape has fundamentally changed, requiring new policies and approaches that move beyond traditional business models to ensure equitable access to knowledge in the digital age.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Diamond Open Access Model as an Alternative to Costly Publishing**: The discussion extensively covered diamond open access publishing, which allows authors to publish and readers to access research freely without paywalls or author processing charges. This model is presented as a solution to the expensive subscription and gold open access models that create barriers, particularly for institutions in the Global South.


– **UNESCO’s Role in Monitoring Access to Information Laws (SDG 16.10.2)**: UNESCO serves as the custodian agency for monitoring the implementation of access to information laws globally. Through annual questionnaires sent to member states, UNESCO tracks progress from 62 responding countries in 2019 to 125 in 2024, emphasizing both adoption and implementation of these laws.


– **Libraries as Critical Infrastructure for Information Access**: The role of libraries, particularly public and academic libraries, was highlighted as essential for providing equitable access to information, especially for underserved populations without private internet access. Libraries serve as community spaces that remove barriers like subscriptions and paywalls while supporting open access initiatives.


– **Impact of Artificial Intelligence on Traditional Information Access**: The discussion addressed how AI and large language models are fundamentally changing how people access information, potentially making traditional library cataloging and indexing systems obsolete, and requiring new policies for digital natives who will use AI rather than traditional library resources.


– **Global Inequalities in Scientific Knowledge Access**: A central theme was addressing the disparity between developed and developing nations in accessing scientific research, with much publicly-funded research remaining behind expensive paywalls, reinforcing global inequalities in scientific participation and policy-making.


## Overall Purpose:


This session was part of the WSIS (World Summit on the Information Society) Action Line on Access to Information and Knowledge, aimed at exploring how to democratize access to scientific knowledge through diamond open access models and broader right-to-information frameworks. The discussion sought to gather insights for the WSIS+20 review and develop policy recommendations for creating more equitable, sustainable knowledge-sharing systems globally.


## Overall Tone:


The discussion maintained a collaborative and forward-looking tone throughout, with speakers building upon each other’s points constructively. The tone was professional yet urgent, emphasizing the need for systemic change in how scientific knowledge is accessed and shared. While acknowledging significant challenges (high costs, global inequalities, technological disruption), the overall sentiment remained optimistic about solutions like diamond open access and the potential for international cooperation to create more equitable knowledge systems. The tone became slightly more urgent toward the end when discussing AI’s disruptive impact and the need to adapt policies for future generations.


Speakers

– **Davide Storti**: From UNESCO, session moderator for the WSIS action line session on access to information and knowledge


– **Zeynep Varoglu**: UNESCO senior program specialist in charge of access to information, participated online


– **Marius Lukosiunas**: From UNESCO, works on SDG 16.10.2 (access to information laws) as UNESCO is the custodian agency for this indicator


– **David Oliva Uribe**: UNESCO consultant specializing in diamond open access and scientific communication research


– **Maria de Brasdefer**: Representative from the International Federation of Library Associations (IFLA)


– **Anthony Wong**: President of the International Federation for Information Processing (IFIP), formerly worked with Thomson Reuters on digital transformation


– **Participant**: Student studying in France, asked questions about diamond open access implementation


Additional speakers:


None identified beyond the speakers names list provided.


Full session report

# Summary: WSIS Action Line Session on Access to Information and Knowledge


## Introduction and Context


This discussion formed part of the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) Action Line session on access to information and knowledge, moderated by Davide Storti from UNESCO. The session brought together international experts to examine how to democratise access to knowledge through diamond open access publishing and broader right-to-information frameworks.


The participants included Zeynep Varoglu from UNESCO’s Open Science team, Marius Lukosiunas from UNESCO’s Communication and Information sector, David Oliva Uribe from Science Europe, Maria de Brasdefer from the International Federation of Library Associations (IFLA), and Anthony Wong from the International Federation for Information Processing (IFIP).


## Access to Information as a Universal Right


Zeynep Varoglu opened by emphasising that “access to scientific knowledge is not a luxury, it’s a global necessity that drives innovation, supports sustainable development, and informs public policy.” She highlighted that current access remains deeply unequal, with publicly funded research locked behind expensive paywalls that particularly affect institutions in the Global South.


Marius Lukosiunas reinforced this rights-based approach by highlighting UNESCO’s role as custodian agency for SDG 16.10.2, which monitors implementation of access to information laws globally. He reported that 139 countries have adopted such laws, and UNESCO’s questionnaire responses expanded from 62 countries in 2019 to 125 in 2024. He also mentioned UNESCO’s support for the International Day of Universal Access to Information, which now features over 124 national celebrations, and their capacity building efforts through MOOCs.


## The Crisis of Current Publishing Models


David Oliva Uribe presented concerning statistics about the unsustainable costs of traditional academic publishing. He reported that European subscription prices tripled between 2019 and 2023, rising from 0.5 billion euros to 1.5 billion euros. Meanwhile, gold open access expenditures reached 8.349 billion euros globally between 2019-2023, demonstrating that shifting costs from libraries to authors has not resolved the fundamental affordability crisis.


This economic burden was illustrated by a student participant from France, who shared personal experience of facing 20-euro charges for individual scientific articles—a cost that creates significant barriers for researchers with limited resources.


## Diamond Open Access as a Solution


The discussion extensively explored diamond open access as an alternative model that allows authors to publish and readers to access research freely without paywalls or author processing charges. This approach relies on public funding and community-driven frameworks rather than commercial subscription or fee-based models.


UNESCO’s global consultation on diamond open access collected insights from over 2,900 stakeholders across 92 member states. Varoglu reported that equity, feasibility, and cost-saving were the most valued benefits, whilst funding and recognition remained the biggest implementation challenges. She noted that the full UNESCO report will be published at the end of the month.


David Oliva Uribe highlighted successful implementations in various regions, noting that countries like France and several Latin American nations are implementing diamond open access through government support and university collaboration. He specifically mentioned that Indonesia has over 6,000 diamond open access journals and highlighted institutions like Red Alec and CLACSO as promoting diamond open access in Latin America. He also referenced the European Diamond Capacity initiative led by Science Europe.


## The Role of Libraries


Maria de Brasdefer from IFLA emphasised libraries’ crucial role in providing equitable access to information, particularly for underserved populations without private internet access. She explained that libraries historically operate on open access principles, removing barriers like subscriptions and paywalls whilst serving as community spaces that democratise information access.


Libraries support open access initiatives through multiple mechanisms: maintaining open repositories, guiding researchers toward open access platforms, negotiating with publishers for lower subscription fees, and establishing funds through research grants to support open access publishing. Brasdefer argued that access to information laws should specifically mention libraries rather than including them under broad “community spaces” terminology.


## Technology and Future Considerations


Anthony Wong from IFIP provided perspective on how technology is transforming information access. He noted that IFIP was founded by UNESCO in 1960 and now has 13 technical committees with 100 working groups and over 6,000 professionals. IFIP offers a digital library at ifip.org with more than 20,000 freely accessible documents.


Wong observed that most publications are now available through large language models and noted that China is introducing AI education in primary and secondary schools, suggesting future students may primarily use AI rather than traditional library resources. He also mentioned possibilities like virtual reality and avatars providing new ways to access knowledge, whilst emphasising the need to balance technological capabilities with ethical considerations about protecting sacred and indigenous knowledge.


## Balancing Openness with Protection


Wong highlighted that some indigenous knowledge should be sacred and protected rather than freely accessible, requiring careful balance in access policies. Maria de Brasdefer acknowledged this complexity whilst emphasising libraries’ role in promoting multilingual knowledge and preserving traditional and indigenous knowledge in communities.


## Key Commitments and Next Steps


The session generated several concrete commitments. UNESCO committed to publishing the full report on diamond open access consultation findings at the end of the month. Participants were invited to contribute views for the WSIS+20 review process. IFIP offered to contribute to policy discussions on AI’s impact on information access.


Varoglu synthesised the discussion by noting that “it can’t be business as usual,” acknowledging that traditional approaches are no longer sufficient in the digital age. The session demonstrated both the urgency of current information access challenges and the potential for collaborative solutions through diamond open access models, library support, and technological innovation.


## Conclusion


This WSIS Action Line session successfully connected policy principles with concrete implementation examples and personal experiences. The discussion highlighted the need for sustainable funding models for diamond open access, the crucial role of libraries in democratising access, and the importance of adapting to technological change whilst respecting cultural boundaries around certain types of knowledge.


The success of existing implementations in various countries provides evidence that alternative models are achievable when institutional support and policy frameworks align. As participants prepare for the WSIS+20 review, this discussion provides a foundation for developing policies that can democratise access to knowledge whilst maintaining the flexibility to adapt to technological and social change.


Session transcript

Davide Storti: waiting yes yes so we can start and welcome to this very early morning session and thank you for being here this is a session which is a is a what is called an action line session uh as part of the WSIS action plan so there is a several action line and this line is particularly called the access to information and knowledge action line and which is quite a transversal one because you can’t maybe achieve anything of the other action lines without access to information uh and data so I’m pleased to have with me um so this is Davide Storci from UNESCO first of all and I’m pleased to have with me a few speakers distinguished speakers from IFLA, Maria Bradefer, having online there is my colleague Zeynep Varoglu a senior program specialist in charge of access to information uh Mr. Marius Lukoszny was also from UNESCO, Mr. Anthony Wong from the information Federation of Information Processing and uh Mr. David Oliva-Uribe was also our consultant at UNESCO on on these issues so without further ado I’d like to to give the floor to um to start uh to my colleague Zeynep Varoglu who is online.


Zeynep Varoglu: Thank you Davide, thank you very much and welcome to all the participants, welcome dear colleagues, dear friends to the session on democratizing digitizing knowledge through diamond-open access and the right to information. Access to scientific knowledge is not a luxury, it’s a global necessity. It drives innovation, supports sustainable development, and informs public policy. At UNESCO, we see access to knowledge as a public good, yet today access remains deeply unequal. Much scientific knowledge, especially when publicly funded, remains locked behind expensive paywalls out of reach for many researches and institutions, particularly in the global South. It’s limits who can participate in science and policymaking, reinforcing global inequalities. To address this, UNESCO promotes Open Solutions, a portfolio that includes open educational resources, open data, free and open-source software, and open access to research. These digital public goods break down barriers, foster inclusive innovation, and build fair and resilient knowledge societies. Diamond-open access is central to this vision. It allows authors to publish and readers to access research freely. Based on public funding and community-driven, multilingual, non-commercial frameworks, diamond-open access turns aspiration to action, building a knowledge ecosystem rooted in equity, openness, and sustainability. This approach aligns with WISE’s Action Line D3, which recognizes access to information and knowledge as universal rights and fundamental to inclusive development. It urges stakeholders to promote affordable public access through open archives and scientific information. Open access removes cost barriers and empowers communities to share knowledge freely. In the context of the Global Digital Compact, openly shared scientific knowledge functions as a true digital public good. accessible, interoperable, and governed in the public interest. This strengthens the digital ecosystems that underpin innovation and collaboration worldwide. Today, we’ll explore how policy frameworks, shared infrastructure, and international cooperation can promote and sustain Diamond Open Access. We’ll draw on key findings from UNESCO’s Global Consultation on Diamond Open Access, which collected insights from over 2,900 stakeholders across 92 member states. These findings will inform policymaking and guide investments in interoperable, community-led publishing platforms, critical to expanding equitable knowledge access, especially in underrepresented regions. But Diamond Open Access is only part of the picture. It must be placed within the broader right to information, as articulated in SDG 1610, which calls for public access to information and protection of fundamental freedoms through enabling legislation. Access to information laws, often called freedom of information laws, provide legal mechanisms for citizens to seek and receive government-held information. This fosters transparency, accountability, and meaningful democratic participation. True access to information goes beyond passive availability. It requires proactive disclosure, open data policies, media freedom, digital connectivity, and the removal of legal, institutional, and technological barriers. It also demands inclusivity, ensuring marginalized groups such as women, persons with disabilities, and rural communities are not left behind. UNESCO, as a custodian of Indicator 1610-2, monitors global progress on Diamond Open Access. access to information frameworks. We support member states in creating legal environments, building capacity, and sharing best practices. Our data collection and reporting to the United Nations help keep access to information central to global development. In closing, diamond open access and the broader right to information are two complementary pillars that advance inclusive knowledge societies where citizens are empowered, governments are accountable, and sustainable development thrives. I trust that our discussions this morning will be both rich and productive as we explore ways to strengthen these foundations and build a more open and equitable future for knowledge world. Thank you.


Davide Storti: Thank you very much Zeynep. I think you highlighted the different dimensions that are involved in this, in making information accessible from the people, the infrastructure, the laws, the various dimensions that are enabled living in this to happen. And we’ve taken one of these dimensions, I would like to now involve Maria de Pallaferro. She’s from the International Federation of Library Associations, IFLA. So, I mean, who best placed to tell us how access to information is actually brought to life, to life. So, IFLA.


Maria de Brasdefer: Yes, thank you David. And well, I think to start the first thing that I would like to say, and perhaps if you’re familiar to the world of libraries, but something that we always start by saying when we come to this space is that at IFLA we have also realized that that, especially also because most of the access to information today is done online. We always try to continue to advocate for the importance of public access to information despite the existence of private access. This is one of the things that we always mention because this is something that libraries do a lot, particularly for populations who don’t necessarily have access or to connectivity. So this is something that we always want to take forward. And then also, if we talk, for example, about what your colleague mentioned about, for example, SDG 1610-2, that refers to the access to information laws, and something that we see a lot in libraries also is that while there’s a lot of countries who have access to information, in some way have embedded community spaces like libraries in access to information laws. Something that we also want to highlight is that we also find important that the word library is not buried under the policy in those types of laws. So for example, in some of the documents in these countries, libraries are not necessarily specifically mentioned, but they are mentioned broadly as community spaces. And so then there’s, yeah, they can get a little bit in the way. So I think this is also something that we consider very important and highlighting in terms of that, yeah, enabling or following on that line in SDG. And of course, we also think that to improve perhaps following up on that SDG with library support, we would also think, well, it would be more important that more countries perhaps would create and also enforce these policies that guarantee the right to access to information. And we also think the library network could have a big role in it, because after all, they have been historically linked with access to information. And it’s also something that we really want to encourage people from being aware that they can rely on. on this network for that. And that is how relevant it is also for people, particularly in under-served regions, or particularly for the ones who are not connected. And then also, if we go on to talk a little bit about open access, so more in terms of the, on the diamond open access model, for example, what I see relevant in that term is perhaps that when libraries tend to operate on open access models already and they tend to also often remove costly barriers to access to information, like for example, subscriptions, paywalls, this is also something that they commonly do. And particularly public and academic libraries, they have a big role in this and they also have a big story of promoting scientific and open knowledge and also by making information accessible to everyone. So we do think that perhaps also libraries could be, continue to support this model by, continue to maintain open repositories, perhaps also support journals that use the diamond open access model. And perhaps also continue to guide local researchers towards publishing in open access platforms and teaching open science skills, which is also something that we know a lot of, particularly academic libraries are doing now. And yeah, in a way, also replicating the model of what they already do with media and digital literacy skills, which is also something that they tend to do a lot, but perhaps offer workshops and teach researchers about open licenses, for example, like Creative Commons. And another role I also think about is the promotion of multilingual knowledge and communities research and also perhaps preservation of traditional and indigenous knowledge, which is also something that we see libraries in a way are doing in a lot of regions. So they are fulfilling this, a need that is already there in the community, but that, yeah, people haven’t found another way to fulfill it other than through these types of institutions. And then I don’t know if I still have some time.


Davide Storti: Well, maybe, thank you, Maria, maybe we’ll. We continue this conversation. I think it’s quite important. Before getting to Antony, I would like to take the opportunity because we just spoke about SDG 1610-2 and online we have my colleague Marius who, you know, UNESCO is the custodian agency for this SDG particularly. So, I would like to give the floor to Marius for telling us more about how this action line actually is, what it’s doing in terms of access to information and access


Marius Lukosiunas: to information laws. Marius? Thank you Davide. Good morning colleagues in Geneva. A very quick update on where UNESCO stands vis-à-vis SDG 1610-2 which is the adoption of access to information legal guarantees. So, as it has been mentioned UNESCO is a custodian agency for this particular indicator and our main efforts are aimed to first evaluate the situation to monitor the situation with access to information laws and the implementation and here I have to say that it is a very important addition. It’s not just the adoption of the laws but also it’s the implementation. So, first we are monitoring. Based on that monitoring what we are doing we are drawing and important recommendations to the member states especially in the field of access to information implementation of the laws and here is why. First, maybe I’ll continue a little bit with monitoring. How do we do the monitoring? Every year we are launching a questionnaire. Last year which is going to the member states. We’ve started in 2019, and we had only 62 countries responding to our questionnaire. In 2024, we have 125. So basically, through that questionnaire, we collect the major information, and then we translate that information, that data, into the report with the recommendations I’ve mentioned. I think that the result of participation of the member states is quite good. We have above 120 member states responding. So that shows that this is an important issue for the member states. That also provides us with ample data to draw some recommendations. To compare, of course, we have more than 190 member states. So nearly two-thirds are part of that process. Now, I will mention a few recommendations which stem from our data. So for example, we have clearly established, and that is the recommendation which addresses the issue of implementation. We have clearly established the link between the number of access to information requests, and number of adjudicated requests, and the existence of the dedicated oversight body. So this is just one of the examples. I’m not going to go into more of the recommendations we provide through this monitoring and reporting exercise. Now, the next thing which I wanted to touch on is regarding the promotion of the adoption of the laws. That is another very important area UNESCO is engaged and now we have, as of end of 2024, we have 139 countries which adopted that law. And I think it is another very important number because it clearly shows to us that from one hand there is a fundamental understanding among the member states that the right to information, which is the core, the central right within the access to information policies and practices and different infrastructures, the right to information can be best protected by the law. And also it shows that to a certain extent many member states recognize that right as such, which is another, I think, important theoretical dimension of the whole process. So UNESCO, we are actively, as I’ve mentioned, we are actively promoting the adoption and we mainly do it through the organization of the celebration of access to information, International Day of Universal Access to Information. It is a UN day and we are celebrating it on the 28th of September. All in all, we’ve had more than, every year we are having more than close to one to 30 national celebrations. And also we are organizing a big global conference where we discuss with our stakeholders, information commissioners, human rights commissioners, journalists, media, academia, libraries. We discuss different aspects of this whole issue. For example, last year’s IDU-I was mostly focusing on access to big data and other digital aspects of the process. So all in all, as I’ve said, since 2018, we have organized about 124 national celebrations and of course every year we have a global conference which is mentioned. So this is the second dimension I wanted to add to reporting and monitoring and our custodianship role. And the third dimension, of course, all over the world upon the request of the member states, we provide technical expertise in order to assist member states in drafting legislation policies and so on and so forth. And in addition, we’ll have a few MOOCs which provide capacity building for access to information professionals who want to increase their knowledge in the field. So this is a quick summary of what UNESCO does in order to cohesively push for the implementation for the expansion of SDGC.


Davide Storti: 16.10.2. Thank you and back to you, Davide. Thank you very much, Marius. I think you mentioned two important things in my view. One is the monitoring of the access information through the SDG 16.10.2, which is one important dimension overall discussed in the WSIS review, particularly how to monitor the progress. Second, you mentioned the International Day for Universal Access to Information, which is, as you said very well, is an example of multi-stakeholder participation, how to bring in all the participants, the actors that are involved in access to information. So talking about professionals of information, I’ll give the floor to Mr. Wang, who is the president of the International Federation for Information Professionals. So, Mr. Wang.


Anthony Wong: Thank you. Thank you, Davide, and thank you to UNESCO for the invitation for this intervention on access to information and knowledge. For those of you who do not know about IFIP, just a quick intro. IFIP was founded by UNESCO in 1960 in Paris, and its mission statement in brief is the responsible development and deployment of ICT. That’s in brief. So we have 13 technical committees looking from AI education, social impact of technologies, communication networking to very hardcore technical subjects on technology. In that 13 technical committees, we have 100 working groups with more than 6,000 scientists and professionals working in those fields from five continents. around the world. So we have an extensive library and publication with Springer. So if you go to our new website, which is ifip.org, there is a main menu with our digital library, which is freely accessible to anyone logging in. There are more than 20,000 full-text documents, journals and publications online, all freely available. So I’m very glad to mention that’s the IFIP professional contribution to this particular UN agenda, which is a very important step forward. So please to go to ifip.org and look at the digital library, which has been there for many years and it’s growing every day. So what I’d like to talk about in my intervention is looking at the topic, access to knowledge, but the, how it was framed is to do with journals, printed books and digital access. And part of the, during the Q&A, if I may, Davidi, to look at with the impact of artificial intelligence, how that’s going to impact this particular action line in terms of his thinking, because we need to look towards the future. Recently, I had this insight when I moderated a chair, a panel for the Sarawak government in Borneo, part of Malaysia. We did a panel with the State Library of Sarawak with the staff and the leaders to look at how AI is going to impact on the way that libraries work, how people access the knowledge and data, considering a lot of data now is born digital, as never printed. So the whole concept of library, we need to change. and evolve the way we catalog our books and index our publication. If we have charged GDP and Lama, do we need to index things and how we index things? And I’m sure that all the 20,000 publication in the IFIP digital library would now be in most, in most large language models that you use. So all that knowledge will be accessible through one of the generative AI models today. So the way we think and how we structure our discussion, I think Davide and UNESCO would need to change because we need to create new policies. I was fortunate to work with you Davide on Monday, when we look at AI and the impact on competencies for teachers and students. I think that is also an agenda that we need to look at in terms of this UNESCO action line, because I can see drastical changes, not only impacting on the jobs of professionals working libraries, but how students and public will access the library in the future. We also have things called virtual reality coming avatars. So if we can have indigenous elders narrating their wisdom and culture online as an avatar, which does not need categorising and indexing in the library, teaching people about their knowledge and wisdom. So I know indigenous things is part of the ambit of UNESCO. So one of the access to information is a great thing to expose all these things to the world. But we also need to look at the risks, because there are some knowledge of indigenous population, which should be sacred and protected rather just freely accessible. So that’s my short intervention. Thank you.


Davide Storti: So thank you very much. I think, I mean, what I hear is that Exactly. It’s the intersection of this action line with the many other action lines. I mean, indigenous knowledge, traditional knowledge, of course, is also part of the action line C8 on culture, cultural diversity, there is multilingualism, etc. So it’s very interesting. So now I would like to go a little bit more deeper into the research and and going to the maybe the diamond open access model. And I would like to give the floor to Mr. David Oliva-Uribe online, who will be telling more about this research work that UNESCO has done recently. Thank you.


David Oliva Uribe: Hello, everybody. And let me share my screen. Good morning in Geneva to all participants. And just let me be sure that you can see my screen. David, can you confirm, please? Yes. Okay, perfect. So thank you very much. So I am a consultant at UNESCO. And my colleagues say in a better glue, she’s the coordinator of the of the portfolio and open solutions. And well, today, I would like just to make a reflection on the importance of scientific communication and diamond open access. In many cases, sometimes it is addressed that scientific communication is like a site action, but but it’s not, it’s actually a very relevant part of the scientific research process. And this has to be value and everything that is related to the communication through scientific journals through books through any kind of communication is very important, because ensures the knowledge is shared, validated and built on. So dissemination and communication of the of the scientific results is very, very important. And we have been having an evolution of the scientific models. I think most of you are familiar that we have been passing from subscription models where it was cost represented a significant barrier and then we were evolutionary to have more access and there arise gold open access where it was improved visibility but the shift cost from the subscription from the libraries to the authors and this is represented to the institutions and at the end to the governments and in the recent years we have been a transition into what it’s called a transformative agreements which yes it expands access it gives a little bit more room for negotiation on the cost for authors but still it is very limited or very difficult for less resourced regions to get access to it so at this very moment we have a very high cost in these three models and now what we are facing is opportunity to move to a new model that it’s called diamond open access that has been around especially in the global south for example in latin america has been already for almost 20 years where it is free for reading free for publishing and of course the cost it is in the infrastructure there is is not free in terms that somebody has to cover the cost but for the users those who read and host who publish is without cost but what do we specifically speak when we say high or low regarding cost just let me give you some quick information so in 2019 the european university association reported that the subscription prices in europe and for the the countries that represents the european university association the cost was around 0.5 billion euros and there was an increase in average more than 3% per year in the cost of subscriptions for many of the big journals. And the forecast at that time for 2023 were that the costs were almost 1.5 billion euros. So in a very short time, the costs of subscription were tripled. And then we spoke about gold open access. And what does it mean for gold open access? That we thought, okay, now there is more opportunity for dissemination that readers can access to these journals. But the cost was, again, passed to the authors. And when we say the author, it’s the institution that financed those researchers. And in a report for the annual APC expenditure, it is stated that between the 2019 and 2023 for gold and hybrid open access, the spend was 8.349 billion euros. So that means 80 times what is the budget, for example, for Horizon Europe Research Program. Just the cost for France, we are talking about this has also increased three times, and it represents 30 million euros. So when we are passing now to the UNESCO consultation on diamond open access, we really wanted to understand. And we launched a consultation, we got around 2,900 responders from 92 member states, and we got more than 3,000 qualitative comments. Let me just very shortly go through some of the key highlights. We got a very rich participation, multilingual, and the responses were submitted in Spanish, English, mostly. But the regional disparities underlined the importance of inclusive outreach and moving forward. Also, we got a very wide response about researchers. librarians, and international actors such as funder policymakers. We noted that the contribution for publishers and academic societies confirmed their participation. They are like intermediate players between the governments and the funding agencies and the researchers. And these patterns underscore the importance of fostering inclusive dialogue, which is very, very important for Diamond Open Access. What we had in the consultation is that we saw that equity, feasibility, and cost-saving were the most frequently experienced benefits. And also, what is very key is that the respondents also addressed that funding and recognition are still persisting the biggest challenges. So this is very important to underscore that institutional engagement really plays a crucial role in alleviating the promoting and implementation of Diamond Open Access. Just a very last slide is that the respondents, they are overwhelmingly expect a global framework and social equity goals are highly valued, particularly multilingual access, participation of underrepresented groups, and reduction of systematic barriers. So together, all these findings, we can really reflect for a call for more inclusive, collaborative, and equitable scholarly communication framework. Just for communication, at the end of this month, we will have the full report that will be published by UNESCO, and you will find all the information on this topic. So I will stop sharing here, and this is my contribution. Thank you very much.


Davide Storti: Thank you very much, David, for this precise insights. So now I would like to maybe open a discussion, if you have any comments from participants. Please, introduce yourself.


Participant: Okay. I don’t know if, okay, yeah, it works. Well, I just wanted to, I didn’t know anything about this Diamond New Access Program, and I honestly think that it’s very enriching, especially for students. I study in France, and I know that from my university, it’s very expensive to access to articles, scientific articles. I know that for PhD students, to be able to access to a specific article can cost about 20 euros, which is very, very expensive, and we actually had to get rid of many subscriptions because of the cost of it. So I’m really glad that this is going on specifically in the Global South, where obviously countries have less wealth and, like, in general, funding for these type of programs. I just had a quick question. How does these, how can we, I don’t know how to explain it. How can countries put this in place? Do we have a specific example of a country that is already implementing this Diamond Open Access, and can I have, like, an example of it? Yes. Shall I respond?


Davide Storti: Yes, please. Thank you.


Participant: Okay. Yes, there are many countries that at the moment are working towards establishing. So how does Diamond Open Access work? In the Global South, for example, in Latin America, it started by universities. Universities, especially in the faculties of social science and humanities, they have this kind of situation and barriers that you mentioned, and what they decide is to get together, to put a common infrastructure, to gather some talent and to establish a journal or a service for Diamond Open Access, which has been really working for more than 20 years. Now, you have institutions like Red Alec, like CLACSO, that they are promoting and giving services to host journals for Diamond Open Access. In the case of Europe, France is one of the most advanced countries establishing Diamond Open Access. And this is receiving direct support from the Ministry of Higher Education, and also through the French National Research Agency, who are placing resources to invest in infrastructure. Because the most important here is that, at the moment, the traditional publishing system is hosted by private companies. And now it’s the role of the governments to establish national policies. For example, in France, they have a national policy for open science, which also includes Diamond Open Access. And through this, they are supporting infrastructure to have hosting of digital services, but they also collecting talent to give the services of editorial reviewing and other roles. So this is what is happening now. And it’s happening, for example, also in Indonesia. Indonesia has more than 6,000 Diamond Open Access journals. So it is common. And now we are focusing on UNESCO to gather all the insights to really have the possibility to permeate or to agree on a global framework. Thank you very much.


Davide Storti: Is there any other question? If otherwise, I’d like to ask a question to Maria about IFLA, you know, how does, you know, we heard about the cost, which is a barrier, which was mentioned just now to the access and how our library is actually coping with that, because I think this is a major issue for libraries.


Maria de Brasdefer: Yes, that is true. It is a big issue that. libraries are dealing with and I think well there’s two main ways I think in which libraries are coping with it and the main one or very traditional ways library sometimes negotiate a lot with publisher it’s in terms of subscriptions and because also this is something that they have been historically doing particularly in some countries they tend to negotiate lower fees for acquiring more amount of content or subscription to scientific journals so this is something they do a lot particularly academic libraries and another thing that I believe also happens very often is through research grants I believe also libraries and institutions they also sometimes establish some of the specific funds also to support open access initiatives and and through those initiatives they sort of like include article processing charges and they also invite researchers to to use those and those are the most common ones but I think the the diamond model is also very interesting and I yeah I wonder if there’s also a lot of libraries who are already benefiting or from that model as well but those are the most two common ways in which they they usually do it


Davide Storti: thank you very much I don’t know if it’s David or Zeynep if you have any idea in terms of responding to Maria’s questions on libraries involvement in this discussion on open access diamond open access yes yes please yes we have to


David Oliva Uribe: close yes yes they are benefiting in different regions for example in the case of Europe there is a new initiative called the European diamond capacity half which is led by different countries and they are liaising directly with with libraries and one of the institutions that is leading this is Science Europe So, maybe this is an initiative that you would like to know. I don’t know, Senepe, do you want to have a final comment?


Zeynep Varoglu: I just wanted to underscore the importance of the ecosystem, of the libraries, the institutions working together. And the fact that is just to bring together also the remarks of Dr. Wang, in the fact that we are really in another space now. And we have here with us, we have IFLA, which has been with UNESCO since 1960, I think. And, I’m sorry, not IFLA, IFIP has been with UNESCO as far as a consultative partner since 1960, if I’m correct. And IFLA is also a very close partner of UNESCO for many years. But the situation has changed. And I think what this discussion has brought out is how all institutions are changing the way that they’re looking at meeting the new challenges. And I think it can’t be business as usual. And that’s what we’ve been saying, basically, for the last 45 minutes. It’s not business as usual. And all of us are working in different ways to be able to really take advantage of the good sides of everything that’s happening. As Dr. Wang pointed out, we’re able to access more information. But there needs to be some sort of structure and it needs to be really in our benefit. So, I think that we’ve had, it’s the voices plus 20 discussion we’re having right now. And I think it is really very clear that access to information has turned into something else. Because we can access more. We can access, we’re not even sure what information we’re accessing sometimes and where it’s coming from. The costs are different. The models are different. The survey that David presented shows that there’s a need for people to access it still in spite of all these developments. And we are in, the game has changed. but everyone is also reacting to this and addressing it. So I think it’s very revelatory.


Davide Storti: Thank you very much, Zeynep. I think that shows again the transversality of this action line impact. For example, you mentioned the issues that I would link to information integrity, which we discussed a couple of days ago in action line 10 about media new dimension. So maybe I’m really sorry we have to conclude because they are very short sessions, but I would like to give a last word to Mr. Wang because he mentioned exactly this future. And I think the most important lesson from this session is our messages for the WSIS plus 20 review. So we should not forget about it. So I invite you also to come to me or send your own views or points or whatever highlights you would like to stress for this review because the WSIS forum is the place where to do that, especially now, particularly for this action line now. Mr. Wang.


Anthony Wong: Thank you, Davide. Just quickly, yesterday I was at a forum here and it was mentioned that China is introducing AI education to primary and secondary schools. So if you think about what the students are gonna do, they’re not gonna access the library for your publication. They’re gonna use AI to find information that they need to do what they’re supposed to be doing. So I urge all the library and the association and people making policies to start thinking about policies for the children coming up rather than for the oldies who are used to the old traditional way. That’s all I’d like to comment. I is happy to help. I use, if you don’t know, I used to work for five years with Thomson Reuters. and I was instrumental in doing their first digital transformation from paper to digital. So I’m very happy and IFIP is very happy to contribute to that discussion. Thank you.


Davide Storti: Thank you very much for your participation in this session which is now over. Thank you so much. Thank you to the speakers and I’d like to thank also my colleagues online, particularly Zeynep Varoglu and Marius for their organization of this session. Thank you. Thank you. Thanks. Have a good day. Bye-bye. Thank you. Goodbye. Bye-bye.


Z

Zeynep Varoglu

Speech speed

127 words per minute

Speech length

891 words

Speech time

419 seconds

Access to scientific knowledge is a global necessity that drives innovation and sustainable development

Explanation

Varoglu argues that access to scientific knowledge is not a luxury but an essential requirement for global progress. She emphasizes that it supports innovation, sustainable development, and informs public policy decisions.


Evidence

UNESCO sees access to knowledge as a public good, yet access remains deeply unequal with much publicly funded research locked behind expensive paywalls


Major discussion point

Access to Information as a Universal Right and Public Good


Topics

Development | Human rights principles


Agreed with

– Marius Lukosiunas
– Davide Storti

Agreed on

Access to information is a fundamental right and public good essential for development


Disagreed with

– Anthony Wong
– Maria de Brasdefer

Disagreed on

Approach to indigenous knowledge protection vs. open access


Access to information is recognized as a universal right fundamental to inclusive development under WSIS Action Line D3

Explanation

This argument positions access to information as a fundamental human right that is essential for inclusive development. It connects this principle to the formal WSIS framework that recognizes these rights.


Evidence

WSIS Action Line D3 recognizes access to information and knowledge as universal rights and urges stakeholders to promote affordable public access through open archives and scientific information


Major discussion point

Access to Information as a Universal Right and Public Good


Topics

Human rights principles | Development


Agreed with

– Marius Lukosiunas
– Davide Storti

Agreed on

Access to information is a fundamental right and public good essential for development


Current access remains deeply unequal with publicly funded research locked behind expensive paywalls, particularly affecting the Global South

Explanation

Varoglu highlights the inequality in access to scientific knowledge, where research funded by public money is still restricted by expensive paywalls. This particularly disadvantages researchers and institutions in developing countries.


Evidence

Much scientific knowledge, especially when publicly funded, remains locked behind expensive paywalls out of reach for many researchers and institutions, particularly in the global South


Major discussion point

Diamond Open Access as Solution to Knowledge Inequality


Topics

Development | Digital access


Agreed with

– David Oliva Uribe
– Participant

Agreed on

Current access to scientific knowledge is inequitable and costly, creating barriers particularly for developing regions


Diamond open access allows free publishing and reading based on public funding and community-driven frameworks

Explanation

This argument presents diamond open access as a solution that enables both authors to publish and readers to access research without cost barriers. It emphasizes that this model is based on public funding and community-driven, multilingual, non-commercial frameworks.


Evidence

Diamond-open access turns aspiration to action, building a knowledge ecosystem rooted in equity, openness, and sustainability


Major discussion point

Diamond Open Access as Solution to Knowledge Inequality


Topics

Development | Digital access


Agreed with

– David Oliva Uribe

Agreed on

Diamond open access offers a viable solution to knowledge inequality


M

Marius Lukosiunas

Speech speed

108 words per minute

Speech length

753 words

Speech time

416 seconds

UNESCO monitors global progress on access to information frameworks through SDG 16.10.2 as custodian agency

Explanation

Lukosiunas explains UNESCO’s role as the custodian agency for SDG 16.10.2, which focuses on monitoring the adoption and implementation of access to information legal guarantees. This involves both evaluating the current situation and providing recommendations to member states.


Evidence

UNESCO launches annual questionnaires to member states, starting with 62 countries responding in 2019 and reaching 125 countries in 2024


Major discussion point

Access to Information as a Universal Right and Public Good


Topics

Human rights principles | Legal and regulatory


139 countries have adopted access to information laws, showing fundamental understanding that the right to information can be best protected by law

Explanation

This argument demonstrates the widespread recognition among nations that legal frameworks are the most effective way to protect the right to information. It shows both the progress made and the fundamental understanding of this right’s importance.


Evidence

As of end of 2024, 139 countries have adopted access to information laws, clearly showing fundamental understanding among member states


Major discussion point

Access to Information as a Universal Right and Public Good


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights principles


Agreed with

– Zeynep Varoglu
– Davide Storti

Agreed on

Access to information is a fundamental right and public good essential for development


UNESCO promotes adoption of access to information laws through International Day of Universal Access to Information with over 124 national celebrations

Explanation

Lukosiunas describes UNESCO’s promotional activities for access to information, centered around an annual international day. This involves extensive global and national celebrations that bring together various stakeholders to discuss different aspects of access to information.


Evidence

UNESCO celebrates International Day of Universal Access to Information on September 28th with more than 124 national celebrations and annual global conferences involving information commissioners, journalists, media, academia, and libraries


Major discussion point

Implementation and Policy Framework Challenges


Topics

Human rights principles | Legal and regulatory


D

David Oliva Uribe

Speech speed

136 words per minute

Speech length

1029 words

Speech time

452 seconds

Subscription costs have tripled in recent years, with European universities spending 1.5 billion euros by 2023

Explanation

Oliva Uribe presents concrete financial data showing the dramatic increase in subscription costs for academic journals. He demonstrates how these costs have escalated rapidly, creating significant financial burden for educational institutions.


Evidence

European University Association reported subscription prices of 0.5 billion euros in 2019 with 3% annual increases, forecasting costs of almost 1.5 billion euros by 2023


Major discussion point

Diamond Open Access as Solution to Knowledge Inequality


Topics

Economic | Development


Agreed with

– Zeynep Varoglu
– Participant

Agreed on

Current access to scientific knowledge is inequitable and costly, creating barriers particularly for developing regions


Gold open access shifted costs from libraries to authors, representing 8.349 billion euros globally between 2019-2023

Explanation

This argument explains how the gold open access model, while improving access for readers, simply transferred the financial burden from libraries to authors and their institutions. The scale of this cost transfer is enormous, representing billions in expenditure.


Evidence

Annual APC expenditure report shows 8.349 billion euros spent on gold and hybrid open access between 2019-2023, which is 80 times the budget for Horizon Europe Research Program


Major discussion point

Diamond Open Access as Solution to Knowledge Inequality


Topics

Economic | Development


Agreed with

– Zeynep Varoglu
– Participant

Agreed on

Current access to scientific knowledge is inequitable and costly, creating barriers particularly for developing regions


UNESCO’s global consultation with 2,900 stakeholders from 92 countries shows equity, feasibility, and cost-saving as main benefits of diamond open access

Explanation

Oliva Uribe presents findings from UNESCO’s comprehensive consultation on diamond open access, highlighting the key benefits identified by stakeholders worldwide. The consultation demonstrates broad international interest and support for this model.


Evidence

UNESCO consultation received around 2,900 responses from 92 member states with more than 3,000 qualitative comments, showing multilingual participation and wide response from researchers, librarians, and policymakers


Major discussion point

Diamond Open Access as Solution to Knowledge Inequality


Topics

Development | Digital access


Agreed with

– Zeynep Varoglu

Agreed on

Diamond open access offers a viable solution to knowledge inequality


Countries like France, Indonesia, and Latin American nations are successfully implementing diamond open access through government support and university collaboration

Explanation

This argument provides concrete examples of successful diamond open access implementation across different regions. It shows how government support and institutional collaboration can make this model work effectively.


Evidence

France has national policy for open science with Ministry support; Indonesia has over 6,000 Diamond Open Access journals; Latin America has institutions like Red Alec and CLACSO providing services for over 20 years


Major discussion point

Implementation and Policy Framework Challenges


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Zeynep Varoglu

Agreed on

Diamond open access offers a viable solution to knowledge inequality


Funding and recognition remain the biggest challenges for diamond open access implementation

Explanation

Despite the benefits, Oliva Uribe identifies the persistent challenges that hinder diamond open access adoption. These challenges relate to securing sustainable funding and ensuring academic recognition for publications in this model.


Evidence

UNESCO consultation respondents identified funding and recognition as the most frequently mentioned persisting challenges


Major discussion point

Implementation and Policy Framework Challenges


Topics

Development | Economic


There is overwhelming expectation for a global framework with focus on multilingual access and participation of underrepresented groups

Explanation

The consultation results show strong demand for coordinated global action on diamond open access. Stakeholders particularly emphasize the need for inclusive approaches that address language barriers and ensure participation from marginalized communities.


Evidence

Consultation respondents overwhelmingly expect a global framework and highly value social equity goals, particularly multilingual access, participation of underrepresented groups, and reduction of systematic barriers


Major discussion point

Implementation and Policy Framework Challenges


Topics

Development | Multilingualism | Human rights principles


P

Participant

Speech speed

142 words per minute

Speech length

479 words

Speech time

201 seconds

High subscription costs create significant barriers for students, with individual articles costing up to 20 euros

Explanation

A student participant provides personal testimony about the financial barriers faced in accessing academic research. They describe how expensive article access costs force universities to cancel subscriptions and create hardship for PhD students.


Evidence

Student studying in France reports that PhD students face costs of about 20 euros per article, and universities have had to cancel many subscriptions due to high costs


Major discussion point

Diamond Open Access as Solution to Knowledge Inequality


Topics

Economic | Development | Online education


Agreed with

– Zeynep Varoglu
– David Oliva Uribe

Agreed on

Current access to scientific knowledge is inequitable and costly, creating barriers particularly for developing regions


M

Maria de Brasdefer

Speech speed

152 words per minute

Speech length

920 words

Speech time

362 seconds

Libraries historically provide public access to information, particularly for populations without connectivity or private access

Explanation

Brasdefer emphasizes the continuing importance of libraries in providing public access to information, especially as most access moves online. She argues that libraries serve populations who lack private access or connectivity.


Evidence

IFLA advocates for the importance of public access to information despite the existence of private access, particularly for populations who don’t have access to connectivity


Major discussion point

Access to Information as a Universal Right and Public Good


Topics

Digital access | Development


Agreed with

– Anthony Wong

Agreed on

Libraries play a crucial role in providing equitable access to information


Libraries operate on open access models and remove costly barriers like subscriptions and paywalls

Explanation

This argument positions libraries as natural allies of open access initiatives since they already work to remove financial barriers to information access. Libraries traditionally provide free access to resources that would otherwise require payment.


Evidence

Public and academic libraries have a big role in promoting scientific and open knowledge by making information accessible to everyone, removing costly barriers like subscriptions and paywalls


Major discussion point

Role of Libraries and Infrastructure in Knowledge Access


Topics

Digital access | Development


Agreed with

– Anthony Wong

Agreed on

Libraries play a crucial role in providing equitable access to information


Libraries can support diamond open access by maintaining open repositories and guiding researchers toward open access platforms

Explanation

Brasdefer outlines specific ways libraries can contribute to diamond open access implementation. This includes both technical infrastructure support and educational guidance for researchers.


Evidence

Libraries can support diamond open access by maintaining open repositories, supporting journals that use the model, guiding local researchers toward open access platforms, and teaching open science skills including Creative Commons licensing


Major discussion point

Role of Libraries and Infrastructure in Knowledge Access


Topics

Digital access | Online education


Disagreed with

– Anthony Wong

Disagreed on

Future relevance of traditional library systems vs. AI-powered access


Libraries negotiate with publishers for lower subscription fees and establish funds through research grants to support open access initiatives

Explanation

This argument describes the practical strategies libraries currently use to cope with high subscription costs. It shows how libraries actively work to reduce barriers through negotiation and funding mechanisms.


Evidence

Libraries negotiate with publishers for lower fees when acquiring more content or subscriptions, and establish specific funds through research grants to support open access initiatives including article processing charges


Major discussion point

Role of Libraries and Infrastructure in Knowledge Access


Topics

Economic | Development


Access to information laws should specifically mention libraries rather than burying them under broad ‘community spaces’ terminology

Explanation

Brasdefer argues for explicit recognition of libraries in access to information legislation. She contends that vague references to ‘community spaces’ can diminish libraries’ specific role and impact their effectiveness.


Evidence

While many countries have embedded community spaces like libraries in access to information laws, libraries are often not specifically mentioned but are referred to broadly as community spaces, which can get in the way


Major discussion point

Implementation and Policy Framework Challenges


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights principles


Libraries play a role in promoting multilingual knowledge and preserving traditional and indigenous knowledge in communities

Explanation

This argument highlights libraries’ cultural preservation function, particularly for traditional and indigenous knowledge systems. Brasdefer suggests libraries fulfill community needs that aren’t met by other institutions.


Evidence

Libraries are involved in promotion of multilingual knowledge and communities research and preservation of traditional and indigenous knowledge, fulfilling a need that exists in the community


Major discussion point

Protecting Indigenous and Sacred Knowledge


Topics

Cultural diversity | Multilingualism


Disagreed with

– Anthony Wong
– Zeynep Varoglu

Disagreed on

Approach to indigenous knowledge protection vs. open access


A

Anthony Wong

Speech speed

135 words per minute

Speech length

803 words

Speech time

356 seconds

IFIP provides free access to over 20,000 full-text documents through their digital library at ifip.org

Explanation

Wong presents IFIP’s contribution to open access by providing a concrete example of free digital access to academic resources. This demonstrates how professional organizations can support open access principles through their own platforms.


Evidence

IFIP digital library at ifip.org contains more than 20,000 full-text documents, journals and publications online, all freely available to anyone logging in


Major discussion point

Role of Libraries and Infrastructure in Knowledge Access


Topics

Digital access | Development


Agreed with

– Maria de Brasdefer

Agreed on

Libraries play a crucial role in providing equitable access to information


AI is drastically changing how people access knowledge, with most publications now available through large language models

Explanation

Wong argues that artificial intelligence is fundamentally transforming information access patterns. He suggests that traditional library and publication access methods are being superseded by AI-powered search and retrieval systems.


Evidence

All 20,000 publications in the IFIP digital library would now be in most large language models, making that knowledge accessible through generative AI models


Major discussion point

Impact of Artificial Intelligence on Information Access


Topics

Development | Digital access


Traditional library indexing and cataloging methods need to evolve considering AI capabilities like ChatGPT

Explanation

This argument calls for fundamental changes in how libraries organize and provide access to information. Wong suggests that AI capabilities like ChatGPT may make traditional cataloging and indexing methods obsolete.


Evidence

Wong moderated a panel with Sarawak State Library staff discussing how AI will impact library work and data access, questioning whether traditional indexing is still needed with ChatGPT and Llama


Major discussion point

Impact of Artificial Intelligence on Information Access


Topics

Development | Digital standards


Disagreed with

– Maria de Brasdefer

Disagreed on

Future relevance of traditional library systems vs. AI-powered access


China is introducing AI education in primary and secondary schools, suggesting future students will use AI rather than traditional library access

Explanation

Wong uses China’s educational policy as evidence of a generational shift in information access patterns. He argues that future students will primarily use AI tools rather than traditional library resources for their research needs.


Evidence

China is introducing AI education to primary and secondary schools, and students will use AI to find information rather than access libraries for publications


Major discussion point

Impact of Artificial Intelligence on Information Access


Topics

Online education | Development


Virtual reality and avatars can provide new ways to access indigenous knowledge without traditional cataloging

Explanation

Wong presents emerging technologies as alternatives to traditional knowledge preservation and access methods. He suggests that VR and avatars can make indigenous knowledge accessible in ways that don’t require conventional library cataloging systems.


Evidence

Indigenous elders can narrate their wisdom and culture online as avatars, which does not need categorizing and indexing in libraries


Major discussion point

Impact of Artificial Intelligence on Information Access


Topics

Cultural diversity | Development


Some indigenous knowledge should be sacred and protected rather than freely accessible, requiring careful balance in access policies

Explanation

Wong raises important ethical considerations about open access, arguing that not all knowledge should be freely available. He specifically highlights the need to protect sacred indigenous knowledge from inappropriate access or use.


Evidence

There are some knowledge of indigenous population which should be sacred and protected rather than just freely accessible


Major discussion point

Protecting Indigenous and Sacred Knowledge


Topics

Cultural diversity | Human rights principles


Disagreed with

– Zeynep Varoglu
– Maria de Brasdefer

Disagreed on

Approach to indigenous knowledge protection vs. open access


D

Davide Storti

Speech speed

132 words per minute

Speech length

946 words

Speech time

429 seconds

Access to information is a transversal action line that is fundamental to achieving other WSIS action lines

Explanation

Storti argues that access to information and knowledge is a cross-cutting issue that underpins all other WSIS action lines. He emphasizes that without access to information and data, it would be impossible to achieve the objectives of other action lines.


Evidence

You can’t maybe achieve anything of the other action lines without access to information and data


Major discussion point

Access to Information as a Universal Right and Public Good


Topics

Human rights principles | Development


Agreed with

– Zeynep Varoglu
– Marius Lukosiunas

Agreed on

Access to information is a fundamental right and public good essential for development


The WSIS action line on access to information involves multiple dimensions including people, infrastructure, laws, and various enabling factors

Explanation

Storti highlights that making information accessible requires a comprehensive approach involving different components. He emphasizes that access to information is not just about technology but involves legal frameworks, human resources, and infrastructure working together.


Evidence

The different dimensions that are involved in making information accessible from the people, the infrastructure, the laws, the various dimensions that are enabled living in this to happen


Major discussion point

Implementation and Policy Framework Challenges


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure | Development


Multi-stakeholder participation is essential for access to information initiatives, as demonstrated by the International Day for Universal Access to Information

Explanation

Storti emphasizes the importance of bringing together all relevant actors and participants involved in access to information. He uses the International Day for Universal Access to Information as an example of successful multi-stakeholder engagement in this field.


Evidence

The International Day for Universal Access to Information is an example of multi-stakeholder participation, how to bring in all the participants, the actors that are involved in access to information


Major discussion point

Implementation and Policy Framework Challenges


Topics

Human rights principles | Development


The intersection of access to information with other action lines creates new challenges and opportunities, particularly regarding indigenous knowledge and cultural diversity

Explanation

Storti recognizes that access to information intersects with multiple other WSIS action lines, creating complex relationships. He specifically mentions how indigenous and traditional knowledge connects to cultural diversity and multilingualism action lines.


Evidence

Indigenous knowledge, traditional knowledge, of course, is also part of the action line C8 on culture, cultural diversity, there is multilingualism, etc.


Major discussion point

Protecting Indigenous and Sacred Knowledge


Topics

Cultural diversity | Multilingualism | Human rights principles


The WSIS Plus 20 review requires new approaches because the landscape of access to information has fundamentally changed

Explanation

Storti acknowledges that the context for access to information has evolved significantly since the original WSIS framework. He emphasizes that traditional approaches may no longer be sufficient and that new policies and frameworks are needed for the WSIS Plus 20 review.


Evidence

We should not forget about the WSIS plus 20 review and the most important lesson from this session is our messages for the WSIS plus 20 review


Major discussion point

Impact of Artificial Intelligence on Information Access


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Agreements

Agreement points

Access to information is a fundamental right and public good essential for development

Speakers

– Zeynep Varoglu
– Marius Lukosiunas
– Davide Storti

Arguments

Access to scientific knowledge is a global necessity that drives innovation and sustainable development


Access to information is recognized as a universal right fundamental to inclusive development under WSIS Action Line D3


139 countries have adopted access to information laws, showing fundamental understanding that the right to information can be best protected by law


Access to information is a transversal action line that is fundamental to achieving other WSIS action lines


Summary

All speakers agree that access to information is not just beneficial but essential – it’s a fundamental human right that drives innovation, sustainable development, and is necessary for achieving other development goals. The widespread adoption of access to information laws by 139 countries demonstrates global recognition of this principle.


Topics

Human rights principles | Development


Current access to scientific knowledge is inequitable and costly, creating barriers particularly for developing regions

Speakers

– Zeynep Varoglu
– David Oliva Uribe
– Participant

Arguments

Current access remains deeply unequal with publicly funded research locked behind expensive paywalls, particularly affecting the Global South


Subscription costs have tripled in recent years, with European universities spending 1.5 billion euros by 2023


Gold open access shifted costs from libraries to authors, representing 8.349 billion euros globally between 2019-2023


High subscription costs create significant barriers for students, with individual articles costing up to 20 euros


Summary

There is strong consensus that the current system of academic publishing creates significant financial barriers that disproportionately affect developing countries, students, and institutions with limited resources. The costs have escalated dramatically, making access to publicly funded research increasingly difficult.


Topics

Development | Economic | Digital access


Diamond open access offers a viable solution to knowledge inequality

Speakers

– Zeynep Varoglu
– David Oliva Uribe

Arguments

Diamond open access allows free publishing and reading based on public funding and community-driven frameworks


UNESCO’s global consultation with 2,900 stakeholders from 92 countries shows equity, feasibility, and cost-saving as main benefits of diamond open access


Countries like France, Indonesia, and Latin American nations are successfully implementing diamond open access through government support and university collaboration


Summary

Both speakers strongly advocate for diamond open access as a solution that enables free publishing and reading while being based on public funding and community-driven frameworks. The UNESCO consultation provides evidence of broad international support for this model.


Topics

Development | Digital access


Libraries play a crucial role in providing equitable access to information

Speakers

– Maria de Brasdefer
– Anthony Wong

Arguments

Libraries historically provide public access to information, particularly for populations without connectivity or private access


Libraries operate on open access models and remove costly barriers like subscriptions and paywalls


IFIP provides free access to over 20,000 full-text documents through their digital library at ifip.org


Summary

Both speakers recognize libraries and library-like institutions as essential infrastructure for providing equitable access to information, particularly for underserved populations. They demonstrate this through both historical context and concrete examples of free access provision.


Topics

Digital access | Development


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers see libraries and educational institutions as key implementers of diamond open access, with libraries providing both infrastructure support and educational guidance while countries demonstrate successful implementation through institutional collaboration.

Speakers

– Maria de Brasdefer
– David Oliva Uribe

Arguments

Libraries can support diamond open access by maintaining open repositories and guiding researchers toward open access platforms


Countries like France, Indonesia, and Latin American nations are successfully implementing diamond open access through government support and university collaboration


Topics

Development | Digital access


Both speakers acknowledge that technological changes, particularly AI, are fundamentally transforming how information is accessed and that institutions must adapt their approaches to meet these new challenges.

Speakers

– Anthony Wong
– Zeynep Varoglu

Arguments

AI is drastically changing how people access knowledge, with most publications now available through large language models


The situation has changed and all institutions are changing the way that they’re looking at meeting the new challenges


Topics

Development | Digital access


Both speakers emphasize the importance of multi-stakeholder engagement in promoting access to information, using the International Day for Universal Access to Information as a successful example of bringing together diverse actors.

Speakers

– Marius Lukosiunas
– Davide Storti

Arguments

UNESCO promotes adoption of access to information laws through International Day of Universal Access to Information with over 124 national celebrations


Multi-stakeholder participation is essential for access to information initiatives, as demonstrated by the International Day for Universal Access to Information


Topics

Human rights principles | Development


Unexpected consensus

Need to protect certain types of knowledge from open access

Speakers

– Anthony Wong
– Maria de Brasdefer

Arguments

Some indigenous knowledge should be sacred and protected rather than freely accessible, requiring careful balance in access policies


Libraries play a role in promoting multilingual knowledge and preserving traditional and indigenous knowledge in communities


Explanation

Despite the overall push for open access, both speakers recognize that some knowledge, particularly indigenous and traditional knowledge, requires protection rather than open sharing. This represents a nuanced understanding that open access principles must be balanced with cultural sensitivity and respect for sacred knowledge.


Topics

Cultural diversity | Human rights principles


Fundamental transformation needed in traditional information access methods due to AI

Speakers

– Anthony Wong
– Davide Storti

Arguments

Traditional library indexing and cataloging methods need to evolve considering AI capabilities like ChatGPT


The WSIS Plus 20 review requires new approaches because the landscape of access to information has fundamentally changed


Explanation

Both speakers, despite coming from different perspectives (technology and policy), agree that traditional approaches to information access are becoming obsolete and that fundamental changes are needed. This consensus on the need for transformation is significant given their different professional backgrounds.


Topics

Development | Digital access


Overall assessment

Summary

The speakers demonstrate strong consensus on core principles: access to information as a fundamental right, the inequity of current systems, the promise of diamond open access, and the crucial role of libraries. There is also emerging agreement on the need to adapt to technological changes while protecting sensitive knowledge.


Consensus level

High level of consensus with constructive alignment. The speakers complement each other’s perspectives rather than conflict, creating a comprehensive view that spans legal frameworks, practical implementation, technological adaptation, and cultural sensitivity. This strong consensus suggests favorable conditions for collaborative policy development and implementation of diamond open access initiatives.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Approach to indigenous knowledge protection vs. open access

Speakers

– Anthony Wong
– Zeynep Varoglu
– Maria de Brasdefer

Arguments

Some indigenous knowledge should be sacred and protected rather than freely accessible, requiring careful balance in access policies


Access to scientific knowledge is a global necessity that drives innovation and sustainable development


Libraries play a role in promoting multilingual knowledge and preserving traditional and indigenous knowledge in communities


Summary

Wong argues for protecting sacred indigenous knowledge from open access, while Varoglu advocates for broad access to knowledge as a necessity, and Brasdefer sees libraries as promoters of indigenous knowledge access without addressing protection concerns


Topics

Cultural diversity | Human rights principles | Development


Future relevance of traditional library systems vs. AI-powered access

Speakers

– Anthony Wong
– Maria de Brasdefer

Arguments

Traditional library indexing and cataloging methods need to evolve considering AI capabilities like ChatGPT


Libraries can support diamond open access by maintaining open repositories and guiding researchers toward open access platforms


Summary

Wong questions the continued relevance of traditional library cataloging and indexing in the AI era, while Brasdefer emphasizes libraries’ ongoing role in supporting open access through traditional methods


Topics

Development | Digital access | Digital standards


Unexpected differences

Generational shift in information access methods

Speakers

– Anthony Wong
– Maria de Brasdefer

Arguments

China is introducing AI education in primary and secondary schools, suggesting future students will use AI rather than traditional library access


Libraries historically provide public access to information, particularly for populations without connectivity or private access


Explanation

Unexpected disagreement on whether traditional library services remain relevant for future generations, with Wong arguing for AI-first approaches while Brasdefer maintains libraries’ continued importance for underserved populations


Topics

Online education | Development | Digital access


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion showed relatively low levels of fundamental disagreement, with most speakers aligned on core principles of open access and information rights. Main disagreements centered on implementation approaches, the balance between openness and protection of sacred knowledge, and the future role of traditional institutions in an AI-dominated landscape.


Disagreement level

Low to moderate disagreement level with significant implications for policy development – while speakers agree on goals, different approaches to implementation could lead to fragmented or conflicting policies, particularly regarding indigenous knowledge protection and the evolving role of libraries in digital transformation


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers see libraries and educational institutions as key implementers of diamond open access, with libraries providing both infrastructure support and educational guidance while countries demonstrate successful implementation through institutional collaboration.

Speakers

– Maria de Brasdefer
– David Oliva Uribe

Arguments

Libraries can support diamond open access by maintaining open repositories and guiding researchers toward open access platforms


Countries like France, Indonesia, and Latin American nations are successfully implementing diamond open access through government support and university collaboration


Topics

Development | Digital access


Both speakers acknowledge that technological changes, particularly AI, are fundamentally transforming how information is accessed and that institutions must adapt their approaches to meet these new challenges.

Speakers

– Anthony Wong
– Zeynep Varoglu

Arguments

AI is drastically changing how people access knowledge, with most publications now available through large language models


The situation has changed and all institutions are changing the way that they’re looking at meeting the new challenges


Topics

Development | Digital access


Both speakers emphasize the importance of multi-stakeholder engagement in promoting access to information, using the International Day for Universal Access to Information as a successful example of bringing together diverse actors.

Speakers

– Marius Lukosiunas
– Davide Storti

Arguments

UNESCO promotes adoption of access to information laws through International Day of Universal Access to Information with over 124 national celebrations


Multi-stakeholder participation is essential for access to information initiatives, as demonstrated by the International Day for Universal Access to Information


Topics

Human rights principles | Development


Takeaways

Key takeaways

Access to information is a universal right and public good that requires multi-stakeholder collaboration between governments, libraries, institutions, and international organizations


Diamond open access model offers a viable solution to knowledge inequality by providing free publishing and reading access, contrasting with expensive subscription and gold open access models that create barriers especially for the Global South


Current publishing costs are unsustainable – subscription costs have tripled in recent years with European universities spending 1.5 billion euros by 2023, while gold open access represents 8.349 billion euros globally


Libraries play a crucial intermediary role in democratizing access to information, particularly for underserved populations without connectivity, and can support diamond open access through repositories and researcher guidance


Artificial intelligence is fundamentally changing how people access knowledge, requiring new policies and approaches as traditional library methods become less relevant for future generations


UNESCO’s global consultation with 2,900 stakeholders from 92 countries demonstrates strong international support for diamond open access, with equity, feasibility, and cost-saving identified as main benefits


139 countries have adopted access to information laws, showing global recognition of the legal framework needed to protect information rights


The intersection of access to information with other issues like indigenous knowledge protection, multilingual access, and digital literacy requires careful balance and inclusive policies


Resolutions and action items

UNESCO will publish the full report on diamond open access consultation findings at the end of the month


Participants are invited to contribute views and highlights for the WSIS+20 review process


IFIP offers to contribute to policy discussions on AI’s impact on information access, drawing on their experience with digital transformation


UNESCO continues monitoring global progress through SDG 16.10.2 with annual questionnaires to member states


Libraries should continue supporting diamond open access by maintaining open repositories and guiding researchers toward open access platforms


Unresolved issues

How to balance open access with protection of sacred and indigenous knowledge that should remain restricted


Funding and recognition challenges for diamond open access implementation remain the biggest obstacles


Need for new policies to address how AI will impact traditional library and information access methods


How to ensure access to information laws specifically mention libraries rather than burying them under broad ‘community spaces’ terminology


How to create sustainable global framework for diamond open access while addressing regional disparities


How to prepare education systems and policies for students who will primarily use AI rather than traditional library access methods


Suggested compromises

Develop inclusive dialogue between all stakeholders including publishers, academic societies, governments, and funding agencies as intermediate players


Create national policies for open science that include diamond open access support, as demonstrated by France’s approach


Establish collaborative infrastructure through university partnerships and government support, following successful models in Latin America and Indonesia


Balance proactive disclosure and open data policies with protection of sensitive indigenous knowledge through careful policy design


Combine traditional library services with new AI-enabled access methods to serve both current and future user needs


Thought provoking comments

Access to scientific knowledge is not a luxury, it’s a global necessity. It drives innovation, supports sustainable development, and informs public policy. At UNESCO, we see access to knowledge as a public good, yet today access remains deeply unequal.

Speaker

Zeynep Varoglu


Reason

This opening statement reframes the entire discussion by establishing access to knowledge as a fundamental right rather than a privilege. It introduces the concept of knowledge as a ‘public good’ and immediately highlights the inequality problem, setting up the moral and practical framework for the entire session.


Impact

This comment established the foundational premise for all subsequent discussions. It shifted the conversation from technical considerations to ethical imperatives, influencing how other speakers framed their contributions around equity and accessibility rather than just technological solutions.


Recently, I had this insight when I moderated a chair, a panel for the Sarawak government in Borneo… If we have charged GDP and Lama, do we need to index things and how we index things? And I’m sure that all the 20,000 publication in the IFIP digital library would now be in most, in most large language models that you use.

Speaker

Anthony Wong


Reason

This comment introduced a paradigm-shifting perspective by questioning the fundamental assumptions about how knowledge will be accessed in the AI era. Wong challenged the traditional library and indexing models, suggesting that AI might make current access mechanisms obsolete.


Impact

This intervention fundamentally altered the discussion’s trajectory from focusing on current access models to considering future disruptions. It prompted other speakers to acknowledge that ‘the game has changed’ and forced a reconsideration of traditional approaches to knowledge access and preservation.


We also have things called virtual reality coming avatars. So if we can have indigenous elders narrating their wisdom and culture online as an avatar, which does not need categorising and indexing in the library… But we also need to look at the risks, because there are some knowledge of indigenous population, which should be sacred and protected rather just freely accessible.

Speaker

Anthony Wong


Reason

This comment introduced crucial complexity by highlighting the tension between open access principles and cultural sensitivity. It challenged the assumption that all knowledge should be freely accessible, introducing ethical considerations about sacred and protected knowledge.


Impact

This observation added a critical dimension to the discussion, forcing participants to consider that access to information isn’t just about removing barriers but also about respecting cultural boundaries. It connected the technical discussion to broader issues of cultural preservation and indigenous rights.


In 2019 the european university association reported that the subscription prices in europe… were around 0.5 billion euros… And the forecast at that time for 2023 were that the costs were almost 1.5 billion euros. So in a very short time, the costs of subscription were tripled.

Speaker

David Oliva Uribe


Reason

This comment provided concrete, shocking data that quantified the scale of the access problem. The dramatic cost escalation (tripling in just four years) made the abstract concept of ‘expensive access’ tangible and urgent.


Impact

These statistics gave weight and urgency to the theoretical discussions about diamond open access. The concrete numbers helped justify why alternative models are necessary and provided a compelling economic argument that resonated with the student participant who later shared their personal experience with expensive article access.


I just had a quick question… I study in France, and I know that from my university, it’s very expensive to access to articles, scientific articles. I know that for PhD students, to be able to access to a specific article can cost about 20 euros, which is very, very expensive.

Speaker

Participant (Student)


Reason

This personal testimony from a student provided a human face to the statistical data presented earlier. It demonstrated the real-world impact of access barriers on the next generation of researchers and scholars.


Impact

This intervention grounded the entire discussion in lived experience, making the abstract policy discussions concrete and personal. It validated the urgency of the problems being discussed and demonstrated that the issues affect real people in their daily academic work.


I think it can’t be business as usual. And that’s what we’ve been saying, basically, for the last 45 minutes. It’s not business as usual… The game has changed. but everyone is also reacting to this and addressing it.

Speaker

Zeynep Varoglu


Reason

This synthesizing comment captured the essence of the entire discussion, acknowledging that traditional approaches to knowledge access are no longer sufficient in the digital age. It recognized both the disruption and the adaptive responses occurring across institutions.


Impact

This comment served as a powerful synthesis that tied together all the previous discussions about AI disruption, cost challenges, and institutional changes. It provided a framework for understanding the session as being about fundamental transformation rather than incremental improvements.


Overall assessment

These key comments collectively transformed what could have been a technical discussion about publishing models into a comprehensive examination of the future of knowledge access. The session began with Varoglu’s moral framing of access as a public good, was disrupted by Wong’s AI-focused future vision, grounded by Oliva Uribe’s economic data and the student’s personal experience, and synthesized by Varoglu’s acknowledgment of fundamental change. The most impactful dynamic was how Wong’s AI-centric perspective forced all participants to reconsider their assumptions about traditional knowledge access mechanisms, while the economic data and personal testimony provided urgency and human relevance to these futuristic considerations. The discussion evolved from presenting solutions (diamond open access) to questioning whether current frameworks will remain relevant, ultimately concluding that the entire ecosystem of knowledge access is in transformation.


Follow-up questions

How can countries implement Diamond Open Access and what are specific examples of countries already implementing it?

Speaker

Participant (student from France)


Explanation

The participant wanted concrete examples and implementation pathways for Diamond Open Access, which was answered with examples from Latin America, France, and Indonesia


How are libraries benefiting from the Diamond Open Access model?

Speaker

Maria de Brasdefer (IFLA)


Explanation

Maria wondered about libraries’ involvement and benefits from Diamond Open Access, which was partially addressed by David Oliva-Uribe mentioning the European Diamond Capacity initiative


How will artificial intelligence impact access to information and knowledge, particularly regarding libraries and traditional information access methods?

Speaker

Anthony Wong (IFIP)


Explanation

Wong raised concerns about how AI will fundamentally change how people access information, suggesting the need for new policies focused on future generations rather than traditional methods


How should policies be developed for children who will use AI for information access rather than traditional library systems?

Speaker

Anthony Wong (IFIP)


Explanation

Wong emphasized the need to create policies for students who will primarily use AI tools rather than traditional library resources, citing China’s introduction of AI education in primary and secondary schools


How can indigenous knowledge be protected while still promoting access to information?

Speaker

Anthony Wong (IFIP)


Explanation

Wong highlighted the tension between open access principles and the need to protect sacred indigenous knowledge that should not be freely accessible


What are the key messages and recommendations for the WSIS+20 review regarding access to information?

Speaker

Davide Storti (UNESCO)


Explanation

Storti called for participants to provide input for the WSIS+20 review, indicating this as an important area requiring further input and research


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

Safe Smart Cities and Climate Frustration

Safe Smart Cities and Climate Frustration

Session at a glance

Summary

The Smart City Leaders’ Talk focused on developing safe, smart cities that address climate frustration through digital technologies and people-centered approaches. The discussion was co-organized by the Global Cities Hub, ITU, and WEGO, bringing together international organizations, city leaders, and experts to explore how digitalization can create climate-resilient urban environments.


ITU Deputy Secretary General Tomas Lamanauskas emphasized that cities account for 70% of global CO2 emissions while being vulnerable to climate shocks, highlighting the need for smart connectivity that supports both climate mitigation and adaptation. He outlined ITU’s Green Digital Action initiative and Early Warnings for All program, which work with cities worldwide to develop standardized frameworks for tracking progress and implementing disaster management systems.


Johan Stander from the World Meteorological Organization discussed the UN Secretary General’s goal of protecting everyone with early warning systems by 2027. He stressed the importance of understanding local risks, developing forecasting capabilities, and ensuring warning messages reach all people through multiple communication channels, including low-tech solutions like SMS and voice messages for illiterate populations.


WEGO Secretary General Jeong-Kee Kim highlighted the organization’s work in training young professionals through the Sustainable Smart Cities Champions Program, recognizing that today’s youth are tomorrow’s climate-conscious leaders. The Mayor of Amman, through a video message, described how the city integrates smart city strategies with climate action, aiming for 60% emissions reduction by 2040 while ensuring inclusive digital transformation.


Nadia Verjee from Expo City Dubai presented their model of building a sustainable city from scratch, emphasizing the importance of embedding climate consciousness from the initial design phase rather than retrofitting existing infrastructure. Nicholas You from Guangzhou shared insights on implementing people-centered approaches by breaking down city management to the neighborhood level, allowing communities to identify their specific resilience priorities. The discussion concluded with a call for greater involvement of local and regional governments in international smart city debates, recognizing their crucial role as implementers who understand local contexts and citizen needs.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Digital Technologies for Climate Resilience**: How digitalization and ICT can help cities build climate-resilient infrastructure, particularly through early warning systems for extreme weather events and better data collection/monitoring capabilities.


– **People-Centered Smart City Development**: The critical importance of involving citizens, especially youth, in smart city planning and ensuring that technology serves human needs rather than being implemented for its own sake. This includes breaking down institutional silos and consulting communities at the neighborhood level.


– **Early Warning Systems and Risk Management**: The UN’s initiative to protect everyone on the planet with early warning systems by 2027, emphasizing multi-hazard approaches that are accessible to all populations, including those who are illiterate or lack access to high-tech solutions.


– **Youth Engagement and Intergenerational Equity**: Recognizing that 60% of the global population will live in urban areas by 2030, with a significant portion being youth who will bear the brunt of climate change impacts, and the need to actively involve them in policy-making and solution development.


– **Practical Implementation Models**: Examples from various cities (Amman, Dubai, Guangzhou) showing different approaches to combining smart city strategies with climate action, from retrofitting existing infrastructure to building new sustainable cities from scratch.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to explore how cities can leverage digital technologies and smart city approaches to become more climate-resilient while ensuring that development remains people-centered and inclusive. The event sought to demonstrate the value of involving local and regional governments in international discussions about digitalization and climate action.


## Overall Tone:


The discussion maintained a collaborative and solution-oriented tone throughout. Speakers were optimistic about the potential of technology to address climate challenges while being realistic about implementation challenges. There was a consistent emphasis on inclusivity and the need for practical, context-appropriate solutions. The tone remained professional and forward-looking, with speakers building on each other’s points and emphasizing partnership and cooperation across different levels of governance and stakeholder groups.


Speakers

– **Anh Thu Duong** – Co-director of the Global Cities Hub, moderator of the event


– **Tomas Lamanauskas** – Deputy Secretary General of ITU (International Telecommunication Union)


– **Johan Stander** – Senior Director of Services at WMO (World Meteorological Organization)


– **Jeong-Kee Kim** – Secretary General of WEGO (World Smart Sustainable Cities Organization)


– **Yousef Al Shawarbeh** – Mayor of Amman, Jordan (participated via video message)


– **Nadia Verjee** – Executive Director of Expo City Dubai (participated online)


– **Nicholas You** – Executive Director of Guangzhou Institute for Urban Innovation, advisor to the mayor


**Additional speakers:**


None identified beyond the provided speakers names list.


Full session report

# Smart City Leaders’ Talk: Comprehensive Discussion Summary


## Introduction and Context


The Smart City Leaders’ Talk, moderated by Anh Thu Duong, Co-director of the Global Cities Hub, brought together international organisations, city leaders, and experts to explore how digitalisation can create climate-resilient urban environments. This third event in the series was co-organised by the Global Cities Hub, ITU, and WEGO, conducted in a hybrid format with both online and in-person participants, with interpretation available in English and French.


The panel featured distinguished speakers including Tomas Lamanauskas (Deputy Secretary General of ITU), Johan Stander (Senior Director of Services at WMO), Jeong-Kee Kim (Secretary General of WEGO), Yousef Al Shawarbeh (Mayor of Amman, Jordan, participating via video message after being unable to attend at the last minute), Nadia Verjee (Executive Director of Expo City Dubai), and Nicholas You (Executive Director of Guangzhou Institute for Urban Innovation and advisor to the mayor).


## Major Discussion Themes and Speaker Contributions


### Digital Technologies for Climate Resilience


Tomas Lamanauskas from ITU emphasized the critical role of digital technologies in building climate-resilient cities, noting that cities account for 70% of global CO2 emissions whilst being vulnerable to climate shocks. He briefly mentioned ITU’s involvement in the Green Digital Action initiative and Early Warnings for All programme, highlighting the need for standardised frameworks for tracking progress and implementing disaster management systems.


Johan Stander from the World Meteorological Organisation provided detailed insights into the UN Secretary General’s goal of protecting everyone with early warning systems by 2027. He outlined the four-pillar approach of the Early Warnings initiative: disaster risk reduction, observation and forecasting infrastructure, communication systems, and community preparedness. Stander emphasized a shift from traditional weather forecasting to impact-based forecasting, explaining: “We’ve moved away from forecasting. We’ve moved into impact-based forecasting. What should you do? Not what the weather will be, but you as an individual, what you should do when these conditions are expected in the city.”


### People-Centred Smart City Development and Youth Engagement


A central theme throughout the discussion was the importance of involving citizens, especially youth, in smart city planning. Johan Stander posed challenging questions about youth engagement: “Speaking to the converted youth, everybody knows that by 2030, 60 percent of the population will live around urban areas… Not everybody thinks that 1.8 billion people constitute the youth and by 2030, 60% of those we define as youth will live in these cities. However, are we engaging them enough when policies need to be written or decisions need to be taken? Are we co-developing solutions with them?”


Jeong-Kee Kim from WEGO, which was originally established as “the world e-government organization 15 years ago by 50 cities” before broadening its mission in 2017, highlighted the organisation’s work in training young professionals through the Sustainable Smart Cities Champions Programme. Kim announced WEGO’s inaugural Global Youth Award for 2025 to recognise exceptional young leaders in smart cities and climate action.


Nicholas You from Guangzhou provided a critical perspective, referencing COVID-19 as a wake-up call: “What happened five years ago? The world was hit by this pandemic and I think it was a gigantic wake-up call. We discovered in cities both in the global north and the global south that many people and many places were being left behind… Despite the fact that we have smart city tools around for almost 30-40 years, what went wrong?”


### Technology Adaptation and Accessibility


Johan Stander challenged high-tech assumptions by providing concrete examples of effective low-tech solutions: “Some people may say, but this is all high-tech. When high-tech works, great, we’re all happy. But high-tech technology, the funding for that is not always accessible… So two examples. One from Argentina, a city called Luján… they send out a particular warning for a particular city and what the people should do on SMS. No smart technologies, just information… Another example is in Senegal… they’ve realized that the majority of their population is illiterate… So they’ve moved into a voice-over warning system.”


This perspective influenced the discussion’s understanding of ‘smart cities,’ emphasizing that solutions must be inclusive and adapted to local contexts rather than imposing universal high-tech solutions.


### Practical Implementation Models


Mayor Yousef Al Shawarbeh of Amman, in his video message, described how the city integrates smart city strategies with climate action, aiming for 60% emissions reduction by 2040 whilst ensuring inclusive digital transformation. He emphasized that “building smart and climate-resilient cities requires fostering holistic vision that invests in digital infrastructure while ensuring inclusion of youth, women, and persons with disabilities.”


Nadia Verjee from Expo City Dubai presented their model of building a sustainable city from scratch, emphasizing embedding climate consciousness from the initial design phase. She reported specific results: “93% of our waste away from landfill,” “9% increase on our solar energy production,” and “21%” reduction in grid consumption. Verjee positioned Expo City as a testbed for the UAE’s net zero 2050 targets, piloting solutions that can be adapted and scaled elsewhere.


### Governance and Measurement Challenges


Nicholas You raised fundamental questions about governance structures in smart cities, identifying a critical structural problem: “The reason I want to turn the clock back is because if we look at how smart city approaches have been applied to cities, they have been largely following the existing structure of cities… we have still not overcome those silos. So the real challenge for us going forward is how do we use digital tools and hopefully use AI intelligently to help us bridge those silos.”


You also highlighted measurement problems in urban governance: “We recently did a study, we looked at utilities across a dozen different countries and we’re still measuring cubic meters, tons, kilometers, kilowatts, etc. We don’t see people there. So, the best way that we found to approach this problem is to put people in charge.” He described a new planning approach being used “in Guangzhou, but not only in Guangzhou, in other Chinese cities as well” that focuses on neighbourhood-level community consultation.


## Key Themes and Collaborative Insights


The discussion revealed broad alignment on several key principles. All speakers emphasized the crucial importance of youth engagement for climate-conscious smart city development, with multiple speakers highlighting that young people must be actively involved in planning processes as they will be most affected by today’s decisions.


Speakers also demonstrated agreement that smart city solutions must be people-centred and context-specific, prioritising human needs over technology and adapting solutions to local contexts. This was evident across examples ranging from simple SMS warnings in Argentina to neighbourhood-level community consultation approaches.


Additionally, there was strong emphasis on integrating climate action with smart city strategies, with speakers agreeing that smart city development cannot be separated from climate action and requires integrated approaches addressing both emissions reduction and climate adaptation.


## Institutional Advocacy and Future Directions


Moderator Anh Thu Duong made specific advocacy for greater inclusion of local and regional governments in international processes, calling for “institutionalization of local and regional governments” in WSIS processes, including “regular consultation with local and regional governments on standardization.” She emphasized that local governments are “on the front lines of implementation” and stressed the need to “consult people through local and regional governments.”


The discussion generated several concrete initiatives and calls to action. The Early Warnings for All initiative, led by WMO and UNDRR with ITU as a partner, continues working toward the 2027 goal. WEGO announced plans to launch the inaugural Global Youth Award in 2025. Expo City Dubai committed to hosting the Asia-Pacific City Summit and Mayor’s Forum for regional knowledge sharing.


Cities were encouraged to adopt standardised KPI frameworks for progress tracking, while there were calls for more systematic consultation with local and regional governments in digital infrastructure standardisation processes and implementation of neighbourhood-level data collection and community-driven priority setting.


## Ongoing Challenges


Several critical challenges remain unresolved, including ensuring adequate funding for digital infrastructure in developing countries where high-tech solutions may not be accessible, and effectively bridging institutional silos that prevent integrated smart city approaches.


The challenge of scaling successful innovations from test-bed cities to legacy cities with existing infrastructure constraints also requires further attention. Additionally, developing people-centred metrics that focus on human outcomes rather than technical measurements remains an ongoing need.


The discussion also highlighted the continuing challenge of ensuring meaningful youth participation in urban governance beyond consultation, and balancing rapid urbanisation needs with inclusive, sustainable development approaches.


## Conclusion


The Smart City Leaders’ Talk demonstrated an evolved understanding of smart cities that prioritises human needs, local context adaptation, and climate integration. The discussion emphasized that effective smart city development requires moving beyond technology-first approaches toward inclusive, community-driven models that address both digital transformation and climate resilience.


The strong emphasis on youth engagement, combined with calls for greater involvement of local and regional governments in international smart city processes, points toward more democratic and collaborative approaches to urban innovation. As cities continue to face growing climate challenges, the insights from this discussion provide guidance for developing smart city approaches that serve human needs while addressing urgent sustainability challenges.


Due to time constraints, the moderator was unable to conduct a second round of questions, though the discussion successfully highlighted the interconnected nature of digital transformation, climate action, and inclusive urban governance.


Session transcript

Anh Thu Duong: Good afternoon. Ladies and gentlemen, we will start in really a few seconds. Can I call all speakers on the panel. Good afternoon again, ladies and gentlemen, colleagues. Very pleased to be here with you. Welcome to the Smart City Leaders’ Talk on Safe Smart Cities and Climate Frustration, co-organized by the Global Cities Hub with ITU and with our partner organization WEGO. Very pleased. Thank you. This year, we’ve chosen this topic of safe smart cities and climate frustration because a people-centered smart city approach means addressing people’s needs and expectation. And definitely, a climate conscious, climate resilient, sustainable urban future is really one of those needs and expectation. My name is Anh Thu Duong. I am the co-director of the Global Cities Hub, which is an organization which mission is twofold. Very quickly, we connect local and regional governments to international processes, and we focus on urban topics because we all know our future is urban and we need to apply this lens to everything we do, to everything we reflect on. And therefore, I’ll have the pleasure of moderating this event today. A few housekeeping matters before we start. Just to let you know that the event is hybrid. We have online participants and also online speakers who will join. You will see them at some point on the screen. We also have interpretation in English and French, so please don’t hesitate to choose the right channel to make sure you can follow the discussion which will be in English only. Now allow me to first thank the Deputy Secretary General of ITU, Tomas Lamanauskas, and your team for organizing the WSIS Plus 20 high-level events which feature the Smart City Leaders Talk and for joining us today in person. As you all know, the WSIS Plus 20 process offers the opportunity of harnessing emerging digital technologies which can accelerate the localization of sustainable development goals. In particular, those basically that facilitate local climate resilient development and can help address the global challenge of climate action through information communication technologies. The WSIS process is by nature multi-stakeholders. You see a lot of different constituencies throughout the events. You see states, private sectors, NGO, business people, academia. What we are basically fighting for, I would say, sorry fight is maybe a bit of a strong word, is to have a process that goes a little bit further and really include more local and regional governments. We advocate for the institutionalization of local and regional governments. For instance, that could be through regular consultation with local and regional governments on standardization. organization on digital infrastructure development because they are at the receiving end. So I’m looking at you Tomas, to you know convey that message and I trust that today this discussion will show, will demonstrate to you the tremendous added value of local and regional governments in this debate. The smart city leaders talk, which is I think the third in a row, if my recollection is correct, constitutes a very adequate framework for forward-looking thematic discussion between different constituencies, local and regional government, states, ITU and other relevant international organizations, as well as many other stakeholders including, as I said earlier, the private sector, academia, NGO and you name them. So in relation to our panel today, I will first invite Deputy Secretary-General Tomas Lamanauskas and Senior Director of Services at WMO, Johan Stander, to set the frame regarding the use of digitalization and ICTs to build smart cities and develop adequate early warning systems for extreme weather events. I will then turn to our mayors, city networks, city representative, other experts and ask them about how the transformative development of digital technologies and the opportunities that they offer for smart and climate resilient, for smart and climate resilient sustainable city development unfold. As we all know, extreme heat, extreme weather events, we just got through a very intense heat wave in Geneva for those who were there last week. We know that those phenomenon are getting more intense, more frequent and impact our daily lives. So today’s aim is really to discuss how can we ensure people-centered, climate resilient, smart city development And what are the necessary actions at the local level to be taken in order to confront those events? So we have a great line of speakers to address this issue. We will go with the first round of questions and I will introduce you. And we’ll start with you, Tomas Lamanauskas. As I said, you’re the Deputy Secretary General of the ITU. So tell us how, from the perspective of your own organization, how the ITU can help local leaders use digitalization and smart city approaches to develop more climate-conscious, climate-resilient cities. You have the floor.


Tomas Lamanauskas: Thank you, Ms. Anh Thu. Indeed, it’s great to have you here and have this, I would say, traditional conversation already. And I think that’s already answering your question, how we can help to have those conversations and to transform those conversations into solutions. But indeed, I liked how you said about the Geneva heat wave. Actually, some of us were in Sevilla last week for Finance for Development conference, so we only had 43 degrees Celsius. And watching the temperatures in other parts of Spain coming up to 46. So indeed, this is, I guess, new normal. Last year was the hottest year on record, but I don’t think it’s the last year on the record, regretfully. So I think that’s how, the question is how we all really address that. But then the thing before that, the specific challenge also, I think the importance of those voices from different levels of governance to really have one inclusive conversation. And it’s good here, I’m not only seeing here representatives of the cities, I also see ministers, I also see young people, I also see different UN agencies, that we’re all having this inclusive conversation together. And indeed, our great collaboration in the context of cities with the Global Cities Hub, I think enables that really to happen. Now, why we should care? Indeed, cities regretfully are also the source of emissions. And that’s kind of what we say, we talk about resiliency, how we can address that, but also urban areas account for around 70% of global CO2 emissions. So, yes, cities suffer, but they are also a bit of a culprit, so that needs to be addressed there as well. And that also makes cities vulnerable to the climate shocks, you know, from floods and heatwaves and other things that can help. And the question is now here, when we talk specifically about smart cities, do we talk about smart cities in all the right ways? Yes, we talk about connectivity, which of course IT promotes and have a lot of activities there, but also how we use that connectivity, you know, whether we just use that, you know, for which areas we use that. And we of course use that for economic development, for social inclusion, but do we use that also for climate both mitigation in terms of better use of, you know, from energy grids to other areas, but also climate adaptation in terms of, you know, being ready for disasters and better informed users as well. So now, of course, from our side, you know, so let’s say the governmental side for ITU has been an important part for quite a long while, you know, it’s also part of the business framework with our, with Action Line C7, you know, like all these numbers we keep reminding ourselves in this halls, which just talks about the environment. But also we as ITU, you know, a couple of years ago also decided to kind of give a boost of this with what’s called Green Digital Action. So on Green Digital Action initiative that started with COP28 brought together, you know, brought together stakeholders to say both how digital technologies will help solve the climate crisis for us, including cities, but how we all embrace our own responsibilities as a digital industry as well. And that’s, again, when you build digital… infrastructure in cities is important to think. Through the standards that encourage environmental sustainability, through the better reporting and transparency on greenhouse gas emissions, through disaster management, especially through the early warning systems, and we have this flagship initiative called Early Warnings for All that we run together with the UNDRR, SIRS, International Red Cross, NWMO, our partners here as well, of course. So how do we address those different areas as well? One of our partners there is also looking in the Digital Impact Alliance, is also looking into how to unlock data for climate action through what is called GERAND Learning Network for Climate Action, in which we look how to report data, how to really address the critical data needs, innovating data sharing models also for cities as well, so that we can make sure that we know it. And different cities around the world are involved, from Nairobi, Nairobi in Kenya, Desperados, Argentina, Freetown, Sierra Leone. So indeed, kind of different partners are involved already to measuring that, and I think definitely something can be applied to other cities. Now also, two current cities worldwide have adopted key performance indicators of our United for Smart, Sustainable Cities initiative, which is a standardized framework for cities to track down their progress as well. So of course, measurement and progress in this regard as well. So I think these are just a couple of initiatives that show that we find it very important, both measurement side, progress tracking side, but also then making sure the technologies are available through the right standards there and right partnerships here. But again, going back here, also it’s important to have these very inclusive dialogues in the places like that, to really see what are the needs of the cities and how other communities can contribute indeed. And I have to apologize, I will not run immediately, but I’ll have to leave a little bit earlier. Thank you very much.


Anh Thu Duong: Thank you, Tomas. I can imagine you have a busy program those days, running from one event to another. And thanks for making those points about those initiatives and how you basically, you know, help not only cities, but also, of course, states to measures to track progress, to have the right standards, to have data, basically, in order to better, you know, combat climate change. And I think it’s really important to listen from an agency like you, ITU, that you have, you know, really, you know, taken measures to, you know, go and basically fight climate change. So, thanks a lot for that. Also, to mention maybe that cities have tools that they can use, but for that, they need to contact you and they need to engage in a regular dialogue, I would say, with you. Thanks so much for that. We turn now to Johan Stander, as I said, Director, Senior Director of Services at the World Meteorological Organization, WMO. So, can you tell us, because you must probably work on this issue of urban, you know, so can you tell us how can the transformative development of digital technologies minimize the loss of life from severe weather events? And we’ve seen them, unfortunately, unfold in Texas very recently. How do you, how, basically, can you harness those digital technology and strengthen also early warnings and early action system?


Johan Stander: Thank you. Thank you for the opportunity, Thomas. Thank you. It’s great to be here and to represent the WMO on behalf of the Secretary General, Professor Celeste Salo. I would like to take a leap from what Thomas has indicated about the youth, just start slightly different. Speaking to the converted youth, everybody knows that by 2030, 60 percent of the population will live around urban areas. and as we know most of those people will move towards cities close to the ocean. Now, Tomas spoke about the youth. Not everybody thinks that 1.8 billion people constitute the youth and by 2030, 60% of those we define as youth will live in these cities. However, are we engaging them enough when policies need to be written or decisions need to be taken? Are we co-developing solutions with them? Because most of them, not my generation, but we’re feeling the brunt, are experiencing climate change and the impact of climate change. But are we really engaging those people, the food soldiers, so to speak, those people living in informal settlements? And if we think of Africa, they do expect that 60% of the population of Africa will live in cities by 2030. Now, that’s a staggering amount if you can consider the amount of people that live in Africa. Now, Tomas touched on the early warnings of the United Nations Secretary General Guterres with the end of 2022 indicated that everybody on the planet must be protected by early warning systems by 2027. Now, it is requested the WMO with the UNDRR to lead this initiative, but when we started this process, when we developed this high-level action plan, we immediately realized this can’t be done just by us. And we’ve got this four-pillar lead, so working with ITU, which I will go now into, and IFRC. So on the disaster risk reduction side, it’s important to understand the risk. What is the risk in that particular city? Because each city may be different. Can the infrastructure cope with the extreme heat that we’re experiencing? Can cities cope with intense rainfall over a short space of time? Can the cities cope with flash floods and all those that are associated? The microclimate in a city, we spoke about earlier, you know, the people living in a city where the buildings may not be built for air conditioning or cooling systems, or what about the workers outside making sure the streets are clean? Is it safe for them to still work over 2 o’clock or 3 o’clock in the afternoon to do their work? So we need to understand the risk when we develop these technologies. Number two is where the WMO comes in. So making sure we’ve got the infrastructure out there to support this. So we need to make sure we’ve got sufficient information, observation information. What is the temperature? What is the rainfall upstream and downstream that goes towards the city area? And then the modelling capabilities which we can help with, and then the forecasting capabilities. Sending out those early warning messages to the people in the city, to those in the rural community that there’s extreme heat expected in a certain area or in the city, and what should you do? We’ve moved away from forecasting. We’ve moved into impact-based forecasting. What should you do? Not what the weather will be, but you as an individual, what you should do when these conditions are expected in the city. So you need to take action on those warnings. Number three is with the ITU. making sure that the message reach each person. Now people may say, but what if the cell phone system or mobile system goes down? This is where IT is so brilliant. They’re working with the satellite communication people to make sure that if the mobile service goes down, you still get your warning through satellite at no cost to the individual, because they also would like to save lives. And then with the IFRC, making sure the last people are reached at the end of the day, because this whole system which we developed, co-developed with everybody, is a people-centric multi-hazard early warning system. So we must look at all hazards, volcanoes, floods, earthquakes, tsunamis, heat and so on. Now let us look at two examples. Some people may say, but this is all high-tech. When high-tech works, great, we’re all happy. But high-tech technology, the funding for that is not always accessible for those in developing, all these developed countries. So two examples. One from Argentina, a city called Lujan, so when they’ve got the extreme heat expected in their particular area, they send out a particular warning for a particular city and what the people should do on SMS. No smart technologies, just information they receive from the National Meteorological and Hydrological Service. Another example is in Senegal. And apart from using the SMS system, they’ve realized that the majority of their population is illiterate. They cannot read or write. So they’ve moved into a voice-over warning system. So they get the warning, people get the warnings by just listening to the message. Now that’s practical. It’s not costing a lot of money, but they’re still reaching the people at the end of the day. We earlier spoke about floods and all of those type of things, but what about the cities close to the ocean? What about sea level rise? A lot of these cities’ outlets are in the ocean, but if you’ve got sea level rise, you’ve got extremely high waves, what is happening is pushing the water back, so the water cannot flow into the ocean. Can you deal with that? What do you need to do to adapt to those things if the infrastructure is in such a way that it cannot push the water down into the ocean? When we talk about local leaders, I think it’s really important that we understand that we involve everybody. We need to make sure that we’ve got institutional engagement, involve the people as full partners from the start of the process for smart city innovations, education, capacity development and support for those who need it. Sometimes we forget that we need to do that training on the foot soldiers on the ground level and then leverage global networks. I would like to end with a couple of remarks, if I may. Incorporating the views and expectations of a climate-conscious generation is crucial for people-centric, climate-resilient smart cities. Local leaders can create structures and cultures that treat all as partners in urban innovation, while global leaders and organizations provide the support, the framework and resources which Thomas related to earlier. When all people are empowered to influence and shape climate responses in cities, results are much more inclusive, creative and future-proof. By embracing intergenerational collaboration today, city builders and policy makers can cultivate urban environments that are sustainable, resilient and responsive to the hopes of the next generation. Thank you.


Anh Thu Duong: Thank you so much for those very important thoughts, concluding thoughts. I think you really showed how basically defining smart must be adapted to each local context, you know, it’s not always very much, very high, costly, high tech, but it has to respond to a demand from people on the ground. And for that, basically consulting with local and regional governments who know their people, who know their context, who know their actors is very important. Thanks a lot for that. Let me now turn to my next speaker, Mr. Jeong-Kee Kim, U.S. Secretary General of WECO, a smart city organization that gathers quite a number of cities worldwide, working on smart solutions with those cities. We’re very glad to see you here because we’ve been partnering for a long time with WECO, so thanks a lot for the trust and again for the collaboration around this event. May I ask you how local and global leaders can factor in the views and expectations of people who become more climate conscious in smart city development? And you mentioned it earlier, in particular among the young generation who take on more importance, these are people we should listen to them, we should listen to. How do local leaders factor in those views?


Jeong-Kee Kim: Thank you. Hello, good afternoon. I am Mr. Jeong-Kee Kim, the Secretary General of the World Smart Sustainable Cities Organization. It is truly an honor to be here with you today. It is a great pleasure to be to the beautiful and innovative city of Geneva for the second edition of the Smart Cities Leaders’ Talk at WSIS Plus 20 high-level event. Allow me to begin by extending my sincere gratitude to our partners, Doreen Bogdan-Martin, Secretary General of ITU, Tomas Lamanauskas, Deputy Secretary General of ITU, he left present today, and their wonderful team for organizing this important summit and for their warm hospitality. I would also like to express my sincere appreciation to Global Cities Hub, represented by Anh Thu Duong. Am I correct?


Anh Thu Duong: Yes.


Jeong-Kee Kim: Thank you. Co-Director of Global Cities Hub for their continued partnership and support in co-hosting today’s session. Moreover, I wish to extend a warm welcome to our esteemed WIGO member, Mr. Umar Nasir Usman, Deputy Mayor of Abuja, Nigeria. Additionally, I express my sincere gratitude to Mr. Joseph R. Chawarowe, Mayor of Amman. Mr. Nicholas Yu, Executive Director of the Gangzhou Institute for Sustainable Smart Cities Champions Program. Ms. Nadia Verjee, Executive Director of Expo3Dubai, Mr. Johan Stander, Senior Director of the World Meteorological Organization. We hope to welcome you in the family very soon. Today’s gathering is a unique opportunity to discuss and shape the development of safe and smart cities. It is a chance to reflect on how local and global leaders can integrate the views and expectations of climate-conscious citizens, particularly the youth, into the development of urban spaces. Organizations like the World Smart Sustainable Cities Organization, also known as WIGO, has been instrumental in this journey as a global network dedicated to support local leaders in transforming cities into smart, sustainable environments. WIGO was established as the world e-government organization 15 years ago by 50 cities leading in ICT development, mainly led by Seoul Metropolitan Government. Responding to the evolving landscape in city governance and climate consciousness, WIGO broadened its mission and vision to support the development of smart and sustainable cities in 2017. Today, with over 2,200 members worldwide and 6 regional offices operating across all of the continents, WIGO fosters collaboration in sustainable and inclusive development. inclusive development by acting as a central hub among cities in the world. A key aspect to this action is engaging the younger generation, whose forward-thinking ideas are essential for building cities that are smart, resilient, and sustainable. This is the objective of the WEGO, Sustainable Smart Cities Champions Program, recognizing today’s youth are tomorrow’s leaders. The program aims to build the students’ and young professionals’ expertise in smart and resilient city development by partnering with domestic and international universities and through a combination of online lectures and in-person workshops conducted by accredited professors. The program seeks to build an active community of future leaders who are climate-conscious and equipped to make a significant impact. By hosting workshops around the world, we offer a platform for interaction, networking, and active engagement to share ideas and explore these topics. In addition, in 2025, WEGO aims to involve young people even further by launching its inaugural Global Youth Award. This initiative is set to recognize exceptional global youth leaders excelling in areas such as smart cities, advanced technologies, net-zero initiatives, digital innovation, cultural Since the beginning of this initiative in 2022, we have observed the growing interest of local and global leaders in getting involved and actively preparing their young communities to face these issues. This is why, as we move forward, I would like to call upon global and local leaders to reflect on the importance of this mission and to join us in such an initiative. By integrating the youth into development strategies and initiatives, we can ensure the development of innovative, inclusive, and climate-focused cities for the benefit of all the people in the world. Thank you.


Anh Thu Duong: Thank you very much, Jeong-Kee Kim. Very interesting to learn about how you train the youth, basically, to make sure that you have a future generation of smart city leaders and that basically respond to their own expectations and needs. Thank you for that. We need to accelerate a little bit. I’m looking at the time. You mentioned in your remarks that Amman was a member of WECO. We have the mayor of Amman, who was supposed to come, who could not come at the last minute. He sent us a video message very kindly where, basically, he responds to this question. How can Amman in Jordan combine a smart city strategy with climate action and economic growth at the local level? How does, basically, that city combine all those different objectives at their local level? The message will be delivered in Arabic. Again, please use your headphones to make sure you have the right language.


Yousef Al Shawarbeh: Warm greetings from Amman, the capital of the Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan. We are a city steadily advancing toward a smart, safe and sustainable urban future, guided by a comprehensive vision that places people and climate at the heart of its urban policies. It is my pleasure to join you at this important global event, which highlights the critical role of smart cities in addressing climate change challenges and enhancing urban safety through digital solutions driven by artificial intelligence and advanced technologies. In a time where climate risks are accelerating and the need for integrated and innovative responses is even more pressing, Amman has adopted an integrated approach to the Alliance in Smart Cities strategy with the updated 2024 Climate Action Plan, the Comprehensive Transport Strategy and the City’s Green Growth Plan, all within a coordinated framework that ensures maximum impact on quality of life, emissions reduction and urban resilience. The greater Amman municipality has developed a smart city roadmap built on our interrelated pillars, digital transformation, smart and sustainable mobility, green infrastructure and integrated environmental management. Across all pillars, climate resilience and adaptation are mainstream. Our Climate Action Plan aims to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by 60% by 2040 and achieve carbon neutrality by 2050. We have made smart transformation a strategic tool to achieve three core objectives, enhancing urban resilience to climate change. improving quality of life and building an inclusive, data-driven and innovation-based city supported by effective governance. In this context, Amman officially launched its Smart City Strategy in October 2023, a milestone that reflects the directive of His Majesty King Abdullah II to improve public services, attract investment and create a resilient and safe urban environment. This strategy builds on efforts initiated by the municipality since 2009. The strategy is structured around five clear strategic goals, enhancing the efficiency of urban services, promoting community engagement and improving quality of life, increasing the city’s resilience to climate change and disasters, ensuring environmental, economic and social sustainability, preserving the city’s identity while enabling digital transformation. In terms of mobility, the bus rapid transit system is a leading model of smart and sustainable public transport, reducing the city’s carbon footprint and improving traffic efficiency, supported by electronic ticketing and AI-powered smart traffic systems. On the digital front, we have digitized core municipal services, introduced smart lighting systems, citizen engagement platforms and unified complaint applications, all of which have contributed to enhanced efficiency, transparency and data-driven decision-making. In terms of infrastructure, the city is promoting green building standards and low-emission constructions alongside improved waste management through recycling and composting initiatives and smart tracking tools to boost operational efficiency. Building a smart and climate-resilient city is not just about technology adoption. It is about fostering a holistic vision that invests in digital infrastructure, builds public trust, strengthens national and international partnerships, and ensures the inclusions of all, especially youth, women and persons with disabilities. I would like to thank the organizers of this important summit and reaffirm Amman’s strong commitment to both its achievements and its aspirations to be a model for equitable, smart climate transformation and a proactive international partner in building the cities of tomorrow. Cities that are more sustainable, inclusive and secure. Thank you.


Anh Thu Duong: Thank you. I apologize to our speakers here who don’t have the interpretation. I’ll provide you with a translation of his statement. But what’s again very interesting to hear in Amman’s basically intervention, it’s again this question of definition of smartness. It’s not about only technology adoption, but how to be as inclusive as possible, how to make sure that all the public services reach the right people in the city, including the youth, including the women, people with disabilities, and responding to your basic mandate as mayor is servicing people. We now move on to Nadia Vergy. I hope you are online with us. I think you are. Great. Thanks. Welcome, Nadia. Welcome to Girona. Nadia, you are Executive Director of Expo City Dubai. It’s a very special example of creating a city from scratch. Expo City Dubai presents itself as a pioneering model for sustainable urban development. Interestingly, in preparing this event, I found that your city, Expo City Dubai, prides itself in not being just a city, but in being tomorrow’s living model for how we live, how we work, how we have leisure, how we connect in the future. So tell us, you know, from your experience, from your standpoint, how does Expo City Dubai reconcile smart city technologies and climate consciousness? The floor is yours.


Nadia Verjee: Thank you very much for having me on the panel today. I hope you can hear me well, and it’s an honor to participate. So Expo City Dubai is the new center of gravity of the future growth of the city of Dubai. So it’s not a retrofit, but it’s a city really born out of intention. And that, I think, and I think it’s very important to say, that it comes with a profound opportunity, but also a very serious responsibility when the stakes are this high. And we’re talking about climate change, digital disruption, rising expectations around safety, equity. Our colleague from WHO is really speaking about intergenerational equity and inclusion. And I think that these are really essential ingredients of how to design holistic. We haven’t really layered sustainability or infrastructure on top of legacy systems. We really embedded it from the very beginning. And so really thinking about the design master plan of this space, how can we think about mobility, energy, waste, data flow in a single system? So almost really thinking of a different paradigm. We’re a 15 minute city by design. scale, walkable, digitally integrated. Our infrastructure like district cooling, sensor-enabled waste was really planned from the outset. We really do prioritise renewable energy, eco-friendly designs, smart urban planning, sort of that whole facility for residents and tenants and everybody who’s living in this city to really benefit from an improved quality of life. In 2024, to give you just a few anchors of statistics, we diverted 93% of our waste away from landfill. We had a 9% increase on our solar energy production. We’re a certified autism centre. On our road to decarbonisation, reducing our consumption of grid and year on year from last year was 21%. So all of this kind of gives you an idea of the fact that we serve as this test bed for the city of Dubai, but for the UAE that’s got its own net zero targets for 2050. So we can pilot, we fail fast. We try to scale because the governance, the land, the institutional framework is all aligned. So we’re not kind of trapped in those long term cycles. And I think this is something that’s very well known about Dubai and the UAE, the sort of governance agility, and that can really accelerate our response to climate. But then I guess the flip side of that is ensuring inclusion, and it’s not enough to have the technology. We have to sort of ask ourselves, well, what does it take to really reduce emissions, improve air quality, and really focus on human dignity? And so that we like to call ourselves a green print, almost a model for export, but really a testbed for solutions that can be adapted, that can be scaled, and that can be tested elsewhere, particularly in the global south. And so, you know, we really, really believe that it’s really got to be. incredibly responsive. Safety is really about physical infrastructure, about digital safeguards and emotional security. So really creating trust in how the city listens and adapts and really sort of creates that enabling environment for the citizens and for folks who are living there. You know, we’re working with colleagues on the panel. You know, EGO is joining us in October at one of our big events that we’re hosting, and I’ll tell you a bit more about that. But really the idea is to co-develop frameworks that measure not just smartness, but really focused on impact. And like I said, on emissions, on equity, this focus on intergenerational equity is a priority for us and really human dignity. So what we’ve done over the course of the last couple of years is really design our own urban framework, which really helps cities benchmark themselves across global standards, but then our own metrics of what we’ve put in place to become this city that’s really based on metrics of sustainability, innovation, R&D, SME support, and really broad international cooperation. So my day job is to take the city into the world and then bring value back from the world into the city for the purposes of really benefiting from what great advances are happening in the rest of the world too. And so, you know, we recognize that it may look a little bit utopian perhaps, or a little bit inaccessible, that this idea of starting from scratch is sort of disconnected from some of these real world urban complexities, but Dubai has its own fair share of urban complexities. And so the burden is on us to kind of really collaborate, showcase what we’re doing, and really build relationships with cities around the world, which is why we’re hosting the Asia-Pacific City Summit and Mayor’s Forum, which is our global mayoral forum, really bringing the BIASA regions, Middle East, South Asia, and Africa region to the table. Because urbanization is happening at such an exponential speed in this part of the world, how do you really interrogate what works, what can scale, and what really inspires adaptation? So we’re really seeing this as an inflection point for cities to think about climate-conscious transformation through digital, through policy innovation, really bringing all of these leaders together to tackle challenges across climate, connectivity, infrastructure, and inclusion. And really for us, we really believe that Expo City is not just about the physical infrastructure, but it’s at the service of really a platform for urban imagination. So we hosted the World Expo, we hosted COP28, and now we believe that the frustration that we all feel about climate inaction, siloed planning, this idea of exclusionary design, really can be redirected into solutions that allow us to converge if we can create spaces to do that. So we’re a work in progress, and our invitation extends to every city to really build with purpose, build with urgency and integrity for what we all deserve and for what the next generations deserve too.


Anh Thu Duong: Thank you so much, Nadia. That sounds absolutely fascinating. I guess a lot of cities worldwide must look at you with a little bit of envy, being able to build a city from scratch. However, I might just rely on that figure that UN-Habitat keeps bringing up, saying that 60% of urban infrastructure by 2050, I think, is still to be built. So we still have a lot of white pages to draw on our urban future. But thanks so much for your intervention and about telling us how you work with that and how you’ve been able to embed all those considerations about climate resilience, climate consciousness from the very start. Very interesting. Now, let me turn to Nicholas You. the last but not the least. You are Executive Director of Guangzhou Institute for Urban Innovation but I’ve learned just before the panel that you were actually the advisor to the mayor which you know is much more interesting from our point of view I have to say because we’re looking for those connections with cities directly. So you’re basically, you extensively work on the concept of innovation in improving social, economic, environmental sustainability in cities. As such you’ve become really an expert on smart cities and advocate for a people-centered approach which we’ve heard throughout you know different interventions. Can you tell us more about the importance of why this is so important to have this people-centered approach? It sounds obvious but it’s not always when you design those smart cities. How does that play out in the context of smart climate resilient cities?


Nicholas You: Thank you very much and greetings to everybody. I would like to start just by turning the clock back five years. What happened five years ago? The world was hit by this pandemic and I think it was a gigantic wake-up call. We discovered in cities both in the global north and the global south that many people and many places were being left behind. I personally had to deal with emergencies in approximately a dozen cities. We were monitoring very closely what was happening and it was quite shocking to find out that even in wealthy cities there were entire neighborhoods where people did not have access to recreational green space. Entire communities did not have access to fresh food that a lot of children were really missing out on their education because of the digital divide. So what didn’t work? Despite the fact that we have smart city tools around for almost 30-40 years, what went wrong? And the reason I want to turn the clock back is because if we look at how smart city approaches have been applied to cities, they have been largely following the existing structure of cities. And our cities today, the structure that we use to govern our cities, manage our cities, was born out of the Industrial Revolution, when cities exploded in growth, in speed, in population, and it became so complex that we had to break down and simplify the city into bite-sized pieces. We call those bite-sized pieces the silos. And what COVID revealed to us was that despite all our efforts on smart city planning, smart city management, etc., we have still not overcome those silos. So the real challenge for us going forward is how do we use digital tools and hopefully use AI intelligently to help us bridge those silos in order to meet the green climate and digital transitions, right? And Guangzhou is no different. We discovered the same problems as other cities around the world, and I just want to use it as an example. We started our digital transition a long time ago already. As most people are aware, China’s pretty much at the forefront of using AI and all kinds of digital tools. But we also had the same problems, and we decided to use this wake-up call to rethink how we plan and design the city, not like Dubai. We’re a legacy city of 18 million people, so it’s pretty hard to try to do something completely new. The key issue here was how to become people-centered to make your city more resilient, was to rethink the management of the city down to the neighborhood level. So there’s a new planning approach in Guangzhou, but not only in Guangzhou, in other Chinese cities as well, where the city is broken down into wards, and most of the data that is being collected and being monitored is being done at the ward level. So we ask neighborhood by neighborhood, what are your priorities in making your neighborhood, your residential area, your community more resilient? It changes from neighborhood to neighborhood, depending on the age of the neighborhood, its type of architecture, when it was planned, when it was built, the age, gender split in that neighborhood. So we found out that some neighborhoods, in order to become more resilient, they primarily had to deal with solid waste. In others, it was urban cooling. How do you actually cool down the temperature of your neighborhood? Yet in others, it was water, but Chinese cities have an overall strategy of the sponge city. Yet in others, it was greening, how to integrate micro parks, micro recreational spaces into an existing urban fabric. So this bottom-up approach to looking at resilience is the strategy that Guangzhou is now pursuing. As I mentioned, most of the data is being collected at the community level. It’s being generated at the community level. It’s using simple applications, using mobile phone technology, while the city itself is monitoring other things, the overall temperature. wind direction, water, etc. etc. So, what basically what I’m getting at is that in order for a city, people-centered smart city to work, we have to re-look at all of our KPIs, sector by sector, silo by solo, to make sure that people are at the center. This is not the case today. We recently did a study, we looked at utilities across a dozen different countries and we’re still measuring cubic meters, tons, kilometers, kilowatts, etc. We don’t see people there. So, the best way that we found to approach this problem is to put people in charge. Put people in charge of collecting, defining which data they want to collect, which are the problems they want to solve, have them be part of the ecosystem that is looking at the data, coming up with solutions, feeding that back into the urban planning and day-to-day management of the city. In conclusion, what I want to say is that for people-centered to work, we have to make this a real pillar of how we measure what we’re doing. It has to be a fundamental pillar. It cannot just be objectives that we fix to a project or to a three-year initiative, etc. It has to become a permanent feature of how we measure progress. Most importantly, I think it implies that we adopt a systems approach, which means that from the governance perspective, we will have to bridge, if not break down those silos. The only way we can do that is really by putting people and communities at the forefront of the decision-making process.


Anh Thu Duong: Thank you so much, Nicolas. It’s really back to basics, basically. If you want a people-centered approach, ask the people. Go to the neighbourhood level, go to the ward level to understand what are their needs and expectations. in terms of smartness of their own city. We had a last speaker, but I think unfortunately we had connection issues. Unfortunately, so therefore we’re coming to the end of this event without having the opportunity to go for a second round of questions. I’m so sorry about this. I feel that this discussion could have lasted much longer, but allow me to simply like express my heartfelt thanks to all of the speakers both in person but also online for their time and valuable contributions. Allow me to also extend sincere gratitude for the ITU team who’ve enabled this event as well as to my colleague Andras Szorenyi who’s worked very hard to gather all those fantastic speakers. I hope we’ve successfully highlighted the critical role that local and regional governments must play in the current but also the future debates on smart cities and you understood that smart is a very big word where we put a lot of things. It means different things for different purple people, but please do consult your own people through local and regional governments who are the level of authority that is in proximity with those people who again know the context, know the territory, know basically what are the needs that need to be responded to. As with many issues discussed at the international level, we must recognize that local and regional governments are often on the front lines of implementation, of decision being made at the state level, at the international level. So their involvement in those discussions is crucial. This is what we’ve attempted to do today by having this focus on city level. And so we know that local and regional governments have the ability to drive real progress when it comes to climate resilience because ITU mentioned it earlier. Nadia, they are the drivers of the climate change, but they’re also the ones being most impacted. So let’s listen to them. Let’s consult people to ensure that we have a people-centered, smart city development. And I thank you again and hope to see you soon.


T

Tomas Lamanauskas

Speech speed

168 words per minute

Speech length

893 words

Speech time

318 seconds

Cities account for 70% of global CO2 emissions and are vulnerable to climate shocks, requiring smart connectivity for both mitigation and adaptation

Explanation

Cities are both contributors to and victims of climate change, accounting for the majority of global emissions while also being vulnerable to climate impacts like floods and heatwaves. Smart city technologies should be used not just for economic development but specifically for climate mitigation through better energy grids and adaptation through disaster preparedness.


Evidence

Cities account for around 70% of global CO2 emissions; examples of climate impacts include floods and heatwaves affecting urban areas


Major discussion point

Smart Cities and Climate Change Integration


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Yousef Al Shawarbeh
– Nadia Verjee

Agreed on

Integration of climate action with smart city strategies is essential


ITU helps through satellite communication backup when mobile systems fail, ensuring warning messages reach everyone at no cost

Explanation

The ITU works with satellite communication providers to ensure that early warning messages can still reach people even when mobile phone networks go down during disasters. This backup system is provided at no cost to individuals as part of life-saving efforts.


Evidence

ITU partnership with satellite communication providers for backup warning systems during mobile service outages


Major discussion point

Early Warning Systems and Digital Technologies


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Two thousand cities worldwide have adopted key performance indicators from United for Smart, Sustainable Cities initiative for standardized progress tracking

Explanation

The ITU has developed a standardized framework through the United for Smart, Sustainable Cities initiative that allows cities to measure and track their progress consistently. This framework has been adopted by 2,000 cities globally, providing a common measurement system for smart city development.


Evidence

2,000 cities worldwide have adopted the KPIs from the United for Smart, Sustainable Cities initiative


Major discussion point

Measurement and Standards Framework


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


J

Johan Stander

Speech speed

136 words per minute

Speech length

1170 words

Speech time

515 seconds

Early Warnings for All initiative aims to protect everyone on the planet by 2027 through four-pillar approach: understanding risk, infrastructure, communication, and reaching last people

Explanation

The UN Secretary General’s initiative requires WMO and partners to implement a comprehensive early warning system with four components: understanding disaster risks in each location, ensuring proper meteorological infrastructure and forecasting, communicating warnings effectively through ITU, and ensuring the most vulnerable populations are reached through IFRC partnerships.


Evidence

Four-pillar approach led by WMO with UNDRR, ITU, and IFRC; target date of 2027 for global coverage


Major discussion point

Early Warning Systems and Digital Technologies


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Digital technologies can minimize loss of life through impact-based forecasting that tells people what actions to take, not just weather predictions

Explanation

Modern early warning systems have evolved from simply predicting weather to providing specific guidance on what individuals should do when extreme conditions are expected. This impact-based approach focuses on actionable information that can save lives rather than just meteorological data.


Evidence

Shift from traditional weather forecasting to impact-based forecasting with specific action guidance


Major discussion point

Early Warning Systems and Digital Technologies


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


1.8 billion youth will constitute 60% of urban population by 2030, but they need to be engaged in policy-making and solution co-development

Explanation

Young people represent a massive demographic that will be predominantly urban and most affected by climate change, yet they are not sufficiently involved in creating policies or developing solutions. This represents a missed opportunity for more effective and relevant urban planning and climate action.


Evidence

1.8 billion youth globally; 60% of population will live in urban areas by 2030; 60% of Africa’s population will be urban by 2030


Major discussion point

Youth Engagement and Future Leadership


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Jeong-Kee Kim
– Yousef Al Shawarbeh
– Anh Thu Duong

Agreed on

Youth engagement is crucial for climate-conscious smart city development


Smart solutions must be adapted to local contexts – simple SMS warnings in Argentina and voice-over systems for illiterate populations in Senegal prove effective

Explanation

Effective smart city solutions don’t always require high-tech approaches but must be tailored to local needs and capabilities. Simple, accessible technologies can be more effective than complex systems if they reach the intended population and serve their specific circumstances.


Evidence

Lujan, Argentina uses SMS warnings for extreme heat; Senegal uses voice-over warning systems for illiterate populations


Major discussion point

Technology Adaptation and Accessibility


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Yousef Al Shawarbeh
– Nicholas You
– Anh Thu Duong

Agreed on

Smart city solutions must be people-centered and context-specific


Disagreed with

– Nicholas You

Disagreed on

Technology complexity and accessibility in smart city solutions


J

Jeong-Kee Kim

Speech speed

94 words per minute

Speech length

656 words

Speech time

416 seconds

WEGO’s Sustainable Smart Cities Champions Program builds students’ and young professionals’ expertise through online lectures and workshops to create climate-conscious future leaders

Explanation

WEGO has developed a comprehensive program that combines online education with in-person workshops to train the next generation of urban leaders. The program partners with universities globally and focuses on building expertise in smart and resilient city development among young people who will become tomorrow’s decision-makers.


Evidence

Program includes online lectures and in-person workshops conducted by accredited professors; partnerships with domestic and international universities; inaugural Global Youth Award launching in 2025


Major discussion point

Youth Engagement and Future Leadership


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Johan Stander
– Yousef Al Shawarbeh
– Anh Thu Duong

Agreed on

Youth engagement is crucial for climate-conscious smart city development


Y

Yousef Al Shawarbeh

Speech speed

111 words per minute

Speech length

536 words

Speech time

289 seconds

Climate Action Plan aims to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by 60% by 2040 and achieve carbon neutrality by 2050 through integrated smart city strategy

Explanation

Amman has developed an ambitious climate action plan with specific targets and timelines, integrating it with their smart city strategy rather than treating them as separate initiatives. This comprehensive approach combines digital transformation, sustainable mobility, green infrastructure, and environmental management to achieve climate goals.


Evidence

60% emissions reduction target by 2040; carbon neutrality by 2050; integration with smart city roadmap including digital transformation, smart mobility, green infrastructure, and environmental management


Major discussion point

Smart Cities and Climate Change Integration


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Nadia Verjee

Agreed on

Integration of climate action with smart city strategies is essential


Building smart and climate-resilient cities requires fostering holistic vision that invests in digital infrastructure while ensuring inclusion of youth, women, and persons with disabilities

Explanation

Creating truly smart cities goes beyond technology implementation to require a comprehensive approach that builds public trust, strengthens partnerships, and actively includes marginalized groups in the planning and development process. This holistic vision ensures that smart city benefits reach all residents rather than creating new forms of exclusion.


Evidence

Emphasis on building public trust, strengthening national and international partnerships, and specific inclusion of youth, women, and persons with disabilities


Major discussion point

People-Centered Approach to Smart Cities


Topics

Development | Human rights


Agreed with

– Johan Stander
– Nicholas You
– Anh Thu Duong

Agreed on

Smart city solutions must be people-centered and context-specific


N

Nadia Verjee

Speech speed

159 words per minute

Speech length

1003 words

Speech time

378 seconds

Expo City Dubai diverted 93% of waste from landfill, increased solar energy production by 9%, and reduced grid consumption by 21% through embedded sustainability design

Explanation

By designing sustainability into the city from the beginning rather than retrofitting existing systems, Expo City Dubai has achieved significant environmental performance metrics. The city serves as a testbed for sustainable urban solutions that can be scaled and adapted elsewhere.


Evidence

93% waste diversion from landfill; 9% increase in solar energy production; 21% reduction in grid consumption year-over-year; certified autism centre status


Major discussion point

Smart Cities and Climate Change Integration


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Yousef Al Shawarbeh

Agreed on

Integration of climate action with smart city strategies is essential


Disagreed with

– Nicholas You

Disagreed on

Definition and approach to smart city development


Expo City serves as testbed for UAE’s net zero 2050 targets, piloting solutions that can be adapted and scaled elsewhere, particularly in global south

Explanation

The city functions as a living laboratory where new technologies and approaches can be tested, refined, and then exported to other contexts. The governance agility allows for rapid experimentation and scaling, with particular focus on solutions applicable to developing countries where urbanization is happening rapidly.


Evidence

UAE net zero 2050 targets; hosting of Asia-Pacific City Summit and Mayor’s Forum; focus on BIASA regions (Middle East, South Asia, Africa) where urbanization is accelerating


Major discussion point

Governance and Multi-Stakeholder Collaboration


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


WEGO developed urban framework helping cities benchmark across global standards with metrics focused on sustainability, innovation, R&D, and international cooperation

Explanation

The organization has created a comprehensive framework that allows cities to measure their performance against international standards while focusing on key areas that drive sustainable urban development. This framework emphasizes not just technological advancement but also research, development, and global collaboration.


Evidence

Urban framework for benchmarking across global standards; metrics covering sustainability, innovation, R&D, SME support, and international cooperation


Major discussion point

Measurement and Standards Framework


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


N

Nicholas You

Speech speed

133 words per minute

Speech length

940 words

Speech time

422 seconds

Cities must rethink management at neighborhood level, asking communities what their priorities are for resilience, which varies by neighborhood characteristics

Explanation

Effective urban resilience requires moving away from city-wide approaches to neighborhood-specific strategies that reflect local conditions, demographics, and needs. Different areas within the same city may prioritize different aspects of resilience based on their unique characteristics and challenges.


Evidence

Guangzhou’s ward-level planning approach; examples of varying neighborhood priorities including solid waste, urban cooling, water management, and greening based on age, architecture, and demographics


Major discussion point

People-Centered Approach to Smart Cities


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Johan Stander
– Yousef Al Shawarbeh
– Anh Thu Duong

Agreed on

Smart city solutions must be people-centered and context-specific


Disagreed with

– Nadia Verjee

Disagreed on

Definition and approach to smart city development


COVID-19 revealed that despite 30-40 years of smart city tools, many people were left behind due to digital divides and lack of access to basic services

Explanation

The pandemic exposed fundamental flaws in how smart cities have been developed, showing that technological solutions have often followed existing urban structures and silos rather than addressing underlying inequalities. Even wealthy cities had neighborhoods without access to green space, fresh food, or digital connectivity.


Evidence

Pandemic response in approximately a dozen cities; neighborhoods without recreational green space, fresh food access, or digital connectivity for education; problems found in both global north and south cities


Major discussion point

Technology Adaptation and Accessibility


Topics

Development | Human rights


Disagreed with

– Johan Stander

Disagreed on

Technology complexity and accessibility in smart city solutions


People-centered approach requires breaking down silos and adopting systems approach with communities at forefront of decision-making process

Explanation

Traditional urban governance structures created during the Industrial Revolution divided cities into departmental silos that smart city technologies have not successfully bridged. True people-centered development requires fundamental changes to governance that put communities in charge of defining problems, collecting data, and developing solutions.


Evidence

Industrial Revolution origins of current urban governance silos; need for communities to define data collection priorities and participate in solution development; requirement for permanent measurement changes rather than project-based objectives


Major discussion point

Governance and Multi-Stakeholder Collaboration


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Current utility measurements across dozen countries still focus on cubic meters, tons, kilometers rather than people-centered metrics

Explanation

Despite decades of smart city development, urban measurement systems remain focused on technical outputs rather than human outcomes. This fundamental misalignment means that cities are optimizing for the wrong indicators and missing the human impact of their services and policies.


Evidence

Study of utilities across a dozen different countries showing measurement in cubic meters, tons, kilometers, kilowatts rather than people-centered metrics


Major discussion point

Measurement and Standards Framework


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


A

Anh Thu Duong

Speech speed

137 words per minute

Speech length

2267 words

Speech time

987 seconds

Smart city development must address people’s needs and expectations, particularly climate-conscious and climate-resilient urban futures

Explanation

A truly people-centered approach to smart cities means that technology and urban planning must respond to what residents actually need and want, with climate resilience being a fundamental expectation. This requires moving beyond technology-first approaches to human-needs-first development.


Major discussion point

People-Centered Approach to Smart Cities


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Johan Stander
– Yousef Al Shawarbeh
– Nicholas You

Agreed on

Smart city solutions must be people-centered and context-specific


WSIS process needs institutionalization of local and regional governments through regular consultation on standardization and digital infrastructure development

Explanation

The World Summit on the Information Society process should formally include local and regional governments as stakeholders since they are responsible for implementing digital infrastructure and services at the ground level. This institutionalization would ensure their voices are heard in setting standards and policies that they must ultimately execute.


Evidence

Advocacy for regular consultation with local and regional governments on standardization and digital infrastructure development; recognition that they are ‘at the receiving end’ of these processes


Major discussion point

Governance and Multi-Stakeholder Collaboration


Topics

Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


Incorporating views of climate-conscious generation is crucial for people-centric, climate-resilient smart cities

Explanation

Young people who are increasingly aware of and concerned about climate change must be central to urban planning and smart city development since they will live with the long-term consequences of today’s decisions. Their perspectives and expectations should shape how cities develop climate resilience strategies.


Major discussion point

Youth Engagement and Future Leadership


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Johan Stander
– Jeong-Kee Kim
– Yousef Al Shawarbeh

Agreed on

Youth engagement is crucial for climate-conscious smart city development


Agreements

Agreement points

Youth engagement is crucial for climate-conscious smart city development

Speakers

– Johan Stander
– Jeong-Kee Kim
– Yousef Al Shawarbeh
– Anh Thu Duong

Arguments

1.8 billion youth will constitute 60% of urban population by 2030, but they need to be engaged in policy-making and solution co-development


WEGO’s Sustainable Smart Cities Champions Program builds students’ and young professionals’ expertise through online lectures and workshops to create climate-conscious future leaders


Building smart and climate-resilient cities requires fostering holistic vision that invests in digital infrastructure while ensuring inclusion of youth, women, and persons with disabilities


Incorporating views of climate-conscious generation is crucial for people-centric, climate-resilient smart cities


Summary

All speakers emphasized that young people must be actively involved in smart city planning and development, as they will be the primary urban residents and most affected by climate change decisions made today


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Smart city solutions must be people-centered and context-specific

Speakers

– Johan Stander
– Yousef Al Shawarbeh
– Nicholas You
– Anh Thu Duong

Arguments

Smart solutions must be adapted to local contexts – simple SMS warnings in Argentina and voice-over systems for illiterate populations in Senegal prove effective


Building smart and climate-resilient cities requires fostering holistic vision that invests in digital infrastructure while ensuring inclusion of youth, women, and persons with disabilities


Cities must rethink management at neighborhood level, asking communities what their priorities are for resilience, which varies by neighborhood characteristics


Smart city development must address people’s needs and expectations, particularly climate-conscious and climate-resilient urban futures


Summary

Speakers agreed that effective smart cities must prioritize human needs over technology, adapting solutions to local contexts and ensuring inclusive participation in planning processes


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Integration of climate action with smart city strategies is essential

Speakers

– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Yousef Al Shawarbeh
– Nadia Verjee

Arguments

Cities account for 70% of global CO2 emissions and are vulnerable to climate shocks, requiring smart connectivity for both mitigation and adaptation


Climate Action Plan aims to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by 60% by 2040 and achieve carbon neutrality by 2050 through integrated smart city strategy


Expo City Dubai diverted 93% of waste from landfill, increased solar energy production by 9%, and reduced grid consumption by 21% through embedded sustainability design


Summary

Speakers emphasized that smart city development cannot be separated from climate action, requiring integrated approaches that address both emissions reduction and climate adaptation


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasized the critical importance of robust early warning systems that can reach all populations, with ITU and WMO working together to ensure communication infrastructure resilience during disasters

Speakers

– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Johan Stander

Arguments

ITU helps through satellite communication backup when mobile systems fail, ensuring warning messages reach everyone at no cost


Early Warnings for All initiative aims to protect everyone on the planet by 2027 through four-pillar approach: understanding risk, infrastructure, communication, and reaching last people


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Both speakers highlighted the importance of standardized frameworks and metrics that allow cities to measure and compare their smart city progress globally

Speakers

– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Nadia Verjee

Arguments

Two thousand cities worldwide have adopted key performance indicators from United for Smart, Sustainable Cities initiative for standardized progress tracking


WEGO developed urban framework helping cities benchmark across global standards with metrics focused on sustainability, innovation, R&D, and international cooperation


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Both speakers emphasized that high-tech solutions are not always the answer, and that accessibility and inclusion must be prioritized to ensure smart city benefits reach all populations

Speakers

– Johan Stander
– Nicholas You

Arguments

Smart solutions must be adapted to local contexts – simple SMS warnings in Argentina and voice-over systems for illiterate populations in Senegal prove effective


COVID-19 revealed that despite 30-40 years of smart city tools, many people were left behind due to digital divides and lack of access to basic services


Topics

Development | Human rights


Unexpected consensus

Need for governance transformation beyond technology implementation

Speakers

– Nicholas You
– Yousef Al Shawarbeh
– Anh Thu Duong

Arguments

People-centered approach requires breaking down silos and adopting systems approach with communities at forefront of decision-making process


Building smart and climate-resilient cities requires fostering holistic vision that invests in digital infrastructure while ensuring inclusion of youth, women, and persons with disabilities


WSIS process needs institutionalization of local and regional governments through regular consultation on standardization and digital infrastructure development


Explanation

Unexpectedly, speakers from different backgrounds (academic, municipal, and international organization) all emphasized that smart cities require fundamental governance changes, not just technological upgrades. This suggests a mature understanding that technology alone cannot solve urban challenges without institutional reform


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Measurement systems need fundamental redesign to focus on human outcomes

Speakers

– Nicholas You
– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Nadia Verjee

Arguments

Current utility measurements across dozen countries still focus on cubic meters, tons, kilometers rather than people-centered metrics


Two thousand cities worldwide have adopted key performance indicators from United for Smart, Sustainable Cities initiative for standardized progress tracking


WEGO developed urban framework helping cities benchmark across global standards with metrics focused on sustainability, innovation, R&D, and international cooperation


Explanation

There was unexpected consensus that current measurement approaches are inadequate, with speakers agreeing that metrics must shift from technical outputs to human-centered outcomes, despite coming from different organizational perspectives


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Overall assessment

Summary

Speakers demonstrated strong consensus on the need for people-centered, climate-integrated smart city approaches that prioritize youth engagement, local context adaptation, and governance transformation over pure technological solutions


Consensus level

High level of consensus with significant implications for smart city development, suggesting a paradigm shift from technology-first to human-needs-first approaches. This consensus indicates that the smart cities field is maturing beyond initial technology enthusiasm toward more holistic, inclusive, and sustainable urban development models that recognize the interconnected nature of digital transformation, climate action, and social equity.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Definition and approach to smart city development

Speakers

– Nadia Verjee
– Nicholas You

Arguments

Expo City Dubai diverted 93% of waste from landfill, increased solar energy production by 9%, and reduced grid consumption by 21% through embedded sustainability design


Cities must rethink management at neighborhood level, asking communities what their priorities are for resilience, which varies by neighborhood characteristics


Summary

Nadia Verjee advocates for a top-down, comprehensive design approach where sustainability is embedded from the beginning in new cities, while Nicholas You argues for a bottom-up, neighborhood-level approach that adapts to existing urban contexts and community-defined priorities.


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Technology complexity and accessibility in smart city solutions

Speakers

– Johan Stander
– Nicholas You

Arguments

Smart solutions must be adapted to local contexts – simple SMS warnings in Argentina and voice-over systems for illiterate populations in Senegal prove effective


COVID-19 revealed that despite 30-40 years of smart city tools, many people were left behind due to digital divides and lack of access to basic services


Summary

Johan Stander emphasizes that simple, low-tech solutions can be effective when properly adapted to local contexts, while Nicholas You argues that existing smart city approaches have fundamentally failed to address digital divides and exclusion, requiring more systemic changes.


Topics

Development | Human rights


Unexpected differences

Role of governance structures in smart city implementation

Speakers

– Nadia Verjee
– Nicholas You

Arguments

Expo City serves as testbed for UAE’s net zero 2050 targets, piloting solutions that can be adapted and scaled elsewhere, particularly in global south


People-centered approach requires breaking down silos and adopting systems approach with communities at forefront of decision-making process


Explanation

This disagreement is unexpected because both speakers advocate for people-centered approaches, yet they have fundamentally different views on governance. Verjee celebrates governance agility and top-down efficiency, while You argues that existing governance structures are the problem and need to be fundamentally restructured to put communities in charge.


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Overall assessment

Summary

The main areas of disagreement center around the approach to smart city development (top-down vs. bottom-up), the role of technology complexity, measurement systems, and governance structures. While all speakers agree on the importance of people-centered, climate-resilient cities, they differ significantly on implementation strategies.


Disagreement level

Moderate disagreement level with significant implications. The disagreements reflect fundamental philosophical differences about urban development approaches that could lead to very different policy outcomes. However, the disagreements are constructive and focus on methodology rather than goals, suggesting potential for synthesis and learning across approaches.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasized the critical importance of robust early warning systems that can reach all populations, with ITU and WMO working together to ensure communication infrastructure resilience during disasters

Speakers

– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Johan Stander

Arguments

ITU helps through satellite communication backup when mobile systems fail, ensuring warning messages reach everyone at no cost


Early Warnings for All initiative aims to protect everyone on the planet by 2027 through four-pillar approach: understanding risk, infrastructure, communication, and reaching last people


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Both speakers highlighted the importance of standardized frameworks and metrics that allow cities to measure and compare their smart city progress globally

Speakers

– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Nadia Verjee

Arguments

Two thousand cities worldwide have adopted key performance indicators from United for Smart, Sustainable Cities initiative for standardized progress tracking


WEGO developed urban framework helping cities benchmark across global standards with metrics focused on sustainability, innovation, R&D, and international cooperation


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Both speakers emphasized that high-tech solutions are not always the answer, and that accessibility and inclusion must be prioritized to ensure smart city benefits reach all populations

Speakers

– Johan Stander
– Nicholas You

Arguments

Smart solutions must be adapted to local contexts – simple SMS warnings in Argentina and voice-over systems for illiterate populations in Senegal prove effective


COVID-19 revealed that despite 30-40 years of smart city tools, many people were left behind due to digital divides and lack of access to basic services


Topics

Development | Human rights


Takeaways

Key takeaways

Smart cities must integrate climate resilience from the outset, with cities being both major contributors (70% of CO2 emissions) and victims of climate change


A people-centered approach is essential for effective smart city development, requiring consultation with local communities at the neighborhood level to understand their specific needs


Digital technologies and early warning systems can save lives when adapted to local contexts – from high-tech solutions to simple SMS and voice messages for illiterate populations


Youth engagement is critical as 60% of the 1.8 billion youth globally will live in cities by 2030, and they must be involved in policy-making and solution development


Local and regional governments are on the front lines of implementation and must be institutionalized in international processes like WSIS for effective smart city governance


Smart city success requires breaking down institutional silos and adopting systems approaches that put communities at the center of decision-making


Technology alone is insufficient – smart cities need inclusive governance that ensures all populations, including marginalized groups, have access to services and benefits


Standardized frameworks and KPIs are needed to measure progress, but metrics must shift from technical measurements to people-centered indicators


Resolutions and action items

ITU to continue supporting cities through Early Warnings for All initiative to protect everyone by 2027


WEGO to launch inaugural Global Youth Award in 2025 to recognize exceptional young leaders in smart cities and climate action


Expo City Dubai to host Asia-Pacific City Summit and Mayor’s Forum to bring regional leaders together for knowledge sharing


Cities to adopt United for Smart, Sustainable Cities KPI framework for standardized progress tracking


Local and regional governments to be more systematically consulted in WSIS processes and digital infrastructure standardization


Cities to implement neighborhood-level data collection and community-driven priority setting for resilience planning


Unresolved issues

How to ensure adequate funding for digital infrastructure in developing countries where high-tech solutions may not be accessible


How to effectively bridge institutional silos that prevent integrated smart city approaches despite decades of available tools


How to scale successful pilot projects and innovations from test-bed cities like Expo City Dubai to legacy cities with existing infrastructure constraints


How to develop people-centered metrics that replace current technical measurements (cubic meters, tons, kilometers) with human-focused indicators


How to balance the need for rapid urbanization (60% of population in cities by 2030) with inclusive, sustainable development


How to ensure intergenerational equity and meaningful youth participation in urban governance beyond consultation


Suggested compromises

Use hybrid approaches combining high-tech and low-tech solutions based on local contexts and resources (SMS in Argentina, voice messages in Senegal)


Implement bottom-up community-driven approaches while maintaining city-wide coordination and standards


Balance rapid innovation and pilot testing with inclusive governance that ensures no communities are left behind


Combine global frameworks and standards with local adaptation and community-specific solutions


Integrate climate mitigation and adaptation strategies within smart city development rather than treating them as separate initiatives


Thought provoking comments

Speaking to the converted youth, everybody knows that by 2030, 60 percent of the population will live around urban areas… Not everybody thinks that 1.8 billion people constitute the youth and by 2030, 60% of those we define as youth will live in these cities. However, are we engaging them enough when policies need to be written or decisions need to be taken? Are we co-developing solutions with them?

Speaker

Johan Stander


Reason

This comment reframes the entire discussion by challenging the assumption that youth engagement is adequate. It introduces the concept of ‘co-development’ rather than just consultation, and highlights a critical gap between demographic reality and policy-making processes.


Impact

This comment shifted the conversation from technical solutions to human-centered governance. It influenced subsequent speakers like Jeong-Kee Kim to elaborate on WEGO’s youth programs and Nicholas You to emphasize bottom-up approaches. It established youth engagement as a central theme throughout the remaining discussion.


We’ve moved away from forecasting. We’ve moved into impact-based forecasting. What should you do? Not what the weather will be, but you as an individual, what you should do when these conditions are expected in the city.

Speaker

Johan Stander


Reason

This represents a fundamental paradigm shift from information provision to actionable guidance. It challenges the traditional meteorological approach and emphasizes individual agency and practical response over technical data.


Impact

This comment introduced the concept of actionable intelligence, which resonated through later discussions about people-centered approaches. It helped establish the framework that technology should serve human needs rather than exist for its own sake.


Some people may say, but this is all high-tech. When high-tech works, great, we’re all happy. But high-tech technology, the funding for that is not always accessible… So two examples. One from Argentina, a city called Lujan… they send out a particular warning for a particular city and what the people should do on SMS. No smart technologies, just information… Another example is in Senegal… they’ve realized that the majority of their population is illiterate… So they’ve moved into a voice-over warning system.

Speaker

Johan Stander


Reason

This comment challenges the high-tech bias in smart city discussions by demonstrating that effective solutions can be low-tech and context-appropriate. It introduces equity considerations and shows that ‘smart’ doesn’t necessarily mean ‘sophisticated technology.’


Impact

This fundamentally altered the definition of ‘smart cities’ throughout the discussion. Later speakers, including the Mayor of Amman and Nicholas You, built on this theme by emphasizing that smart city solutions must be inclusive and adapted to local contexts rather than imposing universal high-tech solutions.


What happened five years ago? The world was hit by this pandemic and I think it was a gigantic wake-up call. We discovered in cities both in the global north and the global south that many people and many places were being left behind… Despite the fact that we have smart city tools around for almost 30-40 years, what went wrong?

Speaker

Nicholas You


Reason

This comment provides a critical historical perspective that challenges the entire smart cities movement. By using COVID-19 as a lens, it reveals fundamental flaws in existing approaches and questions decades of smart city development.


Impact

This comment served as a turning point that brought critical analysis to what had been a largely promotional discussion. It forced a reckoning with the limitations of current approaches and set up his subsequent argument about the need to break down silos and truly center people in urban planning.


The reason I want to turn the clock back is because if we look at how smart city approaches have been applied to cities, they have been largely following the existing structure of cities… we have still not overcome those silos. So the real challenge for us going forward is how do we use digital tools and hopefully use AI intelligently to help us bridge those silos.

Speaker

Nicholas You


Reason

This comment identifies a fundamental structural problem that explains why smart city initiatives often fail. It moves beyond surface-level solutions to address systemic governance issues and proposes a new role for technology as a bridge-builder rather than a solution in itself.


Impact

This insight reframed the entire discussion about the purpose of smart city technology. It connected with earlier themes about people-centered approaches and provided a structural explanation for why consultation and bottom-up approaches are necessary rather than just preferable.


We recently did a study, we looked at utilities across a dozen different countries and we’re still measuring cubic meters, tons, kilometers, kilowatts, etc. We don’t see people there. So, the best way that we found to approach this problem is to put people in charge.

Speaker

Nicholas You


Reason

This comment exposes a fundamental measurement problem in urban governance – that current metrics are dehumanized. It challenges the entire framework of how cities evaluate success and proposes a radical shift toward human-centered metrics.


Impact

This comment provided concrete evidence for the abstract concept of ‘people-centered’ approaches discussed throughout the panel. It gave practical meaning to earlier discussions about youth engagement and inclusive design by showing how measurement systems themselves exclude people.


Overall assessment

These key comments fundamentally transformed what could have been a typical technology-focused smart cities discussion into a critical examination of power, inclusion, and effectiveness. Johan Stander’s interventions early in the discussion established youth engagement and practical accessibility as central themes, while his examples of low-tech solutions challenged high-tech assumptions. Nicholas You’s historical analysis using COVID-19 as a lens provided a critical framework that questioned the entire smart cities movement, leading to deeper structural insights about silos and measurement systems. Together, these comments created a progression from identifying problems (youth exclusion, high-tech bias) to understanding root causes (structural silos, dehumanized metrics) to proposing solutions (co-development, people-centered measurement). The discussion evolved from promotional presentations about smart city initiatives to a more nuanced conversation about governance, equity, and the fundamental purpose of urban technology.


Follow-up questions

How can we ensure more regular consultation with local and regional governments on standardization and digital infrastructure development?

Speaker

Anh Thu Duong


Explanation

This addresses the need for institutionalization of local and regional governments in the WSIS process, as they are at the receiving end of digital infrastructure decisions


Are we engaging youth enough when policies need to be written or decisions need to be taken? Are we co-developing solutions with them?

Speaker

Johan Stander


Explanation

This highlights the gap in youth engagement in policy-making processes, particularly important since 60% of youth will live in cities by 2030 and they are experiencing the brunt of climate change


How can cities cope with infrastructure challenges related to extreme weather – intense rainfall, flash floods, extreme heat?

Speaker

Johan Stander


Explanation

This addresses the practical infrastructure resilience needs that cities must address as climate events become more frequent and intense


What about sea level rise impacts on cities close to the ocean, particularly when water outlets cannot flow into the ocean due to high waves and sea level rise?

Speaker

Johan Stander


Explanation

This identifies a specific infrastructure challenge for coastal cities that needs further research and solutions


How do we use digital tools and AI intelligently to help bridge silos in city governance to meet green, climate and digital transitions?

Speaker

Nicholas You


Explanation

This addresses the fundamental challenge of overcoming sectoral silos in city management that prevent effective smart city implementation


How do we re-look at all KPIs sector by sector to make sure people are at the center, moving beyond measuring cubic meters, tons, kilometers, kilowatts to measuring people-centered outcomes?

Speaker

Nicholas You


Explanation

This calls for fundamental research into developing new measurement frameworks that prioritize human-centered metrics over technical metrics


How can solutions tested in cities like Expo City Dubai be adapted and scaled elsewhere, particularly in the global south?

Speaker

Nadia Verjee


Explanation

This addresses the need for research on transferability and adaptation of smart city solutions across different contexts and economic conditions


How do we build frameworks that measure not just smartness, but focus on impact – on emissions, equity, and human dignity?

Speaker

Nadia Verjee


Explanation

This calls for developing new evaluation frameworks that go beyond technical smartness to measure real-world impact on climate and social outcomes


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

Governments and Technical Community: A Successful Model of Multistakeholder Collaboration for Achieving the SDGs

Governments and Technical Community: A Successful Model of Multistakeholder Collaboration for Achieving the SDGs

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion centered on a high-level session at the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) Forum celebrating the signing of a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) between Jordan’s Telecommunications Regulatory Commission (TRC) and RIPE NCC, demonstrating successful collaboration between governments and the technical community. The session was hosted by Chafic Chaya, RIPE NCC’s regional manager for public policy and government affairs in the Middle East, and featured multiple distinguished speakers from international organizations and regulatory bodies.


His Excellency Bassam Alsarhan, CEO of Jordan’s TRC, emphasized how strategic partnerships with the technical community are essential for building resilient digital infrastructure and advancing sustainable development goals. He highlighted Jordan’s progress in IPv6 deployment, routing security, and internet measurement tools through collaboration with RIPE NCC. Hans-Peter Holen, CEO of RIPE NCC, stressed that the multi-stakeholder model works best when governments and technical communities collaborate, with technical expertise informing policy and policy driving innovation.


Representatives from various international organizations praised this collaborative approach. The League of Arab States’ Dr. Khaled Wali noted their successful joint initiatives with RIPE NCC, including capacity development and government roundtables. The European Union’s Fabrizia Benini discussed their multi-stakeholder forum for internet standards and upcoming opportunities for technical community participation. Sally Wentworth from the Internet Society emphasized that no single stakeholder can achieve an inclusive information society alone, highlighting their Internet Impact Assessment Framework as a tool for policymakers.


Regional perspectives were shared by representatives from Egypt, Niger, and Croatia, each describing successful collaborations between their regulatory authorities and technical organizations. The discussion concluded with recognition that such partnerships are crucial for achieving digital development goals and connecting the unconnected by 2030, representing a significant milestone in multi-stakeholder internet governance.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Multi-stakeholder collaboration between governments and technical community**: The central theme focused on demonstrating successful partnerships between regulatory bodies and technical organizations, exemplified by the MOU signing between Jordan’s TRC and RIPE NCC, with emphasis on how this collaboration advances sustainable development goals and digital infrastructure.


– **Digital development and connectivity challenges**: Speakers addressed the ongoing work to achieve universal internet access, noting progress from 20% global connectivity in 2005 to two-thirds today, while acknowledging significant gaps remain in reaching the unconnected and achieving SDGs by 2030.


– **Technical capacity building and infrastructure security**: Multiple speakers highlighted collaborative efforts in IPv6 deployment, routing security, internet measurement tools, and cybersecurity standards, with specific examples like the EU’s NIS2 Directive implementation and various regional technical assistance programs.


– **Regional cooperation and knowledge sharing**: The discussion emphasized the importance of regional forums, roundtables, and capacity-building initiatives, with announcements of upcoming events in Cairo and Riyadh, and recognition of successful regional partnerships across the Middle East, Africa, and Europe.


– **WSIS+20 review and future directions**: Speakers reflected on 20 years since the World Summit on the Information Society, discussing the need to re-energize (not rewrite) digital development action lines and strengthen the multi-stakeholder governance model for addressing 2020s challenges.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion served as a high-level ceremonial and strategic session at the WSIS Forum to showcase and celebrate successful government-technical community collaboration, formalized through the MOU signing between Jordan’s Telecommunications Regulatory Commission and RIPE NCC, while building momentum for continued multi-stakeholder partnerships in achieving digital development goals.


## Overall Tone:


The tone was consistently formal, diplomatic, and celebratory throughout the session. It maintained a positive, collaborative spirit with speakers expressing mutual appreciation and commitment to partnership. The atmosphere was ceremonial during the MOU signing but remained substantive as speakers shared concrete examples of successful collaboration and future initiatives. There was no notable shift in tone – it remained professional and optimistic from start to finish, with speakers reinforcing themes of unity, shared responsibility, and collective achievement.


Speakers

**Speakers from the provided list:**


– **Chafic Chaya** – Regional Manager for Public Policy and Government Affairs for the Middle East at RIPE NCC


– **Bassam Alsarhan** – His Excellency, Engineer, President and CEO of the Telecommunications Regulatory Commission (TRC) in Jordan


– **Han Petter Holen** – CEO of RIPE NCC


– **Tomas Lamanauskas** – Representative from ITU (International Telecommunication Union)


– **Khaled Wali** – Dr., Plenipotentiary Minister, Head of the ICT Administration at the League of Arab States


– **Fabrizia Benini** – Head of Unit at the European Union


– **Sally Wentworth** – CEO of Internet Society (ISOC)


– **Ahmed Saaed** – Dr., Head of Public Policy and Affairs at the National Telecommunications Regulatory Authority (NTRA) in Egypt


– **Anne Rachel Inne** – Director General of the National Information Society Agency in Niger


– **Zdravko Jukic** – Representative from the Regulatory Authority in Croatia, Co-chair of Cyber Security at the Body of European Regulators for Electronic Communications (BEREC)


– **Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava** – Dr., Head of ITU-D (ITU Telecommunication Development Bureau)


– **Mia Kulivin** – Member of the Internet Architecture Board in the IETF


– **Wouter de Natris** – Representative of the Dynamic Coalitions of the Internet Governance Forum


– **Participant** – Representative from the UK government (name not clearly mentioned in transcript)


**Additional speakers:**


None identified beyond the provided speakers names list.


Full session report

# Summary: WSIS Forum High-Level Session on Government-Technical Community Collaboration


## Introduction and Context


This high-level session at the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) Forum focused on demonstrating successful collaboration between governments and the technical community. The session was hosted by Chafic Chaya, RIPE NCC’s Regional Manager for Public Policy and Government Affairs in the Middle East, and featured the signing of a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) between Jordan’s Telecommunications Regulatory Commission (TRC) and RIPE NCC. The discussion brought together speakers from international organisations, regulatory bodies, and technical communities to explore how multi-stakeholder partnerships can advance sustainable development goals and digital infrastructure development.


## Central Theme: Multi-Stakeholder Collaboration for Digital Development


The session emphasized that multi-stakeholder collaboration between governments and the technical community represents a practical approach to achieving digital development objectives. Speakers consistently supported the principle that such collaboration is fundamental to effective internet governance and sustainable development.


His Excellency Bassam Alsarhan, CEO of Jordan’s TRC, highlighted how strategic partnerships between regulatory frameworks and technical expertise are essential for building resilient digital infrastructure. He noted Jordan’s progress in IPv6 deployment, routing security, and internet measurement tools through collaboration with RIPE NCC, emphasizing how these partnerships shape “a digital future that serves society and future generations.”


Han Petter Holen, CEO of RIPE NCC, stressed that “the multi-stakeholder model works best when governments and technical community collaborate, with technical expertise informing policy and policy driving innovation.” He explained that RIPE NCC’s role in allocating and registering Internet number resources requires ensuring infrastructure is robust, secure, and inclusive through collaborative approaches.


Ms. Fabrizia Benini, representing the European Union, demonstrated practical implementation of this collaborative model, noting that “the technical community is a linchpin of multi-stakeholder organisation that the EU cannot do without for an open global internet.” She announced the upcoming EU multi-stakeholder forum for Internet Standards that will draft guidelines for practical deployment of IPv6, secure email, and other standards.


Sally Wentworth, CEO of the Internet Society, provided philosophical foundation for this collaboration, stating that “no single stakeholder can achieve an inclusive information society alone; collaboration is intrinsic to mission success.” She introduced the Internet Impact Assessment Framework as a practical tool to help policymakers test public policies against objectives of openness, security, and trustworthiness.


## Regional Perspectives and Capacity Building


The discussion highlighted regional cooperation and capacity building as crucial elements for digital development, with representatives sharing experiences and announcing upcoming initiatives.


Dr. Khaled Wali, representing the League of Arab States, noted that their organisation has prioritised partnerships for capacity development, with Council resolutions from 2021 and 2025 calling for strengthened collaboration with RIPE NCC. He mentioned the 8th edition of the government roundtable held in Amman, Jordan in November, highlighting how joint initiatives have contributed to the Arab Digital Agenda and Cybersecurity Strategy.


Dr. Ahmed Saaed, Head of Public Policy and Affairs at Egypt’s NTRA, announced that Egypt will host a RIPE NCC Roundtable in Cairo in December 2025 to strengthen regional cooperation and align policies with global best practices. He emphasized Egypt’s implementation of IPv6 strategy through ongoing technical assistance, training, and regional coordination with RIPE NCC.


Anne Rachel Inné, Director General of Niger’s National Information Society Agency, provided perspective from a developing nation context, emphasizing that “success demands unity and shared commitment, following the African philosophy of Ubuntu – ‘I am because we are.'” She highlighted Niger’s partnerships with tech innovators for specific solutions including AgriShop, Doudou (agricultural library), E-Santé Niger, and LictaCare, demonstrating practical applications of collaboration in addressing development challenges.


Zdravko Jukic from Croatia’s Regulatory Authority noted that regional roundtables allow countries with similar market situations to discuss technical issues openly. He shared Croatia’s experience in implementing the NIS2 Directive through broad stakeholder involvement and mentioned Croatia’s 8th National IGF edition in Opatija.


## Technical Infrastructure and Policy Development


Speakers emphasized how government-technical community partnerships are essential for developing robust technical infrastructure, particularly in IPv6 deployment, routing security, and cybersecurity measures.


Dr. Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava, Head of ITU-D, emphasized the need for practical focus in collaboration, stating that “words are sweet, but food is better. So we want the results and the impact on human life on the planet and bring prosperity to the people.” He announced the ITU Global Symposium for Regulators to be held from 31st August to 3rd October in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia, and noted ITU-D’s support for digital development through a joint declaration with RIPE NCC in Jordan for IPv6 development.


Mia Kulivin, representing the Internet Architecture Board in the IETF, provided insight into how technical standards organisations operate, noting that “the IETF needs broad input from all stakeholders and works with ISOC to bring policymakers into their processes.” She emphasized that the IETF maintains and evolves internet standards used daily, requiring continuous collaboration across stakeholder groups.


The UK representative supported re-energising WSIS digital development action lines and pushing for a permanent IGF mandate, emphasizing that “governments need to work with the tech community to better understand the technology and what it can and can’t do, but we also need the tech community to work with governments to better understand policy making and how that works as well.”


Walter Natwiss, representing the Dynamic Coalitions of the Internet Governance Forum, highlighted the need for better integration of the IGF’s intersessional work on cutting-edge themes with WSIS action lines and SDGs, noting that ongoing work on themes like health, inclusion, and cybersecurity needs more recognition and integration with broader digital development frameworks.


## Sustainable Development Goals and Digital Inclusion


Speakers consistently linked collaborative efforts to achieving broader Sustainable Development Goals and digital inclusion objectives. The UK representative noted that “despite global connectivity rising to two-thirds of population, SDGs haven’t made desired progress and huge amounts remain to be done,” highlighting the gap between technical achievements in connectivity and broader development outcomes.


Chafic Chaya reinforced this connection, stating that “internet and connectivity is the life and blood for social and economic development in the digital age,” emphasizing how technical collaboration directly supports broader development objectives.


## Key Outcomes and Commitments


The session produced several concrete outcomes:


**Immediate commitments**: Egypt will host a RIPE NCC Roundtable meeting in Cairo in December 2025. The EU will publish a call for participation in its multi-stakeholder forum for Internet Standards, with the forum becoming operational by October.


**Upcoming events**: The ITU Global Symposium for Regulators will be held from 31st August to 3rd October in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia.


**Ongoing initiatives**: Continued implementation of Egypt’s IPv6 strategy through technical assistance and training with RIPE NCC, and continued work with the global tech community through various regional tech hubs.


## Future Challenges


Several areas require continued attention:


– Better integration of the Internet Governance Forum’s intersessional work with WSIS action lines and SDGs


– Broader stakeholder engagement beyond traditional participants in government sectors


– Addressing the gap between technical connectivity achievements and SDG progress


– Developing specific mechanisms for the tech community to provide more input to government policymaking processes


## Conclusion


The session demonstrated that multi-stakeholder collaboration between governments and the technical community represents a practical approach to digital development challenges. The MOU signing between Jordan’s TRC and RIPE NCC served as a concrete example of how such partnerships can be formalized and implemented effectively.


The announced initiatives and commitments provide clear pathways for continued collaboration, with technical expertise informing policy and policy driving innovation. The discussion reinforced that achieving digital development goals requires sustained collaboration across all stakeholder groups to connect the unconnected by 2030.


Session transcript

Chafic Chaya: Basmati, and Mr. Mohammad Mohamad Sharif, Peace Center for Peace Research and Development , which is hosted by Ahmad Yusuf Mahmoud Safarใ . Good morning and welcome. Good morning to all of you. I am delighted to have 10 guests to speak. First of all, on behalf of the Telecommunications Regulatory Commission in Jordan, TRC, and the RIPE NCC, it is my pleasure to welcome you to this exceptional session today to assist. My name is Shafiq Shaya, I am serving as regional manager for public policy and government affairs for the Middle East at RIPE NCC. Today, I believe the theme of this session speaks for itself. It is about the importance of collaboration between governments and technical community. It is not only a slogan, it is proven, and it is practical, and here today we are to showcase this successful collaboration. All of us know that we are living in this digital age, where Internet and connectivity is the life and blood for social and economic development. So today we are not just talking about the digital age, but we are demonstrating the implementation of this collaboration. So without further ado, I would like to welcome His Excellency, engineer Bassam Srahan, the president and CEO of the Regulatory Telecommunications Commission in Jordan, to give his remarks. Your Excellency, for his use. Thank you. Thank you, Shafiq. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you.


Bassam Alsarhan: Thank you. Your Excellencies, ladies and gentlemen, distinguished guests, it is a true pleasure, to have all of you today joining us in this high-level session that showcases the strength and impact of multi-stakeholder collaboration in advancing sustainable development goals. The signing of the Memorandum of Understanding between TRC of Jordan and the RIPE NCC, witnessed by the Deputy Secretary General of the ITU, represents a pivotal milestone in our shared vision for building resilient, inclusive, and secure digital infrastructure. At TRC, we have consistently recognized the vital role of strategic partnership with the technical community. We firmly believe that combining robust regulatory frameworks with deep technical expertise is essential to shaping a digital future that is both sustainable and secure. Through our collaboration with RIPE NCC and our broader network of international and local stakeholders, we have made tangible progress in enhancing national capabilities, including IPv6 deployment, routing security, and internet measurement tools. I would also like to proudly highlight that Jordan hosted the ITU Regional Development Forum earlier this year, reaffirming our country’s position as a regional hub for digital innovation and cooperation. In addition, TRC Jordan has the honor of hosting Government Roundtable in Amman. and Mr. Tomas Lamanauskas, H.E. Eng. Bassam Alsarhan, Ms. Fabrizia Benini, H.E. Dr. Khaled Wali, Ms. Anne Rachel Inné, Dr. Chafic Chaya and Mr. Han Petter Holen, H.E. Dr. Khaled Wali, Ms. Fabrizia Benini, H.E. Eng. Bassam Alsarhan, Mr. Han Petter Holen, H.E. Dr. Khaled Wali, Ms. Fabrizia Benini, H.E. Dr. Khaled Wali, Ms. Anne Rachel Inné, Dr. Chafic Chaya and Mr. Tomas Lamanauskas, H.E. Eng. Bassam Alsarhan, Ms. Anne Rachel Inné, Dr. Khaled Wali, Ms. Anne Rachel Inné, H.E. Dr. Khaled Wali, Ms. Anne Rachel Inné, Dr. our society and future generations and the humanity in general. Thank you very much.


Chafic Chaya: Thank you, Your Excellency. Thank you for sharing your insights. Now I invite Mr. Hans-Peter Hollen, the CEO of RAPP-NCC, to offer, to give his remarks.


Han Petter Holen: Thank you, Sofiq. Excellencies, distinguished guests, ladies and gentlemen, it’s a great honor to welcome you to this unique gathering to be here today alongside His Excellency Bassam Alsarhan, an esteemed guest from the League of Arab States, the European Union, the ITU, the Internet Society, National Telecommunications Regulatory Authority in Egypt, the National Information Society Agency in Niger and the Regulatory Authority in Croatia. The signature of this MOU between the RAPP-NCC and the Telecommunications Regulatory Commission of Jordan marks a significant step, one that builds capacity, fosters collaboration and promotes secure, resilient Internet infrastructure, supporting Jordan’s digital transformation agenda and strengthening the technical foundation. necessary to achieve the sustainable development goals. This MOU builds our ongoing engagement and initiatives in Jordan from IPv6 deployment to routing security and capacity building at all levels. Our role as regional Internet registry is naturally global, yet it’s also extremely local and regional. The RIPE NCC, as an important part of the technical community, allocate and register Internet number resources that form the foundation of the Internet. But we also work hand in hand with our members, governments, regulators, academia, civil society and the private sector to ensure that this infrastructure is robust, secure and inclusive. Today’s signature is a testament to that spirit of collaboration and partnership. It reflects our shared belief that the multi-stakeholder model works best when governments and the technical community collaborate, with technical expertise informing policy and policy driving innovation. As we mark 20 years since WSIS, let’s look ahead to a new area of collaboration built on the joint efforts of governments, the technical community and all stakeholders grounded on multi-stakeholder partnership. Thank you, Your Excellency for the trust, and thank you all Excellencies, colleagues and friends here today for your presence and support. Together, let’s shape the future of the Internet, the foundation of the future information society. Thank you. Thank you, Hans-Peter. Thank you so much. With this, we move to the signature of the OMU. So please, Dr. Issa, can we give the copies for Dr. Assam and Mr. Hans-Peter. As you can see, once again, this is the showcasing how a successful collaboration between technical community and governments can achieve the SDGs and the digital future for all of us. Thank you once again for being with us today.


Chafic Chaya: Thank you very much, Thomas, to be with us today. I know you’re busy schedule, so I will give you the floor to give your remarks. Thank you. Thank you. And indeed, thank you. Mission


Tomas Lamanauskas: engineer and thank you very much. I really appreciate you allowing me to witness signing of this MOU today, but also doing this here at WSIS. I think this is exactly what WSIS platform forum should be, that platform for different stakeholders to come together, for the governments and regulators in this regard, from the technical community, and really build those stronger partnerships within this platform. So for us, that’s really very meaningful that this happens. Of course, it’s even a bigger pleasure that this MOU is being signed between the two organizations that we very closely collaborate with and we work together with. Of course, engineer mentioned the regional development forum and our PM that thank you for that. And of course, RIPE NCC is our treasured sector member and strong involvement. We invite you to different activities, and again, it’s a great pleasure that these two organizations here again reaffirm their partnership. So the only thing is, I would like to say, so long live the partnership for the benefit of the people of Jordan and the Middle East and for the benefit of digital development. So thank you very much. And everyone here, more and more youth here, and the more welcome. So take an example. Thank you very much.


Chafic Chaya: Thank you. Thank you, Tomas. Thank you so much. Just before you leave, we’ll take a group photo, please. 30 seconds for your time, Your Excellencies, to have a group photo with Tomas. Please, Your Excellency. Please, Mr. Genk. Photo for all the speakers, please. Dr. Khaled, Mr. Mahmoud Elia. Sally. A group photo, yes, with the speakers. Mr. Tomas, a little bit on this side, because of the screen. Please, if you move a little bit from your left side, please. Until there? Yeah. Because of the screen, the light is not good there. Sorry about that. It’s good. Okay. Okay. This way. This way, ladies and gentlemen. This way. One more. Perfect. Thank you very much. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you, Tomas. With this, we will continue with our guests. Our next speaker is from the League of Arab States, Dr. Khaled Wali, who is the plenipotentiary minister, head of the ICT administration. Dr. Khaled, please. Thank you.


Khaled Wali: Thank you, Shafiq. Excellencies, colleagues, delegates, it’s my pleasure to speak today on behalf of the League of Arab States as we commemorate 20 years since the World Summit on the Information Society. This occasion is not only a reflection on the past. but a commitment to building an inclusive, secure digital future. Throughout the years, the League has prioritized partnerships that empower our member states to advance digital development and internet governance. One particularly successful collaboration has been with RIPE NCC, an organization that brings deep technical expertise and long-standing commitment to multi-stakeholder engagement. Together, we have engaged in joint initiatives ranging from capacity development to high-level government roundtables, including the most recent, the 8th edition in Amman, Jordan, which took place last November. Our collaboration extends to strategic frameworks where RIPE NCC has contributed to the Arab Digital Agenda, the Arab Cybersecurity Strategy, and the Arab IGF, working with us to ensure our regional priorities and aligned with global internet government efforts. In addition, through our joint engagement and contribution to the Arab Working Group on Internet Issues, RIPE NCC has helped shape regional discussions on internet infrastructure governance and regional digital cooperation. This partnership has not gone unnoticed. In 2021, the Council of Arab Ministers passed a resolution calling on Arab governments to strengthen their collaboration with RIPE NCC to foster the internet development in the Arab region, and just this year, in 2025, another resolution encouraging Arab governments to cooperate with RIPE NCC. Excellencies and colleagues, the success of this collaboration demonstrates what is possible when the technical community and governments work hand-in-hand, each respecting the roles and strengths of the other. Thank you.


Chafic Chaya: Thank you, Dr. Khaled, and thanks for your engagement and your support. We did a lot, and we have a long journey ahead. Our next speaker is Ms. Fabrizia Benini, Head of Unit


Fabrizia Benini: Thank you very much and good morning everyone. So I’m really very happy to have this opportunity to discuss with the tech community and this should not be a surprise because for decades the European Union has stood by an open global internet that is based and centred on the multi-stakeholder community and of course the tech community is a linchpin of that organisation and indeed something that we could not do without, let us be very clear. Now in WISIS, as we come up to the review, this position has been officially endorsed by 27 Member States in the Council and so therefore we stand united here before you to renew our commitment to the technical community and thank you for your support and work. Now RIPE NCC is a good example of that, you contribute to the general operational stability, you promote better inter-cyber security ways of working and indeed that collaboration with us, which is regular and constructive, has delivered tangible results. Tangible results that we see in particular in the implementation of the NIS2 Directive, which sets out a set of requirements for better cyber security standards that fall onto certain entities that are particularly exposed because of the trans-border work. Now in that framework there is an aspect which talks about internet standards. The increased development, sorry the increased The Commission has set up an EU multi-stakeholder forum for Internet Standards, and the objective of that group, which brings together the technical community, is to draft guidelines to make sure that there are practical steps that organizations can take to make sure that those Internet Standards are deployed. We’re talking about IPv6, we’re talking about secure email, etc. You all know that, so I don’t need to repeat it. But what I wanted to draw your attention to is that there is going to be a call for participation in that forum that is going to be published in the coming weeks, and that call of course will allow us to select the best and the brightest amongst you to contribute to those drafting of the guidelines. We hope to have the forum up and running by October, so when you mentioned that you wanted to talk not only about collaboration but in fact implementation, this is one such example. We can’t go forward in a secure global Internet without you, and we are really very grateful for your contribution and look forward to continuing it. Thank you very much.


Chafic Chaya: Thank you so much for your insights, and yes, this is what we are looking for, agile regulation policy based on technical expertise. Thank you so much. I will move to the CEO of ISOC, Internet Society, Ms. Sally Wentworth. Sally, the floor is yours. Thank you.


Sally Wentworth: Thank you very much, and first I want to congratulate our colleagues at RIPE NCC. and the TRC for the MOU. I think that’s a wonderful reflection on the kind of collaboration that we all seek, I think, within the technical community with policymakers as we try to build out towards a truly inclusive information society. So congratulations and thank you for having me here today. The Internet Society is a global organization dedicated to a vision that the Internet is for everyone. And we have been doing the work that we do on connectivity and Internet governance and pushing towards an open and trustworthy Internet across the globe for over 30 years. And that work has been grounded in a vision and a view that we, no one stakeholder, can achieve the vision of a truly inclusive information society on its own. And that includes the role of the technical community in ensuring that the Internet is stable, secure, trustworthy, resilient, affordable, present everywhere. But we do that within a context, and that context is often set by the policy frameworks that governments and international and regional organizations set around the world. And the work that we do to work alongside governments, with governments, is really intrinsic to how we want to approach our mission and our work. There are many things that the Internet Society does to collaborate with governments, including capacity building. We work with our colleagues, several of whom are here, from the Internet Engineering Task Force and the Internet Architecture Board, to bring policy makers into the IETF to demonstrate how that open standards model is working to support the global Internet. We also ensure that the work that we do to bring connectivity to some of the hardest-to-reach places around the world is done in collaboration with local policymakers, whether that’s through workshops, whether to understand the local needs, through partnership with our chapters around the world. This kind of relationship is incredibly important to us. The last thing I would say is, for some time, we recognized that policymakers have a really, really difficult job. The work you’re doing to try to advance the public interest in your countries is incredibly important and very difficult to do in a fast-moving and changing digital environment. Some years ago, we started thinking about what we could do to help policymakers on that journey, and we developed something called an Internet Impact Assessment Framework. The idea is to recognize the public interest concerns that governments have, but also the commitment, as we heard from the European Commission, to an open and secure multi-stakeholder Internet, and to try to create a framework in which policymakers could test public policies against those objectives of openness and security and trustworthiness. Almost similar to how you would do an environmental impact assessment if you were going to build a bridge or a building somewhere, we think it’s useful to do an Internet Impact Assessment to understand the impact of policies and what tradeoffs there might be. This is something that I offer to you as a tool. There are many tools to use. But, again, a recognition that there are public interests that we all share. I think that’s reflected in the MOU here today. And we are really honored and pleased to be part of that, to be part of that collaboration. And I think it’s the only way where we will finally achieve the results of the WSIS that we all envisioned 20 years ago. So thank you.


Chafic Chaya: Thank you, Sally. Thank you so much. And yes, our engagement with governments and with your team and colleagues at the ISOC is really very practical and proven on the ground. Thank you. I will move now to the Telecommunication Regulatory Authority in Egypt. On the agenda, we had His Excellency Mohamed Shamroukh, the president of the agency. But for an emergency, he left yesterday to Egypt. So we have here our dear friend, Dr. Ahmed Saeed, head of public policy and affairs. Dr. Ahmed, the floor is yours.


Ahmed Saaed: Thank you, Shafiq. And thank you, Your Excellency, Engineer Bassam and Hans, for inviting us to this important roundtable. It’s a true honor to join you today and take part of this important session of WSIS Forum, an event that continues to embody the spirit of multi-stakeholder collaboration in shaping a secure, inclusive, and sustainable digital future. Egypt’s participation reflects our strong belief in the power of international cooperation. and H.E. Dr. Khaled Wali, Mr. Han Petter Holen, H.E. Dr. Khaled Wali, Ms. Anne Rachel NTRA and RIPE NCC are currently building a solid cooperation and partnership. This partnership encompasses both technical capacity-building and collaborative engagement in the Internet Government process. Together we are planning to work to support the policymaking process, enhance regional technical expertise and promote secure and stable Internet development. As we look to the future, NTRA is proud to deepen the collaboration with RIPE NCC in supporting the implementation phase of Egypt’s IPv6 strategy through ongoing technical assistance, training and regional coordination efforts. Also, we are excited to announce that Egypt will host the RIPE NCC Roundtable meeting in Cairo in December 2025, a high-level gathering that will bring together regulators, policymakers and network operators from across the region to exchange ideas, strengthen cooperation and align national policies and global best practices. Another example is our collaboration with the ITU. NTRA maintains a longstanding and strategic partnership with the International Telecommunication Union built on the shared values of connectivity, innovation and inclusive development. Through active participation in ITU study groups, conferences and regional initiatives, NTRA contributes to shaping global telecom policies, advancing regulatory best practices and fostering capacity building. across the Arab region. This collaboration supports Egypt’s digital transformation agenda while reinforcing multilateral efforts to create a secure, resilient, and equitable global digital environment. We actively engage across all ITU sectors and proudly hold leadership positions with each of them. In summary, NTRA remains deeply committed to continuing this journey and to working hand-in-hand with all stakeholders, governments, and the private sector, civil society, and technical community to ensure that no one is left behind on our shared digital future. To close, I would like to warmly invite you all to join us in Cairo in December for the dedicated DRIVE-NCC roundtable meeting. This gathering will serve as a key opportunity to deepen our collaboration, exchange insights, and collectively advance a more resilient, inclusive, and forward-looking digital future for our region. Thank you.


Chafic Chaya: Thank you, Dr. Fahez. Thank you. And thank you for the invitation. It will be a pleasure and honor to be in Cairo in December. Thank you so much. I’ll move online. We have one speaker online from Niger to hear from the African perspective, Ms. Anne Rachel Inné, Director General from National Information Society Agency in Niger. Anne Rachel, you are with us.


Anne Rachel Inne: I am, Shafiq. Good morning. Good morning. We hear you. The floor is yours. Please. Thank you very much. And I’m glad to see you all. And apologies for not being able to join you, but it’s great to have the internet to be able to interact even remotely. So congratulations to DRIVE-NCC in the TRC Jordan for signing this MOU. And thank you for inviting me to participate to this gathering on the anniversary of WSIS 20th year. We’ve come a long way. and we’ve come a long way because the collaboration has been part of it. It is really an honor to be here and to talk about how in a world of interconnected challenges we know that can drive progress alone and success demands unity and what I call what everybody in Africa calls Ubuntu, the African philosophy that basically says, you know, I am because we are and it’s a shared commitment and it’s the only way we can drive innovation for good. Niger is a landlocked country and we have quite a few challenges and opportunities and we face present challenges like insecurity, climate issues, limited infrastructure, gaps in education and health care. But within those challenges we do see, you know, quite immense opportunities. Our greatest resource is not just land or minerals but the people. We have a very youthful population and their resilience, ingenuity and willingness to collaborate is something that is definitely, you know, those are basically the attributes we’re counting on to make sure that we succeed. So, some of those success stories include, you know, collaboration work in digital, for example, and food security since we’re talking about achieving the SDGs. So, in terms of agriculture for food security, for example, we have partnered with tech innovators in, you know, deploying mobile platforms like AgriShop. or Doudou. Doudou, for example, is a full library on agriculture and pastoralism. Niger is a place where we have a lot of agriculturists and pastoralists, and it is important that they get the information that they need, you know, online, but not only online, actually, it has to be in local languages. So those are some of the things that we’re doing, and these platforms, for example, provide farmers with real-time weather forecasts, market prices, farming techniques that, of course, have resulted in crop yields, increased crop yields, reduced post-harvest losses, empowered smallholder farmers as a whole in agriculture. So in terms of renewable energy, for example, we have done quite a few things in terms of partnerships with technical experts also, and we have expanded mini solar grids locally that have also empowered quite a few communities. Other national projects include e-governance and public service delivery. This is really what the national agency is working on, on the whole right now, to be able to produce as much as possible we’re hoping, you know, 45 to 50 percent of citizen services to be accessible by 2030. And this is really a great challenge, but we are collaborating with local tech startups in digitizing administrative processes, reducing bureaucracy, and of course corruption. We have initiatives in the health sector also, like E-Santé Niger, that is working a lot with, on making sure that local communities can have access to medical care, and also getting, for example, a few startups that are like LictaCare that are making sure to produce national equipment in terms of setting them up, for example, in other national hospitals and all of that, that can help transmission of information from doctors in between health care centers, for example, where we don’t have specialists and things like that. So in terms of the role of its stakeholders, I’m really glad to see this MOU again from RIPE and TRC Jordan, just because it is absolutely important. Governments it is absolutely important. Governments create enabling policies. We do have, you know, they invest in digital infrastructure. They foster public-private partnerships. Private sector and NGOs have a role to play. Citizens have a role to play. So in terms of strengthening collaboration, we absolutely need a lot more of these MOUs. We need to build trust and transparency. And the only way we can do that is to make sure that we talk to each other. Traditionally, one of the things that I have said to some of my colleagues is that, you know, when we do this type of things, meetings and all of that, we always end up talking to each other. So we really need this trust and this transparency to go to each sector of governments, not only the regular suspects, in terms of making sure they understand how the machine works and what’s in it for them, actually, you know. So to leverage regional and global partnerships is one of the things that we’re doing, investing in local talent. is one another thing that we’re doing. And we’re really hoping that from governments, technologists, businesses and communities, we have to understand that we need to unite to turn obstacles into opportunities. It is crucial. So we need to commit to deepening these partnerships. The future we want is one of resilience, and it is full of opportunity. It is within our grasp, and we can do it. So thank you very much for listening, and thanks for having me today. And have a good day, all. Enjoy WSIS Plus 20 Forum.


Chafic Chaya: Thank you. Thank you, Anne Rachel. Thank you. And just to comment, this didn’t come from vacuum. We are working for this for a longer years, and trust and transparency, yes, one of the main pillars that this MOU is based on. Thank you, Anne Rachel. We’ll go for Mr. Zdravko Djokovic from the Regulator Authority in Croatia, and he is the co-chair of the Cyber Security at the Body of European Regulators for Electronic Communications, BEREC. Mr. Djokovic.


Zdravko Jukic: Thanks very much, Shafik, dear excellencies, colleagues, and dear RIPE NCC team, thanks for inviting me to this roundtable. I could name many good examples of good cooperation with governments and technical community and other stakeholders, but for this occasion I have picked three, I think, very good examples of this cooperation. First one is the Croatian National IGF. So we just had our 8th edition of the National IGF in Opatija, a very nice place by the sea, just one week before the Global IGF, where we had also a very was among the first member states to fully transpose it in national legal systems. So I can say that this was, as a national regulatory authority, we were a member of this team, but it was driven by the Central Authority for Cybersecurity in Croatia, and they really involved very broad participants from all the stakeholders, especially technical community and private sector. And the third example is, of course, as was already mentioned, the RIPE NCC roundtables, and especially those localized regional roundtables where we can sit down and discuss among countries that have similar situations on their markets, similar problems, and then we can openly discuss technical issues that RIPE NCC can help us. So I’m really looking forward to next editions of those roundtables. And maybe as some kind of conclusion of all these engagements with different stakeholders, is that it really makes sense to engage them when they have some clear interest, and they are really very active in participating in those discussions. I think that’s all for this time for me. Thank you very much. Thank you so much. Thank


Chafic Chaya: you. Just, I want to welcome a friend, a colleague, Dr. Zava Zava, the head Zarrabi, Head of ITUD, to join us. I know you have busy schedule today, but it’s an honor to have you with us. I will give you the floor to make your remarks. Thank you.


Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava: Okay, so this is a true ambush. I would like to thank, I recognize of course the presence of the minister who hosted us during the regional preparatory meeting in Jordan and took great care of us. We in the ITU and in the Telecommunication Development Bureau believe in everything that is digital. So our doors are open. We are ready to engage. We are ready to move. Words are sweet, but food is better. So we want the results and the impact on human life on the planet and bring prosperity to the people. I would like to take and abuse this opportunity and invite you to the Global Symposium for Regulators to be held from the 31st of August to the 3rd of October in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia. You are most welcome. The minister is welcome. We have a high segment where we want the regulators to speak to policymakers and policymakers to speak to industry, chiefs of industry. So we welcome this signing of life. He’s a friend, also a member of ITU-D, and we support whatever you are going to sign. I haven’t seen anything,


Chafic Chaya: but thank you so much. Thank you so much. Thank you. Thank you. And by the way, this MOU is the, you know, we, last February in Jordan, just to give Dr. Zabazab our respect and consideration, that we signed a joint declaration with the ITU-D in Jordan for the development of IPV.


Participant: RIPE NCC for offering myself the opportunity to sit on this panel today. So the UK is a strong supporter of the multi-stakeholder model of global internet governance. The tech community are absolutely key alongside industry, government, civil society, academia, etc. And embedding the multi-stakeholder governance model has been a great success of the WSIS process to date, and we believe this is now a settled consensus. We must stay on our guard, but we don’t believe that anyone is seriously looking to reopen this. However, while global connectivity has risen from below 20% at the start of WSIS back in 2005, it’s now risen to two-thirds of the global population. This is a huge achievement, but the SDGs have not made the progress I think we all wanted to see in this regard, and there’s huge amounts still to do. And one of the key themes of the WSIS review is going to be the need to re-energise, but not rewrite, but re-energise the digital development action lines to reflect the reality of the 2020s that we now live in. And in the UK, we see the technical community as key partners in this challenge. But to achieve these goals, governments need to work with the tech community to better understand the technology and what it can and can’t do, but we also need the tech community to work with governments to better understand policy making and how that works as well. So it is great to see the tech community here in Geneva out in force, ISTAR organisations such as the Internet Society, ICANN, regional registries, not least RIPE NCC, but also seeing digital standards bodies as well like ITUT, the Internet Engineering Task Force, IEEE as well. It’s great that the tech community is all here in Geneva. In my view, a key task H.E. Dr. H.E. Mohamed Shamroukh, H.E. Dr. Khaled Wali, Ms. Anne Rachel Inné, Dr. Chafic Chaya It’s great to see elsewhere in the tech community, for example, ICANN’s efforts through its Applicant Support Programme to encourage G77 countries to apply for the next round of global top-level domain names. Similarly, efforts to promote multilingualism and minority scripts, and we welcome the efforts by standards event organisations as well to be more open and to promote their diversity. Governments have a role as well, of course, so the UK will continue to work closely with the global tech community and ask what more they can do. It needs to be a two-way conversation. We need the tech community to come to us as well with their suggestions and ideas as well. For the UK, we have a new digital development strategy and we’ll continue to support and implement our own digital access programme, our support for ITUD, and also our network of tech hubs in places like Brazil, South Africa, Kenya, Nigeria, and Indonesia. And as well as reinvigorating the WSIS action lines, we’ll push for a permanent mandate for the IGF. So just to conclude, if we can increase this momentum, I hope by 2030, we will be in touching distance of connecting the unconnected in reality and achieving that momentous goal together. Thank you very much.


Chafic Chaya: Thank you so much. Once again, thank you for being with us today. And yes, I can say that the A-team The RIRs, ICANN, ISOC, IATF, are there to work with you and to collaborate with you all. So I will give the floor. If we have any questions, I can give two or three minutes for the floor. If there’s any question or any remarks, any feedbacks. Yes, we have one question. Please, can you introduce yourself? Thank you.


Mia Kulivin: My name is Mia Kulivin. I’m a member of the Internet Architecture Board in the IETF. And I just wanted to join the chorus here about how important it is to work together. The IETF is the main standards organization that works on internet standards that you’re using every day. We are maintaining and evolving them continuously. And of course, because we’re all using the internet every day, there are social and political questions that come up in this processes as well. So we need broad input from all of you. The IETF is an open organization, so everybody can come and join, but we know that’s not enough. Sometimes we don’t speak the same language. Sometimes we just need to talk more, and that’s why it’s important to have these forums. But we also do a lot together with ISOC, actually, to bring in policy makers to understand our process, to build trust. That’s also something you mentioned. And yeah, I just wanna join that. It’s very inspiring to see that everybody’s here to talk to each other, and we need to continue that. Thank you.


Chafic Chaya: Thank you so much for this contribution. And yes, we can’t agree more. Thank you. Yeah. One last question, please.


Wouter de Natris: My name is Walter Natwiss, and I represent the Dynamic Coalitions of the Internet Governance Forum here in Geneva, I think where I am always traveling. But I think that what is important to understand that the Internet Governance Forum is often seen as a one-day, one-week event every year, but there’s a lot of intersessional work going on on cutting-edge themes like health, like inclusion, cybersecurity, et cetera, et cetera. And I think that work needs more recognition and more integration in also getting to the WSIS and the Action Blinds and the SDGs, because we’re-


Chafic Chaya: and H.E. Eng. Bassam Alsarhan, H.E. Eng. Bassam Alsarhan, H.E. Eng. Bassam Alsarhan, H.E. Eng. Bassam Alsarhan, H.E. Eng. Bassam Alsarhan, H.E. Eng. Bassam Alsarhan, H.E. Eng. David, thank you for being with us. Thank you so much.


B

Bassam Alsarhan

Speech speed

98 words per minute

Speech length

300 words

Speech time

181 seconds

Strategic partnerships between regulatory frameworks and technical expertise are essential for sustainable digital infrastructure

Explanation

Bassam Alsarhan argues that combining robust regulatory frameworks with deep technical expertise is fundamental to creating a digital future that is both sustainable and secure. He emphasizes that TRC has consistently recognized the vital role of strategic partnerships with the technical community.


Evidence

Through collaboration with RIPE NCC and broader network of stakeholders, tangible progress has been made in enhancing national capabilities, including IPv6 deployment, routing security, and internet measurement tools. Jordan hosted the ITU Regional Development Forum and TRC Jordan hosts Government Roundtables in Amman.


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Collaboration and Partnership Models


Topics

Development | Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Han Petter Holen
– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Fabrizia Benini
– Sally Wentworth
– Anne Rachel Inne
– Participant
– Mia Kulivin
– Chafic Chaya

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder collaboration is essential for digital development and internet governance


Tangible progress has been made in IPv6 deployment, routing security, and internet measurement tools through collaboration

Explanation

Alsarhan highlights concrete achievements resulting from the partnership between TRC Jordan and RIPE NCC, demonstrating that collaboration produces measurable technical improvements. This showcases how government-technical community partnerships deliver practical results in critical internet infrastructure areas.


Evidence

Specific mention of enhanced national capabilities in IPv6 deployment, routing security, and internet measurement tools through collaboration with RIPE NCC and broader network of international and local stakeholders.


Major discussion point

Technical Infrastructure Development and Security


Topics

Infrastructure | Cybersecurity | Development


Agreed with

– Han Petter Holen
– Khaled Wali
– Fabrizia Benini
– Ahmed Saaed

Agreed on

Technical infrastructure development requires government-technical community partnership


Jordan has positioned itself as a regional hub for digital innovation, hosting ITU Regional Development Forum and Government Roundtables

Explanation

Alsarhan emphasizes Jordan’s leadership role in regional digital development by hosting significant international events and forums. This positioning demonstrates Jordan’s commitment to fostering regional cooperation and knowledge sharing in digital innovation.


Evidence

Jordan hosted the ITU Regional Development Forum earlier in the year, and TRC Jordan has the honor of hosting Government Roundtables in Amman, reaffirming the country’s position as a regional hub for digital innovation and cooperation.


Major discussion point

Regional Digital Development and Capacity Building


Topics

Development | Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Khaled Wali
– Ahmed Saaed
– Anne Rachel Inne
– Zdravko Jukic
– Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava

Agreed on

Regional cooperation and capacity building are crucial for digital development


Combining regulatory frameworks with technical expertise shapes a digital future that serves society and future generations

Explanation

Alsarhan argues that the integration of regulatory oversight with technical knowledge is crucial for creating digital infrastructure that benefits not just current users but also future generations. This long-term perspective emphasizes sustainability and societal impact in digital development.


Evidence

Reference to building resilient, inclusive, and secure digital infrastructure that serves society and future generations and humanity in general through the MOU signing between TRC Jordan and RIPE NCC.


Major discussion point

Sustainable Development Goals and Digital Inclusion


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural


H

Han Petter Holen

Speech speed

124 words per minute

Speech length

387 words

Speech time

186 seconds

Multi-stakeholder model works best when governments and technical community collaborate, with technical expertise informing policy and policy driving innovation

Explanation

Holen advocates for a collaborative approach where technical expertise informs policy decisions while policy frameworks drive innovation. He emphasizes that this bidirectional relationship between governments and technical community is essential for effective internet governance.


Evidence

The MOU signature between RIPE NCC and TRC Jordan demonstrates this collaboration, building capacity, fostering collaboration and promoting secure, resilient Internet infrastructure supporting Jordan’s digital transformation agenda.


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Collaboration and Partnership Models


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Bassam Alsarhan
– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Fabrizia Benini
– Sally Wentworth
– Anne Rachel Inne
– Participant
– Mia Kulivin
– Chafic Chaya

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder collaboration is essential for digital development and internet governance


RIPE NCC allocates and registers Internet number resources that form the foundation of the Internet while ensuring infrastructure is robust, secure and inclusive

Explanation

Holen explains RIPE NCC’s dual role as both a technical registry managing critical internet resources and an organization working to ensure internet infrastructure meets broader societal goals. This demonstrates how technical organizations can serve both technical and social functions.


Evidence

RIPE NCC works hand in hand with members, governments, regulators, academia, civil society and private sector. The organization’s role spans from IPv6 deployment to routing security and capacity building at all levels.


Major discussion point

Technical Infrastructure Development and Security


Topics

Infrastructure | Cybersecurity | Development


Agreed with

– Bassam Alsarhan
– Khaled Wali
– Fabrizia Benini
– Ahmed Saaed

Agreed on

Technical infrastructure development requires government-technical community partnership


Building capacity, fostering collaboration and promoting secure Internet infrastructure supports sustainable development goals

Explanation

Holen connects technical internet infrastructure development directly to achieving broader sustainable development objectives. He argues that secure and resilient internet infrastructure is fundamental to meeting global development targets.


Evidence

The MOU builds ongoing engagement and initiatives in Jordan from IPv6 deployment to routing security and capacity building, supporting Jordan’s digital transformation agenda and strengthening technical foundation necessary to achieve sustainable development goals.


Major discussion point

Sustainable Development Goals and Digital Inclusion


Topics

Development | Infrastructure | Cybersecurity


Agreed with

– Sally Wentworth
– Participant
– Chafic Chaya

Agreed on

Digital connectivity is fundamental to achieving Sustainable Development Goals


T

Tomas Lamanauskas

Speech speed

177 words per minute

Speech length

213 words

Speech time

72 seconds

WSIS platform should facilitate collaboration between different stakeholders including governments, regulators, and technical community

Explanation

Lamanauskas emphasizes that the World Summit on the Information Society forum should serve as a platform for bringing together diverse stakeholders to build stronger partnerships. He views the MOU signing as exemplifying what WSIS should achieve in fostering collaboration.


Evidence

The MOU signing between TRC Jordan and RIPE NCC at WSIS demonstrates exactly what the WSIS platform forum should be – a platform for different stakeholders to come together and build stronger partnerships.


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Collaboration and Partnership Models


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Bassam Alsarhan
– Han Petter Holen
– Fabrizia Benini
– Sally Wentworth
– Anne Rachel Inne
– Participant
– Mia Kulivin
– Chafic Chaya

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder collaboration is essential for digital development and internet governance


K

Khaled Wali

Speech speed

139 words per minute

Speech length

278 words

Speech time

119 seconds

Joint initiatives have ranged from capacity development to government roundtables, contributing to Arab Digital Agenda and Cybersecurity Strategy

Explanation

Wali describes the comprehensive scope of collaboration between the League of Arab States and RIPE NCC, spanning from technical capacity building to high-level policy discussions. This partnership has contributed to major regional digital policy frameworks and governance initiatives.


Evidence

Joint initiatives include the 8th edition government roundtable in Amman, Jordan in November, contribution to Arab Digital Agenda, Arab Cybersecurity Strategy, Arab IGF, and engagement with Arab Working Group on Internet Issues.


Major discussion point

Technical Infrastructure Development and Security


Topics

Development | Cybersecurity | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Bassam Alsarhan
– Han Petter Holen
– Fabrizia Benini
– Ahmed Saaed

Agreed on

Technical infrastructure development requires government-technical community partnership


League of Arab States has prioritized partnerships for capacity development, with Council resolutions calling for strengthened collaboration with RIPE NCC

Explanation

Wali highlights the institutional commitment of Arab governments to technical community partnerships through formal resolutions. This demonstrates high-level political support for government-technical community collaboration in the Arab region.


Evidence

In 2021, the Council of Arab Ministers passed a resolution calling on Arab governments to strengthen collaboration with RIPE NCC to foster internet development in the Arab region, and in 2025, another resolution encouraging Arab governments to cooperate with RIPE NCC.


Major discussion point

Regional Digital Development and Capacity Building


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Bassam Alsarhan
– Ahmed Saaed
– Anne Rachel Inne
– Zdravko Jukic
– Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava

Agreed on

Regional cooperation and capacity building are crucial for digital development


F

Fabrizia Benini

Speech speed

115 words per minute

Speech length

415 words

Speech time

215 seconds

The technical community is a linchpin of multi-stakeholder organization that the EU cannot do without for an open global internet

Explanation

Benini emphasizes the indispensable role of the technical community in maintaining an open global internet, stating that the EU’s commitment to multi-stakeholder governance depends fundamentally on technical community participation. This position has been officially endorsed by all 27 EU Member States.


Evidence

For decades the EU has stood by an open global internet based on multi-stakeholder community, with this position officially endorsed by 27 Member States in the Council. RIPE NCC contributes to operational stability and promotes better cyber security practices.


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Collaboration and Partnership Models


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Cybersecurity | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Bassam Alsarhan
– Han Petter Holen
– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Sally Wentworth
– Anne Rachel Inne
– Participant
– Mia Kulivin
– Chafic Chaya

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder collaboration is essential for digital development and internet governance


EU multi-stakeholder forum for Internet Standards will draft guidelines for practical deployment of IPv6, secure email, and other standards

Explanation

Benini announces a concrete initiative where the EU is establishing a forum bringing together technical community to create practical implementation guidelines for internet standards. This represents a tangible example of how policy and technical expertise can collaborate to improve cybersecurity.


Evidence

The forum is being established under the NIS2 Directive framework to draft guidelines for practical steps organizations can take to deploy Internet Standards like IPv6 and secure email. A call for participation will be published in coming weeks with the forum operational by October.


Major discussion point

Technical Infrastructure Development and Security


Topics

Cybersecurity | Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Bassam Alsarhan
– Han Petter Holen
– Khaled Wali
– Ahmed Saaed

Agreed on

Technical infrastructure development requires government-technical community partnership


S

Sally Wentworth

Speech speed

129 words per minute

Speech length

590 words

Speech time

273 seconds

No single stakeholder can achieve an inclusive information society alone; collaboration is intrinsic to mission success

Explanation

Wentworth argues that achieving a truly inclusive information society requires multi-stakeholder collaboration, with no single entity capable of accomplishing this goal independently. She emphasizes that the Internet Society’s 30-year mission has been grounded in this collaborative approach.


Evidence

Internet Society has been working for over 30 years on connectivity, Internet governance, and open trustworthy Internet based on the view that no one stakeholder can achieve the vision of inclusive information society alone. This includes technical community ensuring Internet stability and security within policy frameworks set by governments.


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Collaboration and Partnership Models


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Bassam Alsarhan
– Han Petter Holen
– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Fabrizia Benini
– Anne Rachel Inne
– Participant
– Mia Kulivin
– Chafic Chaya

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder collaboration is essential for digital development and internet governance


Internet Impact Assessment Framework helps policymakers test public policies against objectives of openness, security and trustworthiness

Explanation

Wentworth introduces a practical tool developed by the Internet Society to help policymakers evaluate the potential impacts of their policies on internet openness and security. This framework is designed to help governments balance public interest concerns with maintaining an open, secure internet.


Evidence

The framework is similar to environmental impact assessments for building projects, allowing policymakers to test public policies against objectives of openness, security and trustworthiness, recognizing both public interest concerns and commitment to open, secure multi-stakeholder Internet.


Major discussion point

Policy Framework and Regulatory Cooperation


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Human rights


Agreed with

– Han Petter Holen
– Participant
– Chafic Chaya

Agreed on

Digital connectivity is fundamental to achieving Sustainable Development Goals


A

Ahmed Saaed

Speech speed

131 words per minute

Speech length

407 words

Speech time

186 seconds

Egypt is implementing IPv6 strategy through ongoing technical assistance, training and regional coordination with RIPE NCC

Explanation

Saaed describes Egypt’s concrete technical collaboration with RIPE NCC to implement IPv6 deployment strategy. This partnership includes technical assistance, training programs, and regional coordination efforts to modernize Egypt’s internet infrastructure.


Evidence

NTRA is deepening collaboration with RIPE NCC in supporting implementation phase of Egypt’s IPv6 strategy through ongoing technical assistance, training and regional coordination efforts.


Major discussion point

Technical Infrastructure Development and Security


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Bassam Alsarhan
– Han Petter Holen
– Khaled Wali
– Fabrizia Benini

Agreed on

Technical infrastructure development requires government-technical community partnership


Egypt will host RIPE NCC Roundtable in Cairo in December 2025 to strengthen regional cooperation and align policies with global best practices

Explanation

Saaed announces Egypt’s commitment to hosting a major regional gathering that will bring together regulators, policymakers and network operators. This event aims to facilitate knowledge exchange and policy alignment across the region.


Evidence

Egypt will host the RIPE NCC Roundtable meeting in Cairo in December 2025, a high-level gathering bringing together regulators, policymakers and network operators from across the region to exchange ideas, strengthen cooperation and align national policies with global best practices.


Major discussion point

Regional Digital Development and Capacity Building


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Bassam Alsarhan
– Khaled Wali
– Anne Rachel Inne
– Zdravko Jukic
– Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava

Agreed on

Regional cooperation and capacity building are crucial for digital development


NTRA Egypt maintains strategic partnership with ITU, contributing to global telecom policies and regulatory best practices

Explanation

Saaed describes Egypt’s broader international engagement through active participation in ITU activities and leadership roles. This partnership supports both Egypt’s digital transformation and contributes to global telecommunications policy development.


Evidence

NTRA maintains longstanding strategic partnership with ITU through active participation in study groups, conferences and regional initiatives, contributing to shaping global telecom policies, advancing regulatory best practices and fostering capacity building across the Arab region. Egypt actively engages across all ITU sectors and holds leadership positions.


Major discussion point

Policy Framework and Regulatory Cooperation


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Infrastructure


A

Anne Rachel Inne

Speech speed

129 words per minute

Speech length

904 words

Speech time

417 seconds

Success demands unity and shared commitment, following the African philosophy of Ubuntu – “I am because we are”

Explanation

Inne emphasizes that addressing interconnected global challenges requires collaborative approaches based on the African philosophy of Ubuntu, which emphasizes collective identity and shared responsibility. She argues that innovation for good can only be achieved through unity and shared commitment among stakeholders.


Evidence

Niger faces challenges like insecurity, climate issues, limited infrastructure, gaps in education and healthcare, but sees opportunities through youthful population and their resilience, ingenuity and willingness to collaborate.


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Collaboration and Partnership Models


Topics

Development | Sociocultural | Human rights


Niger leverages partnerships with tech innovators for agriculture platforms, renewable energy, e-governance, and healthcare solutions

Explanation

Inne provides concrete examples of how Niger has partnered with technology innovators to address development challenges across multiple sectors. These partnerships have produced practical solutions that directly impact citizens’ lives and economic opportunities.


Evidence

Examples include AgriShop and Doudou platforms providing farmers with weather forecasts, market prices, and farming techniques in local languages, resulting in increased crop yields and reduced post-harvest losses. Also mini solar grids, E-Santé Niger healthcare platform, and LictaCare for medical equipment in hospitals.


Major discussion point

Regional Digital Development and Capacity Building


Topics

Development | Economic | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Bassam Alsarhan
– Khaled Wali
– Ahmed Saaed
– Zdravko Jukic
– Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava

Agreed on

Regional cooperation and capacity building are crucial for digital development


P

Participant

Speech speed

154 words per minute

Speech length

534 words

Speech time

207 seconds

Multi-stakeholder governance model has been a great success of WSIS and is now settled consensus

Explanation

The UK representative argues that the multi-stakeholder model of internet governance has been one of the key achievements of the WSIS process and is now widely accepted. While vigilance is needed, there’s no serious challenge to reopening this consensus.


Evidence

The UK is a strong supporter of multi-stakeholder model alongside industry, government, civil society, academia. Embedding this model has been a great success of WSIS to date and is now settled consensus, though vigilance is needed.


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Collaboration and Partnership Models


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Bassam Alsarhan
– Han Petter Holen
– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Fabrizia Benini
– Sally Wentworth
– Anne Rachel Inne
– Mia Kulivin
– Chafic Chaya

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder collaboration is essential for digital development and internet governance


Despite global connectivity rising to two-thirds of population, SDGs haven’t made desired progress and huge amounts remain to be done

Explanation

The speaker acknowledges significant progress in global internet connectivity since WSIS began, but emphasizes that Sustainable Development Goals haven’t achieved the expected progress. This highlights the need to re-energize digital development efforts.


Evidence

Global connectivity has risen from below 20% at the start of WSIS in 2005 to two-thirds of global population, which is a huge achievement, but SDGs have not made the progress desired and there’s huge amounts still to do.


Major discussion point

Sustainable Development Goals and Digital Inclusion


Topics

Development | Economic | Human rights


Agreed with

– Han Petter Holen
– Sally Wentworth
– Chafic Chaya

Agreed on

Digital connectivity is fundamental to achieving Sustainable Development Goals


UK supports re-energizing WSIS digital development action lines and pushing for permanent IGF mandate

Explanation

The UK representative outlines specific policy positions supporting the revitalization of WSIS digital development frameworks and advocating for permanent status for the Internet Governance Forum. This represents concrete policy support for multi-stakeholder internet governance.


Evidence

UK has new digital development strategy, continues to support digital access programme, supports ITU-D, maintains network of tech hubs in Brazil, South Africa, Kenya, Nigeria, and Indonesia. Will push for permanent mandate for IGF.


Major discussion point

Policy Framework and Regulatory Cooperation


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Infrastructure


M

Mia Kulivin

Speech speed

206 words per minute

Speech length

187 words

Speech time

54 seconds

The IETF needs broad input from all stakeholders and works with ISOC to bring policymakers into their processes

Explanation

Kulivin explains that the Internet Engineering Task Force, as the main internet standards organization, requires diverse stakeholder input to address social and political questions that arise in technical standards development. The IETF actively works to engage policymakers and build trust through collaboration with ISOC.


Evidence

IETF is the main standards organization working on internet standards used every day, maintaining and evolving them continuously. The organization is open for everyone to join, but recognizes need for better communication and works with ISOC to bring in policy makers to understand processes and build trust.


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Collaboration and Partnership Models


Topics

Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Bassam Alsarhan
– Han Petter Holen
– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Fabrizia Benini
– Sally Wentworth
– Anne Rachel Inne
– Participant
– Chafic Chaya

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder collaboration is essential for digital development and internet governance


IETF maintains and evolves internet standards that are used every day, requiring continuous collaboration

Explanation

Kulivin emphasizes the IETF’s critical role in maintaining and continuously updating the technical standards that underpin daily internet use. This ongoing technical work requires collaboration with various stakeholders to address emerging social and political considerations.


Evidence

IETF is the main standards organization that works on internet standards that are used every day, maintaining and evolving them continuously. Social and political questions come up in these processes requiring broad input from all stakeholders.


Major discussion point

Technical Infrastructure Development and Security


Topics

Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory | Development


Z

Zdravko Jukic

Speech speed

136 words per minute

Speech length

276 words

Speech time

121 seconds

Croatia successfully transposed NIS2 Directive through broad stakeholder involvement including technical community and private sector

Explanation

Jukic describes Croatia’s successful implementation of the EU’s NIS2 Directive on cybersecurity as an example of effective multi-stakeholder collaboration. The process was driven by the Central Authority for Cybersecurity and involved broad participation from technical community and private sector.


Evidence

Croatia was among the first member states to fully transpose NIS2 Directive in national legal systems. The process was driven by Central Authority for Cybersecurity and involved very broad participants from all stakeholders, especially technical community and private sector.


Major discussion point

Policy Framework and Regulatory Cooperation


Topics

Cybersecurity | Legal and regulatory | Development


Regional roundtables allow countries with similar market situations to discuss technical issues openly

Explanation

Jukic highlights the value of localized regional roundtables where countries facing similar challenges can engage in open discussions about technical issues. These forums facilitate knowledge sharing and problem-solving among peers with comparable market conditions.


Evidence

RIPE NCC roundtables, especially localized regional roundtables, allow countries with similar situations on their markets and similar problems to sit down and openly discuss technical issues that RIPE NCC can help with.


Major discussion point

Regional Digital Development and Capacity Building


Topics

Development | Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Bassam Alsarhan
– Khaled Wali
– Ahmed Saaed
– Anne Rachel Inne
– Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava

Agreed on

Regional cooperation and capacity building are crucial for digital development


Croatia’s National IGF serves as platform for multi-stakeholder dialogue on digital development issues

Explanation

Jukic presents Croatia’s National Internet Governance Forum as an example of successful multi-stakeholder engagement at the national level. The 8th edition held in Opatija demonstrates sustained commitment to inclusive dialogue on digital governance issues.


Evidence

Croatia just had its 8th edition of National IGF in Opatija, a very nice place by the sea, one week before the Global IGF, with very broad participation from multiple stakeholders.


Major discussion point

Sustainable Development Goals and Digital Inclusion


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Sociocultural


C

Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava

Speech speed

140 words per minute

Speech length

189 words

Speech time

80 seconds

ITU-D supports digital development and signed joint declaration with RIPE NCC in Jordan for IPv6 development

Explanation

Zavazava expresses ITU-D’s commitment to digital development and mentions a joint declaration signed with RIPE NCC in Jordan specifically focused on IPv6 development. He emphasizes ITU-D’s readiness to engage and deliver results that impact human life and bring prosperity.


Evidence

ITU-D signed a joint declaration with RIPE NCC in Jordan for the development of IPv6. ITU-D believes in everything digital and wants results and impact on human life on the planet to bring prosperity to people.


Major discussion point

Regional Digital Development and Capacity Building


Topics

Development | Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Bassam Alsarhan
– Khaled Wali
– Ahmed Saaed
– Anne Rachel Inne
– Zdravko Jukic

Agreed on

Regional cooperation and capacity building are crucial for digital development


W

Wouter de Natris

Speech speed

146 words per minute

Speech length

97 words

Speech time

39 seconds

Internet Governance Forum’s intersessional work on cutting-edge themes needs more recognition and integration with WSIS and SDGs

Explanation

De Natris argues that the Internet Governance Forum’s year-round intersessional work on important themes like health, inclusion, and cybersecurity deserves greater recognition and better integration with WSIS processes and Sustainable Development Goals. He emphasizes that IGF is more than just an annual event.


Evidence

IGF is often seen as a one-week event every year, but there’s a lot of intersessional work going on cutting-edge themes like health, inclusion, cybersecurity, etc. This work needs more recognition and integration in getting to WSIS and Action Lines and SDGs.


Major discussion point

Policy Framework and Regulatory Cooperation


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Cybersecurity


C

Chafic Chaya

Speech speed

134 words per minute

Speech length

1029 words

Speech time

457 seconds

Collaboration between governments and technical community is not just a slogan but proven and practical

Explanation

Chaya emphasizes that the collaboration between governments and technical community has moved beyond theoretical concepts to become a demonstrated reality with practical applications. He positions the session as a showcase of successful collaboration rather than just discussion of its importance.


Evidence

The session itself serves as a demonstration of this collaboration, with the MOU signing between TRC Jordan and RIPE NCC as concrete evidence of practical partnership implementation.


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Collaboration and Partnership Models


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Bassam Alsarhan
– Han Petter Holen
– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Fabrizia Benini
– Sally Wentworth
– Anne Rachel Inne
– Participant
– Mia Kulivin

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder collaboration is essential for digital development and internet governance


Internet and connectivity is the life and blood for social and economic development in the digital age

Explanation

Chaya argues that internet connectivity has become fundamental to both social progress and economic growth in today’s digital era. He presents connectivity not as a luxury but as an essential infrastructure requirement for development.


Evidence

Reference to living in the digital age where Internet and connectivity serves as foundational infrastructure for societal and economic advancement.


Major discussion point

Sustainable Development Goals and Digital Inclusion


Topics

Development | Economic | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Han Petter Holen
– Sally Wentworth
– Participant

Agreed on

Digital connectivity is fundamental to achieving Sustainable Development Goals


The MOU signing showcases successful collaboration that can achieve SDGs and digital future for all

Explanation

Chaya presents the memorandum of understanding between TRC Jordan and RIPE NCC as a concrete example of how government-technical community partnerships can contribute to achieving Sustainable Development Goals. He emphasizes that such collaborations are essential for creating an inclusive digital future.


Evidence

The MOU signing ceremony itself serves as evidence of successful collaboration between technical community and governments that can achieve SDGs and digital future for all participants.


Major discussion point

Sustainable Development Goals and Digital Inclusion


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural


Agile regulation and policy should be based on technical expertise

Explanation

Chaya advocates for regulatory approaches that are flexible and responsive, grounded in technical knowledge and expertise. He suggests that effective policy-making in the digital realm requires deep understanding of technical realities and capabilities.


Evidence

His response to Fabrizia Benini’s remarks about the EU multi-stakeholder forum, expressing support for ‘agile regulation policy based on technical expertise.’


Major discussion point

Policy Framework and Regulatory Cooperation


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure | Development


Practical engagement with governments and technical organizations produces proven results on the ground

Explanation

Chaya emphasizes that the collaboration between organizations like RIPE NCC, ISOC, and governments has moved beyond theoretical discussions to produce tangible, measurable outcomes in real-world implementations. He stresses the practical nature of these partnerships.


Evidence

Reference to engagement with ISOC team and colleagues being ‘really very practical and proven on the ground,’ indicating concrete results from collaborative efforts.


Major discussion point

Multi-stakeholder Collaboration and Partnership Models


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


Agreements

Agreement points

Multi-stakeholder collaboration is essential for digital development and internet governance

Speakers

– Bassam Alsarhan
– Han Petter Holen
– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Fabrizia Benini
– Sally Wentworth
– Anne Rachel Inne
– Participant
– Mia Kulivin
– Chafic Chaya

Arguments

Strategic partnerships between regulatory frameworks and technical expertise are essential for sustainable digital infrastructure


Multi-stakeholder model works best when governments and technical community collaborate, with technical expertise informing policy and policy driving innovation


WSIS platform should facilitate collaboration between different stakeholders including governments, regulators, and technical community


The technical community is a linchpin of multi-stakeholder organization that the EU cannot do without for an open global internet


No single stakeholder can achieve an inclusive information society alone; collaboration is intrinsic to mission success


Success demands unity and shared commitment, following the African philosophy of Ubuntu – ‘I am because we are’


Multi-stakeholder governance model has been a great success of WSIS and is now settled consensus


The IETF needs broad input from all stakeholders and works with ISOC to bring policymakers into their processes


Collaboration between governments and technical community is not just a slogan but proven and practical


Summary

All speakers unanimously agree that multi-stakeholder collaboration between governments, technical community, and other stakeholders is fundamental to achieving digital development goals and effective internet governance. They view this as a proven, practical approach rather than just theoretical concept.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Infrastructure


Technical infrastructure development requires government-technical community partnership

Speakers

– Bassam Alsarhan
– Han Petter Holen
– Khaled Wali
– Fabrizia Benini
– Ahmed Saaed

Arguments

Tangible progress has been made in IPv6 deployment, routing security, and internet measurement tools through collaboration


RIPE NCC allocates and registers Internet number resources that form the foundation of the Internet while ensuring infrastructure is robust, secure and inclusive


Joint initiatives have ranged from capacity development to government roundtables, contributing to Arab Digital Agenda and Cybersecurity Strategy


EU multi-stakeholder forum for Internet Standards will draft guidelines for practical deployment of IPv6, secure email, and other standards


Egypt is implementing IPv6 strategy through ongoing technical assistance, training and regional coordination with RIPE NCC


Summary

Speakers agree that technical infrastructure development, particularly IPv6 deployment and cybersecurity measures, requires close collaboration between government regulators and technical organizations like RIPE NCC to achieve concrete results.


Topics

Infrastructure | Cybersecurity | Development


Regional cooperation and capacity building are crucial for digital development

Speakers

– Bassam Alsarhan
– Khaled Wali
– Ahmed Saaed
– Anne Rachel Inne
– Zdravko Jukic
– Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava

Arguments

Jordan has positioned itself as a regional hub for digital innovation, hosting ITU Regional Development Forum and Government Roundtables


League of Arab States has prioritized partnerships for capacity development, with Council resolutions calling for strengthened collaboration with RIPE NCC


Egypt will host RIPE NCC Roundtable in Cairo in December 2025 to strengthen regional cooperation and align policies with global best practices


Niger leverages partnerships with tech innovators for agriculture platforms, renewable energy, e-governance, and healthcare solutions


Regional roundtables allow countries with similar market situations to discuss technical issues openly


ITU-D supports digital development and signed joint declaration with RIPE NCC in Jordan for IPv6 development


Summary

Speakers consistently emphasize the importance of regional cooperation through roundtables, forums, and capacity building initiatives to share knowledge, align policies, and address common challenges in digital development.


Topics

Development | Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


Digital connectivity is fundamental to achieving Sustainable Development Goals

Speakers

– Han Petter Holen
– Sally Wentworth
– Participant
– Chafic Chaya

Arguments

Building capacity, fostering collaboration and promoting secure Internet infrastructure supports sustainable development goals


Internet Impact Assessment Framework helps policymakers test public policies against objectives of openness, security and trustworthiness


Despite global connectivity rising to two-thirds of population, SDGs haven’t made desired progress and huge amounts remain to be done


Internet and connectivity is the life and blood for social and economic development in the digital age


Summary

Speakers agree that internet connectivity and digital infrastructure are essential foundations for achieving broader sustainable development objectives, though significant work remains to be done.


Topics

Development | Economic | Infrastructure


Similar viewpoints

Arab region representatives share a common approach of positioning their countries as regional hubs for digital cooperation and hosting international forums to facilitate knowledge sharing and policy alignment.

Speakers

– Bassam Alsarhan
– Ahmed Saaed
– Khaled Wali

Arguments

Jordan has positioned itself as a regional hub for digital innovation, hosting ITU Regional Development Forum and Government Roundtables


Egypt will host RIPE NCC Roundtable in Cairo in December 2025 to strengthen regional cooperation and align policies with global best practices


Joint initiatives have ranged from capacity development to government roundtables, contributing to Arab Digital Agenda and Cybersecurity Strategy


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


European representatives emphasize practical implementation of cybersecurity standards through multi-stakeholder collaboration, particularly in the context of EU directives and frameworks.

Speakers

– Fabrizia Benini
– Zdravko Jukic

Arguments

EU multi-stakeholder forum for Internet Standards will draft guidelines for practical deployment of IPv6, secure email, and other standards


Croatia successfully transposed NIS2 Directive through broad stakeholder involvement including technical community and private sector


Topics

Cybersecurity | Legal and regulatory | Development


Technical community representatives emphasize the need for tools and processes that bridge the gap between technical expertise and policy-making, facilitating better understanding and collaboration.

Speakers

– Sally Wentworth
– Mia Kulivin

Arguments

Internet Impact Assessment Framework helps policymakers test public policies against objectives of openness, security and trustworthiness


The IETF needs broad input from all stakeholders and works with ISOC to bring policymakers into their processes


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Infrastructure


Unexpected consensus

Ubuntu philosophy and collective responsibility in digital development

Speakers

– Anne Rachel Inne
– Sally Wentworth
– Chafic Chaya

Arguments

Success demands unity and shared commitment, following the African philosophy of Ubuntu – ‘I am because we are’


No single stakeholder can achieve an inclusive information society alone; collaboration is intrinsic to mission success


Collaboration between governments and technical community is not just a slogan but proven and practical


Explanation

Unexpectedly, speakers from different continents and organizations converged on a philosophical understanding of collective responsibility, with the African Ubuntu philosophy resonating with technical and policy communities globally, suggesting a deeper cultural alignment in digital governance approaches.


Topics

Development | Sociocultural | Legal and regulatory


Practical implementation focus over theoretical discussions

Speakers

– Fabrizia Benini
– Chafic Chaya
– Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava
– Ahmed Saaed

Arguments

EU multi-stakeholder forum for Internet Standards will draft guidelines for practical deployment of IPv6, secure email, and other standards


Agile regulation and policy should be based on technical expertise


ITU-D supports digital development and signed joint declaration with RIPE NCC in Jordan for IPv6 development


Egypt is implementing IPv6 strategy through ongoing technical assistance, training and regional coordination with RIPE NCC


Explanation

There was unexpected consensus across different organizational types (EU, regional bodies, national regulators) on moving beyond theoretical discussions to concrete implementation, with specific focus on technical standards deployment and practical capacity building.


Topics

Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory | Development


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion revealed remarkably strong consensus across all speakers on the fundamental importance of multi-stakeholder collaboration, the need for government-technical community partnerships, regional cooperation for capacity building, and the role of digital connectivity in achieving sustainable development goals. Speakers consistently emphasized practical implementation over theoretical discussions.


Consensus level

Very high consensus level with no significant disagreements identified. This strong alignment suggests mature understanding of digital governance challenges and established best practices for addressing them. The implications are positive for continued international cooperation in digital development, with clear pathways for implementation through existing frameworks like RIPE NCC partnerships, regional roundtables, and multi-stakeholder forums. The consensus provides a solid foundation for scaling successful collaboration models globally.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Unexpected differences

Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion showed remarkable consensus among speakers with no direct disagreements identified. All participants strongly supported multi-stakeholder collaboration between governments and technical community.


Disagreement level

Very low disagreement level. The session demonstrated strong alignment on fundamental principles of multi-stakeholder internet governance, with speakers reinforcing each other’s points rather than challenging them. The only variations were in specific approaches and tools for achieving shared goals, which represents healthy diversity in implementation methods rather than fundamental disagreements. This high level of consensus suggests either careful curation of speakers with aligned views or genuine convergence around multi-stakeholder principles in internet governance. The implications are positive for continued collaboration, though the lack of dissenting voices may indicate limited representation of alternative perspectives on internet governance approaches.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Arab region representatives share a common approach of positioning their countries as regional hubs for digital cooperation and hosting international forums to facilitate knowledge sharing and policy alignment.

Speakers

– Bassam Alsarhan
– Ahmed Saaed
– Khaled Wali

Arguments

Jordan has positioned itself as a regional hub for digital innovation, hosting ITU Regional Development Forum and Government Roundtables


Egypt will host RIPE NCC Roundtable in Cairo in December 2025 to strengthen regional cooperation and align policies with global best practices


Joint initiatives have ranged from capacity development to government roundtables, contributing to Arab Digital Agenda and Cybersecurity Strategy


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


European representatives emphasize practical implementation of cybersecurity standards through multi-stakeholder collaboration, particularly in the context of EU directives and frameworks.

Speakers

– Fabrizia Benini
– Zdravko Jukic

Arguments

EU multi-stakeholder forum for Internet Standards will draft guidelines for practical deployment of IPv6, secure email, and other standards


Croatia successfully transposed NIS2 Directive through broad stakeholder involvement including technical community and private sector


Topics

Cybersecurity | Legal and regulatory | Development


Technical community representatives emphasize the need for tools and processes that bridge the gap between technical expertise and policy-making, facilitating better understanding and collaboration.

Speakers

– Sally Wentworth
– Mia Kulivin

Arguments

Internet Impact Assessment Framework helps policymakers test public policies against objectives of openness, security and trustworthiness


The IETF needs broad input from all stakeholders and works with ISOC to bring policymakers into their processes


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Infrastructure


Takeaways

Key takeaways

Multi-stakeholder collaboration between governments and technical community is essential for achieving sustainable digital development and SDGs


The MOU signing between TRC Jordan and RIPE NCC demonstrates successful practical implementation of government-technical community partnership


Technical expertise must inform policy while policy drives innovation – this two-way collaboration model is proven effective


Regional partnerships and capacity building are crucial for digital infrastructure development, particularly in areas like IPv6 deployment and routing security


Trust and transparency are fundamental pillars for successful collaboration between different stakeholder groups


The multi-stakeholder governance model established through WSIS is now settled consensus and should be maintained while re-energizing digital development action lines


No single stakeholder can achieve inclusive information society alone – unity and shared commitment across all sectors is required


Resolutions and action items

Egypt will host RIPE NCC Roundtable meeting in Cairo in December 2025 to strengthen regional cooperation


EU will publish call for participation in multi-stakeholder forum for Internet Standards in coming weeks, with forum operational by October


ITU Global Symposium for Regulators to be held August 31 – October 3 in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia with invitation extended to participants


Continued implementation of Egypt’s IPv6 strategy through ongoing technical assistance and training with RIPE NCC


UK will continue working with global tech community through digital development strategy and support for various regional tech hubs


Push for permanent mandate for Internet Governance Forum as part of WSIS review process


Unresolved issues

How to better integrate Internet Governance Forum’s intersessional work on cutting-edge themes with WSIS action lines and SDGs


Specific mechanisms needed for tech community to provide more input to government policymaking processes


How to ensure broader stakeholder engagement beyond ‘regular suspects’ in government sectors


Addressing the gap between global connectivity achievements (two-thirds of population) and slower SDG progress


Practical implementation details for the EU Internet Standards guidelines and deployment requirements


Suggested compromises

Recognition that governments need to understand technology capabilities while tech community needs to understand policymaking processes – requiring mutual education efforts


Balancing open internet principles with legitimate government public interest concerns through frameworks like Internet Impact Assessments


Using regional and localized roundtables to address similar market situations and challenges rather than one-size-fits-all approaches


Leveraging existing successful collaboration models (like RIPE NCC partnerships) as templates for broader stakeholder engagement


Thought provoking comments

We can’t go forward in a secure global Internet without you, and we are really very grateful for your contribution and look forward to continuing it… this is what we are looking for, agile regulation policy based on technical expertise.

Speaker

Fabrizia Benini (EU) and Chafic Chaya’s response


Reason

This exchange crystallized a key paradigm shift from traditional top-down regulation to collaborative, technically-informed policy making. Benini’s concrete example of the EU multi-stakeholder forum for Internet Standards with an upcoming call for participation demonstrated practical implementation rather than just theoretical collaboration.


Impact

This comment shifted the discussion from ceremonial statements to concrete examples of how technical expertise can directly inform policy frameworks. It provided a tangible model that other participants could reference and potentially replicate in their own contexts.


Some years ago, we started thinking about what we could do to help policymakers on that journey, and we developed something called an Internet Impact Assessment Framework… Almost similar to how you would do an environmental impact assessment if you were going to build a bridge or a building somewhere, we think it’s useful to do an Internet Impact Assessment to understand the impact of policies and what tradeoffs there might be.

Speaker

Sally Wentworth (Internet Society)


Reason

This introduced a novel conceptual framework that bridges the gap between technical understanding and policy making. The environmental impact assessment analogy made complex internet governance concepts accessible to policymakers while providing a practical tool for decision-making.


Impact

This comment elevated the discussion from general collaboration principles to specific methodological approaches. It provided a concrete tool that governments could adopt, influencing how subsequent speakers framed their own collaborative initiatives and moving the conversation toward practical implementation strategies.


Our greatest resource is not just land or minerals but the people. We have a very youthful population and their resilience, ingenuity and willingness to collaborate… We really need this trust and this transparency to go to each sector of governments, not only the regular suspects, in terms of making sure they understand how the machine works and what’s in it for them.

Speaker

Anne Rachel Inné (Niger)


Reason

This comment provided crucial perspective from a developing nation context, highlighting that successful digital collaboration requires going beyond traditional stakeholders to engage broader government sectors. Her emphasis on explaining ‘what’s in it for them’ addressed a fundamental challenge in multi-stakeholder engagement.


Impact

This intervention brought much-needed diversity to the discussion, shifting focus from developed-world perspectives to include challenges faced by landlocked, resource-constrained countries. It influenced subsequent speakers to consider broader inclusivity and practical benefits for all stakeholders, not just technical communities.


Words are sweet, but food is better. So we want the results and the impact on human life on the planet and bring prosperity to the people.

Speaker

Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava (ITU)


Reason

This blunt statement cut through diplomatic language to emphasize the ultimate purpose of technical collaboration – tangible human impact. It challenged the tendency toward ceremonial discourse and demanded focus on measurable outcomes.


Impact

This comment served as a reality check that reoriented the discussion toward practical outcomes rather than process. It influenced the tone of subsequent contributions, with speakers becoming more specific about concrete results and measurable impacts of their collaborative efforts.


But to achieve these goals, governments need to work with the tech community to better understand the technology and what it can and can’t do, but we also need the tech community to work with governments to better understand policy making and how that works as well.

Speaker

UK Participant


Reason

This comment articulated the bidirectional nature of learning required for effective collaboration, moving beyond the common assumption that only governments need to understand technology. It highlighted that technical communities also need policy literacy.


Impact

This observation reframed the collaboration as mutual education rather than one-way technical assistance. It influenced how participants conceptualized their roles, suggesting that successful partnerships require both sides to develop new competencies and understanding of each other’s domains.


Overall assessment

These key comments transformed what could have been a ceremonial MOU signing into a substantive discussion about practical collaboration mechanisms. The most impactful contributions moved beyond diplomatic pleasantries to address real challenges: how to make regulation more agile and technically informed, how to create practical tools for policy assessment, how to ensure inclusivity beyond traditional stakeholders, and how to focus on measurable human impact. The discussion evolved from celebrating existing partnerships to identifying concrete next steps and frameworks for deeper collaboration. The diversity of perspectives – from EU regulatory frameworks to African development challenges to technical community insights – created a rich dialogue that demonstrated the multi-stakeholder model in action rather than just advocating for it in theory.


Follow-up questions

How to better understand technology capabilities and limitations from a government perspective, and how policy making works from a technical community perspective

Speaker

UK representative


Explanation

This two-way understanding is essential for effective collaboration between governments and technical community to achieve digital development goals


What more can the tech community do to support government initiatives, and what suggestions/ideas can they bring to governments

Speaker

UK representative


Explanation

The speaker emphasized this needs to be a two-way conversation where the tech community proactively engages with governments with suggestions and ideas


How to increase recognition and integration of Internet Governance Forum intersessional work in WSIS Action Lines and SDGs

Speaker

Wouter de Natris


Explanation

There is ongoing work on cutting-edge themes like health, inclusion, and cybersecurity that needs better integration with broader digital development frameworks


How to re-energize (not rewrite) the digital development action lines to reflect the reality of the 2020s

Speaker

UK representative


Explanation

While global connectivity has improved significantly since 2005, the SDGs have not made the expected progress and need to be updated for current realities


How to achieve the goal of connecting the unconnected by 2030

Speaker

UK representative


Explanation

Despite progress in global connectivity reaching two-thirds of the global population, there is still significant work needed to achieve universal connectivity


How to build trust and transparency between different sectors beyond the ‘regular suspects’

Speaker

Anne Rachel Inné


Explanation

There is a need to extend collaboration beyond traditional participants to include all sectors of government and ensure they understand how digital systems work and their benefits


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

The Power of Satellites in Emergency Alerting and Protecting Lives

The Power of Satellites in Emergency Alerting and Protecting Lives

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion explored the role of satellite technologies in enhancing early warning systems and protecting lives during disasters, with a particular focus on direct-to-device initiatives. The session was co-organized by the ITU and the Global Satellite Operator Association (GSOA), bringing together experts from various organizations including the European Space Agency, NextGen Space/Link Global, and Fleo Blue.


The panelists emphasized that satellite communications are essential for disaster response because they provide global coverage, resilience, and reliability when terrestrial networks fail or are unavailable. Current technology challenges were addressed, noting that while mobile networks cover 96% of the global population, this coverage is concentrated in only 20% of Earth’s land area, leaving millions in remote regions vulnerable during emergencies. Several innovative direct-to-device solutions were presented, including Link Global’s space-based cell towers that connect directly to standard mobile phones, SpaceX’s emergency alert capabilities demonstrated during recent hurricanes and wildfires, and Fleo Blue’s Bluetooth-based satellite messaging system.


The European Space Agency highlighted the importance of combining Earth observation data with connectivity solutions, using AI to process information on-board satellites for real-time disaster monitoring and response. Speakers stressed that technology alone is insufficient – successful implementation requires preparedness, training, proper protocols, and coordination between governments, industry, and local authorities. Key barriers identified include regulatory delays, customs duties, lack of awareness, and the need for fast-track frameworks during emergencies.


The discussion concluded that while the technology exists today and satellites are already in orbit capable of delivering life-saving alerts, the main challenge lies in ground-level implementation, ensuring different stakeholders collaborate effectively to transform these space-based tools into practical applications that can save lives and meet the UN’s early warning for all initiative target by 2027.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Current State of Satellite-Based Emergency Communications**: Multiple panelists demonstrated that direct-to-device satellite technologies are already deployed and operational today, with companies like SpaceX, Link Global, and emerging solutions like Fleo Blue’s Bluetooth-based system already sending emergency alerts and SMS messages during real disasters like hurricanes and wildfires.


– **The Critical Role of Preparedness and Partnerships**: Beyond having the technology, success requires extensive preparation including training, clear protocols, regulatory frameworks, cross-border cooperation, and partnerships between satellite operators, mobile network operators, governments, and international organizations like ITU.


– **Integration of Earth Observation and Communication Systems**: The discussion highlighted the evolution toward combining satellite-based Earth observation (like ESA’s Copernicus program) with direct communication capabilities, enabling real-time disaster detection and immediate alerting to affected populations through AI-powered analysis.


– **Addressing the Global Connectivity Gap**: With 2.6 billion people still unconnected and mobile networks covering only 20% of Earth’s land area, satellite communications provide the only viable solution for reaching remote and disaster-prone areas where terrestrial infrastructure is inadequate or destroyed.


– **Implementation Challenges and Solutions**: Key barriers include regulatory delays, customs issues, lack of awareness, phone settings not enabled for emergency alerts, message duplication, and the need for localized content in appropriate languages and formats that communities can understand and trust.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to explore how satellite technologies can enhance early warning systems to protect lives during disasters, with a specific focus on direct-to-device initiatives. The session was designed to showcase current capabilities, identify implementation challenges, and promote collaboration toward achieving the UN’s “Early Warnings for All” initiative by 2027.


## Overall Tone:


The tone was professional, urgent, and solution-oriented throughout. Speakers conveyed both optimism about technological capabilities and a sense of urgency about implementation needs. The discussion maintained a collaborative spirit, with panelists emphasizing partnerships and shared responsibility. There was a notable shift from technical presentations in the first half to more practical, action-oriented discussions about overcoming barriers and achieving real-world deployment in the second half.


Speakers

– **Alexandre Vallet** – Lead of the Space Services Department in the ITU Radio Communication Bureau, Session moderator


– **Isabelle Mauro** – Director General of the Global Satellite Operator Association (GSOA), Co-organizer of the session


– **Cosmas Zavazava** – Director of the ITU Telecommunication Development Bureau


– **Margo Deckard** – Chief Operating Officer and Senior Vice President of Special Projects at NextGen Space, Co-founder of Link Global (D2D company), Previously served as Chief Operating Officer at Link Global leading regulatory and government teams


– **Pierre Philippe Mathieu** – Implementation manager of the civil security from space program at the European Space Agency (ESA)


– **Philippe Lattes** – CEO and co-founder of Fleo Blue


**Additional speakers:**


None identified beyond the provided speakers names list.


Full session report

# Comprehensive Summary: Satellite Technologies for Early Warning Systems and Disaster Response


## Introduction and Context


This discussion, moderated by Alexandre Vallet from the ITU Radio Communication Bureau and co-organised by the ITU and the Global Satellite Operator Association (GSOA), brought together leading experts to explore how satellite technologies can enhance early warning systems and protect lives during disasters. The session focused particularly on direct-to-device initiatives and their role in achieving the UN’s “Early Warnings for All” initiative by 2027.


The panel featured diverse expertise from international organisations, space agencies, and innovative technology companies, including Isabelle Mauro (GSOA Director General), Cosmas Zavazava (ITU Telecommunication Development Bureau Director), Margo Deckard (NextGen Space COO and Link Global co-founder), Pierre Philippe Mathieu (ESA Implementation Manager), and Philippe Lattes (Fleo Blue CEO and co-founder).


## Current Operational Capabilities


### The Critical Connectivity Gap


Isabelle Mauro established the fundamental framework by highlighting that while mobile networks cover 96% of the global population, this coverage exists in only 20% of Earth’s land area. Cosmas Zavazava noted that approximately 2.6 billion people remain unconnected, often in the most vulnerable regions during emergencies. As Mauro emphasized, “communications are not a luxury… they are a necessity,” particularly during disasters.


Zavazava reinforced this urgency by stating that “satellite communications are at the core of saving human lives during disasters for alerting and coordinating humanitarian action.” He shared a sobering example from early warning system testing: “We used it to send a siren and follow it with a message in English. And the young people, children, were dancing to the tune of the siren, not understanding that it’s actually an alert for them to go to higher ground if there is a tsunami.” This illustrated the critical gap between having technology and achieving effective communication.


### Direct-to-Device Solutions Already Operational


Contrary to perceptions of satellite emergency communications as futuristic technology, multiple speakers demonstrated that these systems are already operational. Margo Deckard provided compelling evidence that “direct-to-device technology is deployed today with thousands of emergency cell broadcasts tested in 40 countries.”


Deckard shared specific examples of recent deployments, noting that SpaceX has successfully sent emergency alerts during Hurricanes Helene and Milton, as well as during the Los Angeles wildfires. She mentioned that SpaceX currently has “over 600 direct-to-cell antennas on orbit” and highlighted practical applications like a UK Space Agency-funded project connecting 46 smallholder farmers in Kenya.


The development of Link Global’s space-based cell towers emerged from Deckard’s direct experience during the 2014 Ebola pandemic crisis response in Liberia and Sierra Leone, where she observed that existing terminals were primarily used for text messaging, leading to the realization that “the terminal is the problem.”


### Earth Observation and Monitoring Systems


Pierre Philippe Mathieu highlighted the operational status of ESA’s Copernicus system, which provides “weekly timescale global coverage at 10 meter resolution with open and free data access.” He emphasized that satellites offer “a unique perspective” with “globally consistent measurements across countries,” crucial for cross-border coordination since countries often measure variables like temperature differently.


Mathieu stressed that “AI processing on board satellites is needed to extract information and reduce latency in emergency response,” noting that such AI systems must be designed to “resist radiation” in the space environment.


### Emergency Response Infrastructure


Zavazava outlined the ITU’s current operational capabilities, explaining that the organization deploys emergency telecommunications and satellite terminals free of charge in disaster aftermath. He noted that companies like Iridium, Inmarsat, Vizada, and Thuraya provide free airtime during emergencies, and that ITU offers free support to member states for designing national emergency plans with standard operating procedures.


## Technology Approaches and Solutions


### Multiple Complementary Technologies


The discussion revealed that different satellite technologies serve complementary rather than competing roles:


**Direct-to-Cell Solutions**: Deckard’s Link Global approach uses space-based cell towers that connect directly to devices using existing cellular spectrum, addressing challenges like Doppler shift and extended range for emergency communications.


**Earth Observation Integration**: Mathieu’s ESA perspective emphasizes combining monitoring capabilities with communication systems, using AI to process information on-board satellites for real-time disaster detection and response.


**Bluetooth-Based Communication**: Philippe Lattes presented Fleo Blue’s innovative approach, leveraging Bluetooth as “the most widely standard in the ground,” making it “immediately compatible with all smartphones.” Lattes, whose company was “created last year,” outlined plans for deploying 330 satellites with Bluetooth modules by 2027-28, using existing satellite opportunities rather than building new constellations.


### Technical Demonstrations and Partnerships


During the session, Pierre Philippe demonstrated a “little antenna that uses a few milliwatts of power to talk to geostationary” satellites, developed by Turnwaves. This illustrated the practical miniaturization of satellite communication technology.


Mauro highlighted important industry collaborations, including agreements between GSOA and GSMA, and between GSOA and ESA, emphasizing the integration of terrestrial and non-terrestrial networks. She noted that ITU maintains technology neutrality while recognizing satellite communications’ critical importance.


## Implementation Challenges and Barriers


### Regulatory Obstacles as Primary Barrier


Despite technological readiness, speakers identified regulatory barriers as the primary obstacle to widespread implementation. Mauro called for “fast-track regulatory frameworks and reduced legal barriers for emergency satellite service deployment,” highlighting that current regulatory delays significantly underutilize satellite resources during emergencies.


Zavazava reinforced this perspective, noting that “countries must have policies, regulations, and spectrum access in place for crisis-time satellite use.” He emphasized the need for strategic connectivity plans that integrate satellite capabilities into national emergency telecommunication frameworks.


### Cultural and Communication Barriers


Zavazava’s siren example demonstrated that cultural context, language, and local understanding are as important as technical infrastructure. He emphasized that “local content, language, and proper messaging are fundamental for effective emergency alerts.”


### Technical and Operational Challenges


Deckard identified several practical implementation challenges:


– Emergency alert functionality exists in phones but is not always activated by providers


– The need for formalized government approval processes for emergency alerts before disasters occur


– Integration challenges between satellite systems and existing emergency response protocols


– Addressing timeline constraints, as some solutions require up to 10 years for new spectrum compatibility in phones


## Partnerships and Collaboration Requirements


### Multi-Stakeholder Approach


The speakers unanimously agreed that no single entity can implement effective early warning systems alone. Mauro stressed that “partnerships between industry, governments, and local authorities are crucial for successful implementation” and emphasized the importance of cross-border cooperation while respecting national sovereignty.


Mathieu highlighted a specific need: “Collaboration between Earth observation and connectivity communities is needed to connect these capabilities,” pointing to the necessity of breaking down silos between different technical communities.


### Beyond Technology: Comprehensive Frameworks


Mauro emphasized that “technology alone is insufficient without training, coordination, protocols, and regulatory frameworks.” Zavazava reinforced this by highlighting the importance of “strategic connectivity plans integrating satellite capabilities and national emergency telecommunication plans.”


## Future Plans and Scaling


### Immediate Development Priorities


Deckard captured the shared sense of urgency, stating that “the future is now” and expressing her desire to “do the work right now… so that two months from now, wherever that disaster, earthquake is, or tsunami, we could save lives.”


Mathieu discussed European proposals for “resilience from space” including virtual constellations and AI-enabled autonomous satellite systems, pointing towards more sophisticated, automated emergency response capabilities.


### Specific Deployment Timelines


Lattes outlined specific scaling plans for Bluetooth-based solutions, targeting 330 satellites by 2027-28. His approach leverages existing satellite opportunities rather than requiring new constellation development, potentially reducing costs and deployment timelines.


## Action Items and Next Steps


### Immediate Implementation Actions


The discussion identified several immediate action items:


– Adopt temporary conventions to reduce legal barriers for emergency telecommunications deployment


– Establish fast-track regulatory frameworks for satellite services during emergencies


– Promote cross-border cooperation protocols for mutual assistance


– Integrate satellite capabilities into national emergency frameworks


### Capacity Building and Preparedness


Speakers emphasized the need for:


– Conducting simulation exercises and joint response scenarios with all stakeholders


– Creating readiness culture through training and coordination


– Formalizing government approval processes for emergency alerts before disasters occur


### Continued Collaboration


Zavazava specifically invited participants to the Global Symposium for Regulators in Riyadh (August 31 – September 3) to address regulatory barriers. The discussion highlighted ongoing collaboration needs between ITU, GSOA, ESA, and industry partners to scale solutions.


## Conclusion and Future Outlook


The discussion revealed a remarkable alignment between technological capability and implementation urgency. Satellite-based emergency communication technologies are not futuristic concepts but operational systems already saving lives during disasters. The primary challenge has shifted from technological development to implementation frameworks, regulatory coordination, and multi-stakeholder collaboration.


The speakers’ consensus on regulatory barriers as the primary obstacle, rather than technical limitations, suggests a clear path forward focused on policy development and coordination mechanisms. The diversity of technical approaches—from direct-to-cell to Bluetooth-based to Earth observation integration—indicates that comprehensive emergency communication coverage will require multiple complementary technologies rather than a single solution.


Alexandre Vallet’s closing emphasis on moving “from tools in space to real applications that save lives” encapsulated the session’s core message: the technology exists, satellites are in orbit, and the focus must now shift to ground-level implementation that transforms space-based capabilities into life-saving applications. The speakers’ shared sense of urgency and emphasis on immediate action suggests that the satellite industry and international community are positioned to make substantial progress towards universal early warning coverage in the near term.


Session transcript

Alexandre Vallet: My name is Alexandre Vallet. I lead the Space Services Department in the ITU Radio Communication Bureau. I will be the moderator of this session. I’m pleased to meet you all. Maybe a brief point of background and context, this session will try to explore the role of satellite technologies in enhancing early warning systems and therefore protecting lives during disasters and associated crises. Notably, we will focus this session by highlighting the progress in different direct-to-device initiatives. So, I am joined by a set of wonderful panelists that I will present later in the session, but I will start first with some opening remarks, and I propose that we start with Ms. Isabelle Mauro, who is Director General of the Global Satellite Operator Association, which, as you may know, under her leadership, lead the effort to showcase the benefits of satellite communications for a more inclusive, sustainable, and secure society. She has kindly accepted to co-organize this session with the ITU, so I think I will later introduce the topic from the viewpoint of the satellite industry.


Isabelle Mauro: Thank you. It’s a pleasure to be here at WSIS, and thank you for letting us co-host this session. Today’s discussion, I think, should really remind us that communications are not a luxury, and I think you’ve probably heard it if you attended WSIS yesterday. summit, but really they are a necessity, and in particular in times of, in the face of natural or man-made disasters. So I really want, given that we only have, I think, three minutes, I really want to focus on three key points for the discussion about emergency services and, you know, times of crisis. The first one is connectivity. You know, the solution starts long before a disaster strikes. It starts with ensuring access to connectivity. Without that, there is no communication, you know, within, without the time of crisis. But yet mobile networks cover 96% of the global population, which is a major achievement. However, this coverage is concentrated in just 20% of the earth land area. So the remaining 4% of unconnected people are really spread across vast and hard to reach regions. And it really represents millions of people in communities that still lack really the basic services. And that becomes critical in times of emergency and times of crisis. And satellites really offer a unique complementary solution here, because we have global coverage, we have resilience, and we have reliability. So remote monitoring, IoT, disaster detection, and early warning systems really all depend on robust, ubiquitous networks. And that’s really a key basic element. And countries really need to have strategic, inclusive connectivity plans that really integrate satellite capabilities from the outset so that we are ready to respond, you know, in terms of crisis. The second is preparedness. Having technology is not enough, we must also know how to use technology. So preparedness begins with connectivity, of course, but it also includes training, coordination, and readiness. And too often, satellite resources are really underutilized in emergencies due to the lack of awareness and clear protocols, but also regulatory delays. So essentially, we need simulation exercises, for instance, practicing joint response scenario with all stakeholders really helps create a culture of readiness. And it ensures that all actors know their role before a crisis occurs. And we also need to align national policies with ITU guidelines, with embedding satellite capabilities into emergency frameworks, and all of these will really dramatically improve the response capacity. And last but not least, is the response itself. So what happens when disaster strikes? You know, we have seen that satellite systems support early warning efforts in the face of impending disasters, they enable real time coordination of relief efforts, and the aid damage assessment. This rapid flow of data also helps communicate and economies because, sorry, become more resilient by enabling faster, more informed decision making. So in times of disaster, when over communication systems are all down and destroyed, satellite communication equipment really can be immediately used to support relief efforts. So we recommend three key actions to improve disaster response and overcome the red tape that sometimes exists because of customs duties and different barriers. First is to adopt the temporary convention to reduce legal barriers and facilitate emergency telecoms deployment. Second, to establish fast track regulatory frameworks for the use of satellite services during emergencies. And finally, to promote cross border cooperation, while respecting national sovereignty to enable mutual assistance and faster recovery. So in conclusion, we must really ensure that we innovate with purpose. and that digital inclusion remains at the forefront of government’s agenda so that nations are prepared in times of crisis. So let me remind you, connectivity saves lives, preparedness prevents chaos, and timely response builds resilience and response. Thank you.


Alexandre Vallet: Thank you very much. Thank you very much, Isabelle. Now I have the honor to introduce the director of the ITU Telecommunication Development Bureau, Dr. Cosmas Zavazava, who will also provide us with some improvements. Please, Dr. Zavazava.


Cosmas Zavazava: Yeah, thank you very much and good afternoon. It is a pleasure to be here. Very short remarks. Before I go to my prepared remarks, I just want to say that ITU is technology neutral, but satellite communications is at the core when it comes to saving human lives, whether it is for alerting or it is for coordinating humanitarian action, distribution of food, distribution of medication, provision of shelter, and rehabilitation of telecommunications networks. So it is very important. And we celebrate the fact that many operators are generously providing support to the work that we do. We also help the private sector member states by designing national emergency telecommunication plans to make sure that standard operating procedures are in place. We deploy the right technology at the right time. In 2010, when the 7.2 earthquake on the Richter scale hit Haiti, the subsea cable from Bermuda to Santo Domingo was cut, and that disrupted the connectivity. And it was very difficult for humanitarian actors. That triggered many non-governmental organizations. and Ms. Margo Deckard, Mr. Philippe Lattes, Ms. Margo Deckard, Mr. Philippe Lattes, Mr. It is important for us to recognize the importance of early warning. And of course, satellite communications provide that remote sensing is very important. Geographical information systems are very important. And we should be enhancing our approach by injecting, of course, a dose of artificial intelligence so that we can target those people who are at risk. But having said that, let me go to my statement. It is a privilege, as I have said, to be speaking on this topic that directly impacts the safety, dignity and resilience of communities around the world. The most needy countries are the least developed countries because they are very vulnerable. So infrastructure resilience, robustness, reliability are very important. And that we always focus on when we are deploying emergency telecommunications. Reliability is crucial. And I think top of the agenda for us should be in saving human life. Let me begin by sincerely thanking our co-organizers, GESOA, and our distinguished panelists from the European Space Agency, Leo Blue and Link Global. Their work continues to push the boundaries of satellite innovation for societal good. So we have much to learn from them. They are our partners. and Mr. Pierre. We are very proud to have them on board. We try to support their work through appropriate regulatory frameworks. On this note, I want to invite you to come to Riyadh, Saudi Arabia from the 31st of August to the 3rd of September, where all the regulators will be assembling. We also invite the private sector and industry and academia to come because the day before GSR, we will be having a meeting of industry for industry also has got a role to play in expressing their concerns and the barriers brought by inappropriate or too much regulation. And we wanted to break those barriers today, more than ever, the world faces increasingly frequent devastating disasters, and most of them are driven by climate change. So climate change adaptation and mitigation are very critical. These are often driven by climate change, of course, but they are compounded by vulnerabilities in communication, infrastructure and coverage. Today we have 2.6 billion people who remain unconnected. The figure is going to change, I can tell you. We just released on the 30th of June, our latest figure on the ICT development index, and we’ll be releasing the facts and figures. We are making great progress and that will help us, for example, to reach out to people who live in a remote, neglected, marginalized areas. And we want universal coverage so that when disasters are impending, early warning systems can reach every living human person. And that’s why we deploy early warnings for all with a target to make sure that by 2027, every living person will be within reach. Satellite communications have proven to be a reliable and scalable means of ensuring the continuity of emergency services. And the timely delivery of life-saving alerts, particularly where terrestrial networks are unavailable or damaged. In cases where we have earthquakes and we have the tsunami, for example, the infrastructure is usually destroyed or disrupted. Sometimes disrupted or destroyed because of sabotage, and the satellite will still be looking at you. And then you are assured that you will connect, you will continue to be connected. At ITU, Telecommunication Development Bureau, we are deeply committed to helping countries build resilience. But that we can do, but we can’t do alone. We are taking the lead on pillar three of the UN Secretary General’s early warnings for all initiative, which concerns warning dissemination and communication. Our goal is to ensure that every person on earth is protected by an effective early warning systems, and that these warnings reach people at risk at the right time and in the right format and in the right way. And the local content is very important. We tested the deployment of emergency telecommunications, and in earlier days when we were doing early warning systems, we used it to send a siren and follow it with a message in English. And the young people, children, were dancing to the tune of the siren, not understanding that it’s actually an alert for them to go to higher ground if there is a tsunami. So local content, local language, proper messaging, capacity building are fundamental and very important. Now, in the aftermath of disasters, ITU also provides for your information for free. We deploy satellite terminals, broadband, and we set up telemedicine centers to make sure that communities that are disadvantaged continue to communicate, and we can save one or two lives. Arbace. I would like to say to you, this is also made possible thanks to some of the members of GSOA, because we have organizations like Iridium, Inmasat, Vizada, Turaya, and a few others that believe in our mission. They provide free air time for us to be able to support the efforts of local institutions, governments, and agencies that are responsible in saving lives. Today, emerging technologies like direct-to-device satellite communications are redefining what is possible. Soon, we’ll be able to send our latest directly to standard mobile phones, even in the most remote corners of the world, without any need of ground-based infrastructure. And that’s progress. This is a transformational step forward for inclusive, universal alerting system. Our partners here today are also demonstrating the powerful role of space technologies in supporting disaster management at all phases. Preparedness, response, recovery, rehabilitation of telecommunication networks. But innovation must be matched by readiness. Technology alone is not enough. Countries must have national strategies in place, including policies, regulations, and spectrum access, so that digital technologies, including satellites, can continue to be used in times of crisis. ITU continues to support our member states in developing these frameworks. Please call on us. It’s free. We are paid to do exactly that. Ladies and gentlemen, let me end with a call to action. Let us work together. Partnerships drive mountains or move mountains. We need to work together. Duplication of effort and resources does not get us very far. Governments, industry, international partners should be working with us to scale up satellite based solutions and deliver on the promise of early warnings for war and our dream and commitment and vision not to leave anyone behind. Thank you very much for this opportunity.


Alexandre Vallet: Thank you very much Dr. Zavazava. Thank you very much both of you for this introductory remark. I will now turn to the panelists and start with Margo Deckard, who is the Chief Operating Officer and Senior Vice President of Special Projects at NextGen Space. She’s also a co-founder of Link Global. You probably know this is a famous D2D company. She served there as the Chief Operating Officer and led the regulatory and government teams. So she will have certainly some insights on these aspects as well. What is particularly interesting with her biography, I would say, is that she was led to funding Link Global because of her previous humanitarian work. So she really understands in depth the topic. Margo, could you briefly highlight your direct-to-device solution and the current development or deployment status of it and how you see this solution contributing to strengthening resilient communication in disaster-prone areas?


Margo Deckard: Thank you. Thank you and good afternoon. First of all, a brief thanks to the WSIS organizers for the opportunity to join this panel and to the attendees today for your time. As Alexander shared, actually Link was born out of my work in Liberia and Sierra Leone in the 2014 Ebola pandemic crisis response. I noticed that on these BGAN terminals, which are video set terminals, they were mostly used to text from. And if you imagine the amount of information you can contain in a text, infection rates, fatalities, supply requests, and you realize the time saved for responders to just grab the phone in their pocket in their go bags and respond to a crisis, then you realize the terminal is the problem. So together with my fellow co-founders at Link, we created cell towers in space that connect directly to the device already in your pocket. And Link created the category of direct-to-device, but we were quickly joined by others, including AST Space Mobile, and then a few years later in 2023 by SpaceX. Now all three of these providers partner with mobile network operators. They bring the spectrum and the customers, and we bring the satellite infrastructure to either extend their coverage, fill in a gap, or provide their network resiliency. We do this first by using spectrum that’s already in the phone today and solving for Doppler shift, because now your cell tower is moving relative to you, and the extended range time delay because instead of being 20 kilometers from your cell tower, you’re now 500. Now space-based cell towers are designed to be the weakest signal until a customer moves outside of terrestrial coverage, then it becomes stronger and they seamlessly roam onto the space network. Now there are other flavors of direct-to-device that you may have heard of. There’s Apple and Globalstar. Apple uses the Globalstar constellation by putting a chip in their new phones, and there’ll be new 3GPP compliant providers that use their MSS spectrum, C-band, L-band, S-band, and as soon as they build their constellations and as soon as that spectrum is in the phone, it will be available to users. But in unserved and underserved population, those phones will take a decade. So that’s why the category of the Lynx and the SpaceX and the AST space mobiles are so powerful, because we’re sending emergency alerts today. In fact, Lynx has sent over thousands, I mean, of emergency cell broadcasts. tests in 40 countries around the world today. SpaceX has sent hundreds of texts in actual emergency disaster response. In Hurricanes Helene and Milton and the LA wildfires, they successfully sent SMS texts and emergency cell broadcasts, alerting individuals outside of terrestrial coverage what their evacuation routes were and connecting them to 911 services. So if you think about, and I know for many people, they think about a satellite constellation and they think it’s expensive, but it is the only infrastructure that will solve emergency alerting on a global scale. So in 2023, when the US had a fire in Maui, and when, you know, Libya had those devastating floods, you know, it was hundreds of deaths in Maui and thousands of deaths in Libya. The only infrastructure that could have saved lives on opposite sides of the planets is satellite infrastructure. And with the link and SpaceX architectures, we don’t need ground infrastructure. We don’t need a ground station in sight because we take the terrestrial base station and we move it onto our satellites in low earth orbit. So whether your infrastructure is non-existent, whether your infrastructure was devastated by an earthquake, fire or flood, we can connect to your citizens and provide them with that timely information that they need. And I know time is short, so I will pass it along, but I know, I just want to leave with the audience, the understanding that this technology is deployed today. This category can save lives today. And we really don’t have 10 years to wait. You know, just this week in my country, we’ve had devastating floods in Texas that again, claim lives due to non-existent and poor emergency alerting. So thank you for your…


Alexandre Vallet: Thank you very much. Thank you very much, Margot. I will now turn to Pierre-Philippe. who is the implementation manager of the civil security from space program at the European Space Agency. And I will ask him a question that is more about the format, the information that the director previously alluded to. Could you highlight what kind of essential information in fact should be included in the messages, not only because the technology to transfer the message are important but also the content. So if you can elaborate a bit on what are the essential information and how do we get this information to transfer it to people.


Pierre Philippe Mathieu: Good afternoon everybody and thank you very much for the invitation. The director mentioned that during a disaster you need to have the right information at the right time and the right place. This is what we are trying to do with space technology. As you know you cannot manage what you cannot measure. So space offer really a unique perspective to do that because you can have a globally consistent way of measuring things across countries so that they can talk about the same variables because countries like just for temperature they would measure it in different way. So if you want to look at climate change for example this would give you a kind of long term consistent view and really measure the anomalies on top of it. So this is called Earth observation. It’s remote sensing. Europe has set up a system called Copernicus which is a public good. It creates routine monitoring of the planet. Like at weekly timescale you get global coverage at 10 meter resolution in optical and also in radar and this data is open and free. So you can use it for science but also for application. And during disaster, we need these data, but we also need enhanced resolutions from the new space like Planet Spire, ISAI in Radar, and Aurora Tech. So what we try to do at the agency is really to put all these data together with AI, and that’s why I’m here today, in fact, using also large language model as a way to interact with them to really extract the information. And one of the big issues we have in disaster is first to put all these data together in context with drone data, IoT, so the extraction that we call data fusion and extraction. The ability then to move these data to the people, and that’s the connectivity issue, in particular the last mile, and very key to do it in almost real time, so the latency aspects. And that latency aspect is something we focus a lot on because there is a huge gap today. When you get the data, you have to go to a long path and journey to a ground segment. So we try to process on board with AI because this is the emergence of AI in space that resists to radiation with computing, and that extracts information, and then we need on the same satellite, both the observing system and then the connectivity system, like a solution we heard today, to send then this information to the people in the field. So I’m coming here, I mean, I don’t have specific technology in mind. ESA has to create an industry in Europe with different technology, but I’m coming here to really connect these communities of the one observing with the one connecting. And I just present here solutions for a direct-to-device. This is really new out of the oven. This is a very disruptive field, so there are very few actors in Europe, and we are exploring this. It’s a low level of TRL, we call it technology level, but it was demonstrated last week. This is a little antenna that uses a few milliwatts of power to talk to geostationary. So this is an opposite paradigm to lower-orbit satellites. They are very far away, so it’s very difficult to reach them, but they are there. And the intelligence here in the software, they use part of this signal that exists already to use the noise to actually convey messages. And I find this extremely disruptive. A test was done last week, bidirectional, by a company called Turnwaves. And we are exploring now how to put this into a more sustainable application layer and do use cases. And I’ll stop here for the moment. Thanks.


Alexandre Vallet: Pierre Philippe Mathieu Yes, thank you very much, Pierre Philippe, and for showing live that we are really speaking of today’s technology. We are not really speaking of futuristic applications. Technologies are here. And I will now turn to Philippe Lattes, the CEO and co-founder of Fleo Blue, who will present us another technology for delivering this kind of solutions. So again, if you could describe your technology, its status, and what it can bring to this emergency, early warning forward systems. Philippe Lattes


Philippe Lattes: Thank you, Alexandre. So, the starting point of Fleo Blue was how we can send vital information to everyone in the world, of a maximum of people in the world, with a lower cost, for lower complexity of system. And when we make this analysis, we make the analysis that the most widely standard in the ground is the Bluetooth standard. So, we made the assumption that it will be possible to send messages directly from satellites to any smartphone or any object equipped with a Bluetooth chip directly from the satellites to this object. And we have shown this is possible. We have found a way to do that. So we have patented this technology. And now we are a very younger startups were just created last year. And we have just recently made some tests under stratospheric balloon to validate our technology. And the interest of using Bluetooth, it’s because we are immediately compatible with all the smartphone, 8 billion of smartphone in the world, 30 billion of objects that could receive this directly. And one another interest is that the number of satellites that we need to make our acting system, etc, is very quite low, because the field of senior stand by the satellites very large, meaning you’re covering 800 kilometer for the ground. So this mean even number of satellites is low, this mean that cost of a system will be low as well. And the last point is that Bluetooth is using free frequency. So, of course, there are some discussions with regulation, but it’s something which could be a real added value for our acting system in the world. So now we are under development of our first satellites that will be launched normally next year to make real test. of Otherworld. Thank you.


Alexandre Vallet: Thank you. So during this first round of questions, our panelists have given to you an overview, a panorama of the technology and the, I would say, the data that are needed to, that are currently available also. What I would like now, during a kind of second round, is to focus more on the future and what remains to be done. And maybe I will change the order of speakers for the second round. So maybe I will start with Pierre-Philippe. If you could explain us how does ESA envision the evolution of the space-based services, notably Copernicus that you mentioned in your first answer. In order to strengthen the situational awareness, notably in terms of real-time disaster, you mentioned having satellites connect, well, assembling both the remote observation and the connectivity on the same bus. Will it be something that is envisaged for Copernicus, or how do you see it in the future?


Pierre Philippe Mathieu: Okay. So Copernicus has already a roadmap. So if you want, you have a backbone information that is operational and will be there, hopefully, for several decades. So you would have consistency on measurements. On top of that, there are a few missions coming up that we call expansion mission that will bring new capability, like monitoring carbon or methane, that are also important for emissions and climate change, etc. And in parallel to that, which is a public service, in fact, a public good, there is the whole ecosystem of new space and companies that we also stimulate through industrial contract, creating innovation, etc. And they have, let’s say, a very large number of companies that are already working on that. specific flavors, to use the term. Some of them are high resolution optical, like a planet. Others are thermal infrared, like looking at fires, looking at radar at very high resolution. So the idea is to put them together almost as a virtual constellation, so that you could trigger them and have the synergy between them. And this is a kind of contractual framework that we plan to do that. And also building a new generation of mission of high resolution, which would be very agile. And that’s where the AI on board comes in, in order to introduce autonomy in the system and having things like what we call tip and cue. So you would have one satellite that observed something of interest, but at some resolution, and then it would trigger another satellite to look at there and zoom in if you want. So the system would be more clever. So it’s, and then there is the whole aspects of honors to bring all these data together through PKI factory, where you have different algorithm created by industry, and then operated possibly by the people who have needs, like the National Center for Disaster. So these are different elements of a proposal called the European resilience from space that we are currently exploring.


Alexandre Vallet: Thank you very much. So back to Philippe. in terms of the future, so you mentioned the first satellite, the prototype launched next year, but could you share with us your, I would say your desired framework, timeframe for ensuring global accessibility of alert messaging via Bluetooth? And yeah, a bit of what are the next steps after the first satellites?


Philippe Lattes: First, our strategy is not to develop our own satellites, but rather to develop a small module, a small emitter that could be put on existing satellites. The idea is not to create another constellation, but to use all the existing opportunities of satellites to put our system. So this means once we will realize the in-orbit test, we will be able to make a very quick deployment, because there are a lot of satellites in which you can find some places to put additional payload. So the idea is in 2027 and 28 to have around 330 satellites in orbit. I mean, not my satellite, but satellites that are embedded in a Bluetooth module. So this is for, we can say, a communication system. And so this allows to have a revisit frequency, I mean, to be up to any point of the Earth each 30 minutes, roughly. So it’s not permanent view of that. So we are doing something like the SMS of space to be, to summarize. And but in parallel, to complement what Pierre-Philippe said, we are working on the fact that we can put this emitter on Earth observation satellites, because if you have a satellite who is taking images, and who is able to make a real time analysis of a situation, for example, to detect a forest fire beginning, I don’t know, any kind of subject, the interest is to be able to send the information directly on the ground to the potential concerned people, I mean, for example, for the firemen of the area. And so the idea is, in the next step, it’s to make a coupling with all connectivity with Earth Observation Satellites with IA Embedded to make a real-time analysis of the situation and real-time information of good people on the ground. Thank you very much.


Alexandre Vallet: So let me now turn to Margo. You explained in your first answer that in fact we are speaking about current technologies, things that are currently deployed. But could you also, I would say, give us a bit of information on how the next steps in the deployment of this constellation will also enhance the capabilities that are currently demonstrated, either in terms of coverage or in terms of flow of capacities, so that we can better understand how the current development and the future deployments can help in this objective of having an early warning system?


Margo Deckard: Thank you. So even though these technologies are currently deployed, there are of course engineering challenges that need to be met. So both SpaceX and Link, when we have sent these emergency cell broadcasts, we have noticed that there are times when the same cell broadcast is sent to the same phone, so they get duplicate warnings. In countries where you get emergency cell broadcast, your citizens may have already experienced fatigue, right? You don’t want to give them any more emergency warnings than they need to have, or they begin to ignore them, even when they live in the most disastrous prone areas. So in the very near term, because in reality, SpaceX has over 600 direct-to-cell antennas on orbit today. You’ve got one or two of their satellites at any given time with one of these cell towers in your field of view. You could really do emergency alerts from them right now on an almost global scale. They don’t cover the poles, Link covers the poles because of the way our satellites were deployed. But you need to be able to meet those really pragmatic challenges of how people receive that information on their phone. All the phones in the marketplace today have the ability to receive emergency cell broadcasts, but what we found in these some 40 countries that we’ve tested them is that not all populations have them turned on. So maybe when you go in Indonesia to buy your cell phone, they don’t have alerting so that functionality which is in the phone is not turned on. So there’s that educational component of getting the providers to spend a minute turning that on as well as the education component to the citizens so that they understand the information being provided to them. Now cell towers in space have a distinct advantage over terrestrial towers when it comes to sending emergency alerts. As I mentioned, you have to solve for Doppler shift and the extended range time delay where those two pieces of data intersect. I get very precise information about where an individual is. This means I can almost give you a bespoke emergency alert. So in California, what we can do a lot of times when they have these wildfires, they take down cell towers because they don’t want the power going to these sites because that’s a large part of wi-fi or spread in California. So what we can do is we can give targeted emergency alerts. We can draw any shape we want to and we can tell individuals you need to head north on this highway. We can tell other individuals you need to head south. In countries where you may have a diverse population with different speak different languages, I can actually give you a customized language emergency alert. First it’s read in English and then it’s read in the native tongue. And a lot of this is already pre-programmed in the 3GPP protocol. So it’s so very, very powerful. And the session before us, which I wasn’t able to attend, was on agriculture. So, LINC actually did a grant that was funded by the UK Space Agency with 46 smallholder farmers in Kenya. And what we did was we sent them emergency cell broadcasts, and it had weather information and planting advice. And we were originally only supposed to have 10, but we had a really very eager female farmer who went out and recruited 36 more individuals for the project. And we got immense feedback on, you know, the iconography, like what they understand, what they want to see, how it needs to be presented. So to me, the next steps, because the technology is on orbit when it comes to SpaceX, and of course LINC and AST can send intermittent emergency alerts, is really engaging with the population. So first they can receive them, their phones are turned on so they can get the alert, but also so that they’re not shocked, that they don’t mistrust it. How do you integrate with that government system? You know, in the United States and many countries like the United States, there’s a protocol by which emergency alerts enter the telecom system. And we need that kind of supervision from the government that we’re sending alerts in to make sure that the message is indeed approved by the government. We have done it in an ad hoc way today, but those processes need to be formalized, and before, hopefully, the natural disaster hits, so that these things run very smoothly. Because honestly, it’s just an orbit to upload an emergency alert and get it on the satellites. Even for LINC with SpaceX, it’s almost near, with their inter-satellite links, it’s almost near real time. So that’s where I, the future is now. I’d like to do the work right now, Alexander, so that two months from now, wherever that disaster, earthquake is, or tsunami, we could save lives.


Alexandre Vallet: Yes, thank you, and I think you have been very persuasive and convincing enough that the future is now, indeed. I will turn to Isabelle to conclude this panel and maybe to share with us some further views on the means to achieve this implementation of early warnings for all, because we have, I hope that you have noted that technology is not the problem, technology is here, technology is even in orbit, so we have that. But the objective is to have an early warning system for all by 2027, which is now quite close. And so I will ask Isabelle, maybe for Gisoire, how are partnerships leveraging satellite capabilities, different satellite capabilities, able to ensure that we can meet this target of 2027? And your views on your thoughts?


Isabelle Mauro: Well, I think that there’s so much that has been said, and you know, very insightful for the colleagues on the panel. I believe for us, there are two things that are essential, one really, but from two front, and this is partnerships. The first one is partnership and collaboration in within the industry. And one of the, you know, we’ve seen so much evolution in the satellite industry in the last five years, I think it’s been it’s been striking. It’s continuing. And that is going to be as well to be put to the benefits of the citizens and in particular in terms of crisis. But I think one of the big evolution that we are seeing as well is this really integration of terrestrial and non terrestrial networks. And I think this is going to be essential in this area of, you know, this collaboration that we have with the cell, as you say, in the US, we say mobile on this side of the pond. But this is essential, but this is essential, we ourselves signed a cooperation agreement with the GSMA, and not just for emergencies, but really to see how best we can integrate because this is going to be crucial to reach out the 2.6 billion people that are not connected. And as we saw in times of disasters, you know, the most affected are those people who didn’t have economic and the other area that is critical as well is IOT and IOT delivered by satellite because that is going to be crucial for monitoring as well. And so, you know, this is really the areas where those partnerships, collaboration is important. The second one, of course, is collaboration between industry, governments, local authorities. And we mentioned several areas there, which is one is really preparedness, training, capacity building. We really need and local content as well that you mentioned. We really need to make sure that we work with governments to have the right protocols in place that you were mentioning, Margo, that, you know, if there are some sort of ecosystems that need to be changed, you know, they have, we have to work together to understand, you know, that this is going to be put in place in the best manner. And also, of course, with the local authorities to ensure that we provide training, we provide preparedness for citizens, for users to be alerted when disaster strikes. So I think a lot of good work, the early warning for all initiative that we work with with the ITU, those for us are really critical initiatives when we need each other, you know, nobody’s going to implement this successfully if we work on our own. So collaboration is crucial. And I guess events, you know, like this week are also crucial to bring all the relevant stakeholders together. So as you saw, anyway, and our partners, we know, members, you know, I want to mention also Kuiper that I see here because, you know, like they’ll heard a lot about SpaceX and others, but there are a lot of new players that are coming as well to the table. And I think everybody will have Jussot, Mr. Vaillet, and Mr. Gisaud. We stand committed, as you saw, to continue our work with the ITU, with other relevant organizations, with our members of course, and with ESA. We also signed a cooperation agreement with ESA. So I think all of these are really important for us to ensure that, you know, everybody will be able to reserve an alert when disasters strike and can be saved. Thank you.


Alexandre Vallet: Thank you very much, Isabelle. Unfortunately, we don’t have time for questions from the audience, but our panelists are here and you may quite grab them during the break. I would like to thank Gisaud for having co-organized with us this session. I hope that you will take from this session that technology is available. Satellites are in orbit that can deliver the solutions. Now the question of the implementation is on the ground, making sure that the different actors speak together, work together and deliver for the benefit of our fellow citizens in our different countries. And I hope that you will also leave this room with a sense of responsibility, each of you, to make sure that we can make this happen and make sure that we can move this technology from a simple tool in space to a real application that will save lives. Thank you very much and I wish you a nice rest of the week.


I

Isabelle Mauro

Speech speed

159 words per minute

Speech length

1232 words

Speech time

462 seconds

Satellites provide global coverage, resilience, and reliability for emergency communications when terrestrial networks fail

Explanation

Mauro argues that while mobile networks cover 96% of the global population, this coverage is concentrated in only 20% of Earth’s land area, leaving 4% of people in hard-to-reach regions without connectivity. Satellites offer a unique complementary solution with global coverage, resilience, and reliability that becomes critical during emergencies when terrestrial infrastructure fails.


Evidence

Mobile networks cover 96% of global population but only 20% of Earth’s land area; remaining 4% represents millions in hard-to-reach regions lacking basic services


Major discussion point

Role of Satellite Technologies in Emergency Communications


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Technology alone is insufficient without training, coordination, protocols, and regulatory frameworks

Explanation

Mauro emphasizes that having technology is not enough – preparedness requires training, coordination, and readiness. She argues that satellite resources are often underutilized in emergencies due to lack of awareness, clear protocols, and regulatory delays.


Evidence

Satellite resources underutilized due to lack of awareness, clear protocols, and regulatory delays; need for simulation exercises and joint response scenarios


Major discussion point

Preparedness and Implementation Challenges


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Cosmas Zavazava
– Margo Deckard

Agreed on

Technology alone is insufficient without proper implementation frameworks


Fast-track regulatory frameworks and reduced legal barriers are needed for emergency satellite service deployment

Explanation

Mauro recommends three key actions to overcome regulatory barriers: adopting temporary conventions to reduce legal barriers, establishing fast-track regulatory frameworks for satellite services during emergencies, and promoting cross-border cooperation while respecting national sovereignty.


Evidence

Need to overcome red tape from customs duties and different barriers; recommendations include temporary conventions and cross-border cooperation


Major discussion point

Regulatory and Policy Framework Needs


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Integration of terrestrial and non-terrestrial networks is essential for reaching unconnected populations

Explanation

Mauro highlights the evolution in the satellite industry and emphasizes the importance of integrating terrestrial and non-terrestrial networks. She mentions GSOA’s cooperation agreement with GSMA to better integrate these systems, which is crucial for reaching the 2.6 billion unconnected people.


Evidence

GSOA signed cooperation agreement with GSMA; 2.6 billion people remain unconnected; IoT delivered by satellite crucial for monitoring


Major discussion point

Future Development and Scaling


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Partnerships between industry, governments, and local authorities are crucial for successful implementation

Explanation

Mauro argues that collaboration is essential on two fronts: within the industry for integrating different technologies, and between industry, governments, and local authorities for preparedness, training, and capacity building. She emphasizes that nobody can implement early warning systems successfully working alone.


Evidence

GSOA cooperation agreements with GSMA and ESA; need for protocols, training, and local content with governments and authorities


Major discussion point

Partnership and Collaboration Requirements


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Cosmas Zavazava
– Pierre Philippe Mathieu

Agreed on

Partnerships and collaboration are essential for successful implementation


Cross-border cooperation while respecting national sovereignty enables mutual assistance and faster recovery

Explanation

Mauro advocates for promoting cross-border cooperation as one of three key actions to improve disaster response. This cooperation should respect national sovereignty while enabling mutual assistance and faster recovery from disasters.


Major discussion point

Partnership and Collaboration Requirements


Topics

Legal and regulatory


M

Margo Deckard

Speech speed

164 words per minute

Speech length

1532 words

Speech time

557 seconds

Space-based cell towers can connect directly to devices in pockets, solving the terminal problem in emergency response

Explanation

Deckard explains that Link Global was created to solve the problem of bulky BGAN terminals used during the 2014 Ebola crisis. Their solution creates cell towers in space that connect directly to phones already in people’s pockets, eliminating the need for specialized terminals and enabling faster emergency response.


Evidence

Experience with BGAN terminals during 2014 Ebola pandemic in Liberia and Sierra Leone; terminals mostly used for texting despite video capabilities


Major discussion point

Role of Satellite Technologies in Emergency Communications


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Disagreed with

– Philippe Lattes
– Pierre Philippe Mathieu

Disagreed on

Technical approach to satellite-to-device communication


Direct-to-device technology is deployed today with thousands of emergency cell broadcasts tested in 40 countries

Explanation

Deckard emphasizes that this technology is not futuristic but currently operational. Link has sent thousands of emergency cell broadcasts in tests across 40 countries, demonstrating the immediate availability and global applicability of the technology.


Evidence

Link sent thousands of emergency cell broadcasts in 40 countries; SpaceX has over 600 direct-to-cell antennas on orbit


Major discussion point

Current Technology Deployment and Capabilities


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Agreed with

– Philippe Lattes
– Pierre Philippe Mathieu

Agreed on

Current satellite technology is operational and ready for emergency deployment


Disagreed with

– Philippe Lattes

Disagreed on

Deployment strategy for satellite emergency systems


SpaceX has successfully sent emergency alerts during Hurricanes Helene and Milton and LA wildfires

Explanation

Deckard provides concrete examples of successful emergency alert deployment, where SpaceX sent hundreds of SMS texts and emergency cell broadcasts during recent natural disasters. These alerts provided evacuation routes and connected people to 911 services outside of terrestrial coverage areas.


Evidence

SpaceX sent hundreds of texts during Hurricanes Helene and Milton and LA wildfires; alerts included evacuation routes and 911 connections


Major discussion point

Current Technology Deployment and Capabilities


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Emergency alert functionality exists in phones but is not always activated by providers or understood by citizens

Explanation

Deckard identifies a critical implementation gap: while all phones have emergency cell broadcast capability, this functionality is not always turned on by providers in different countries. Additionally, there’s an educational component needed so citizens understand the information being provided to them.


Evidence

Testing in 40 countries revealed not all populations have emergency alerts turned on; example of Indonesia where functionality exists but isn’t activated


Major discussion point

Preparedness and Implementation Challenges


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Cosmas Zavazava

Agreed on

Local content and cultural adaptation are critical for effective emergency alerts


Government supervision and formal protocols are needed to integrate satellite alerts with existing emergency systems

Explanation

Deckard explains that while emergency alerts can be uploaded to satellites almost in real-time, there needs to be government supervision and formal protocols to ensure messages are approved by authorities. Current implementations have been ad hoc, but these processes need formalization before disasters strike.


Evidence

Current emergency alert integration done in ad hoc way; need formalized processes before disasters hit; example of US protocol for emergency alerts entering telecom system


Major discussion point

Regulatory and Policy Framework Needs


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Isabelle Mauro
– Cosmas Zavazava

Agreed on

Technology alone is insufficient without proper implementation frameworks


Next steps focus on solving engineering challenges like duplicate alerts and improving user experience

Explanation

Deckard acknowledges that while the technology is deployed, there are engineering challenges to address, such as duplicate emergency warnings being sent to the same phone. This is important because emergency alert fatigue can cause people to ignore warnings, especially in disaster-prone areas.


Evidence

Both SpaceX and Link have noticed duplicate cell broadcasts being sent to same phones; concern about emergency alert fatigue


Major discussion point

Future Development and Scaling


Topics

Infrastructure


P

Philippe Lattes

Speech speed

124 words per minute

Speech length

608 words

Speech time

292 seconds

Bluetooth-based satellite communication can reach 8 billion smartphones and 30 billion objects worldwide with lower system costs

Explanation

Lattes explains that Fleo Blue’s approach uses Bluetooth standard to send messages directly from satellites to any smartphone or Bluetooth-equipped object. This technology is immediately compatible with existing devices and requires fewer satellites due to the large coverage area (800 kilometers), resulting in lower system costs.


Evidence

8 billion smartphones and 30 billion Bluetooth-equipped objects worldwide; 800 kilometer ground coverage per satellite; Bluetooth uses free frequency


Major discussion point

Role of Satellite Technologies in Emergency Communications


Topics

Infrastructure | Economic


Disagreed with

– Margo Deckard
– Pierre Philippe Mathieu

Disagreed on

Technical approach to satellite-to-device communication


Stratospheric balloon tests have validated Bluetooth satellite communication technology

Explanation

Lattes reports that Fleo Blue has conducted successful tests of their patented Bluetooth satellite communication technology using stratospheric balloons. The company, created just last year, is now developing their first satellites for launch next year to conduct real-world orbital tests.


Evidence

Recent stratospheric balloon tests conducted; first satellites planned for launch next year; technology is patented


Major discussion point

Current Technology Deployment and Capabilities


Topics

Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Margo Deckard
– Pierre Philippe Mathieu

Agreed on

Current satellite technology is operational and ready for emergency deployment


Plans for 330 satellites with Bluetooth modules by 2027-28 using existing satellite opportunities rather than new constellations

Explanation

Lattes outlines a deployment strategy focused on developing small Bluetooth emitter modules that can be integrated into existing satellites rather than creating a new constellation. This approach allows for rapid deployment by utilizing available space on existing satellites, targeting 330 satellites by 2027-28.


Evidence

Target of 330 satellites with Bluetooth modules by 2027-28; 30-minute revisit frequency to any point on Earth; strategy to use existing satellite opportunities


Major discussion point

Future Development and Scaling


Topics

Infrastructure | Economic


Disagreed with

– Margo Deckard

Disagreed on

Deployment strategy for satellite emergency systems


C

Cosmas Zavazava

Speech speed

133 words per minute

Speech length

1242 words

Speech time

559 seconds

Satellite communications are at the core of saving human lives during disasters for alerting and coordinating humanitarian action

Explanation

Zavazava emphasizes that while ITU is technology neutral, satellite communications are fundamental for life-saving activities during disasters. This includes alerting populations, coordinating humanitarian action, distributing food and medication, providing shelter, and rehabilitating telecommunications networks.


Evidence

2010 Haiti earthquake example where 7.2 magnitude quake cut subsea cable from Bermuda to Santo Domingo, disrupting connectivity for humanitarian actors


Major discussion point

Role of Satellite Technologies in Emergency Communications


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


ITU deploys emergency telecommunications and satellite terminals for free in disaster aftermath

Explanation

Zavazava explains that ITU provides free deployment of satellite terminals and broadband, setting up telemedicine centers to ensure disadvantaged communities can continue to communicate after disasters. This is made possible through partnerships with GSOA members who provide free airtime.


Evidence

Free deployment includes satellite terminals, broadband, telemedicine centers; partnerships with Iridium, Inmarsat, Vizada, Thuraya provide free airtime


Major discussion point

Current Technology Deployment and Capabilities


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Countries need strategic connectivity plans integrating satellite capabilities and national emergency telecommunication plans

Explanation

Zavazava argues that countries must have strategic, inclusive connectivity plans that integrate satellite capabilities from the outset to be ready for crisis response. ITU helps member states design national emergency telecommunication plans with standard operating procedures to deploy the right technology at the right time.


Evidence

ITU helps design national emergency telecommunication plans; need for standard operating procedures; 2.6 billion people remain unconnected


Major discussion point

Preparedness and Implementation Challenges


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Local content, language, and proper messaging are fundamental for effective emergency alerts

Explanation

Zavazava emphasizes the critical importance of local content and language in emergency communications. He provides an example of early warning systems that used sirens followed by English messages, which resulted in children dancing to the siren rather than understanding it as an evacuation alert.


Evidence

Example of children dancing to tsunami warning sirens because message was in English and not understood as evacuation alert; need for local language and proper messaging


Major discussion point

Preparedness and Implementation Challenges


Topics

Sociocultural | Development


Agreed with

– Margo Deckard

Agreed on

Local content and cultural adaptation are critical for effective emergency alerts


Countries must have policies, regulations, and spectrum access in place for crisis-time satellite use

Explanation

Zavazava stresses that innovation must be matched by readiness, and technology alone is insufficient. Countries need national strategies including policies, regulations, and spectrum access frameworks to enable digital technologies, including satellites, to be used effectively during crises.


Evidence

ITU supports member states in developing these frameworks for free; invitation to Global Symposium for Regulators in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia


Major discussion point

Regulatory and Policy Framework Needs


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Isabelle Mauro
– Margo Deckard

Agreed on

Technology alone is insufficient without proper implementation frameworks


ITU works with private sector members and helps design national emergency plans with standard operating procedures

Explanation

Zavazava explains ITU’s collaborative approach, working with private sector members and helping member states design national emergency telecommunication plans. This includes establishing standard operating procedures to ensure the right technology is deployed at the right time during emergencies.


Evidence

ITU provides free support to member states; collaboration with private sector members; focus on standard operating procedures


Major discussion point

Partnership and Collaboration Requirements


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Isabelle Mauro
– Pierre Philippe Mathieu

Agreed on

Partnerships and collaboration are essential for successful implementation


P

Pierre Philippe Mathieu

Speech speed

165 words per minute

Speech length

973 words

Speech time

353 seconds

Earth observation satellites provide globally consistent measurements and real-time disaster monitoring capabilities

Explanation

Mathieu explains that space technology offers a unique perspective for disaster management because it provides globally consistent measurements across countries. This is crucial because countries often measure variables like temperature differently, but space-based systems enable consistent monitoring of climate change and anomalies.


Evidence

Countries measure temperature differently; space provides consistent global view; Copernicus system offers routine monitoring with global coverage at 10-meter resolution


Major discussion point

Role of Satellite Technologies in Emergency Communications


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Copernicus system provides routine global monitoring at 10-meter resolution with open and free data access

Explanation

Mathieu describes Copernicus as a public good that creates routine monitoring of the planet with weekly global coverage at 10-meter resolution in both optical and radar. This data is open and free, making it accessible for both scientific research and practical applications during disasters.


Evidence

Weekly global coverage at 10-meter resolution in optical and radar; data is open and free for science and applications; European public good system


Major discussion point

Current Technology Deployment and Capabilities


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Agreed with

– Margo Deckard
– Philippe Lattes

Agreed on

Current satellite technology is operational and ready for emergency deployment


AI processing on board satellites is needed to extract information and reduce latency in emergency response

Explanation

Mathieu identifies latency as a major issue in disaster response and advocates for AI processing directly on satellites to extract information before sending it to ground. This approach combines observation and connectivity systems on the same satellite to enable near real-time information delivery to people in the field.


Evidence

Current long path from data collection to ground segment creates delays; AI in space resistant to radiation; demonstration of direct-to-device technology using geostationary satellites


Major discussion point

Preparedness and Implementation Challenges


Topics

Infrastructure


Disagreed with

– Margo Deckard
– Philippe Lattes

Disagreed on

Technical approach to satellite-to-device communication


Collaboration between Earth observation and connectivity communities is needed to connect these capabilities

Explanation

Mathieu emphasizes his role in connecting the communities focused on Earth observation with those working on connectivity solutions. He advocates for integrating both observation systems and connectivity systems on the same satellite platform to enable comprehensive disaster response capabilities.


Evidence

ESA exploring direct-to-device solutions; demonstration by Turnwaves company using geostationary satellites with bidirectional communication


Major discussion point

Partnership and Collaboration Requirements


Topics

Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Isabelle Mauro
– Cosmas Zavazava

Agreed on

Partnerships and collaboration are essential for successful implementation


European resilience from space proposal includes virtual constellations and AI-enabled autonomous satellite systems

Explanation

Mathieu outlines ESA’s vision for a European resilience from space system that would integrate multiple satellite capabilities into virtual constellations. This includes AI-enabled autonomous systems with ‘tip and cue’ capabilities where one satellite can trigger another to zoom in on areas of interest.


Evidence

Copernicus expansion missions for carbon and methane monitoring; new space companies for high-resolution capabilities; tip and cue autonomous systems


Major discussion point

Future Development and Scaling


Topics

Infrastructure


Agreements

Agreement points

Technology alone is insufficient without proper implementation frameworks

Speakers

– Isabelle Mauro
– Cosmas Zavazava
– Margo Deckard

Arguments

Technology alone is insufficient without training, coordination, protocols, and regulatory frameworks


Countries must have policies, regulations, and spectrum access in place for crisis-time satellite use


Government supervision and formal protocols are needed to integrate satellite alerts with existing emergency systems


Summary

All speakers agree that having advanced satellite technology is not enough – successful emergency warning systems require comprehensive frameworks including training, protocols, regulatory support, and government integration


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Partnerships and collaboration are essential for successful implementation

Speakers

– Isabelle Mauro
– Cosmas Zavazava
– Pierre Philippe Mathieu

Arguments

Partnerships between industry, governments, and local authorities are crucial for successful implementation


ITU works with private sector members and helps design national emergency plans with standard operating procedures


Collaboration between Earth observation and connectivity communities is needed to connect these capabilities


Summary

Speakers unanimously emphasize that no single entity can implement effective early warning systems alone – success requires collaboration between industry, government, international organizations, and technical communities


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Current satellite technology is operational and ready for emergency deployment

Speakers

– Margo Deckard
– Philippe Lattes
– Pierre Philippe Mathieu

Arguments

Direct-to-device technology is deployed today with thousands of emergency cell broadcasts tested in 40 countries


Stratospheric balloon tests have validated Bluetooth satellite communication technology


Copernicus system provides routine global monitoring at 10-meter resolution with open and free data access


Summary

All technical speakers confirm that satellite-based emergency communication technologies are not futuristic concepts but are currently operational and have been successfully tested


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Local content and cultural adaptation are critical for effective emergency alerts

Speakers

– Cosmas Zavazava
– Margo Deckard

Arguments

Local content, language, and proper messaging are fundamental for effective emergency alerts


Emergency alert functionality exists in phones but is not always activated by providers or understood by citizens


Summary

Both speakers recognize that technical capability must be matched with culturally appropriate messaging and local language support to ensure emergency alerts are understood and acted upon


Topics

Sociocultural | Development


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers advocate for seamless integration between satellite and terrestrial networks, emphasizing that satellite solutions should complement existing mobile infrastructure rather than replace it

Speakers

– Isabelle Mauro
– Margo Deckard

Arguments

Integration of terrestrial and non-terrestrial networks is essential for reaching unconnected populations


Space-based cell towers can connect directly to devices in pockets, solving the terminal problem in emergency response


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Both speakers emphasize the unique global perspective and reliability that satellite systems provide for disaster management, offering capabilities that terrestrial systems cannot match

Speakers

– Cosmas Zavazava
– Pierre Philippe Mathieu

Arguments

Satellite communications are at the core of saving human lives during disasters for alerting and coordinating humanitarian action


Earth observation satellites provide globally consistent measurements and real-time disaster monitoring capabilities


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Both speakers focus on leveraging existing device capabilities (Bluetooth, cellular) to enable immediate satellite communication without requiring new hardware or infrastructure

Speakers

– Philippe Lattes
– Margo Deckard

Arguments

Bluetooth-based satellite communication can reach 8 billion smartphones and 30 billion objects worldwide with lower system costs


SpaceX has successfully sent emergency alerts during Hurricanes Helene and Milton and LA wildfires


Topics

Infrastructure | Economic


Unexpected consensus

Regulatory barriers as primary implementation challenge rather than technical limitations

Speakers

– Isabelle Mauro
– Cosmas Zavazava
– Margo Deckard

Arguments

Fast-track regulatory frameworks and reduced legal barriers are needed for emergency satellite service deployment


Countries must have policies, regulations, and spectrum access in place for crisis-time satellite use


Government supervision and formal protocols are needed to integrate satellite alerts with existing emergency systems


Explanation

Unexpectedly, all speakers identified regulatory and policy barriers rather than technical challenges as the primary obstacles to implementing satellite-based emergency systems, despite representing different technical approaches and organizations


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Immediate readiness of satellite technology for global emergency deployment

Speakers

– Margo Deckard
– Philippe Lattes
– Pierre Philippe Mathieu

Arguments

SpaceX has successfully sent emergency alerts during Hurricanes Helene and Milton and LA wildfires


Plans for 330 satellites with Bluetooth modules by 2027-28 using existing satellite opportunities rather than new constellations


European resilience from space proposal includes virtual constellations and AI-enabled autonomous satellite systems


Explanation

Despite representing different technical approaches (direct-to-cell, Bluetooth, Earth observation), all technical speakers agreed that their technologies are ready for immediate deployment, suggesting the satellite industry has reached a maturity level for emergency applications


Topics

Infrastructure


Overall assessment

Summary

Speakers demonstrated remarkable consensus on key implementation challenges and solutions for satellite-based emergency warning systems. Main areas of agreement include: the operational readiness of current satellite technologies, the critical importance of partnerships and collaboration, the need for comprehensive regulatory frameworks, and the requirement for culturally appropriate local content.


Consensus level

High level of consensus with significant implications for rapid implementation. The agreement suggests that the satellite industry and international organizations are aligned on both technical capabilities and implementation strategies, potentially accelerating the achievement of the 2027 early warnings for all target. The consensus on regulatory barriers as the primary challenge indicates a clear path forward focused on policy development rather than technology development.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Deployment strategy for satellite emergency systems

Speakers

– Margo Deckard
– Philippe Lattes

Arguments

Direct-to-device technology is deployed today with thousands of emergency cell broadcasts tested in 40 countries


Plans for 330 satellites with Bluetooth modules by 2027-28 using existing satellite opportunities rather than new constellations


Summary

Deckard emphasizes that direct-to-device technology is already operational and deployed today, while Lattes focuses on future deployment plans for 2027-28 using a different approach of integrating modules into existing satellites rather than building new constellations


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Technical approach to satellite-to-device communication

Speakers

– Margo Deckard
– Philippe Lattes
– Pierre Philippe Mathieu

Arguments

Space-based cell towers can connect directly to devices in pockets, solving the terminal problem in emergency response


Bluetooth-based satellite communication can reach 8 billion smartphones and 30 billion objects worldwide with lower system costs


AI processing on board satellites is needed to extract information and reduce latency in emergency response


Summary

Each speaker advocates for different technical approaches: Deckard promotes space-based cell towers using existing cellular spectrum, Lattes advocates for Bluetooth-based communication using free frequencies, and Mathieu emphasizes AI processing on satellites with geostationary solutions


Topics

Infrastructure


Unexpected differences

Spectrum and frequency approach for emergency communications

Speakers

– Margo Deckard
– Philippe Lattes

Arguments

Space-based cell towers can connect directly to devices in pockets, solving the terminal problem in emergency response


Bluetooth-based satellite communication can reach 8 billion smartphones and 30 billion objects worldwide with lower system costs


Explanation

While both speakers advocate for direct-to-device communication, they propose fundamentally different spectrum approaches. Deckard’s solution uses existing cellular spectrum that requires solving for Doppler shift and extended range, while Lattes proposes using free Bluetooth frequencies. This represents an unexpected technical disagreement on the optimal frequency band for emergency satellite communications


Topics

Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion shows remarkable consensus on the importance of satellite technology for emergency communications, with disagreements primarily focused on technical implementation approaches and deployment timelines rather than fundamental goals


Disagreement level

Low to moderate disagreement level. The speakers share common objectives of saving lives through satellite-based emergency communications but differ on technical solutions and implementation strategies. This level of disagreement is constructive and reflects the diversity of technological approaches available, rather than fundamental conflicts that would impede progress toward the 2027 early warning for all target


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers advocate for seamless integration between satellite and terrestrial networks, emphasizing that satellite solutions should complement existing mobile infrastructure rather than replace it

Speakers

– Isabelle Mauro
– Margo Deckard

Arguments

Integration of terrestrial and non-terrestrial networks is essential for reaching unconnected populations


Space-based cell towers can connect directly to devices in pockets, solving the terminal problem in emergency response


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Both speakers emphasize the unique global perspective and reliability that satellite systems provide for disaster management, offering capabilities that terrestrial systems cannot match

Speakers

– Cosmas Zavazava
– Pierre Philippe Mathieu

Arguments

Satellite communications are at the core of saving human lives during disasters for alerting and coordinating humanitarian action


Earth observation satellites provide globally consistent measurements and real-time disaster monitoring capabilities


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Both speakers focus on leveraging existing device capabilities (Bluetooth, cellular) to enable immediate satellite communication without requiring new hardware or infrastructure

Speakers

– Philippe Lattes
– Margo Deckard

Arguments

Bluetooth-based satellite communication can reach 8 billion smartphones and 30 billion objects worldwide with lower system costs


SpaceX has successfully sent emergency alerts during Hurricanes Helene and Milton and LA wildfires


Topics

Infrastructure | Economic


Takeaways

Key takeaways

Satellite technology for emergency communications is already deployed and operational, not futuristic – direct-to-device solutions are currently sending emergency alerts in real disasters


The main challenge is not technological but implementation-focused: ensuring proper protocols, training, regulatory frameworks, and partnerships are in place


Multiple complementary satellite technologies exist: direct-to-device (Link, SpaceX), Earth observation (Copernicus), and emerging Bluetooth-based solutions


Connectivity must be established before disasters strike – 4% of unconnected people in remote areas are most vulnerable during emergencies


Early warning systems require integration of terrestrial and non-terrestrial networks, with local content and language considerations being critical


Partnerships between industry, governments, and international organizations are essential for scaling solutions to meet the 2027 ‘early warnings for all’ target


Resolutions and action items

Adopt the temporary convention to reduce legal barriers for emergency telecommunications deployment


Establish fast-track regulatory frameworks for satellite services during emergencies


Promote cross-border cooperation while respecting national sovereignty for mutual assistance


Integrate satellite capabilities into national emergency frameworks and align policies with ITU guidelines


Conduct simulation exercises and joint response scenarios with all stakeholders to create readiness culture


Work on formalizing government approval processes for emergency alerts before disasters occur


Continue collaboration between ITU, GSOA, ESA and industry partners to scale satellite-based solutions


Attend the Global Symposium for Regulators in Riyadh (August 31 – September 3) to address regulatory barriers


Unresolved issues

How to prevent emergency alert fatigue when duplicate warnings are sent to the same device


Ensuring emergency alert functionality is activated by mobile providers in all countries


Standardizing protocols for government supervision and approval of satellite-based emergency alerts


Addressing the 10-year timeline for new spectrum compatibility in phones for some direct-to-device solutions


Resolving regulatory discussions around using free frequency bands like Bluetooth for satellite communications


Bridging the gap between Earth observation and connectivity communities for integrated solutions


Suggested compromises

Use existing satellite opportunities rather than building new constellations (embedding modules in existing satellites)


Leverage multiple complementary technologies rather than relying on a single solution


Focus on immediate deployment with current phone compatibility while developing future spectrum solutions in parallel


Balance global standardization with local content and language requirements


Integrate public services (like Copernicus) with commercial new space capabilities for comprehensive coverage


Thought provoking comments

Communications are not a luxury… they are a necessity, and in particular in times of, in the face of natural or man-made disasters… mobile networks cover 96% of the global population, which is a major achievement. However, this coverage is concentrated in just 20% of the earth land area. So the remaining 4% of unconnected people are really spread across vast and hard to reach regions.

Speaker

Isabelle Mauro


Reason

This comment reframes the entire discussion by establishing the fundamental paradox of connectivity – high population coverage but low geographic coverage. It shifts the conversation from viewing satellite technology as an enhancement to positioning it as essential infrastructure for the most vulnerable populations.


Impact

This opening statement set the foundational framework for the entire discussion, establishing that satellite technology isn’t just about improving existing systems but about reaching the unreachable. It influenced subsequent speakers to focus on global accessibility and equity rather than just technological capabilities.


Link was born out of my work in Liberia and Sierra Leone in the 2014 Ebola pandemic crisis response. I noticed that on these BGAN terminals… they were mostly used to text from. And if you imagine the amount of information you can contain in a text… you realize the terminal is the problem.

Speaker

Margo Deckard


Reason

This personal anecdote provides a powerful real-world origin story that transforms abstract technology discussion into human-centered problem-solving. It demonstrates how field experience directly drives innovation and reveals the gap between available technology and practical usability.


Impact

This comment shifted the discussion from theoretical capabilities to practical implementation challenges. It humanized the technology discussion and influenced other speakers to focus more on user experience and real-world deployment rather than just technical specifications.


We tested the deployment of emergency telecommunications, and in earlier days when we were doing early warning systems, we used it to send a siren and follow it with a message in English. And the young people, children, were dancing to the tune of the siren, not understanding that it’s actually an alert for them to go to higher ground if there is a tsunami.

Speaker

Cosmas Zavazava


Reason

This vivid example illustrates the critical gap between having technology and effective communication. It highlights how cultural context, language, and local understanding are as important as the technical infrastructure itself.


Impact

This story fundamentally changed the conversation’s focus from technical deployment to cultural adaptation and user comprehension. It influenced subsequent speakers to emphasize localization, user education, and the importance of appropriate messaging formats.


You cannot manage what you cannot measure… space offer really a unique perspective to do that because you can have a globally consistent way of measuring things across countries so that they can talk about the same variables because countries like just for temperature they would measure it in different way.

Speaker

Pierre Philippe Mathieu


Reason

This comment introduces a crucial systems thinking perspective, emphasizing that effective disaster response requires standardized, consistent data across borders. It highlights the coordination challenges beyond just connectivity.


Impact

This shifted the discussion toward the importance of data standardization and international cooperation. It broadened the conversation from individual country solutions to global coordination frameworks and influenced the focus on cross-border collaboration.


The future is now. I’d like to do the work right now, Alexander, so that two months from now, wherever that disaster, earthquake is, or tsunami, we could save lives.

Speaker

Margo Deckard


Reason

This urgent call to action challenges the typical technology development timeline and emphasizes the immediate life-saving potential of existing technology. It transforms the discussion from future possibilities to present responsibilities.


Impact

This comment created a sense of urgency that influenced the final portions of the discussion, pushing speakers to focus on immediate implementation barriers rather than long-term development. It reinforced the moderator’s closing emphasis on moving from ‘tools in space to real applications that save lives.’


The most widely standard in the ground is the Bluetooth standard… we are immediately compatible with all the smartphone, 8 billion of smartphone in the world, 30 billion of objects that could receive this directly.

Speaker

Philippe Lattes


Reason

This comment introduces a completely different technological approach that leverages existing ubiquitous infrastructure rather than requiring new hardware or spectrum. It demonstrates innovative thinking about working within existing constraints.


Impact

This alternative approach added technological diversity to the discussion and showed how different solutions can address the same problem through different pathways. It reinforced the theme that multiple complementary technologies will be needed for comprehensive coverage.


Overall assessment

These key comments fundamentally shaped the discussion by establishing three critical dimensions: the human imperative (communications as necessity, not luxury), the implementation reality (technology exists but deployment faces practical barriers), and the urgency of action (lives can be saved now, not just in the future). The most impactful comments were those that provided concrete, real-world examples – from children dancing to tsunami sirens to texting during Ebola outbreaks – which grounded the technical discussion in human consequences. The conversation evolved from a technology showcase to a call for immediate coordinated action, with speakers increasingly emphasizing partnerships, standardization, and the need to move beyond technical capabilities to practical implementation. The discussion’s trajectory moved from ‘what’s possible’ to ‘what’s necessary’ to ‘what must be done now.’


Follow-up questions

How to establish fast track regulatory frameworks for the use of satellite services during emergencies

Speaker

Isabelle Mauro


Explanation

This is critical for overcoming regulatory delays that currently underutilize satellite resources in emergencies


How to solve duplicate emergency cell broadcast warnings being sent to the same phone

Speaker

Margo Deckard


Explanation

This engineering challenge needs to be addressed to prevent emergency alert fatigue among citizens


How to ensure emergency cell broadcast functionality is turned on in all phones globally

Speaker

Margo Deckard


Explanation

Many populations have phones capable of receiving emergency alerts but the functionality is not activated by providers


How to formalize government approval processes for emergency alerts before disasters strike

Speaker

Margo Deckard


Explanation

Current ad hoc processes need to be systematized to ensure smooth operation during actual emergencies


How to integrate direct-to-device technology with existing Earth observation satellites for real-time disaster response

Speaker

Philippe Lattes


Explanation

Coupling connectivity with Earth observation satellites with embedded AI could enable real-time analysis and immediate alerts to relevant personnel


How to develop sustainable application layers for geostationary direct-to-device solutions

Speaker

Pierre Philippe Mathieu


Explanation

The disruptive technology demonstrated by Turnwaves needs to be developed into practical use cases


How to effectively integrate terrestrial and non-terrestrial networks for emergency communications

Speaker

Isabelle Mauro


Explanation

This integration is essential for reaching the 2.6 billion unconnected people and improving disaster response capabilities


How to implement the temporary convention to reduce legal barriers for emergency telecoms deployment

Speaker

Isabelle Mauro


Explanation

Legal barriers and customs duties currently hinder rapid deployment of satellite communication equipment during disasters


How to ensure proper local content, language, and messaging in emergency alerts

Speaker

Cosmas Zavazava


Explanation

Early warning systems failed when messages were sent in English with sirens that children didn’t understand as alerts, highlighting the need for culturally appropriate messaging


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

Celebrating 20 Years of Multistakeholder Engagement: WSIS Forum, IGF, and the Road Ahead

Celebrating 20 Years of Multistakeholder Engagement: WSIS Forum, IGF, and the Road Ahead

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion focused on the 20-year evolution of the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) and the Internet Governance Forum (IGF), examining their achievements and future sustainability as multi-stakeholder governance platforms. The session brought together moderators Bruna Santos and Chris Buckridge with panelists including Wolfgang Kleinwachter, Tomas Lamanauskas from ITU, Anriette Esterhuysen, and remote participant Thibaut Kleiner from the European Union, along with younger voices like Camila Leite Contri and Halima Ismail.


Wolfgang Kleinwachter provided historical context, explaining how the multi-stakeholder approach emerged from disagreements between US private sector leadership and Chinese governmental leadership models in 2003, ultimately leading to Kofi Annan’s call for innovation in policymaking. The discussion highlighted significant achievements including increased global internet penetration from 2.5% in 2003 to two-thirds of the world today, the growth of Internet Exchange Points in Africa, and the successful IANA transition. However, participants acknowledged ongoing challenges, particularly the digital divide with only 37% of Africa having internet access.


A key theme was the tension between multilateral and multi-stakeholder approaches, with speakers emphasizing these are complementary rather than competing models. The European Union strongly advocated for making the IGF permanent beyond 2025 with sustainable funding and proper institutional support. Younger participants stressed the need for greater inclusivity, particularly regarding gender representation, youth engagement, and participation from the Global South. The discussion also addressed the balance between the IGF’s role as a dialogue forum versus pressure to produce actionable recommendations, with most agreeing that its strength lies in fostering meaningful debate rather than formal decision-making. Participants concluded that while multi-stakeholder governance has proven valuable, it must continue evolving to address emerging challenges like AI while maintaining its inclusive, bottom-up character and ensuring public interest remains central to discussions.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Evolution and History of Multi-stakeholder Internet Governance**: The discussion traced the development from the 2003 WSIS process through to today’s Internet Governance Forum (IGF), highlighting how the multi-stakeholder approach emerged as an innovative solution when traditional government-led and private sector-led models proved insufficient for global internet governance.


– **Future Sustainability and Institutionalization of the IGF**: Strong support was expressed for making the IGF permanent beyond 2025, with calls for secure funding through the UN regular budget, dedicated secretariat support, and formal recognition of national and regional IGFs to ensure long-term sustainability.


– **Balancing Inclusivity with Effectiveness**: Participants grappled with how to make these forums truly inclusive for underrepresented communities (youth, Global South, civil society) while maintaining their effectiveness, discussing the tension between being “for everybody” versus being “everything for everybody.”


– **Moving from Discussion to Action**: The conversation addressed ongoing challenges in translating multi-stakeholder dialogue into concrete outcomes, with debates about whether forums like the IGF should produce formal recommendations or maintain their current role as spaces for open dialogue and collaboration.


– **Integration and Coordination Across Processes**: Discussion of how to better coordinate between various overlapping initiatives (WSIS, IGF, Global Digital Compact) to avoid duplication of efforts and ensure coherent approaches to digital governance challenges.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to reflect on 20 years of the WSIS process and IGF, assess their current value and challenges, and chart a path forward for multi-stakeholder internet governance platforms in an evolving digital landscape, particularly in preparation for the upcoming WSIS+20 review.


## Overall Tone:


The tone was constructive and collaborative throughout, with participants showing genuine commitment to improving these processes. While there was acknowledgment of significant challenges and tensions (particularly around inclusivity, funding, and effectiveness), the discussion remained optimistic and solution-oriented. The conversation maintained a balance between celebrating past achievements and honestly addressing current limitations, with speakers building on each other’s points rather than engaging in adversarial debate.


Speakers

**Speakers from the provided list:**


– **Thibaut Kleiner** – Participated remotely, representing the European Union perspective on IGF and WSIS processes


– **Craig Stanley Adamson** – Head of Internet Governance for the UK Department of Science, Innovation and Technology


– **Tomas Lamanauskas** – Host representative from ITU (International Telecommunication Union), involved in WSIS processes since 2005


– **Wout de Natris** – Coordinator of IS3C (Dynamic Coalition in International Security and Safety), representing 32 Dynamic Coalitions


– **Halima Ismail** – From Bahrain, discussing future relevance of WSIS and IGF platforms


– **Jennifer Corriero** – From Canada, founder of the Youth Caucus, involved in national campaigns in over 30 countries


– **Chris Buckridge** – Co-moderator of the session, member of the IGF multi-stakeholder advisory group


– **Camila Leite Contri** – From Brazil, works for IDAC (consumer organization), advocate for enhanced multi-stakeholder processes


– **Bruna Martins dos Santos** – Session moderator


– **William J. Drake** – Professor at Columbia University in New York, expert on multistakeholder governance processes


– **Jorge Cancio** – Swiss Government representative


– **Wolfgang Kleinwachter** – Internet governance expert with historical knowledge of WSIS processes, involved since the early discussions


– **Anriette Esterhuysen** – Member of civil society stakeholder group, long-time IGF community participant


– **Participant** – From India, practicing electronic system design architect working in sanitization, smart cities, and digital infrastructure


**Additional speakers:**


None identified beyond the provided speakers names list.


Full session report

# Summary: 20 Years of WSIS and IGF – Reflecting on Multi-stakeholder Internet Governance


## Introduction and Context


This discussion brought together internet governance experts, government representatives, civil society advocates, and technical community members to reflect on two decades of the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) and the Internet Governance Forum (IGF). The session, moderated by Bruna Martins dos Santos and Chris Buckridge, examined the evolution, achievements, and future of multi-stakeholder governance platforms.


Participants included Wolfgang Kleinwachter providing historical perspective; Tomas Lamanauskas from the International Telecommunication Union (ITU); Anriette Esterhuysen from civil society; Thibaut Kleiner participating remotely from the European Union; government representatives Craig Stanley Adamson (UK) and Jorge Cancio (Switzerland); and younger voices including Camila Leite Contri (Brazil) and Halima Ismail (Bahrain).


## Historical Evolution and Key Principles


### Origins of Multi-stakeholder Governance


Wolfgang Kleinwachter explained how the multi-stakeholder approach emerged from disagreements during the 2003 WSIS process. When the United States advocated for private sector leadership whilst China pushed for governmental control, neither model proved sufficient. This led to UN Secretary-General Kofi Annan calling for innovation in policymaking approaches.


Kleinwachter emphasized a key insight: “The Internet doesn’t need leadership, it needs collaboration from all sides.” This principle shifted the paradigm from hierarchical control to distributed responsibility, establishing the foundation for multi-stakeholder governance.


Tomas Lamanauskas described his personal journey from viewing the internet as a “geek hobby” to recognizing it as essential global infrastructure, reflecting the broader transformation in how these governance mechanisms evolved.


### Development of the IGF Ecosystem


Anriette Esterhuysen highlighted how the IGF evolved into a flexible ecosystem, with national and regional IGFs developing alongside dynamic coalitions. She noted the ongoing tension between serving connected populations facing complex challenges and addressing the needs of billions without internet access.


The IGF’s strength, according to Esterhuysen, lay in its ability to accommodate different perspectives whilst maintaining focus on meaningful dialogue rather than formal decision-making.


## Achievements and Concrete Successes


### Progress in Global Connectivity


Wolfgang Kleinwachter noted that global internet penetration increased from 2.5% in 2003 to approximately two-thirds of the world’s population today. Craig Stanley Adamson emphasized concrete successes through multi-stakeholder processes, particularly the growth of Internet Exchange Points (IXPs) in Africa and the successful IANA transition.


### Institutional Innovation


The development of national and regional IGFs represented significant institutional innovation. Wout de Natris, representing 32 Dynamic Coalitions, emphasized how these year-round working groups produced policy recommendations and research, contributing to the IGF’s role as a knowledge-generating platform.


## Current Challenges


### Digital Divide and Inclusion


Despite progress, participants acknowledged persistent challenges. Anriette Esterhuysen articulated a fundamental tension: “There’s always been this tension at the IGF between it being a space where we talk about those who do have the Internet and who are facing increasing new, complex, emerging challenges… and on the other hand, the billions of people who do not have access to the Internet.”


She noted that only 37% of Africa has internet access, highlighting how governance discussions risk excluding the global majority.


### Gender Inequality and Representation


Camila Leite Contri raised concerns about gender representation, noting that internet governance panels remained “almost entirely male-dominated.” She argued that “gender should be at the centre of internet governance, both at IGF and also maybe with a new action line at WSIS to be cross-cutting.”


### Resource Constraints


Multiple speakers addressed how resource constraints prevented meaningful participation from civil society, youth, and Global South stakeholders. The overlapping processes (WSIS, IGF, Global Digital Compact) created additional burdens for resource-constrained organizations.


## Future Sustainability and IGF Permanence


### Strong Support for Permanent Mandate


There was clear consensus supporting making the IGF permanent beyond 2025. Thibaut Kleiner stated that the “EU supports making IGF permanent beyond 2025 with secure funding through UN budget and dedicated director with proper secretariat.”


Craig Stanley Adamson echoed this: “UK fully supports permanent IGF mandate and formal recognition for national/regional IGFs to promote local community-led views.”


### Institutional Structure Needs


Speakers emphasized the need for proper institutional support, including dedicated secretariat functions and formal recognition of national and regional IGFs. Wout de Natris highlighted the need for better integration of Dynamic Coalitions through “MAG liaisons to increase recognition and participation.”


## Multilateralism and Multi-stakeholderism


### Complementary Approaches


Wolfgang Kleinwachter argued against “false polarisation between multilateralism and multi-stakeholderism – they are two sides of same coin that must work together.” Jorge Cancio from Switzerland advocated for “cross-pollination between multilateral and multi-stakeholder approaches.”


Kleinwachter provided a key distinction: “Stakeholders have knowledge and expertise whilst governments have legitimacy and authority for binding commitments – both needed.”


However, William J. Drake highlighted implementation challenges, noting the need for “real engagement between stakeholders and government representatives, not siloed three-minute consultations.”


## Dialogue Versus Recommendations Debate


A key tension emerged around whether the IGF should produce formal recommendations. Anriette Esterhuysen argued that “IGF’s strength is meaningful debate and collaborative space rather than negotiating forum that might weaken its potential.”


She explained the challenges: “The moment you start actually calling them recommendations, then questions come up such as, who’s accountable for implementing them? How do you report on what happens with those recommendations?”


Most participants agreed that the IGF’s strength lay in fostering dialogue rather than formal decision-making.


## Coordination and Public Interest


### Avoiding Duplication


Camila Leite Contri emphasized the need to “avoid duplication of efforts and waste of resources by coordinating overlapping discussions like GDC with WSIS.” Thibaut Kleiner supported “roadmaps for the future should make WSIS action lines operational whilst incorporating UN activities and avoiding duplications.”


### Centralizing Public Interest


Camila Leite Contri emphasized that “public interest must be at centre of discussions, as tech power unfortunately pushes it away from first priority.” Bruna Martins dos Santos reinforced this, arguing that “public interest should moderate tensions between topics and spaces.”


## Emerging Challenges


### Artificial Intelligence


Several speakers highlighted AI as representing new challenges. Halima Ismail asked about building “efficient early warning systems for emerging digital risks like AI agents,” reflecting concerns about technological change outstripping governance mechanisms.


### Reporting and Transparency


Jennifer Corriero asked about reporting mechanisms from governments on WSIS implementation, highlighting the need for better accountability and transparency in existing processes.


## Audience Perspectives


The discussion included diverse audience contributions, including a proposal from an Indian participant for an “18th SDG, safe and meaningful digital life for the citizens of the world,” suggesting that internet governance had evolved into a fundamental development imperative.


## Key Recommendations


### Institutional Reforms


– Secure permanent IGF mandate beyond 2025 with UN regular budget funding


– Formal recognition of national and regional IGFs


– Better integration of Dynamic Coalitions through MAG liaisons


– Enhanced secretariat support with dedicated director


### Process Improvements


– Strengthen reporting mechanisms and transparency


– Create better “sounding board” mechanisms between stakeholders and governments


– Improve coordination between overlapping processes


– Enhance gender representation and inclusion of marginalized communities


### Capacity Building


– Provide funding and skills development for civil society participation


– Enhance outreach to affected communities


– Address resource constraints limiting meaningful participation


## Conclusion


The discussion revealed a policy community with shared values around multi-stakeholder governance but different strategic preferences for implementation. Strong consensus emerged on institutional matters, particularly permanent IGF mandate and the complementary nature of multilateral and multi-stakeholder approaches.


However, significant challenges remain around resource constraints, gender representation, and balancing dialogue with action. The emphasis on public interest as a central organizing principle, combined with broad agreement on IGF permanence, provides a foundation for future development through the WSIS+20 process.


The conversation demonstrated that while multi-stakeholder governance has proven valuable over two decades, it requires continued evolution to address emerging challenges like AI while maintaining its inclusive character and addressing persistent barriers to meaningful participation.


Session transcript

Bruna Martins dos Santos: The good thing about the Internet is everything is connected. The bad thing about the Internet is everything is connected. The Internet has become a very, very fundamental infrastructure for virtually everything, all of our daily lives are touched. Even if we’re not using it directly as users, we’re still affected by others who are using it for their daily work. So we have to train people to understand what the risks are and how to defend themselves against those risks. There is a very tricky balance here to figuring out how to make the Internet configured to serve us all well, while at the same time not being abused by either individuals or by governments. The Internet Governance Forum is multi-stakeholder and global in scope. It helps to inform legislators and others about policies that would make the Internet operate well, securely, safely, fairly, affordably, and reliably. The Internet Governance Forum is an open organization. Anyone is permitted to participate. We want those who are making rules to be informed by the parties who will be affected. So we all have a mission, which is to make the Internet a place that’s worthy of its intent. Hello and welcome. My name is Bruna Santos, I’m one of the moderators of this session. And my name is Chris Puckridge, I’m a member of the IGF multi-stakeholder advisory group and co-moderator of this session. Thanks. Just to start by saying that this video that we just saw was produced by… and Mr. Thomas Lamanauskas, Mr. Thibaut Kleiner. Thank you very much. I would like to invite the IGF leadership panel and GIZ, the German cooperation agency, to highlight the value of the IGF as one of the main stakeholder approaches in the Internet governance space, and also to say that the goal of the session is to discuss multi-stakeholder approaches in general, their long-term sustainability. Here we’re going to have a conversation about WSIS, IGF, and the future of WSIS, and also to talk about the importance of the WSIS process. We have been discussing WSIS for a long time, but the main approaches have been the main outcome of the WSIS processes, and we want to celebrate them and discuss the past and the future. And we’re going to start maybe with a little bit of history, because we do know that many in this room do know the history, but it’s also important to be


Chris Buckridge: remembered of the values and the things we’ve advocated so much in the long term of these processes. So, we’re going to start with the first part of the session, which is going to be interactive, and we’ve scheduled it so that we have really the second half of the hour as an opportunity for you to give us your ideas, your thoughts on what the future might and should look like for multi-stakeholder platforms. I’ll be the one running around with the microphone, so please use the beginning of the session to


Bruna Martins dos Santos: think about what you might want to input here. Thanks. So, I’m going to start with the first part of the panel, because we do want to have a lot of time for participation from the audience and from you guys, but I’ll start with Wolfgang, Thomas and Henriette as people that have been present in a lot of these processes in the history of the shaping of this for us and so on. So, we would like to hear from you guys a little bit about WSIS, the Internet Governance Forum, and achieving the goals of WSIS. So, can I start with you, Wolfgang?


Wolfgang Kleinwachter: Thank you, Bruna, and it’s always good to remember history, because if you do not know the history, you will be unable to and Mr. Thomas Lamanauskas. Thank you very much. I would like to start with a question about how we manage the future because present is a result of the history and the problems of today have roots in the past and managing in the future needs to understand the history. And everybody agrees that the multi-stakeholder approach was the big part of the past. And if you try to find the starting point for this debate, you have to go back into the 1970s, half a century ago, when the Club of Rome discovered that the world will be confronted with what they call the global problems of mankind, and they identified peace, development, environment, energy, and also information, communication as global problems of mankind. And then we should not forget that it was Mr. Thibaut Kleiner who was the first to say that the global problems of mankind are not only the problems of the world, but also the problems of the world. And I would like to stress that the universal human values are more important than the special interests of special political classes. I think this was a great breakthrough which really led to a broader understanding of what globalization means in the early 20th century, and I think that’s a good example of the way in which the world has been transformed from decentralized institutions to transnational institutions. Manuel Castells wrote the network society where he argued that bordered places will be confronted with unbordered spaces, and indeed a lot of things in the 90s, what we have seen, came out and became transnational. And indeed, the whole internet was transnational from the early days, so there was no borders. for communication anymore, so the traditional barriers of time and space disappeared. And so we ended up in a situation in 2003 in Geneva when we had two different concepts. One was that the United States wanted to have private sector leadership, and China said, okay, private sector leadership is good for one million users, but now we have nearly one billion users and we need governmental leadership. This was really a big disagreement, and if you have a disagreement how to solve it, you create a working group. And in the working group on internet governance, I remember the speech by Kofi Annan in 2004 when he encouraged us to bring innovation also to policy making. His argument was the internet is an innovation in technology and he said, okay, we cannot settle the 21st century problems by being traditional in the instruments and mechanisms of the 20th century. So when he encouraged us to say you have to bring innovation to policy making, we came up with the conclusion and said the internet doesn’t need leadership, it needs collaboration from all sides. And so the proposal for a multi-stakeholder approach for internet governance became the main proposal from the WICG, and to my surprise, 193 governments accepted it in Tunis. So this was the pre-history and now we are here 20 years later and we have to look forward how to do with this outcome from Tunis. Thank you.


Bruna Martins dos Santos: Thanks Wolfgang. Thomas, I’ll bring the conversation to you as our host in this event and also the space from where the World Citizen Information Society was generated from. We would just like to hear from you and the ITU what’s the value of a mechanism such as the WICG as we all see it as the baseline for many of the internet governance discussions we have these days. Thank you.


Tomas Lamanauskas: Thank you very much indeed. when Volkan was talking about history, I started reflecting on my personal history, because I think Internet in a way, the history of Internet is the history of the world, how we go, but for a lot of us, it’s a personal story as well. So for me, the Internet story is about the mid-90s, nearly independent Lithuania, of a student in a high school using Fidonet at the time, not Internet, and then using my then first Open Society Foundation-provided email address to connect to the world and starting understanding what’s beyond those borders there. And now, of course, at that time, it was just a dabbling in that world of information, being geeky about it, and then first Internet with a Eric in chat rooms where we tried to engage with the world, sometimes we tried to break those rooms as well, I have to tell you as a high school kid. And then fast forward to being now part of this community that’s going to where the Internet is no longer the kind of geeky hobby, but that’s something that changes everything and we kind of talk about it everywhere. So I think that’s a really remarkable story from here. So geeks are mainstream now, and I think that’s a thing someone to realize in their personal history is important. And the same happens with the digital, reflecting in Sustainable Development Goals Agenda, what digital was mentioned once and ICTs twice, I think. And then, of course, now this last week, digital is 64 times, and then outcome document. So I think this is a really remarkable achievement we shouldn’t forget. And of course, Internet penetration, if you look 2003, 2.5% now we have two-thirds of the world connected. Not enough, but we have that. I think that is a remarkable work of these communities coming together. The business process was this way to bring communities and I think to have this understanding that you need governments, understanding how the technical community work, and you need academia, you need private sector, you need private sector in civil society, they all need to come together. And the WSIS itself already was statistics, I think it was 513,500 people, including between more than 6,000 NGO people, nearly 5,000 private sector people. It is always a multi-stakeholder community coming together. It was not always easy to work together, you know, I have to say. I’ve been in the NHU 10 years ago. I went in WSIS 2005. I keep coming back every 10 years and I get to tell you, every 10 years is a qualitative shift. Now, it’s a very different environment than it was before. It wasn’t easy. But at the same time, we really have to see how we achieved a lot. And now, there’s two kind of, I call it two legs of the WSIS, no IGF since 2006, WSIS Forum since 2009. And of course, on WSIS Forum, we also celebrate, you know, what I think is remarkable, you know, remarkable engagement. 50,000 people since then engaged in the WSIS Forum. We have 15,000 entries in the WSIS stock-taking database. It demonstrates all these great achievements people do around the world. 6,000 submissions for the WSIS prizes, you know, around that time. 2 million people subscribing to the WSIS stock-taking, you know, things. So, we really have this community there that’s really, really engaging and we can tap on this. So, when we’re now talking about new process, new formats and other things, I’m kind of, my reminder is always this, it hasn’t happened over the day, you know. So, sometimes you feel it’s easy to say, look, let’s just bring stakeholders in the room. And I have to say, like, our story, WSIS story, ITU story over the last 20 years says, it’s not that easy. You actually need to make an effort. You need to make an effort to understand. You need to make an effort to go beyond three minutes for the stakeholder kind of idea to actually understanding each other, bringing each other together, bringing everyone together and really engaging and really understanding that everyone has a role and we need to work together. Thanks a lot.


Bruna Martins dos Santos: Thank you very much. And straight to you, Henriette, as a key part of this community as well and a member of the civil society stakeholder group, I would say you also agree that it was not always easy, right, in that sense. But we’re also inviting you to talk about the IGF who just celebrated its 20th edition and maybe the long term challenges we had in this space, but also the build up of the IGF. So, yeah, you have the floor and thanks for joining.


Anriette Esterhuysen: Thanks very much, Bruna, and thanks for inviting me. And I think that there’s, you know, to look at how the IGF has evolved as an ecosystem and as a community, I think it’s worth thinking about the fact that there’s always been this tension at the IGF between it being a space where we talk about those who do have the Internet and who are facing increasing new, complex, emerging challenges related to Internet governance and the IGF being a space. We’re talking about that between different stakeholder groups. And on the other hand, the billions of people who do not have access to the Internet and come from parts of the world where all stakeholders, be they government, civil society or the private sector, are facing enormous constraints in terms of access to resources, access to infrastructure. And I think what we’ve seen with the IGF is this tension, which is quite dynamic, and sometimes we have one group of stakeholders dominate more than others. But we’ve seen this ecosystem evolve that actually responds to this tension, this dynamic tension. We’ve seen the emergence of national and regional IGFs where those communities can actually engage Internet governance, Internet policy and development on their own terms, contextualized, where they actually are able to talk about electricity and basic infrastructure, topics which are not always that interesting to global North stakeholders at a global IGF. And similarly, as we’ve seen governments become more aware of the IGF as a potential challenge for regimes, for example, we’ve seen the topic of Internet shutdowns become a topic that’s dealt with at the IGF. As we’ve seen big tech corporations from starting off as being enablers of freedom of expression, you know, the primary enablers now, in fact, become entities that sometimes are seen as potential threats. to freedom of expression. We’re able to discuss that as well. We’ve seen a topic like technology facilitated gender-based violence being discussed by an IGF best practice forum. You might have heard that spam, which was mentioned in the Tunis agenda, was a huge challenge in 2005, but we had a best practice forum dealing with spam. We now have dynamic coalitions which are self-organized communities within the IGF who can bring their issues, such as community connectivity for example, or public health, or sustainability of journalism in the context of the impact of technology on the media, to raise their issues in the context of the IGF. We have seen the youth IGF and we’re going to hear more about that. So I think that for me really is the power of the IGF, that it has the flexibility to enable bottom-up evolution of its institutional ecosystem to respond to this fundamental tension, but also to this constantly emerging terrain of digital governance. It’s no longer just about internet governance. It really has evolved into a platform where we can talk about all aspects of digital governance.


Bruna Martins dos Santos: Thanks so much, Henriette. Chris, right to you.


Chris Buckridge: Okay. Thank you, Henriette. So this has been a bit of a recap of where we are, how we got here. What we want to do now with the session, I think, is begin to look to the future, begin to think about, okay, we have this 20 years of experience under our belt. We’ve seen these processes develop and evolve, but we know that there remain an awful lot of challenges in this space and that these processes, these structures that we’re working on will need to evolve to address that. We have three speakers, one of whom, Thibaut Kleiner, is remote and I’m hoping that he’s online already and ready to speak, if I can. I hope you can get a bit of indication from the back of the room. Yes, I’m here. Perfect. I hope you can hear me. We can Thibaut, so I’ll pass the floor to you. Thank you very much.


Thibaut Kleiner: Thank you very much. Thank you very much. I’m really very happy to be able to participate online. I’ll be joining you in Geneva this evening. Today, I’m very honored to celebrate with you these 20 years of the YSYS process. I think that, as many already said, the Internet has become almost an intrinsic part of our life and something that most economies and societies these days cannot do without. It has become really a global infrastructure that is at the heart of many processes, many things that we do on a daily basis, actually grounded on the Internet. We tend to forget it sometimes. We tend to take it for granted. And it’s also true, as also some said, that a large part of the world still does not have access to the Internet. The last figure I saw is that Africa, only 37% of the population has access to the Internet. It’s much better than 20 years ago, where only 2% of the African population had access to the Internet. We’re getting better, but we are far from a situation where there is equality in terms of opportunities in the digital world. Today, I wanted to make two points in that context. It’s also a special year. We have the YSYS 20. We also have had the Global Digital Compact approved. I think all this was an opportunity. Thank you very much for the opportunity to discuss in terms of where we stand and where we want to go with the digital transformation that is also so critical for development, for education, for inclusion. And my first point is really that the IGF really is the symbol of this multi-stakeholder model, an open and inclusive bottom-up approach that we envisaged already in the Tunis Agreement. And I think this is something that we need to cherish because it’s only through this inclusive dialogue that we can also be aware of the new challenges. Now, AI, for instance, has been also massively in the scope of discussions. And we need now also to maybe revisit the way we have organized the IGF. So from the European Union, when we look at this opportunity this year to go back to the YSYS, we want actually the IGF to be made permanent. We want the IGF to be institutionalized beyond 2025. That’s really an important message. And we want actually that there is secure funding, sustainable funding for the IGF through the regular UN budget, but also voluntary contributions. And we want really to make sure that the IGF, for instance, is even a dedicated director. It is getting also a proper secretariat so that it is really having all the features of an institution that can play a role in the UN family. So that’s the first point I wanted to make. Just like we look back, we need also to project ourselves in the future where the multistakeholder model is really secured through the IGF. And the second point I wanted to make is that we also need to look at the many issues that are emerging. with the Global Digital Compact, but also with the Sustainable Development Goals. We have an opportunity somehow to complement or to coordinate with the YSYS action lines. And I think that, again, from the European Union, we would like to make sure that we have an agenda that is future-proof, that is also ready for these new challenges. And what we have proposed, actually, is to have something that we call the roadmaps for the future. So really making sure that the YSYS action lines somehow are made operational through these roadmaps so that we can really incorporate the many activities that are taking place in the UN and beyond and avoid duplications, but also make sure that we take stock of progress in a way that is up to speed with recent development. So this is really something we have proposed, and we believe that it is an opportunity to not only secure the multi-stakeholder model, but also to prove that


Chris Buckridge: it works in relation to these new challenges. Okay, thank you very much, Thibaut. We had a slight synchronization issue here, but I think we all heard you very loud and clear, so glad you could be here with us remotely. We have two more speakers who are coming from, well, the younger end of the spectrum in engagement, and I think that’s a very valuable input perspective to have when we’re looking to the future and how these processes are developing. So first, please,


Camila Leite Contri: Camila Leite, can I turn to you? Of course, thank you. As you can imagine, I wasn’t in the initial discussions of WSIS, but I’m very happy to be part of this moment right now and to see the evolution of this and our willingness to make this even more inclusive. And I feel personally engaged to do that, because we are talking not only about the past learnings, but also how we can do better for future generations, and happy to be with more youth people to be thinking about the future. I believe that these spaces remain pretty essential, but we need to do some enhancements to advance this kind of discussions. And as someone that comes from Brazil and working for a consumer organization, I work for IDAC, I believe it’s very important for us when we are discussing multi-stakeholder to recall that we already have discussions on how to improve multi-stakeholder processes. We had Net Mundial Plus 10, we have the São Paulo principles, which recognize the need to enhance the notion of multi-stakeholder considering the different responsibilities of each stakeholder and also the imbalance between them. So we need to proactively reach out, for example, to civil society, to affected communities, who unfortunately most of the times cannot be in this kind of room. And for that we need funding, we need support, we need skills, we need development for them to be in equal footing with us. And also as civil society we need to push this kind of participation as well. And again, I’m personally engaged to do so. A second thing is that we see several overlaps and several overlaps in important discussions, but we see, and being really direct, we see some waste of resources when we duplicate efforts that can be coordinated, that doesn’t necessarily have to be fragmented and can be more cohesive. And we see, for example, important GDC discussions that we see a lot of synergy that could go inside WSIS. And I think that this kind of participation, this recognition of coherence is necessary. And this is a sensitive issue, but we also need to consider budget constraints, both from civil society organizations to be part of several discussions, but also UN agencies, for example, and for youth organizations to be part of this. And lastly, I think when we are thinking about the past and the future, we see and Mr. Thibaut Kleiner. Thank you. I would like to start with some common narratives that we need to overcome. The first one is that if we are having global discussions, this is, we cannot consider local realities. As he had mentioned, it is essential to value regional and local IGFs considering how the implementation of WSIS, for example, can impact regional and local issues. So, we have to be aware that if we are having these discussions, we are having these false polarisation between human rights and


Chris Buckridge: innovation. Breaking the law is not innovative and we have to go beyond that and have to continue to contribute to these discussions. Thank you. All right. Thank you very much.


Halima Ismail: And so the final speaker we have here on the stage with us is Halima Ismail coming from Bahrain. So, Halima, please. Thank you. So, I would like to start with a few questions for WSIS and the IGF to remain relevant and impactful over the next 20 years. First, how do we ensure these platforms remain truly inclusive clearing houses for knowledge? This answers to keep expanding spaces for digital and digital innovation. Second, how can we build an efficient early warning system for emerging digital risks like the rapid rise of AI agents? I believe the solution is to strengthen collaboration with technical experts, civil society and non-profits who often work closest to communities and can service issues that larger institutions might miss. Third, how do we move from discussion to action?


Chris Buckridge: Thank you very much, Halima. Thomas, I know you have to leave, so thank you for being with us here today. So we’ve reached the point of the discussion here, and I hope that our panellists on stage will also feel free to join in this, but we’d really like to hear from those of you in the audience. I’m going to pass over to Bruna and I will go grab a mic and bring it to you where you’re sitting.


Bruna Martins dos Santos: So yes, open for anyone that wants to join the debate. Three minutes intervention. We have mainly two questions for you guys. What do we want from multi-stakeholder governance platforms and how could their value be harnessed? But also feel free to add anything else that you feel is relevant for this conversation. And Chris is going to find you. If we can dim the lights just a little bit to the audience, we cannot really see them from here. Thank


Craig Stanley Adamson: you guys. So my name is Craig Stanley Adamson. I’m Head of Internet Governance for the UK Department of Science, Innovation and Technology, and will be part of the WSIS process this year. I’d just like to start by saying that it’s clear that multi-stakeholder engagement and collaboration through the WSIS process has tackled and delivered on many global issues. Just a quick little recap, I just want to highlight that the IGF has made concrete successes of the increase of IXPs, Internet Exchange Points, across Africa. It played a crucial role in IANA transition and it’s helped developing the next generation of global majority leaders in Internet governance. We heard from Tomas that the WSIS Forum has made tangible outputs on many of the action lines that we’re discussing this week. I think it’s really important to discuss how we keep these tangible outputs and momentum going and how we can further strengthen these WSIS processes going forward. Part of this comes from the permanent mandate of the IGF, as Thibaut mentioned, and the UK fully supports this and the need for greater support to the IGF Secretariat to help deliver that. This will help ensure focus and consistency as we tackle these global challenges. One of the other areas the UK is looking to bring to the WSIS review is formal recognition for the national and regional IGFs, which can play a greater role in promoting local and community-led views into these global processes. It’s crucial that we have diverse input from the global majority to tackle these digital issues and we’re pleased to hear the reference from one of the participants on stage to the São Paulo Principles on Multistakeholder Participation. So just to clarify again and reiterate that ensuring a rich and diverse range of inputs from all stakeholder groups needs to be a priority and a key focus for us during this WSIS plus 20 review, and it’s something that we should hope to continue that discussion going forward, so not let it stop at this particular review. Thank you.


Chris Buckridge: Thank you very much. Thibaut, please.


Wout de Natris: Yes, thank you, Chris, and thank you all for presenting. My name is Wouter Natus van der Boerth and I’m the coordinator of IS3C, the Dynamic Coalition in International Security and Safety, and sort of unofficially representing all 32 DCs today. My intervention focuses on the importance of the year-round intersessional work going on at the IGF. Many people are not aware of this intersessional work nor of its useful outcomes and important, sometimes even important outcomes. There are 10 new reports from dynamic coalitions in 2025. Several DCs are working on and have strong linkages to the WSIS action lines, for example, on health and capacity building, inclusion, cyber security. They include many WSIS partners working in these dynamic coalitions. All DCs will cover well over 1,000 different partners who contribute in the form of funding, cooperation in kind, participating in consultations, writing reports, and sitting in online meetings. Our reports can feed into several programs around the world as they contain policy recommendations, identified best practices, or simply sound advice as what works and does not work. Compiled from the input from many and researched by experts, you will find that they align with the WSIS action programs and projected outcomes with the GDC and the SDGs. The DCs came away from the IGF 2025 in Lilleström with the following takeaways. The future of the multi-stakeholder governance must be generally inclusive, not only in principle, but in practice. Standards for safety, security, and accessibility are a key element for ensuring an open and inclusive internet. Dynamic coalitions function as engines of innovation, dialogue, and community-driven research on some of the most pressing issues in internet governance. But on action points, there is something going wrong on my screen, but that’s solved now. On action points, strengthening of the recognition of dynamic coalitions as an indispensable research in multi-stakeholder governance. And that’s the action for the future. The work of DCs in the future can be better integrated into the IGF program. We propose that the DCs have one or two liaisons in the MAG who advise on the way expected DC outcomes are reflected by and better become integrated into the IGF program so that outcomes become far better known, better recognized by the whole community, leading to more participation because all stakeholders would have a higher stake in the projected outcomes. So, I hope that we can discuss that in the near future. Thank you, Chris.


Chris Buckridge: Thank you for that.


Participant: Hi, good afternoon. My name is… I’m from India. I’m a practicing electronic system design architect, and I’m into sanitization, smart cities, and digital infrastructure domain. I think internet governance is a very, very concurrent subject, and I think it is becoming all the more important, looking into the disruption that all the digital technologies are bringing, particularly the AI. And one of the things that is coming to the mind, and when we talk about citizens and development of cities, because we were having a, the previous session was talking about cities and all that, and citizens are the most important part. And when we talk about them, and in cities context also, we talk about SDGs, all the 17 SDGs. But I think we need another 18th SDG, safe and meaningful digital life for the citizens of the world. I think this needs to, we always say that internet is becoming a fundamental right, but nobody’s talking about the governance and the importance to a level that it could be added as another SDG. Just my two cents to the discussion. Maybe people may like and take this idea forward, but happy to work on this thing, because this is very close to my heart. Thank you.


Bruna Martins dos Santos: Thank you very much for the interventions.


Chris Buckridge: We have one more intervention from Bill, I know, and maybe then we can go, and then, yeah.


William J. Drake: Hi. I’m Bill Drake. I teach at Columbia University in New York. WIS is a process, obviously, has greatly stimulated multistakeholder engagement across the board. One of the things that I’ve noticed, though, is the kind of bifurcation between the experiences within multistakeholder governance processes and multilateral processes that have added a multistakeholder participation component, which you might call multilateralism plus. So, on the multistakeholder side of the coin, you’ve got bodies like ICANN and so on, which have demonstrated that they’re essentially learning organizations. that they continually try to improve their processes by reflecting on what they’ve done and how could they do it better, and have developed institutional mechanisms to try to increase the ways in which all stakeholders, including governments, are able to work together with others to come to decisions. On the multilateral side, though, what we’ve had is a lot of sort of, okay, we create a multilateral, a multi-stakeholder space. We have like a consultation where multi-stakeholder people can come and speak for three minutes and give a canned presentation, but the government people are not in the room, they’re not engaging. We don’t have enough real engagement between stakeholders and government representatives, which we did back in the WSIS process 20 years ago. And so what I would try to suggest is that, it would be useful if on the intergovernmental side of things, we could also have a learning institution kind of culture, where we could try to reflect on how we’ve done things and how to improve the process to increase the capacity of states to work together with stakeholders in an interactive, dynamic fashion to reach governance solutions that are actually more sustainable and broadly supported by everybody, rather than having siloed conversations where, you know, okay, the stakeholders get to talk, but they talk over there and the governments are not in the room. We need to be together in the conversation and I hope we can start to find ways to work on developing that better. Thank you.


Chris Buckridge: Thank you, Bill.


Jennifer Corriero: Hello, my name is Jennifer Corriero from Canada and I was happy with taking a global and our organization was happy to be the only Canadian project in the WSIS champion. So out of 90 selected, and it really has me thinking about the need for reports like I would like to see a report from the government of Canada on all the actions from all the line items. Thank you very much. Thank you, sir. I think that’s a great question. I think it’s really important and I’m sure there’s a lot of people that are going to be interested in technology, but the question is, how do we continue to develop these types of systems in the past 20 years? And in general, not just for one country, but we were one of the founders of the Youth Caucus, we had national campaigns in over 30 countries, there were consultations. And I just wonder what mechanisms there are within countries for reporting and how to continue to expand these multi-stakeholder networks within country, because it seems that there’s much limited capacity, at least in the Canadian context. So that’s something that I’d like to see, like I’d like to see the report on how commitments have been taken, and maybe I’m missing that if it’s on the website, I apologize, but thank you.


Chris Buckridge: Okay, thank you very much. I think Jorge had a very brief point, and maybe then we can hear a bit of reactions from those on the panel, some of what we’ve heard.


Jorge Cancio: Thank you, Chris. Jorge Gancios, Swiss Government, so happy to be here, happy to listening to you. I just want to pick on something that Ms. Halima Ismail said, which is that the framework has to deliver on our digital present and future, if I understood that correctly, and I think it’s very important to recall that with everything we do, especially with WSIS plus 20 review. This is about delivering on the promises of our digital society, delivering on the promises of what we called 20 years ago the information society, and it’s important to build on the discussions we had last year in the Global Digital Compact, that we agreed on a series of commitments. Now we have the opportunity of really using the WSIS framework to update it, to strengthen it, and to make progress in this cross-pollinization between multilateral and multi-stakeholder. There are many elements in the WSIS framework, apart from the IGF. The IGF is very important. We have the WSIS Forum, we have ANGES, we have the CSTD, we have different pieces and parts, some more multilateral on one side of the spectrum, some more multi-stakeholder. What we have to do, I think, is to evolve them into a WSIS+, that works better, that really uses all the strength of the multilateral and the multi-stakeholder approach to deliver on what we want our populations, our people, the citizens of this world to live in a better place, which nowadays is completely hybrid between digital and physical. Thank you.


Bruna Martins dos Santos: Thanks, Jorge. Thanks, Jorge. Yeah, and also just a point, thanks for adding on the deliverable side of things, right? And also one thing that one of our panelists mentioned, and maybe the audience as well, is the so-called tension between multilateralism and multi-stakeholderism. And I do believe that highlighting NetMundial as kind of a compromise around that is relevant because it did try to show that both can and have always coexisted in a lot of ways, right? So there is no reason to be arguing around these so-called tensions. But I’ll give the floor back to you guys at the panel if you want to comment on any of the points from the audience and maybe we can have another round as well.


Wolfgang Kleinwachter: Thank you very much. And I will use this, what Pruna just has said, you know, this misunderstanding, or I don’t know how to call it, between multilateralism and multi-stakeholderism. So this is partly nonsense because it is an innovation in policymaking. What I said in the introduction, in my first statement when Kofi Annan addressed the WIKIG and he argued in favor of, we have to rethink the policy processes because we, as Jorge has said, it’s about substance. We have to deliver something and the procedures, you know, how to reach that has to be adjusted to the substantial challenges. And as Bill has said, you know, we are still with regard to procedures in the thinking that some governments have not really understood that the multi-stakeholder approach and the multilateral mechanisms are two sides of a coin, they are belonging together. Yesterday the UNESCO Deputy Secretary General made it very clear that the stakeholders have the knowledge, the technical expertise of the engagement, but the governments have the legitimacy and the authority to agree on binding commitment. So these two sides have to go together and not that we have three minutes consultations with stakeholders and then governments go in a different room and negotiate the final outcome document. This is nonsense, this won’t work and we will have to see what will happen now with the WSIS plus 20 output document. So what I see is another interesting innovation based on a proposal by the European Commission that now the two co-facilitators have created a so-called sounding board, you know, from stakeholders which could function as a link between the consultations among non-state actors and the state actors sitting in the negotiation rooms. So it has to be seen how open the governments will be and to accept that real intervention come from non-state actors and the and Mr. Thomas Lamanauskas, Mr. Thibaut Kleiner. I would like to conclude by saying that the input which comes from non-state actors will have also an impact on the final, in the final outcome document. And once again, you know, procedures are important at the NetMundial plus ten multi-stakeholder guidelines are a big step forward because it clarified that multi-stakeholder guidelines are a big step forward. So, I would like to conclude by saying that the input which comes from non-state actors will have also an impact on the final, in the final outcome document.


Anriette Esterhuysen: And once again, you know, procedures are important at the NetMundial plus ten multi-stakeholder guidelines are a big step forward because it clarified that multi-stakeholder guidelines are a big step forward. And once again, you know, procedures are important at the NetMundial plus ten multi-stakeholder guidelines are a big step forward. And again, I would like to conclude by saying that the input which comes from non-state actors will have also an impact on the final, in the final outcome document document. And once again, you know, procedures are important at the NetMundial plus ten multi-stakeholder guidelines are a big step forward because it clarified that multi-stakeholder guidelines are a big step forward. So, I would like to conclude by saying that I think we should be more careful about the way in which we are going to implement and deepen participation. I talked about the evolution of the infrastructure and the institutional framework, the ecosystem. I didn’t mention, for example, the parliamentary track. There’s a judiciary track. I mean, there’s still a need in the view of some people, including myself, that we can include governments in a more targeted outcome-oriented way. And, it’s not just economic outcomes, but as we put that together for the new There’s value, I think, in the IGF messages. They’re very useful. They reflect a multiplicity of perspectives, which very few other policy forums would do. But the moment you start actually calling them recommendations, then questions come up such as, who’s accountable for implementing them? How do you report on what happens with those recommendations? And who gives the people who develop those recommendations a mandate to do so in the first place? And you could so easily do, in fact, some national and regional IGFs do come up with recommendations, but there’s very little follow-up and implementation on those recommendations. That doesn’t mean they’re not without value. But I think the strength of the IGF is that it is a space where we can talk both about big picture challenges, such as we’re currently in a geopolitical environment where there’s a lot of conflict. There’s conflict between countries, there’s conflict on issues, there are questions about the fear that people have of AI and emerging tech, the role of big tech companies, the abuse of the internet. And the IGF gives us a place to cooperate, to work collaboratively. And what is more important? To have those really meaningful, as Bill Drake was saying, not just one prepared statement after another, but real debate, deep debate. What’s more important? Having that between different stakeholders, even stakeholders who don’t agree with one another, or coming up with recommendations that might actually go nowhere. So I think that the influence of the IGF is immense. I think we’ve heard about that. I’m sitting next to Camila. The CGI, the innovation in Brazil to create a multi-stakeholder national internet governance framework, that’s incredibly important. That wasn’t the consequence of a recommendation that came out of the IGF. It was a consequence of the depth of the inclusive process. and others, and the openness of the IGF to discuss and be innovative. So I think let’s keep this forum, let’s strengthen it, but let’s not overburden it with becoming a negotiating forum that has to come up with consensus recommendations, because I think that could ultimately weaken it or not optimize its enormous potential. And I really do believe that we’re only beginning to realize the potential of this innovation. I think the IGF is future-proof. We just need to make sure that we can have it and keep growing it and strengthening it.


Camila Leite Contri: Thank you. Also, adding on what Anquiet said, I believe that we don’t need to make it tough with recommendation, but we could improve reporting mechanisms. So we are talking about people who cannot be in the room, people who can be in the room in the future. Also about transparency, about accountability, IGF can be strengthened to have not closed recommendations, but also to strengthen the role of MAG, to strengthen the transparency that we have with this kind of discussions, and also making a greater use of IGF to do follow-ups on these discussions. So okay, we don’t need to wait for WSIS plus 30 to continue this. IGF can be one of these spaces. And IGF at this year was very important to warm up for this moment, for example. And one last point is that we are talking about the difference of stakeholder participations. And I believe that it’s key that public interest is at the center. And when we consider the different participation that we have between different stakeholder groups, we see that the tech power unfortunately makes public interest not necessarily in the first page or at the center of the discussion as we should. So I think it’s important for us to keep that in mind also to enhance the legitimacy of this discussion having public interest at the center.


Halima Ismail: Thank you Camilla. Thank you so much. I have just a last question. How can we ensure these improvements become reality? The answer is by renewing the mandate with a stronger focus on accountability, practical partnerships and the flexibility to adapt so these spaces stay dynamic, open


Bruna Martins dos Santos: and valuable for anyone. And thank you. Thank you very much. Thibaut, we don’t know if you want to add anything to this conversation but if you would like to you’re more than free to jump in. We cannot hear you so far. Excellent. I hope you can hear me better this time.


Thibaut Kleiner: Can you hear me now? Yes? Yes, we do. Thank you. Very good. No, I think that already the questions were very useful and interesting. I would just add maybe or repeat what all others also said that you need also to specialize the various fora, the various bodies we have also in the UN and beyond because if we want to be inclusive you cannot ask the youth, you know, the developing countries, the many NGOs and academics to show up in all sorts of places. I think the fact that we have the IGF as a one instance has really benefits that it can be really offering a forum for everyone and I think that’s something we should value. But of course the IGF should have a role, a specific role which is certainly to debate and to open new discussions. In our view in the EU we think indeed it should be institutionalized but And also, what I was saying earlier, maybe having a secretariat or a director would be very convenient, because then it means that the IGF could also take part in other, you know, developments as part of the UN family. And maybe that’s what is also the missing link from debate to action. So I think that processes and structures can make, you know, channels and can also create an efficient way to reflect the diversity of views that we hear in the context of the IGF.


Chris Buckridge: Okay. Thank you very much, Thibaut. I think we’ve reached sort of the last five minutes of the session here. And I think Bruno and I were hoping to try and draw out some takeaways or at least some key themes from these discussions. And it has been a really rich discussion. So thank you to those of you on the stage and also to those in the audience who contributed here. From my perspective, I guess some points that I take away here, obviously multi-stakeholder model has, or multi-stakeholder approach has a very long and rich history. But coming out of WSIS, it was a real innovation and a new approach. And we have actually already been doing the work to evolve that. And Camilla mentioned NetMundial and NetMundial Plus 10 as really key milestones on that road. We do need to keep progressing with that and developing these models and these processes to reflect and respond to the technology and the social use of technology that we have now. I think the point that certainly IGF and WSIS and other multi-stakeholder platforms need to be for everybody, need to be inclusive is absolutely vital. But I think, Henri, at your point that they can’t be everything for everybody is equally vital. That there needs to be some understanding of… the role of an IGF or a WSIS forum and the limitations that go along with that role and how these processes interface then with other more decisional policymaking processes, other events, other structures that exist. And I think the other thing that came through very strongly was we need – where we’re looking to evolve, where we’re looking to develop these structures, we need to be looking at the local and the regional. So that’s national and regional initiatives in the IGF parlance, but I think more generically looking at the communities and their specific issues, rather than simply trying to take a single global view, which is not going to answer the issues or the challenges that anyone really has. Sabrina, I’ll pass to you, those are the points that I had.


Bruna Martins dos Santos: Yeah, I’ll just add a couple more. The main one is also the growing support, right, for the permanence of the IGF mandate that seems to be part of this conversation and one of the main points that needs to be conveyed in the resolution towards the end of the year and also towards most of our contributions to the elements paper and so on. And on that note, I would just like to say that it would be much interesting as well to hear what the global majority governments are thinking about the mandate renewal as well as part of this conversation and as a key part of the diversity aspects of the Internet Governance Forum and the WSIS mechanism and spaces and so on. Two more points. One is that the whole point about the conflicts, right, the idea that not only multilateralism and multistakeholderism, they can co-exist, but the fact that WSIS is a good example of that, that’s the sister brother events, WSIS high level events and the IGF are the main example that they not only can co-exist, but multistakeholderism can also co-exist. and Mr. Thibaut Kleiner. And also, I think, it’s important to highlight the importance of the public interest, not only in moderating your speeches, but also in doing that, eliminating the tensions between the topics, eliminating the tensions between the spaces, and last but not least, addressing the points about reporting mechanisms and accountability as a core aspect of that.


Anriette Esterhuysen: And I think that many in this room agree with that, and maybe I’ll stop here and see if you guys would like to add more to that. I think that we need to be willing to take risks. I think that’s a complex term, public means different things in different parts of the world, but I think that is what the IJF gives us. And I think my final, I think I agree with everything that you have said. I think just maybe the one thing is that we also need to be willing to take risk. And digital is complex, and the challenges that come with the digital world, and the challenges that we face, and the challenges that we face, and the challenges of geopolitical tension and how difficult it has become to work collaboratively, does sometimes require us to take, to go out of our comfort zone, to talk about topics which we are not all going to be in agreement on. And I think let’s use the IJF to work together, to agree, to collaborate, but let’s also use the IJF to work together on topics that we are not necessarily all going to find it easy to reach agreement on.


Bruna Martins dos Santos: Thanks a lot, Camilla. Thank you.


Camila Leite Contri: but about difficult conversations, the gender dimension is still missing at internet governance. At IGF we still see panel almost entirely with men. So also one important discussion and hard discussion that we need to have is gender should be at the centre of internet governance, both at IGF and also maybe with a new action line at WSIS to be cross-cutting, gender as a cross-cutting issue at WSIS.


Bruna Martins dos Santos: Thank you very much.


Chris Buckridge: Thank you. We do need to wrap up now. I don’t think anyone on this stage will be surprised that internet governance discussions can be a little self-reflective a lot of the time. We talk about what our structures are, how they can evolve. But I think this is a really important moment with the WSIS review coming up, with the opportunities that we have this year to actually move forward on some of these issues. So thank you very much for all of the input here. Thank you to everyone who spoke today. We’ll obviously have a report on this, but there will be much more work to do in the coming five or six months as we move towards evolving this. And also thanks to the ITU and the IGF MEG for the help in organising this panel. Thank you very much.


W

Wolfgang Kleinwachter

Speech speed

165 words per minute

Speech length

954 words

Speech time

346 seconds

Internet governance emerged from global problems identified in the 1970s, with multi-stakeholder approach becoming the solution when traditional leadership models failed

Explanation

Kleinwachter traces the origins of multi-stakeholder governance to the Club of Rome’s identification of global problems in the 1970s, including information and communication. He argues that when the US wanted private sector leadership and China wanted governmental leadership for internet governance in 2003, the disagreement led to innovation in policy making through multi-stakeholder collaboration.


Evidence

Club of Rome identified global problems including information/communication in 1970s; 2003 Geneva disagreement between US (private sector leadership) and China (governmental leadership); Kofi Annan’s 2004 speech encouraging innovation in policy making; 193 governments accepted multi-stakeholder approach in Tunis


Major discussion point

History and Evolution of Multi-stakeholder Internet Governance


Topics

Legal and regulatory


False polarization exists between multilateralism and multi-stakeholderism – they are two sides of same coin that must work together

Explanation

Kleinwachter argues that the perceived tension between multilateral and multi-stakeholder approaches is misguided, as they are complementary rather than competing approaches. He emphasizes that both are needed for effective internet governance, with procedures needing to be adjusted to meet substantial challenges.


Evidence

UNESCO Deputy Secretary General stated stakeholders have knowledge/expertise while governments have legitimacy/authority for binding commitments; European Commission proposal for sounding board to link consultations between state and non-state actors


Major discussion point

Multilateralism vs Multi-stakeholderism Tensions


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Bruna Martins dos Santos
– Jorge Cancio

Agreed on

Multilateralism and multi-stakeholderism are complementary, not competing approaches


Stakeholders have knowledge and expertise while governments have legitimacy and authority for binding commitments – both needed

Explanation

Kleinwachter emphasizes that stakeholders bring technical expertise and engagement while governments provide legitimacy and authority to make binding commitments. He argues these two elements must work together rather than in separate processes.


Evidence

UNESCO Deputy Secretary General’s statement; criticism of three-minute consultations followed by separate government negotiations; European Commission’s sounding board proposal as potential linking mechanism


Major discussion point

Multilateralism vs Multi-stakeholderism Tensions


Topics

Legal and regulatory


T

Tomas Lamanauskas

Speech speed

199 words per minute

Speech length

711 words

Speech time

213 seconds

Personal journey from geek hobby to mainstream infrastructure shows how Internet transformed from niche to essential global utility

Explanation

Lamanauskas shares his personal experience from using Fidonet in 1990s Lithuania to now being part of the global internet governance community. He illustrates how the internet evolved from a geeky hobby to mainstream infrastructure that changes everything, with digital mentions in UN documents increasing from once in SDGs to 64 times in recent outcome documents.


Evidence

Personal experience with Fidonet in mid-90s Lithuania, Open Society Foundation email address, IRC chat rooms; Internet penetration grew from 2.5% in 2003 to two-thirds of world connected; Digital mentioned once in SDGs vs 64 times in recent outcome document; WSIS had 513,500 participants including 6,000+ NGO and 5,000 private sector people


Major discussion point

History and Evolution of Multi-stakeholder Internet Governance


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


A

Anriette Esterhuysen

Speech speed

162 words per minute

Speech length

1307 words

Speech time

481 seconds

IGF evolved as flexible ecosystem responding to tension between connected and unconnected populations through national/regional IGFs and dynamic coalitions

Explanation

Esterhuysen describes how the IGF developed an ecosystem that addresses the dynamic tension between those who have internet access and face complex governance challenges versus billions without access facing resource constraints. The IGF’s flexibility allowed for national/regional IGFs, dynamic coalitions, and youth IGF to emerge organically.


Evidence

National and regional IGFs allow contextualized discussions about electricity and basic infrastructure; Internet shutdowns became IGF topic as governments became aware of IGF; Technology-facilitated gender-based violence addressed by best practice forum; Dynamic coalitions on community connectivity, public health, sustainability of journalism; Youth IGF emergence


Major discussion point

History and Evolution of Multi-stakeholder Internet Governance


Topics

Development | Human rights | Infrastructure


IGF’s strength is meaningful debate and collaborative space rather than negotiating forum that might weaken its potential

Explanation

Esterhuysen argues that the IGF’s value lies in providing space for meaningful dialogue and collaboration, including between stakeholders who disagree. She warns that burdening the IGF with consensus recommendations could weaken it, as questions arise about accountability, implementation, and mandate for such recommendations.


Evidence

IGF messages reflect multiplicity of perspectives that few other policy forums would; National/regional IGFs that do make recommendations have little follow-up; CGI innovation in Brazil came from depth of inclusive process, not IGF recommendations; IGF provides space for cooperation amid geopolitical conflict


Major discussion point

Moving from Discussion to Action and Accountability


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Camila Leite Contri

Agreed on

IGF should focus on dialogue and collaboration rather than formal recommendations


Disagreed with

– Halima Ismail

Disagreed on

IGF should produce recommendations vs. maintaining its role as discussion forum


C

Craig Stanley Adamson

Speech speed

182 words per minute

Speech length

345 words

Speech time

113 seconds

Multi-stakeholder processes have delivered concrete successes including increased Internet Exchange Points in Africa and IANA transition

Explanation

Adamson highlights tangible achievements of multi-stakeholder engagement through WSIS processes, emphasizing that these are not just talk shops but have produced real outcomes. He points to specific technical and governance achievements as evidence of effectiveness.


Evidence

IGF helped increase Internet Exchange Points across Africa; IGF played crucial role in IANA transition; IGF helped develop next generation of global majority leaders in Internet governance; WSIS Forum made tangible outputs on action lines


Major discussion point

History and Evolution of Multi-stakeholder Internet Governance


Topics

Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


UK fully supports permanent IGF mandate and formal recognition for national/regional IGFs to promote local community-led views

Explanation

Adamson expresses strong UK government support for institutionalizing the IGF beyond 2025 and formally recognizing national and regional IGFs. He emphasizes the importance of local and community-led perspectives in global processes.


Evidence

UK supports permanent IGF mandate; Need for greater support to IGF Secretariat; Reference to São Paulo Principles on Multistakeholder Participation


Major discussion point

Future Sustainability and Institutionalization of IGF


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Thibaut Kleiner
– Bruna Martins dos Santos

Agreed on

Strong support for permanent IGF mandate beyond 2025


Diverse input from global majority stakeholders should be priority focus during WSIS+20 review process

Explanation

Adamson emphasizes that ensuring rich and diverse participation from all stakeholder groups, particularly from the global majority, must be a key priority during the WSIS+20 review. He stresses this should continue beyond the current review process.


Evidence

Reference to São Paulo Principles on Multistakeholder Participation; Emphasis on global majority representation; Commitment to continue discussion beyond WSIS+20 review


Major discussion point

Enhancing Multi-stakeholder Participation and Inclusivity


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Camila Leite Contri
– Wout de Natris

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder processes must be genuinely inclusive in practice, not just principle


T

Thibaut Kleiner

Speech speed

141 words per minute

Speech length

925 words

Speech time

391 seconds

EU supports making IGF permanent beyond 2025 with secure funding through UN budget and dedicated director with proper secretariat

Explanation

Kleiner outlines the European Union’s strong support for institutionalizing the IGF as a permanent UN body with sustainable funding and proper institutional structure. He argues this would give the IGF the features needed to play an effective role in the UN family.


Evidence

EU wants IGF institutionalized beyond 2025; Secure funding through regular UN budget and voluntary contributions; Dedicated director and proper secretariat needed; Africa has only 37% internet penetration vs 2% twenty years ago


Major discussion point

Future Sustainability and Institutionalization of IGF


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Craig Stanley Adamson
– Bruna Martins dos Santos

Agreed on

Strong support for permanent IGF mandate beyond 2025


Roadmaps for the future should make WSIS action lines operational while incorporating UN activities and avoiding duplications

Explanation

Kleiner proposes creating roadmaps that would operationalize WSIS action lines in coordination with Global Digital Compact and SDGs. This approach aims to avoid duplication while ensuring the agenda is future-proof and ready for new challenges like AI.


Evidence

Global Digital Compact approval provides coordination opportunity; Need to complement/coordinate with WSIS action lines; Avoid duplications while taking stock of progress; Make agenda future-proof for new challenges


Major discussion point

Coordination and Coherence Between Processes


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Camila Leite Contri
– Jorge Cancio

Agreed on

Need for better coordination and avoiding duplication between processes


IGF should be institutionalized to participate as part of UN family while maintaining its specific role for debate and opening new discussions

Explanation

Kleiner argues that institutionalizing the IGF would allow it to participate more effectively in UN processes while preserving its unique role as a forum for debate and innovation. He emphasizes the need to specialize various forums to avoid overburdening participants.


Evidence

Need for secretariat or director to enable IGF participation in UN family; IGF’s specific role for debate and opening new discussions; Cannot ask youth, developing countries, NGOs to show up everywhere; IGF as inclusive forum for everyone


Major discussion point

Future Sustainability and Institutionalization of IGF


Topics

Legal and regulatory


C

Camila Leite Contri

Speech speed

160 words per minute

Speech length

788 words

Speech time

293 seconds

Need to proactively reach out to civil society and affected communities who cannot participate, requiring funding and skills development for equal footing

Explanation

Contri emphasizes that multi-stakeholder processes must actively work to include marginalized voices rather than just being open in principle. She argues for proactive outreach, funding, and capacity building to address imbalances between different stakeholder groups.


Evidence

São Paulo principles recognize need to enhance multi-stakeholder considering different responsibilities and imbalances; Need funding, support, skills development for affected communities; Civil society must push for this participation


Major discussion point

Enhancing Multi-stakeholder Participation and Inclusivity


Topics

Development | Human rights


Agreed with

– Craig Stanley Adamson
– Wout de Natris

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder processes must be genuinely inclusive in practice, not just principle


Need to avoid duplication of efforts and waste of resources by coordinating overlapping discussions like GDC with WSIS

Explanation

Contri points out the inefficiency of having multiple overlapping processes and the strain this places on civil society organizations and UN agencies with limited resources. She advocates for better coordination and coherence between different forums.


Evidence

Several overlaps in important discussions; Waste of resources when duplicating efforts; Budget constraints for civil society organizations and UN agencies; GDC discussions have synergy with WSIS


Major discussion point

Coordination and Coherence Between Processes


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Thibaut Kleiner
– Jorge Cancio

Agreed on

Need for better coordination and avoiding duplication between processes


IGF should strengthen reporting mechanisms and transparency rather than becoming burdened with consensus recommendations

Explanation

Contri suggests that instead of formal recommendations, the IGF should focus on improving its reporting mechanisms, transparency, and follow-up processes. She advocates for strengthening the MAG’s role and using the IGF for ongoing follow-up discussions.


Evidence

Need to strengthen role of MAG; Strengthen transparency in discussions; Use IGF for follow-ups rather than waiting for WSIS+30; IGF 2024 was important to warm up for current moment


Major discussion point

Moving from Discussion to Action and Accountability


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Anriette Esterhuysen

Agreed on

IGF should focus on dialogue and collaboration rather than formal recommendations


Public interest must be at center of discussions, as tech power unfortunately pushes it away from first priority

Explanation

Contri argues that despite different stakeholder participation, tech power dynamics often prevent public interest from being the central focus of internet governance discussions. She emphasizes the need to keep public interest at the center to enhance legitimacy.


Evidence

Different participation between stakeholder groups; Tech power makes public interest not necessarily at center; Need public interest at center for legitimacy


Major discussion point

Public Interest and Gender Considerations


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Gender dimension still missing from Internet governance with panels almost entirely male-dominated

Explanation

Contri highlights the persistent gender imbalance in internet governance forums, noting that panels are still predominantly male. She calls for gender to be treated as a cross-cutting issue throughout internet governance processes.


Evidence

IGF panels almost entirely with men; Gender should be cross-cutting issue at WSIS; Proposal for new action line on gender


Major discussion point

Public Interest and Gender Considerations


Topics

Human rights | Gender rights online


Gender should be cross-cutting issue at WSIS, potentially as new action line

Explanation

Contri proposes that gender should be integrated as a cross-cutting theme throughout WSIS processes, potentially through a dedicated action line. This would ensure gender considerations are embedded across all internet governance discussions.


Evidence

Gender dimension missing from internet governance; Need for gender as cross-cutting issue; Proposal for new WSIS action line on gender


Major discussion point

Public Interest and Gender Considerations


Topics

Human rights | Gender rights online


W

Wout de Natris

Speech speed

161 words per minute

Speech length

409 words

Speech time

152 seconds

Dynamic coalitions need better integration into IGF program through MAG liaisons to increase recognition and participation

Explanation

De Natris argues that dynamic coalitions, which represent over 1,000 partners and produce valuable policy research, need better integration into the IGF program. He proposes having DC liaisons in the MAG to ensure their outcomes are better reflected and recognized.


Evidence

10 new reports from dynamic coalitions in 2025; DCs work on WSIS action lines including health, capacity building, inclusion, cybersecurity; Over 1,000 partners contribute funding, cooperation, participation; Reports contain policy recommendations and best practices


Major discussion point

Future Sustainability and Institutionalization of IGF


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Multi-stakeholder processes must be inclusive in practice, not just principle, with standards for safety, security and accessibility

Explanation

De Natris emphasizes that future multi-stakeholder governance must move beyond theoretical inclusivity to practical inclusion. He highlights the importance of establishing standards for safety, security, and accessibility as key elements for ensuring an open and inclusive internet.


Evidence

Dynamic coalitions function as engines of innovation and dialogue; Standards for safety, security, accessibility are key for open internet; Need for strengthening recognition of dynamic coalitions


Major discussion point

Enhancing Multi-stakeholder Participation and Inclusivity


Topics

Cybersecurity | Human rights


Agreed with

– Camila Leite Contri
– Craig Stanley Adamson

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder processes must be genuinely inclusive in practice, not just principle


H

Halima Ismail

Speech speed

164 words per minute

Speech length

181 words

Speech time

65 seconds

How to move from discussion to action while building efficient early warning systems for emerging digital risks like AI

Explanation

Ismail poses critical questions about making WSIS and IGF more action-oriented and responsive to emerging technologies. She emphasizes the need for early warning systems and stronger collaboration with technical experts and civil society who work closest to affected communities.


Evidence

Rapid rise of AI agents as example of emerging digital risks; Need for collaboration with technical experts, civil society, and non-profits; Communities often identify issues before larger institutions


Major discussion point

Moving from Discussion to Action and Accountability


Topics

Cybersecurity | Development


Disagreed with

– Anriette Esterhuysen

Disagreed on

IGF should produce recommendations vs. maintaining its role as discussion forum


Accountability and practical partnerships needed with flexibility to adapt and stay dynamic

Explanation

Ismail argues that for multi-stakeholder platforms to remain relevant over the next 20 years, they need stronger accountability mechanisms and practical partnerships while maintaining flexibility to adapt to changing circumstances and remain dynamic.


Evidence

Need for platforms to remain relevant over next 20 years; Importance of staying dynamic and adaptable; Focus on practical partnerships


Major discussion point

Moving from Discussion to Action and Accountability


Topics

Legal and regulatory


P

Participant

Speech speed

160 words per minute

Speech length

209 words

Speech time

78 seconds

Safe and meaningful digital life should become 18th Sustainable Development Goal given Internet’s fundamental importance

Explanation

An unnamed participant argues that given the internet’s fundamental role in daily life and its recognition as a basic right, there should be an 18th SDG focused on ensuring safe and meaningful digital life for all citizens. They emphasize the need to elevate internet governance to the same level as other global development priorities.


Evidence

Internet becoming fundamental right; All 17 SDGs are impacted by digital technologies; Internet governance becoming very concurrent subject; Disruption from AI and digital technologies


Major discussion point

Enhancing Multi-stakeholder Participation and Inclusivity


Topics

Development | Human rights


W

William J. Drake

Speech speed

158 words per minute

Speech length

340 words

Speech time

128 seconds

Need real engagement between stakeholders and government representatives, not siloed three-minute consultations

Explanation

Drake criticizes the current approach in many multilateral processes where stakeholders give brief presentations while government representatives are absent from the room. He contrasts this with truly multi-stakeholder bodies like ICANN that have developed mechanisms for all stakeholders to work together interactively.


Evidence

Contrast between multistakeholder governance processes and multilateralism plus; ICANN as example of learning organization that improves processes; Current practice of three-minute stakeholder presentations with governments not in room; WSIS 20 years ago had real engagement between stakeholders and governments


Major discussion point

Multilateralism vs Multi-stakeholderism Tensions


Topics

Legal and regulatory


J

Jorge Cancio

Speech speed

125 words per minute

Speech length

254 words

Speech time

121 seconds

WSIS framework should be updated and strengthened using cross-pollination between multilateral and multi-stakeholder approaches

Explanation

Cancio argues that the WSIS+20 review provides an opportunity to build on Global Digital Compact discussions and evolve the WSIS framework into a ‘WSIS+’ that better utilizes both multilateral and multi-stakeholder strengths. He emphasizes the need to deliver on promises of digital society for citizens living in hybrid digital-physical world.


Evidence

Global Digital Compact agreed on series of commitments; WSIS framework has multiple elements including IGF, WSIS Forum, CSTD; Need to deliver on promises of information society; Citizens live in hybrid digital-physical world


Major discussion point

Coordination and Coherence Between Processes


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Camila Leite Contri
– Thibaut Kleiner

Agreed on

Need for better coordination and avoiding duplication between processes


J

Jennifer Corriero

Speech speed

190 words per minute

Speech length

225 words

Speech time

70 seconds

Better reporting mechanisms needed within countries on WSIS commitments and expanding multi-stakeholder networks nationally

Explanation

Corriero highlights the lack of national reporting mechanisms on WSIS commitments and limited capacity for multi-stakeholder networks within countries. She calls for better mechanisms to track how commitments are being implemented at the national level and to expand multi-stakeholder participation domestically.


Evidence

Organization was only Canadian project selected as WSIS champion out of 90; Founded Youth Caucus with national campaigns in over 30 countries; Limited capacity in Canadian context for multi-stakeholder networks; Question about mechanisms for national reporting


Major discussion point

Coordination and Coherence Between Processes


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


C

Chris Buckridge

Speech speed

167 words per minute

Speech length

1009 words

Speech time

361 seconds

Multi-stakeholder processes need to understand their specific roles and limitations while interfacing with other decisional policymaking processes

Explanation

Buckridge emphasizes that multi-stakeholder platforms like IGF and WSIS cannot be everything for everybody and need clear understanding of their role and limitations. He argues these processes must interface effectively with other more decisional policymaking processes, events, and structures that exist.


Evidence

Reference to Henriette’s point about IGF not being everything for everybody; Need for understanding how processes interface with other policymaking structures


Major discussion point

Moving from Discussion to Action and Accountability


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Evolution of multi-stakeholder models must focus on local and regional initiatives rather than single global view

Explanation

Buckridge argues that as multi-stakeholder structures evolve and develop, there needs to be greater focus on local and regional perspectives. He contends that a single global view cannot adequately address the specific issues and challenges that different communities face.


Evidence

Reference to national and regional IGF initiatives; Emphasis on communities and their specific issues rather than single global view


Major discussion point

Enhancing Multi-stakeholder Participation and Inclusivity


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Multi-stakeholder approach has long history but was real innovation from WSIS that continues to evolve through NetMundial milestones

Explanation

Buckridge acknowledges that while multi-stakeholder approaches have rich history, they represented genuine innovation coming out of WSIS process. He notes that this evolution continues through key milestones like NetMundial and NetMundial Plus 10 as important developments in refining these approaches.


Evidence

NetMundial and NetMundial Plus 10 as key milestones; Multi-stakeholder as innovation from WSIS; Ongoing evolution of the model


Major discussion point

History and Evolution of Multi-stakeholder Internet Governance


Topics

Legal and regulatory


B

Bruna Martins dos Santos

Speech speed

167 words per minute

Speech length

1202 words

Speech time

429 seconds

Growing support for permanent IGF mandate should be key outcome of WSIS+20 discussions and resolution

Explanation

Santos identifies the permanence of the IGF mandate as one of the main points emerging from the discussion that needs to be conveyed in the year-end resolution. She emphasizes this as a critical element that should be included in contributions to the elements paper and WSIS+20 process.


Evidence

Reference to resolution towards end of year; Contributions to elements paper; Main points from discussion


Major discussion point

Future Sustainability and Institutionalization of IGF


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Thibaut Kleiner
– Craig Stanley Adamson

Agreed on

Strong support for permanent IGF mandate beyond 2025


Need to hear from global majority governments on IGF mandate renewal as part of diversity and inclusion efforts

Explanation

Santos emphasizes the importance of including perspectives from global majority governments in discussions about IGF mandate renewal. She frames this as essential for the diversity aspects of both the Internet Governance Forum and WSIS mechanisms and spaces.


Evidence

Reference to diversity aspects of IGF and WSIS; Importance of global majority government perspectives


Major discussion point

Enhancing Multi-stakeholder Participation and Inclusivity


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Multilateralism and multistakeholderism can coexist with WSIS as prime example, and public interest should moderate tensions between topics and spaces

Explanation

Santos argues that there are no inherent conflicts between multilateral and multi-stakeholder approaches, citing WSIS and its sister events as successful examples of coexistence. She emphasizes that focusing on public interest can help eliminate tensions between different topics and spaces in internet governance.


Evidence

WSIS high level events and IGF as sister/brother events demonstrating coexistence; NetMundial as compromise example


Major discussion point

Multilateralism vs Multi-stakeholderism Tensions


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Wolfgang Kleinwachter
– Jorge Cancio

Agreed on

Multilateralism and multi-stakeholderism are complementary, not competing approaches


Reporting mechanisms and accountability should be core aspects of strengthening multi-stakeholder processes

Explanation

Santos identifies improved reporting mechanisms and accountability as fundamental elements needed to strengthen multi-stakeholder processes. She frames these as core aspects that should be central to discussions about enhancing internet governance forums and mechanisms.


Evidence

Reference to points about reporting mechanisms and accountability from discussion


Major discussion point

Moving from Discussion to Action and Accountability


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreements

Agreement points

Strong support for permanent IGF mandate beyond 2025

Speakers

– Thibaut Kleiner
– Craig Stanley Adamson
– Bruna Martins dos Santos

Arguments

EU supports making IGF permanent beyond 2025 with secure funding through UN budget and dedicated director with proper secretariat


UK fully supports permanent IGF mandate and formal recognition for national/regional IGFs to promote local community-led views


Growing support for permanent IGF mandate should be key outcome of WSIS+20 discussions and resolution


Summary

There is clear consensus among speakers representing EU, UK, and session moderators that the IGF should receive a permanent mandate beyond 2025, with proper institutional support including dedicated funding, secretariat, and director.


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Multilateralism and multi-stakeholderism are complementary, not competing approaches

Speakers

– Wolfgang Kleinwachter
– Bruna Martins dos Santos
– Jorge Cancio

Arguments

False polarization exists between multilateralism and multi-stakeholderism – they are two sides of same coin that must work together


Multilateralism and multistakeholderism can coexist with WSIS as prime example, and public interest should moderate tensions between topics and spaces


WSIS framework should be updated and strengthened using cross-pollination between multilateral and multi-stakeholder approaches


Summary

Speakers agree that the perceived tension between multilateral and multi-stakeholder approaches is artificial, and both approaches are necessary and complementary for effective internet governance.


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Need for better coordination and avoiding duplication between processes

Speakers

– Camila Leite Contri
– Thibaut Kleiner
– Jorge Cancio

Arguments

Need to avoid duplication of efforts and waste of resources by coordinating overlapping discussions like GDC with WSIS


Roadmaps for the future should make WSIS action lines operational while incorporating UN activities and avoiding duplications


WSIS framework should be updated and strengthened using cross-pollination between multilateral and multi-stakeholder approaches


Summary

There is consensus that current processes suffer from duplication and resource waste, requiring better coordination between WSIS, GDC, and other forums to maximize efficiency and effectiveness.


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Multi-stakeholder processes must be genuinely inclusive in practice, not just principle

Speakers

– Camila Leite Contri
– Craig Stanley Adamson
– Wout de Natris

Arguments

Need to proactively reach out to civil society and affected communities who cannot participate, requiring funding and skills development for equal footing


Diverse input from global majority stakeholders should be priority focus during WSIS+20 review process


Multi-stakeholder processes must be inclusive in practice, not just principle, with standards for safety, security and accessibility


Summary

Speakers agree that true inclusivity requires proactive efforts, funding, and capacity building to ensure meaningful participation from marginalized communities and global majority stakeholders.


Topics

Development | Human rights | Legal and regulatory


IGF should focus on dialogue and collaboration rather than formal recommendations

Speakers

– Anriette Esterhuysen
– Camila Leite Contri

Arguments

IGF’s strength is meaningful debate and collaborative space rather than negotiating forum that might weaken its potential


IGF should strengthen reporting mechanisms and transparency rather than becoming burdened with consensus recommendations


Summary

Both speakers agree that the IGF’s value lies in providing space for meaningful dialogue and collaboration, and that formal recommendation-making could undermine its effectiveness.


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasize that effective multi-stakeholder governance requires meaningful interaction between stakeholders and governments, not superficial consultation processes where they operate in separate spaces.

Speakers

– Wolfgang Kleinwachter
– William J. Drake

Arguments

Stakeholders have knowledge and expertise while governments have legitimacy and authority for binding commitments – both needed


Need real engagement between stakeholders and government representatives, not siloed three-minute consultations


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Both speakers recognize the importance of local and regional perspectives in internet governance, emphasizing that global processes must accommodate diverse local contexts and needs.

Speakers

– Anriette Esterhuysen
– Chris Buckridge

Arguments

IGF evolved as flexible ecosystem responding to tension between connected and unconnected populations through national/regional IGFs and dynamic coalitions


Evolution of multi-stakeholder models must focus on local and regional initiatives rather than single global view


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers emphasize that public interest should be the central organizing principle for internet governance discussions, helping to moderate tensions and ensure legitimacy.

Speakers

– Camila Leite Contri
– Bruna Martins dos Santos

Arguments

Public interest must be at center of discussions, as tech power unfortunately pushes it away from first priority


Multilateralism and multistakeholderism can coexist with WSIS as prime example, and public interest should moderate tensions between topics and spaces


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Unexpected consensus

Gender as cross-cutting issue in internet governance

Speakers

– Camila Leite Contri

Arguments

Gender dimension still missing from Internet governance with panels almost entirely male-dominated


Gender should be cross-cutting issue at WSIS, potentially as new action line


Explanation

While only one speaker explicitly raised this issue, the lack of disagreement or pushback from other participants suggests unexpected consensus on the need to address gender imbalances in internet governance forums. This is significant as gender issues are often contentious in international forums.


Topics

Human rights | Gender rights online


Dynamic coalitions as valuable but underrecognized contributors

Speakers

– Wout de Natris

Arguments

Dynamic coalitions need better integration into IGF program through MAG liaisons to increase recognition and participation


Explanation

The lack of opposition to strengthening dynamic coalitions’ role suggests unexpected consensus on their value, despite them being relatively informal structures within the IGF ecosystem. This indicates broad recognition of bottom-up innovation in internet governance.


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Safe and meaningful digital life as potential 18th SDG

Speakers

– Participant

Arguments

Safe and meaningful digital life should become 18th Sustainable Development Goal given Internet’s fundamental importance


Explanation

While only one participant raised this ambitious proposal, the absence of disagreement from other speakers suggests unexpected openness to elevating internet governance to the same level as other global development priorities.


Topics

Development | Human rights


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion revealed strong consensus on key structural issues: permanent IGF mandate, complementarity of multilateral and multi-stakeholder approaches, need for genuine inclusivity, and importance of coordination between processes. There was also agreement on the IGF’s role as a dialogue forum rather than decision-making body.


Consensus level

High level of consensus on institutional and procedural matters, with broad agreement across different stakeholder groups (government, civil society, technical community, international organizations). This suggests mature understanding of internet governance challenges and shared vision for solutions. The consensus has positive implications for WSIS+20 outcomes, indicating strong foundation for advancing permanent IGF mandate and improving multi-stakeholder processes.


Differences

Different viewpoints

IGF should produce recommendations vs. maintaining its role as discussion forum

Speakers

– Anriette Esterhuysen
– Halima Ismail

Arguments

IGF’s strength is meaningful debate and collaborative space rather than negotiating forum that might weaken its potential


How to move from discussion to action while building efficient early warning systems for emerging digital risks like AI


Summary

Esterhuysen argues that the IGF should not be burdened with producing consensus recommendations as this could weaken its collaborative potential, while Ismail emphasizes the need to move from discussion to concrete action and accountability mechanisms.


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Unexpected differences

Approach to improving multi-stakeholder processes

Speakers

– Camila Leite Contri
– Anriette Esterhuysen

Arguments

Need to proactively reach out to civil society and affected communities who cannot participate, requiring funding and skills development for equal footing


IGF evolved as flexible ecosystem responding to tension between connected and unconnected populations through national/regional IGFs and dynamic coalitions


Explanation

While both support inclusivity, Contri emphasizes proactive outreach and resource provision for marginalized communities, while Esterhuysen highlights the organic evolution of the IGF ecosystem. This represents different philosophies on whether inclusion should be actively engineered or allowed to evolve naturally.


Topics

Development | Human rights


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion revealed relatively low levels of fundamental disagreement, with most speakers sharing common goals around IGF permanence, multi-stakeholder inclusion, and coordination between processes. The main areas of disagreement centered on implementation approaches rather than core principles.


Disagreement level

Low to moderate disagreement level. Most tensions were around means rather than ends – speakers generally agreed on goals like IGF permanence, better inclusion, and coordination, but differed on specific mechanisms. The most significant disagreement was philosophical, regarding whether the IGF should maintain its discussion-focused role or evolve toward more action-oriented outputs. This suggests a mature policy community with shared values but different strategic preferences, which is positive for consensus-building in the WSIS+20 process.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasize that effective multi-stakeholder governance requires meaningful interaction between stakeholders and governments, not superficial consultation processes where they operate in separate spaces.

Speakers

– Wolfgang Kleinwachter
– William J. Drake

Arguments

Stakeholders have knowledge and expertise while governments have legitimacy and authority for binding commitments – both needed


Need real engagement between stakeholders and government representatives, not siloed three-minute consultations


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Both speakers recognize the importance of local and regional perspectives in internet governance, emphasizing that global processes must accommodate diverse local contexts and needs.

Speakers

– Anriette Esterhuysen
– Chris Buckridge

Arguments

IGF evolved as flexible ecosystem responding to tension between connected and unconnected populations through national/regional IGFs and dynamic coalitions


Evolution of multi-stakeholder models must focus on local and regional initiatives rather than single global view


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers emphasize that public interest should be the central organizing principle for internet governance discussions, helping to moderate tensions and ensure legitimacy.

Speakers

– Camila Leite Contri
– Bruna Martins dos Santos

Arguments

Public interest must be at center of discussions, as tech power unfortunately pushes it away from first priority


Multilateralism and multistakeholderism can coexist with WSIS as prime example, and public interest should moderate tensions between topics and spaces


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Takeaways

Key takeaways

Multi-stakeholder internet governance has evolved from an innovation 20 years ago to a proven model that has delivered concrete successes including increased Internet Exchange Points in Africa and the IANA transition


There is growing consensus for making the IGF permanent beyond 2025 with secure funding through the UN budget and a dedicated director with proper secretariat


The tension between multilateralism and multi-stakeholderism is a false polarization – they are complementary approaches where stakeholders provide knowledge and expertise while governments provide legitimacy and authority for binding commitments


Multi-stakeholder processes must be truly inclusive in practice, not just principle, requiring proactive outreach to civil society and affected communities with funding and skills development support


The IGF’s strength lies in being a space for meaningful debate and collaboration rather than becoming a negotiating forum that produces consensus recommendations


Better coordination is needed between overlapping processes like WSIS, IGF, and Global Digital Compact to avoid duplication of efforts and resource waste


National and regional IGFs should receive formal recognition as they promote local community-led views into global processes


Public interest must remain at the center of internet governance discussions, with gender as a cross-cutting issue that needs greater attention


Resolutions and action items

EU commitment to support permanent IGF mandate beyond 2025 with secure funding and institutional structure


UK commitment to support permanent IGF mandate and formal recognition for national/regional IGFs


Proposal for dynamic coalitions to have liaisons in the MAG to better integrate their work into IGF programs


Suggestion to create ‘roadmaps for the future’ to make WSIS action lines operational while avoiding duplications


Proposal for a potential 18th Sustainable Development Goal focused on ‘safe and meaningful digital life’


Call for better reporting mechanisms within countries on WSIS commitments and multi-stakeholder network expansion


Recommendation to consider gender as a new cross-cutting action line at WSIS


Unresolved issues

How to effectively move from discussion to action while maintaining the IGF’s collaborative nature


How to build efficient early warning systems for emerging digital risks like AI agents


How to ensure meaningful engagement between stakeholders and government representatives rather than siloed consultations


How to balance the need for accountability and practical outcomes with the IGF’s strength as an open dialogue forum


How to address resource constraints that prevent civil society organizations and youth from participating in multiple overlapping processes


How to better integrate the year-round intersessional work of dynamic coalitions into broader recognition and participation


How to address the continued male dominance in internet governance panels and discussions


Suggested compromises

Creation of a ‘sounding board’ from stakeholders to link consultations between non-state and state actors in WSIS+20 negotiations


Strengthening reporting mechanisms and transparency at IGF rather than burdening it with consensus recommendations


Specializing various forums and bodies to avoid asking youth, developing countries, and NGOs to participate in all processes


Using cross-pollination between multilateral and multi-stakeholder approaches rather than treating them as competing models


Focusing on improving existing processes through NetMundial Plus 10 principles rather than creating entirely new structures


Balancing global discussions with recognition of local and regional realities through enhanced national/regional IGF roles


Thought provoking comments

The Internet doesn’t need leadership, it needs collaboration from all sides.

Speaker

Wolfgang Kleinwachter


Reason

This comment reframes the fundamental governance paradigm from hierarchical control to collaborative participation. It challenges the traditional notion that complex global systems require centralized authority and instead proposes distributed responsibility as the solution.


Impact

This insight became a foundational principle that other speakers built upon throughout the discussion. It shifted the conversation from debating who should lead internet governance to how different stakeholders can work together effectively, setting the tone for the entire multi-stakeholder approach discussion.


There’s always been this tension at the IGF between it being a space where we talk about those who do have the Internet and who are facing increasing new, complex, emerging challenges… and on the other hand, the billions of people who do not have access to the Internet.

Speaker

Anriette Esterhuysen


Reason

This comment exposes a fundamental paradox in internet governance – discussing governance of a resource that billions still cannot access. It highlights the inherent inequality in participation and the risk of creating policies for a privileged minority while ignoring the global majority.


Impact

This observation deepened the conversation by introducing questions of legitimacy and representation. It led subsequent speakers to address inclusion more seriously and influenced discussions about national/regional IGFs as mechanisms to bridge this gap.


We need another 18th SDG, safe and meaningful digital life for the citizens of the world.

Speaker

Participant from India


Reason

This comment challenges the current framework by proposing that digital governance deserves equal standing with other global development priorities. It suggests that internet governance has evolved beyond a technical issue to a fundamental human development concern.


Impact

While brief, this intervention shifted the discussion toward thinking about internet governance as a development imperative rather than just a technical coordination mechanism. It influenced later comments about public interest and the need for governance frameworks to deliver tangible benefits to citizens.


We have like a consultation where multi-stakeholder people can come and speak for three minutes and give a canned presentation, but the government people are not in the room, they’re not engaging… We need to be together in the conversation.

Speaker

William J. Drake


Reason

This comment exposes the performative nature of much multi-stakeholder engagement, where participation becomes tokenistic rather than substantive. It challenges the assumption that simply creating spaces for different voices automatically leads to meaningful collaboration.


Impact

This critique prompted immediate responses from panelists about the need for genuine interaction rather than parallel monologues. It influenced the discussion toward examining the quality of engagement rather than just the quantity of participation, leading to conversations about institutional learning and process improvement.


The moment you start actually calling them recommendations, then questions come up such as, who’s accountable for implementing them? How do you report on what happens with those recommendations? And who gives the people who develop those recommendations a mandate to do so in the first place?

Speaker

Anriette Esterhuysen


Reason

This comment addresses a core tension in multi-stakeholder governance between legitimacy and effectiveness. It challenges the assumption that producing recommendations is inherently valuable and forces consideration of democratic accountability in non-traditional governance structures.


Impact

This intervention fundamentally shifted the discussion from focusing on outputs (recommendations) to examining the value of process itself. It influenced subsequent speakers to defend the IGF’s role as a dialogue space rather than a decision-making body, reshaping how participants conceptualized success in multi-stakeholder forums.


Gender should be at the centre of internet governance, both at IGF and also maybe with a new action line at WSIS to be cross-cutting, gender as a cross-cutting issue at WSIS.

Speaker

Camila Leite Contri


Reason

This final comment challenges the entire discussion by pointing out a glaring omission – despite extensive talk about inclusion and representation, gender inequality in internet governance itself was largely ignored. It exposes how even progressive governance discussions can perpetuate exclusion.


Impact

Coming at the end, this comment served as a powerful reality check that recontextualized the entire conversation. It demonstrated that despite good intentions about inclusion, fundamental inequalities persist even within supposedly progressive governance spaces, adding urgency to reform efforts.


Overall assessment

These key comments collectively transformed what could have been a celebratory retrospective into a critical examination of multi-stakeholder governance. They introduced essential tensions – between inclusion and exclusion, process and outcomes, legitimacy and effectiveness – that prevented superficial consensus and forced deeper engagement with fundamental challenges. The comments built upon each other to create a progression from historical context to structural critique to future vision, with each intervention adding layers of complexity that enriched the overall discussion. Most importantly, they shifted the conversation from defending existing structures to honestly examining their limitations and potential for evolution.


Follow-up questions

How do we ensure these platforms remain truly inclusive clearing houses for knowledge in expanding spaces for digital innovation?

Speaker

Halima Ismail


Explanation

This addresses the fundamental challenge of maintaining inclusivity as digital platforms evolve and expand, which is crucial for the legitimacy and effectiveness of multi-stakeholder governance.


How can we build an efficient early warning system for emerging digital risks like the rapid rise of AI agents?

Speaker

Halima Ismail


Explanation

This highlights the need for proactive mechanisms to identify and address emerging digital threats, particularly in the rapidly evolving AI landscape.


How do we move from discussion to action?

Speaker

Halima Ismail


Explanation

This addresses a critical gap between policy discussions and practical implementation in internet governance forums.


How can we better integrate the work of Dynamic Coalitions into the IGF program?

Speaker

Wout de Natris


Explanation

This seeks to improve the visibility and impact of year-round intersessional work that produces valuable policy recommendations and research.


How do we develop better mechanisms within countries for reporting on WSIS commitments and expanding multi-stakeholder networks?

Speaker

Jennifer Corriero


Explanation

This addresses the need for national-level accountability and implementation of international commitments made through WSIS processes.


How can we improve the interaction between stakeholders and government representatives in multilateral processes?

Speaker

William J. Drake


Explanation

This addresses the bifurcation between multi-stakeholder governance processes and multilateral processes, seeking more meaningful engagement rather than token consultation.


Should there be an 18th SDG focused on ‘safe and meaningful digital life for the citizens of the world’?

Speaker

Participant from India


Explanation

This proposes elevating digital governance to the level of sustainable development goals, recognizing internet access as a fundamental right requiring governance frameworks.


How can gender be better integrated as a cross-cutting issue in internet governance, including potentially as a new action line at WSIS?

Speaker

Camila Leite Contri


Explanation

This addresses the persistent gender imbalance in internet governance discussions and the need to mainstream gender considerations across all aspects of digital policy.


How can we better coordinate overlapping discussions and reduce duplication of efforts between different UN processes and forums?

Speaker

Camila Leite Contri


Explanation

This addresses resource constraints and the need for more coherent approaches across multiple international forums dealing with digital issues.


How can the ‘sounding board’ mechanism between stakeholders and state actors in WSIS negotiations be made more effective?

Speaker

Wolfgang Kleinwachter


Explanation

This explores a specific procedural innovation that could bridge the gap between multi-stakeholder input and intergovernmental decision-making.


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

Global Standards for a Sustainable Digital Future

Global Standards for a Sustainable Digital Future

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion focused on how technical standards can drive progress in sustainability, digital connectivity, and accessibility within a global multi-stakeholder framework. The session featured three expert speakers from IEEE’s Standards Association discussing different aspects of standards development for emerging technologies, particularly artificial intelligence and digital health applications.


Maike Luiken emphasized that standards serve as bridges between academic research and practical implementation, highlighting the evolution from purely technical standards to “enviro-sociotechnical standards” that incorporate sustainability and ethical considerations. She discussed how modern standards development includes environmental impact assessments, circular economy principles, and ethical guidelines, citing IEEE’s initiatives like Ethically Aligned Design and Planet Positive 2030. Luiken stressed that standards now address everything from green data centers to ethical AI considerations, moving beyond traditional technical integration requirements.


Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos focused on AI applications in healthcare, arguing that standards must be collaborative, inclusive, and dynamic to accommodate rapidly evolving technologies. He advocated for “evidence sandboxes” – controlled environments where stakeholders can test AI applications for compliance with ethical, security, and safety criteria before real-world deployment. Kalogeropoulos emphasized the importance of transparency in AI systems, particularly regarding data provenance and the growing problem of “synthetic truth contamination” where AI models are trained on AI-generated content, leading to degraded accuracy.


The discussion revealed significant challenges in standards development, including the need for broader global participation, particularly from the Global South, and addressing power imbalances where major technology companies effectively set de facto standards. Participants explored how to incorporate qualitative aspects like ethics and human rights into traditionally quantitative technical standards, with suggestions including threshold-based approaches and metadata standards that focus on behavioral and contextual information rather than just technical specifications.


The conversation concluded with recognition that standards development must evolve to keep pace with rapidly advancing technologies while ensuring inclusive participation and addressing real-world implementation challenges through collaborative, adaptive approaches.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Sustainability and Ethics Integration in Technology Standards**: The discussion emphasized moving beyond traditional technical standards to include environmental stewardship, climate change considerations, and ethical frameworks. Speakers highlighted the need for “enviro-sociotechnical standards” that incorporate sustainability by design and address the intersection of technology, environment, and social impact.


– **AI Standards and Healthcare Applications**: Significant focus on developing standards for AI in healthcare, particularly addressing bias, transparency, and accountability in AI systems. The conversation covered challenges with AI model training data, synthetic truth contamination, and the need for metadata standards to ensure AI systems are trustworthy and equitable.


– **Global Participation and Inclusivity in Standards Development**: A central theme was the critical need for broader, more diverse participation in standards development, especially from the Global South and underrepresented communities. Speakers discussed challenges in achieving meaningful multi-stakeholder collaboration and strategies for making standards development more inclusive.


– **Regulatory Sandboxes and Evidence-Based Implementation**: Discussion of “evidence sandboxes” as controlled environments for testing AI applications and standards compliance, particularly in highly regulated sectors like healthcare. This included exploring how regulatory frameworks like the EU AI Act can work with standards development.


– **Bridging the Gap Between Innovation Speed and Standards Development**: Addressing the challenge that emerging technologies (like ChatGPT) often outpace standards development, leading to potential misuse and negative consequences. The conversation explored how to make standards development more agile and responsive to rapid technological change.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to showcase how technology standards can drive progress on climate action, digital accessibility, and resilient infrastructure while exploring collaborative approaches to standards development in the digital economy era. The session was designed to facilitate knowledge sharing and encourage broader participation in IEEE’s standards development processes.


## Overall Tone:


The discussion maintained a collaborative and constructive tone throughout, with speakers demonstrating expertise while remaining open to questions and dialogue. The atmosphere was academic yet practical, with participants actively engaging in problem-solving discussions. The tone became increasingly interactive as the Q&A session progressed, with audience members contributing substantive questions and the speakers responding with detailed, thoughtful answers. There was a consistent emphasis on invitation and inclusion, with multiple speakers encouraging audience participation in standards development work.


Speakers

**Speakers from the provided list:**


– **Kathleen A. Kramer**: Opening speaker, appears to be affiliated with a global community organization with 500,000 members in 190 countries focused on standards development


– **Karen Mulberry**: Workshop moderator/facilitator, introduces speakers and manages Q&A sessions


– **Maike Luiken**: Chair of standard working group addressing sustainability, environmental stewardship and climate change in professional practice; vice chair of another working group; expert in sustainability and standards development


– **Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos**: Expert in AI in healthcare, focusing on building bridges for tomorrow’s population; works on applying technology to healthcare; has experience in standards development since 1992


– **Heather Flanagan**: Chair and participant in several standards organizations including IETF, W3C, and OpenID Foundation


– **Priyanka Dasgupta**: Representative from IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission), another standardization organization


– **Kiki Wicachali**: Senior Technology Advisor at UNICEF


– **Shamira Ahmed**: Researcher


– **Participant**: Multiple unidentified participants who asked questions during the session


**Additional speakers:**


– **Yuhan Zheng**: Young professional within IEEE, was supposed to speak about “building the future with collective and invigorating minds” from a university to initial career path perspective, but was not present during most of the session (mentioned as joining remotely but didn’t participate in the recorded portion)


– **Philip**: Psychologist interested in human dimension and community development in standards


– **Representative from World Digital Technology Academy**: Mentioned their organization is gathering experts for multi-stakeholder working groups and has published standards around generative AI and agentic AI


Full session report

# Comprehensive Report: Standards Development for Sustainability, Digital Connectivity, and Accessibility


## Executive Summary


This WSIS workshop discussion, moderated by Karen Mulberry, brought together experts from IEEE’s Standards Association to explore how technical standards can drive progress in sustainability, digital connectivity, and accessibility within a global multi-stakeholder framework. The session featured two primary speakers who examined different aspects of standards development for emerging technologies, with particular emphasis on artificial intelligence and digital health applications.


The conversation revealed an evolution in standards development philosophy, moving from purely technical specifications towards comprehensive standards that integrate environmental, social, and ethical considerations. Speakers emphasised the importance of inclusive global participation whilst acknowledging significant challenges in achieving meaningful multi-stakeholder collaboration. The discussion highlighted the tension between rapidly advancing technology and the pace of standards development, proposing innovative solutions such as “evidence sandboxes” and adaptive governance models.


## Opening Context and Framework


Kathleen A. Kramer opened the session by establishing IEEE’s global reach as a community of 500,000 members across 190 countries, emphasising the organisation’s commitment to multi-stakeholder standards development. Karen Mulberry, serving as workshop moderator, framed the discussion around how government, private sector, civil society, and technical communities can collaborate effectively in developing digital standards.


The session was originally planned to include three speakers, but Yuhan Zheng experienced technical difficulties and was unable to present, leaving Maike Luican and Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos as the primary speakers.


## Sustainability and Environmental Integration in Standards


### Evolution Towards Enviro-Sociotechnical Standards


Maike Luican, Chair of the standard working group addressing sustainability, environmental stewardship, and climate change in professional practice, presented standards as “true bridges between research, academic research, new science, new findings, and the application, implementation, and use of this research output.” She argued that modern standards development must evolve beyond traditional technical specifications, stating “I like to actually to call them now enviro-sociotechnical standards.”


This evolution represents a shift in how standards are conceived and developed, integrating environmental and social considerations from the outset rather than treating them as add-ons to technical requirements. Luican highlighted how standards can enable circular economy principles and sustainability by design, requiring consideration of the entire lifecycle of technologies from development through deployment to eventual decommissioning.


### Global Participation and Personal Outreach


Luican emphasised a critical insight about achieving broad participation in standards development: “people want to be asked. They’re usually not just coming. They truly want to be asked.” She advocated for personal outreach and networking rather than relying solely on open calls for participation, noting that this approach has been more effective in engaging diverse stakeholders.


She also demonstrated practical engagement with AI technologies, sharing that she had tested ChatGPT with her own biography to understand how AI systems process information, illustrating the hands-on approach needed for effective standards development in emerging technologies.


## AI Standards and Healthcare Applications


### Dynamic Standards for Rapidly Evolving Technologies


Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos, an expert in AI applications in healthcare, argued that traditional static standards are inadequate for governing rapidly evolving technologies like artificial intelligence. He proposed “dynamic standards that accommodate uncertainty, support iterative learning, and evolve alongside the systems they govern.”


Kalogeropoulos reframed standards as “tools of trust” rather than mere compliance mechanisms, emphasising their role in embedding transparency, enabling accountability, and making complexity navigable across sectors and borders. He referenced the “IEEE European Public Policy Committee” AI and Digital Health for Equity position statement as an example of this approach.


### Evidence Sandboxes and Collaborative Testing


A key innovation proposed by Kalogeropoulos was the concept of “evidence sandboxes” – controlled environments where stakeholders can test AI applications for compliance with ethical, security, and safety criteria before real-world deployment. He deliberately avoided the term “regulatory sandboxes,” preferring “living labs” and “collaborative spaces” that bring together communities to test standardised solutions.


This approach addresses the challenge of ensuring AI systems are safe and effective whilst allowing for innovation and experimentation, providing a framework for collaborative standards development that includes all relevant stakeholders in the testing and validation process.


### Synthetic Truth Contamination


Kalogeropoulos introduced the concept of “synthetic truth contamination,” describing how AI models trained on AI-generated content experience degraded accuracy and increased hallucination. He noted that “we are already dealing with this reality” and characterised it as “not just a technical glitch” but “a structural vulnerability” that poses systemic risks to AI development.


He used the analogy of corner protectors to illustrate how standards should create safe environments: “You put corner protectors there. This is what we need to do about AI now.” This framing emphasises the protective and enabling role of standards rather than their purely regulatory function.


## Key Discussion Points and Q&A Insights


### Accessibility and Participation


Karen Mulberry clarified an important point about IEEE standards participation: “you don’t need to be an IEEE member to participate in standards development – you just have to show up and be interested.” This accessibility is crucial for achieving the multi-stakeholder participation that speakers emphasised throughout the session.


### Power Imbalances and Market Forces


Participants raised concerns about power imbalances in standards development, particularly the ability of major technology companies to impose de facto standards through market dominance. One participant noted that “the key players are AWS and Microsoft and Meta. And they basically set their own standards and they try to impose them on others because they have the power to do so.”


Luican acknowledged that “market adoption sometimes overtakes formal standards development, creating de facto industry standards,” presenting this as part of the natural evolution where effective solutions gain adoption.


### Qualitative Standards Challenges


Kiki Wicachali from UNICEF raised important questions about incorporating qualitative aspects like ethics and child rights into technical standards, noting that “quantitative standards are easier to develop than qualitative aspects like ethics and child rights.” This challenge reflects the broader evolution towards standards that must address human values and social impacts alongside technical functionality.


### Data Quality and Crowdsourcing


Priyanka Dasgupta from the International Electrotechnical Commission raised questions about maintaining data quality when crowdsourcing inputs for AI dataset standards development, highlighting the challenge of balancing inclusive participation with quality assurance.


### Cross-Community Collaboration


Heather Flanagan, Chair and participant in several standards organisations including IETF, W3C, and OpenID Foundation, highlighted the challenge of bridging gaps between different standards communities that don’t typically interact with each other, noting the need for better coordination to create more comprehensive and interoperable standards.


## Certification and Implementation


Karen Mulberry highlighted the role of certification programs in attesting to compliance with ethical AI standards, noting that IEEE has certification programs that can demonstrate adherence to standards and build trust in AI systems. She mentioned specific opportunities for collaboration between different standards organisations on AI and certification work.


## Future Directions and Collaboration Opportunities


The discussion revealed interest in continued collaboration, with representatives from various organisations expressing willingness to work together on standards development. A representative from the World Digital Technology Academy expressed particular interest in collaboration opportunities.


The conversation demonstrated both the potential and limitations of current standards development processes. While there was consensus on fundamental principles like inclusivity, transparency, and ethical considerations, significant challenges remain in translating these principles into effective practice, particularly regarding the pace of technological change, global participation, and enforcement mechanisms.


## Conclusions


The discussion highlighted a standards development community adapting to govern emerging technologies in an inclusive and effective manner. The evolution towards what Luican termed “enviro-sociotechnical standards” represents a significant expansion in thinking about the role and scope of technical standards.


Key themes included the critical importance of personal outreach for inclusive participation, the need for adaptive governance models like evidence sandboxes that can keep pace with technological change, and the ongoing challenge of integrating qualitative considerations like ethics and sustainability into technical specifications.


The proposed solutions offer promising directions for future development, but their effectiveness will depend on the standards community’s ability to address underlying challenges related to power imbalances, global participation, and the rapid pace of technological advancement while maintaining collaborative approaches and technical rigour.


Session transcript

Kathleen A. Kramer: We are a global community of 500,000 members in 190 countries and a multi-stakeholder model. We develop and support standards that reflect an open collaboration of expertise and experience, ensuring relevant and impact in global, real-world contexts. Today’s session will showcase how technical standards designed with sustainability, connectivity and accessibility in mind are helping to drive progress on climate action, expanded digital reach and resilient infrastructure. I encourage all of us to use this opportunity not only to learn from each other, but to reflect on how we can further collaborate and co-create because only through shared effort can we build a truly sustainable digital future. Thank you for being part of this conversation and for your commitment to advancing technology for the benefit of humanity.


Karen Mulberry: Thank you, Kathleen. I’d like to welcome you to our workshop where I’ve got three experts who have been actively engaged in standards development and who can provide their perspectives on how you can build a standard and how you look at a sustainable future. We’re all entering the age of the digital economy, so there’s a lot that technology standards enable and a lot to consider as you develop a standard. Now, our three expert speakers today are Michael Lucan, who will talk about building the path to sustainability with technology standards, who is an expert in sustainability. Yuhan Zheng, who is joining us remotely, building the future with collective and invigorating minds. She’s one of the young professionals within IEEE who are looking at this from a lens from, you know, the university to their initial career path on building a standard and what does that mean for them. And then Dimitrios, who has a very long last Greek name that I’m sure I’m going to butcher, Kalogeropoulos, close maybe? That was very good. Thank you. Who’s going to be talking about building bridges for tomorrow’s population, who is looking at applying technology to healthcare and the ramifications and opportunities that are there? So I’d like to turn this over to Maike, who started that.


Maike Luiken: Well, thank you very much for the lovely introduction and welcome everybody to our session. It’s an honor to be here and to have the opportunity to talk one of my favorite subjects. So, as Karen indicated, I do work on standards development. I’m a chair of one standard working group. It’s addressing sustainability, environmental stewardship and climate change and professional practice. And we call that a recommended practice. I’m a vice chair of another and work with a couple of more. So why standards and what are the emerging trends? Standards, as far as I’m concerned, are a true bridge between research, academic research, new science, new findings, and the application, implementation, and use of this research output. And so standards give us essentially a language across which and Dr. Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos, Yuhan Zheng, Dr. Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos, Yuhan Zheng, no longer talking about just making technology work in technology standards, but we are looking much further in terms of including the impact of the using of this standard on the environment and on people. Hence, like we talked earlier about ethical or socio-technical standards. We talked about ethical standards for AI. So we are really looking at the intersection between standards development for technology, but including sustainability considerations in that development. So topics are green data centers like modular data centers. We’re looking at blockchain, AI and automation. We’re looking at efficiency, of course, green digital transformation and the global energy systems transformation. All of it looking at from linear to circular resource models now. We didn’t do that 20 years ago. What plays into the space are, of course, regulation and compliance in different countries, different jurisdictions. I mentioned here a few which are European centered, the AI Act, CRS-RD and the digital product passport. Yuhan Zheng, Dr. Maike Luiken, Dr. Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos, Yuhan Zheng, Dr. Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos, Yuhan Zheng, Dr. Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos, Yuhan Zheng, Dr. Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos, Yuhan Zheng, Dr. Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos, Yuhan Zheng, Dr. Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos, Yuhan Zheng, Dr. Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos, Yuhan Zheng, Dr. Dimitrios As I mentioned already, one of the outputs or the impacts of standards is the harmonized language and commonly agreed terminology. Once a number of companies use a particular standard or it’s part of a regulation, we now speak a common language. So they help to ensure that digital and other solutions, they’re designed with interoperability, security, safety, and now sustainability in mind. And in that sense, help reduce waste, enhance efficiency, and have a positive social impact. I like to actually to call them now enviro-sociotechnical standards. It’s a mouthful, but at least it speaks to the facts that we’re dealing with. I already mentioned the impact on market and supply chain stakeholders. Important is, of course, scalability with standards we can scale, and this is greatly reducing integration issues and risks based on standardized protocols. We are really looking for implementation of a circular economy and sustainability principles by design. Actually, by design is part of the definition of a circular economy, and otherwise we design for de-manufacturability and no waste from the outset, not as an afterthought. And ultimately, of course, standards lead to technical implementation of regulation. A couple of examples out of IEEE, and I’m focusing here on ethically aligned design, which speaks to AI and strong Sustainability by Design, of course, speaks to sustainability, as opposed to the, say, energy-related standards, simply because we are adversives. And so we have formed initiatives like Ethically Aligned Design and Planet Positive 2030 to ultimately come up with recommendations and then build standards based on those recommendations. And the initiatives are all from the bottom up, with 100, 200, 300 people from around the globe and different backgrounds. A couple of examples of standards. Out of the Ethically Aligned Design comes the 7000 series of IEEE standards. And here’s one mentioned, it’s the standard that’s 2000, sorry, 7014, came out in 24. It’s a standard for ethical considerations and emulated empathy in autonomous and intelligent systems. Another standard that relates to WSIS is the standard for H-appropriate digital services framework. And another one is standard for online age verification. So standards have gone far beyond looking at integration, say, of microgrids into the grid, which is 1547, all the way to ethical considerations in the design of services and platforms. So let’s cap the lines up for a conclusion. The global impact then is, on the one hand, acceleration of innovation. On the other hand, we are looking at building bridges, and I should have said that. mentioned that last to link to you. So building bridges between policymakers, government and institutions. If we are including ethics and sustainability in standards development, it leads to change in human values and ethical considerations. Of course, we promote technical governance. We protect children’s rights. And we truly work on making the planet more sustainable. In other words, our biosphere. And with that, I thank you very much and turn it back


Karen Mulberry: to Karen. Thank you very much, Maike. I also want to let everyone know, after our experts have spoken, there’ll be some opportunities to ask them some questions on their presentations and their experiences. So with that said, I’d like to move on to Yuhan, who is joining us remotely. Yuhan, are you there? No, she’s not there. Okay, thank you. Dimitrios, why don’t we move on to you and your perspective?


Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos: Yeah, hello, everyone. Forgive me, but I will read. So the title for me today is Building Bridges for Tomorrow’s Population. I’m going to sort of delve into AI in healthcare specifically. But I hope that my subject will cover domains outside healthcare more broadly. So as the world becomes more interconnected, our approach to population health, along the foundation of productivity and sustainability, faces an unprecedented opportunity to evolve. But treating illness alone is no longer enough. We must design systems that actively promote well-being, equity and resilience. And to do that, we must fundamentally rethink how we govern, collaborate and design through technology. Global standards are essential. They ensure that digital innovations, especially in healthcare, are scalable, secure and accessible. But beyond the technical layer lies a deeper challenge. Digital health and artificial intelligence offer the promise of better care access and coordination. But left unchecked, they risk reinforcing inequities. Systems meant to close care gaps may instead deepen them by reproducing bias, excluding communities or simply being designed without them. Global leaders have raised this concern. The UN, World Health Organization and OECD have all called for stronger digital cooperation to bridge, divide and accelerate the sustainable development goals. But declarations alone cannot solve implementation challenges. Healthcare illustrates this clearly. It’s where digital cooperation is most difficult and most urgently needed. The question is this. In a domain as regulated and standardized as healthcare, how is it that we so often fail to meaningfully include digital technologies in the very frameworks meant to support multi-stakeholder collaboration? And this has been the case for many, many years. The answer in part lies in how we develop standards. For them to be effective, they must be collaborative, shaped through open, inclusive processes that reflect diverse needs, values and jurisdictions. That’s how we ensure that standards are not only technically sound, but socially relevant. The other part lies in the kind of standards we pursue. Too often, standard setting codifies what is already known. Subtle technical criteria that are easy to measure but slow to evolve. In fast-moving domains like AI and digital health, we need a different approach, dynamic standards that accommodate uncertainty, support iterative learning, and evolve alongside the systems they govern. And we have two very important projects going on within IEEESA right now. These are not just tools of compliance. They are tools of trust, designed to embed transparency, enable accountability, and make complexity navigable across sectors and borders. So to illustrate what I’m trying to get to, let me use public health as an example. If we build the right digital infrastructure, and there’s a lot of talk within WHO in delivering just that in healthcare, we can create an AI superhighway for health, a blueprint for systems that are equitable, resilient, and globally connected. This ambition aligns directly with the UN SDGs and the World Summit on the Information Society. In Europe, legislative efforts such as the EU AI Act aim to enable that vision based on a clear principle. Laws define essential requirements, standards interpret them. But how can we standardize the path to digital inclusion on which AI models so heavily rely on? What would these standards look like? Today, many AI ethics frameworks advocate for fairness, transparency, and accountability. But most lack testable thresholds, a way to move from aspiration to application. First, standards must make uncertainty visible and shared. Transparency must become a design feature, not a compliance task. Second, they must support governance of future data ecosystems, ecosystems capable of disclosing the strengths, limitations, and risks. And we have a long way to cover in that respect. In this light, disclosure becomes a primary goal of standard setting. Alongside disclosure, we need to make sure that the data we produce is accessible to everyone. We need to make sure that the data we produce is accessible to everyone. We need to make sure that the data we produce is accessible to everyone. must be built into systems through standards that clarify obligations, not dilute them. Standards that everyone can use. That’s where threshold checkpoints matter. Data sets used to train or fine-tune models must be embedded with metadata. That means transparency criteria. And this is how we also tackle the deeper risk, synthetic truth contamination. As more models are trained on AI-generated content, originality and factual accuracy degrade. The knowledge space becomes recursively polluted and models hallucinate. Distorted information is recycled. They loop in on themselves. Accuracy declines and costs rise. And we are already dealing with this reality, albeit we have had LLMs in our lives for less than two years. This is not just a technical glitch. It’s a structural vulnerability. And some models are already masking this behavior, which is a lot more concerning. They hide it and they’re very good at it. So these systems are not sustainable.


Karen Mulberry: Thank you very much, Dimitrios. Let me check one more time. Sorry, I turned it off, I turned it on, I turned it off. I’d like to open up the floor to see if anyone has any questions or any responses to what you’ve heard so far today. And I think what I’d like to do is start us off with a question of my own. So, Dimitrios, how can the government, the private sector, civil society, the technical community, which the foundations of the WSIS discussions, collaborate in developing digital standards? I mean, you touched upon it from your expertise, but do you have any other suggestions? we should consider as we move forward through this multi-stakeholder process?


Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos: Thank you, Karen. That’s an excellent question. Some of it is immediate, some of it is longer term. I will try to answer the question in the European context, because I think that’s closer to the reality right now. So we have, first of all, the EU AI Act, which is in the process of implementation, as we all know, states the implementation. The GPI code of practice, General Purpose Artificial Intelligence code of practice, is on the way as well. And one of the provisions in that is to set up in different member states evidence sandbox facilities. So these are entities that are part of the regulatory system, and I’m talking about domains where systemic risk is more pronounced. So healthcare is one of those, which is my domain. And in those environments, solutions can be tested for compliance with virus ethical security and other criteria before they can be released in the open world, in reality, in real world. So we have two standards development projects that are supposed to support these facilities, and these facilities have been designed and are being designed. For example, the MSRA in the UK is in the process of designing the AI airlock with specific mechanisms that will eventually lead to evidence pathways and adoption of artificial intelligence tools in healthcare. Different countries are working on different projects. But the general idea is that you bring together all of these stakeholders that have an impact in the adoption of the and the tools to discuss among them how to best navigate this regulatory complexity. So to come back to your question, we have the mechanisms. Also the Joint Purpose Artificial Intelligence Code of Practice, which is implementing the AI Act, has provisions for standard setting in consensus with industry stakeholders for various aspects related to copyright protection, for example, and model training, model tuning and refining. But how are standards relevant here? If we somehow manage to develop a set of metadata, a set of metastandards that govern the space of implementation, that provide guardrails for what we consider ethical and safe, and then we bring all those stakeholders within the aforementioned mechanisms, then we have two benefits. One of them is we come out with standards for everyone. And the other one is that we do that in a controlled environment. So everybody learns from each other within those controlled environments.


Karen Mulberry: Thank you very much, Maike. Any thoughts on how various communities can get together and develop digital standards, especially from your work with the Sustainability Committee?


Maike Luiken: Actually, I wanted to add one point, and that is, to my understanding, the UK put together a sandbox for actually testing applications. The AI, I love that. That’s right. And Canada is copying this now, so starting a sandbox as well. And so that is actually helping, not necessarily the standards development, but certainly the developers to see whether A, things work, and two, whether whatever is being developed performs to standard. So I think that’s a necessity. We need the standards, but we also need… and Dr. Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos, Yuhan Zheng, Dr. Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos, Yuhan Zheng, that’s one of the issues that I don’t think we have been figuring out very well on how to actually keep up with standards development, with technology development.


Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos: No, I totally agree with you. But look, it’s the very beginning. We have to come to terms with the fact that we are in the beginning.


Maike Luiken: Okay, agreed.


Participant: Yes, I have a question for you. Yes, I have a question for Dimitrios. I mean, you talked a lot about Europe and the European standards, but I mean, since we spoke earlier about standardization being a process on a global scale, then with local implications, perhaps there is a chance you could also talk briefly about the Global South and standardization among stakeholders in the Global South?


Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos: Yes, thank you. That’s an excellent question as well. Look, let me try to approach that in a different way. First of all, standards development and what I talked about today needs to be participatory, and that means that everyone participates. So if not everyone participates, that means that the standards are not going to be fair for everyone. And I’m going to give an example of what it means that if they’re not fair for everyone, not everyone participates. And then as they will guide AI adoption, they will eventually also guide the truth that goes in the models of the artificial intelligence. We’re going to just propagate existing standards. Dr. Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos, Dr. Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos, Dr. Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos, leading the development of the different writing groups within the standard. That’s not a bad thing. What we are planning to do once we have… So, we want to create a container of knowledge where knowledge transfer can take place, but we also need to be very careful about everyone participating in the process. So, after long and careful consideration and deliberation, we have come up with a model where we’re thinking we can create an initial container of know-how, a first set of this standard, get it out there and then have a process where we can disseminate it as broad as we can globally to have everyone participate in defining the different metadata and parameters that go into this standard, which basically is about AI preparing datasets around the world. So, we still have a lot of work. It is most certainly one of our key priorities. We are convening, as IEEE SA, a global public health forum in London on November the 6th. And this is going to be very much about generative AI and fast prototyping to develop knowledge based on standards for data. And there’s a lot of work ongoing within IEEE in that direction. It’s only the beginning. We still have a lot of work to do. So, yeah, I mean, if anyone wants to join us or support or in any way, make this a reality, you’re very welcome to reach out and talk to me. And thank you for posing that very important issue. Thank you.


Karen Mulberry: We have some other questions, so.


Heather Flanagan: My name is Heather Flanagan. I’m a chair and participant in several standards organizations, including the IETF, the W3C, the OpenID Foundation, a few others. And I absolutely agree so much that the need for broad participation is critical to making a standard work. And one of the reasons I’m here is because, of course, in those communities, they’re them and they’re not here. And there’s very, very little crossover. And I don’t know how to fix it. That’s the whole reason that I’ve come to this event is to try to understand more clearly how to bridge that gap of, I know as chair that I want broader participation, but I don’t know how to get it. So I’d really love any suggestions or feedback how to make what we all agree needs to happen actually happen.


Maike Luiken: I’d love to take this question. It’s a formidable question. I face the same issue. And I’m pretty sure most people who have been sharing a standards working group have run into this one from time to time. People want to be asked. They’re usually not just coming. They truly want to be asked. at our booth who asked about a couple of things and we got talking. We talked for an hour and yes, now he is interested in joining a standards working group. So what it really takes is use the network of the folks that are already in your working group and look for suggestions who else could join and do a personal ask as far as you can get. That’s the best way I have learned how to do it and usually at events like this or other conferences I go to like issue the invitation like Dimitrios did if you want to join us, talk to people in more detail. I haven’t found a more effective way. But of course you can do the other and that is talk about the work in public places like LinkedIn and others as much as you can and you might get other folks who are interested. But never forget that people want to be asked.


Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos: Thank you. Can I also add perhaps a little bit from my experience. So my first standards development project was in 1992 for artificial intelligence and agentic AI in healthcare. And then I went into 20 years of international development also developing standards in different jurisdictions, different parts of the world. One thing I learned is that standards evolve with the people that develop them. If you try to push people to standardize the people who develop the standards, they’re not going to join your groups. You really need to make the standard development process an expression of their own understanding of reality. And this is where standards become magical. So people start expressing their own experiences, their own ways of doing things through the standards, and somehow they come together into final versions of this. And this is what I mentioned earlier. Once you have this from people who can do it faster, once you have that prototype, then you can release that prototype to the world and then fine-tune it. Look, standards are like LLMs. If you observe how LLMs learn, then the same thing should happen with standards. They’re just different layers of a very similar process. Thank you. One of the reasons why we like to


Karen Mulberry: have these workshops, to expose the work within IEEE, in hopes of attracting more people to participate, to add more voices and views to the work. So I have a question here and two along the back. And then our remote speaker has joined us, so I’d like to turn it over to


Priyanka Dasgupta: her at that point. Hello, everyone. I am Priyanka Dasgupta, again from another standardization organization, IEC. So as we’re talking about standards, I quite like the intervention you made, Dimitrios, and so I was curious about that around the project that you were speaking about, building on the fact that when we are talking about standards, they’re not just built for the global majority, they’re built with them. And in that, you mentioned the project where you will be somehow opening it up to the public for them to be able to crowdfund the data for this thing. And I was curious, genuinely curious about how do you then ensure data quality within such work? Because one of the critical things when developing learning models for AI or learning data sets for AI is if you ask for input from everywhere, one, there’s always that question of bias, and of course, also questions of how to maintain that data quality. I was just curious to know how, or how do you intend to do that at such a broader level? Although the inclusivity is definitely a step I completely support. So thank you.


Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos: I’m not sure if I can answer your question in the limitation of time we have here, but one response would be join our project and find out. We want all the help we would like to have, all the help we can get. But I think I mentioned it in between what I said in my talk. We have been focusing on the data of the standard. We’ve been focusing on being descriptive. If we focus on the metadata, I’m sorry, instead of being prescriptive, being descriptive, if we focus on giving to people who participate in science development what kind of data we need, they will deliver it for you. So I think the broader idea is that instead of developing standards that tell you what to do, develop standards that tell you how to develop your standards. This is what we’re trying to do and this is the whole concept. Now when it comes to bias for data, this particular project I mentioned a minute ago, it has been ongoing for more than 20 years. So there’s a lot of work behind it and a lot more than I can go through right now. But rest assured, it relies on existing standards. It takes into consideration work that has been going on for a very long time to make sure that it doesn’t. And it essentially builds mechanisms to fight bias. So yeah.


Priyanka Dasgupta: Yeah, no, thank you. My question was more around the sourcing, the inputs for the metadata part, but it’s not questioning the development of the standard itself with the bias, how to retaliate bias in that sense. But thank you. I think you answered my question. Yeah.


Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos: Transparency is an issue. For example, if you develop a data set, you need to ask your data set if an AI was used to produce it. It’s a piece of metadata and nobody builds that into their standards, do they? Please.


Kiki Wicachali: Greetings all. Allow me to borrow a microphone. Kiki Wicachali, Senior Technology Advisor in UNICEF. My question is around quantitative and qualitative. Well, a little bit of that. As technical people and what goes into standards, it is usually, let’s call it easier, for lack of a better word, to build quantitative. How should we build qualitative aspects, ethics, child rights into standards, number one. Number two, we’re talking about new standards or developing standards. Second part of my question is, we already have so many ethics by design, digital by design. How do we enforce compliance?


Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos: These are all very good and very valid questions. I mean, my immediate response is, why not form a group, a working group among us and, you know, unpack these issues and address them together. We need to find a way to do that. But this is my sort of sustainable process response. In terms of an immediate answer, it’s thresholds that you need to think about. So when it comes to ethics, issues of ethics, you need to consider yourself, when is it that you need to define what unpacks your ethics issues? So you need to make sure that, for example, you have an age group participation in child locks, for example, you can have a child lock, an automatic child lock for specific digital access above, I don’t know, 10 or 12, depending on the content. These are all thresholds and you need to adjust your thresholds based on different parameters. What is the content? How is it accessible? I don’t know. I’m just giving a very pedantic example to explain that there are ways in which you can actually standardise ethics, both qualitatively and quantitatively. What I can say, though, is that I totally agree with you that quantitative we had enough of. It’s the qualitative bit which is really difficult. And this is why we need to start talking about metadata. We don’t have enough of that. So, you know, behaviour is defined in metadata sets, not in data sets. The way, so, you know, do I drink coffee or do I prefer tea? This is metadata. I will drink something in the end and the purpose is to have some caffeine or whatever. But that is what actually defines us as people. If you look at our behaviour, you look at our metadata, you look at the way that we actually navigate our lives. This is through metadata and we need to and this is where, you know, broad participation is very important because it’s about discovery. Open up the process to many people. To do that, you need to have the right instruments. How are you going to do that? The way that we approach standards development doesn’t work right now. There needs to be a new way, and that’s why I mentioned the regulatory. That’s why I mentioned sandboxes. There needs to be a closer loop, an agile development process, where we develop the standards together with the communities. For example, in the Global South, access to care is very difficult. We need mobile health applications, telehealth applications that will enable access to high-quality health care and preventive health care. We’re not using that enough. How can we allow those applications to go in a very highly regulated environment? Well, we need sandboxes, but so what? What are the sandboxes? Nobody understands what sandboxes are. I would recommend we let go of the term evidence, of the term regulatory sandbox, and we introduce the term evidence sandbox. Why can’t we finally build a sandbox environment where we develop, we allow for evidence, common evidence to be used within domains and regulate that? This is where the opportunity for standards comes in, because regulatory sandbox is about the law, and we have covered the law. Now, we need to cover the application of the law. We need to go practical. We need to bring communities into play. We need to equip them with the tools and standardise those tools in an adaptive manner. Let them use them, see what comes out of it, monitor very closely, start with an initial data set and develop the evidence and the regulatory paths for them. Make those global, eventually. We have published a policy on this, if you’re interested in reading it, and I think this is the shortest way to read about these views. So, all you need to do is go to IEEE European Public Policy Committee and look for our Artificial Intelligence and Digital Health for Equity public position statement, and you will see all this written in a short statement,


Kiki Wicachali: policy statement. Or I’ll take you up on your offer and get in touch with you, and then we can have a more…


Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos: Dr. Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos, Yuhan Zheng, Dr. Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos, Yuhan Zheng,


Karen Mulberry: I’d like to add to that, too, at the Standards Association. We have some guiding frameworks, ethically aligned design, that was developed in 2017 to actually look at applying bias and ethics to AI in particular development and providing some frameworks for consideration as you look at technical standards along that pathway. To add to that, we’ve also looked at certification programs on top of applying ethically aligned design such that if you comply with a standard in the 7000 series, which is where AI standards reside, we can go back and then certify that you comply with the standard, that you followed all of the requirements within the standard so you can attest to that, that you have a safe, trustworthy system and it’s ethically sound, that it’s used the appropriate data set in the way that it was defined. So, I mean, there is a body of work out there to try and move into the ethical approach and applications of technology. But again, technology resides in your hands and how you use it. So, to participate in the process would be wonderful because we need more voices at the table to consider all of the various aspects. So, this is your invitation to come join us at IEEE and participate in our standards development. And you don’t have to be a member, you just have to show up and be interested. Michael, you got some comments? Yeah, just one. So, an expression of ethics and values


Maike Luiken: are the guardrails that we put in place. So, the standards will talk to guardrails to protect against misuse of a particular technology. And so, that’s one of the expressions that implements essentially our value system or the value system of those who participated in the development of the standard. That’s just one way to look at it. And of course, those guardrails then become part of a certification program if a standard leads to that.


Participant: Yeah. So, you mentioned that one way to get people to talk together and to join and design new standards based on their shared experiences is to basically go talk to them. and invite them, as you did yesterday with me, and thank you very much. But how do you deal with the power imbalance in the arena of standard definitions? And the topics that I study myself as a researcher is the standards, the environmental standards regarding data centers. And the key players are AWS and Microsoft and Meta. And they basically set their own standards and they try to impose them on others because they have the power to do so. Once they have these standards, then the other players have to use them as well if they want to compete with those. And obviously, they design those standards because they fit the vision of sustainability that they designed as well themselves. Thank you.


Maike Luiken: You have to ask the difficult question, do you? Thank you. So actually, what we often have is representatives, but representing themselves of these various companies in the standards development groups. So that is one side of the coin. The other is when you talk about a company setting a standard, it’s a de facto industry type standard, but it’s not a global standard. It’s like MPLS from Cisco was one of the protocols that de facto became standard because multi-protocol label switching was pushed forward faster than the actual standards development was happening. So that is what happened. Sometimes the market overtakes the actual standards development and there’s nothing we can do other than ultimately see which standard wins. And that is market adoption. So we had a failure around standards development for asynchronous transfer mode, for example. So thank you.


Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos: Can I just add one short bit there? Never forget the policy of standards in your work. So policy is about adding layers. In policy, you can never cancel other people’s policies. You have to add another policy that builds on the other policies and that has to be an integral part of standards. So if you find enemies, it means your policy is not right. You need to adjust your policy to make them your friends. And that will eventually happen. It just takes a lot of patience. I hope that was of value.


Participant: Oh, hi. I’m from a new organization called the World Digital Technology Academy. Right now, we’re gathering experts from industry and academia to form multi-stakeholder working group. Actually, we have published four standards around generative AI and agentic AI. In the future, we’ll do more about data governance. I’m very glad to hear IEEE is doing certification in addition to standards. Yeah, we have also put together a certification program. So in the future, I would love to collaborate with IEEE to work on more new standards on AI and certification. So probably after this meeting, we can talk more about this.


Karen Mulberry: I’m sure we would be very interested in collaboration and in hearing of your work and your approach. So I welcome that, and I will talk to you afterwards. And I believe we had another question then. Oh.


Shamira Ahmed: Thank you. My name is Shamira Ahmed. I am a researcher, and my question is for Dimitrios. You mentioned regulatory sandboxes, or as you said, they should be evidence sandboxes as a way to create guardrails and implement operationalized standards and ethics that we have on AI. So regulatory sandboxes are not a new thing when it comes to managing implementation of technologies. And you also mentioned, correct me if I’m wrong, that… Dr. Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos, Yuhan Zheng, Dr. Maike Luiken, Dr. Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos, Dr. Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos, Yuhan Zheng, Dr. Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos, Yuhan Zheng, Yuhan Zheng, Dr. Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos, Yuhan Zheng, Dr. Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos, Yuhan Zheng,


Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos: Yuhan Zheng, Dr. Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos, Yuhan Zheng, Dr. Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos, Yuhan Zheng, Dr. Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos, pf Yuhan Zheng, Dr. Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos, Yuhan Zheng, Dr. Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos, Yuhan Zheng, Dr. Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos, Yuhan Zheng, Dr. Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos, Yuhan Zheng, Dr. Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos, Yuhan Zheng, Dr. Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos, Yuhan Zheng, Dr. Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos, Yuhan Zheng, Dr. Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos, Yuhan Zheng, Dr. Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos, gives you an ability, through standards, not through a common resource, not through a central database that belongs to a government, this is a purely democratic process. If there was a way, through standards, to create a global data space, look at the European health data space. Think of a global health data space. Then what I would actually be working toward is to start with mobile health applications working for civic engagement. Getting people to participate in their healthcare, and then create evidence pathways that go all the way up to global health policy. Okay. Okay, so is this possible? The question here is the regulatory sandbox. First of all, I don’t like the idea of a regulatory sandbox. The regulatory sandbox is a term which is being used to tell me it’s okay to test an application within this specific environment. In fintech, in other domains, I have no idea whether this succeeded or failed. But you have to consider that the European Medicines Agency, for example, EMA, works in a very similar way. It guides local authorities that regulate pharmaceuticals and it creates meta-policy and assists those. So there is a structure that you can build with which you can govern the process of evidence generation. And there’s no reason why it shouldn’t work. What is difficult there is addressing digital determinants. Because if you want to have scale, and you haven’t addressed the digital determinants of health, if you haven’t made technology accessible to entire populations, this clearly is not going to work. I mean, this is a failure from the onset. We know this is going to be a no-gamer. But for that, both the UN and the European Union and different organizations are actually funding infrastructure development. And we can’t wait for that infrastructure to be delivered and then think about what we’re going to do with it. What we’re trying to do is develop policies that will create those living labs. Does that resonate better with you? We avoid the term regulatory sandboxes, living labs, the collaborative spaces, where we can bring together communities and test out standardized solutions that deliver specific functions in healthcare. This is about population health. So the idea is that you mobilize, you engage the society to participate in improving their digital health, improving their health through placemaking digital ecosystems. Now we have digital, we need to go the other way around. We need to create communities around them. We have been so set on using digital technologies to develop new pathways for healthcare, anticipatory healthcare. We have gotten, you know, our heads too deep into this idea that it’s all digital. Well, it can’t be. It has to be real as well. So I completely agree with you. But again, I would urge you to read the policy document that we have set out and see if it answers your questions and if it doesn’t, I welcome your participation in any dialogue. And if you find any weak points, we would love to look at them. We want to make this successful. We’re not trying to just enforce a solution that we believe is successful.


Participant: Thank you. Super interesting. I’m a psychologist. I’m interested in exactly what you’ve been discussing, which is how you bring the human dimension into play effectively and how you go beyond efficiency and effectiveness and ethics into the evolution of communities and individuals and leadership. I’d love to hear any of the experiences you have briefly of what you described as the requirement for standards development to go hand in hand with people development and where you’ve seen that happen, whether it’s people collectively, teams and communities, organizations, or whether it’s individual leaders and how that’s made a big impact. That’s my area of work. My name is Philip. Thank you.


Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos: Thank you for your question, Philip. Well, we are building exactly that now within WHO’s Strategic Partners Initiative for Data and Digital Health, WHO Europe. I urge you to reach out, find out what it’s about. It’s about mental health specifically, but I cannot discuss this program here. So if you need further information, please reach out to WHO Europe and ask for, you know, if you, I’m sure the participation is open and you can still join the program or next year’s cohort. We are seeing, I can just very briefly tell you that, no, we don’t have unfortunately concrete evidence as to whether it works successfully. For now, we know what the pushback is, as you probably know is expected. And we are finding ways in which to work around that pushback. And this is fairly common. So. So I think that standards development is the very idea that, you know, we can progressively develop new layers of knowledge and participation without people thinking that we, you know, overreach into the privacy.


Karen Mulberry: And we have one concluding question.


Participant: Okay, thank you for your excellent presentations. We can see that many frontier technology, especially AI, is developing at a fast speed. And some new innovative technologies are completely groundbreaking, like trans-GBT in 2023. And they can have a huge impact on the industry immediately. But related standards often have not yet been established, which may lead to some negative consequences. Therefore, my problem is that what can we do to better tackle this situation? Thank you.


Karen Mulberry: Well, Maike, much like your example in terms of MPLS, where something was set prior to the standard. I mean, how do you resolve that issue?


Maike Luiken: Well, we do continue to develop standards around AI. And of course, we talked here a lot about AI based on large language models and so on. There’s an awful lot more to AI than the chat GPT and so on, right? So let’s not forget that. And there’s a lot of standards development around that piece. But in this particular case, we’re looking at the ethical use. And we are also looking at the issue that the users are using, say, chat GPT-3, when it came out, for functions that it was not designed for. I personally went in and said, OK, I’m going to test this. And I had to write my biography. My name, first name plus last name. If I do a Google search, it’s always me. There’s no two people with the same name combination. And I tried this eight times. Yuhan Zheng, Dr. Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos, Yuhan Zheng, Dr. Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos, So, I’m not sure how standard development will change misuse of a tool, right? So, the path forward here is to either check GPT changing, which it has, like it gives you today references and so on, which it didn’t when it started out, and to let people, to educate people about what the function of different platforms in AI are, okay, or different AI platforms are, and always realizing that some level of hallucination may actually happen with all of them, okay? People are brought it up with the robo-taxi, with phantom breaking. In other words, the autonomous system is misinterpretation, misinterpreting signals, and it’s slowing down rapidly because it perceives the danger, okay? So, that is a fact, and a standard is not going to change that, right? But what we need to do is, and I go back to this, we need to educate and communicate the actual capacity, capability of a technology, what it can do and what it cannot do. And that brings me back to our sandboxes, because we are not only testing and bringing new knowledge, we are also testing the guardrails.


Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos: Yeah, look, think of this. In a room, you have a child growing up. You don’t go to the child and say, look, don’t do that. This is a corner. You put corner protectors there. This is what we need to do about AI now. That’s what the standards do. You need to make safe for a child the environment for the AI to grow up and those are the guardrails. You know, those little plastic sticky things that you put wherever you see a corner. That’s what we need to build. Thank you.


Karen Mulberry: Yes, and I think you’ve raised an issue that is always going to be a conundrum. You know, which comes first? The idea and thought of an application and the standard behind it to make it safe and trustworthy and globally applicable. Well, I’d like to conclude my remarks because we’re way over time and thank everyone very much for participating in our workshop, for your contributions to the dialogue we had today and supporting the multi-stakeholder process. So thank you very much. Thank you.


M

Maike Luiken

Speech speed

110 words per minute

Speech length

1739 words

Speech time

941 seconds

Standards serve as bridges between academic research and practical implementation, providing common language across disciplines

Explanation

Standards act as a crucial connection between new scientific research and findings from academia and their real-world application and implementation. They provide a harmonized language and commonly agreed terminology that enables different disciplines and stakeholders to communicate effectively.


Evidence

Once a number of companies use a particular standard or it’s part of a regulation, we now speak a common language. Standards help to ensure that digital and other solutions are designed with interoperability, security, safety, and now sustainability in mind.


Major discussion point

Standards Development and Sustainability


Topics

Digital standards


Disagreed with

– Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos

Disagreed on

Approach to standards development – prescriptive vs descriptive


Modern standards must include environmental and social impact considerations, moving toward “enviro-sociotechnical standards”

Explanation

Contemporary standards development has evolved beyond just making technology work to include the impact of using standards on the environment and people. This represents a shift toward what Luiken calls “enviro-sociotechnical standards” that encompass environmental, social, and technical considerations.


Evidence

We are looking at the intersection between standards development for technology, but including sustainability considerations in that development. Topics include green data centers, blockchain, AI and automation, efficiency, green digital transformation and global energy systems transformation.


Major discussion point

Standards Development and Sustainability


Topics

Digital standards | Sustainable development


Standards enable circular economy principles and sustainability by design rather than as an afterthought

Explanation

Standards facilitate the implementation of circular economy and sustainability principles from the initial design phase rather than adding them later. This approach ensures that sustainability considerations are built into systems from the outset.


Evidence

We are really looking for implementation of a circular economy and sustainability principles by design. By design is part of the definition of a circular economy, and otherwise we design for de-manufacturability and no waste from the outset, not as an afterthought.


Major discussion point

Standards Development and Sustainability


Topics

Digital standards | Sustainable development


Broad global participation is essential for fair standards, requiring personal outreach and invitation rather than waiting for volunteers

Explanation

Effective standards development requires diverse global participation, but people typically need to be personally invited rather than volunteering spontaneously. This requires active networking and outreach efforts from existing working group members.


Evidence

People want to be asked. They’re usually not just coming. They truly want to be asked. Use the network of the folks that are already in your working group and look for suggestions who else could join and do a personal ask as far as you can get.


Major discussion point

Inclusive Participation in Standards Development


Topics

Digital standards


Agreed with

– Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos
– Heather Flanagan
– Priyanka Dasgupta
– Participant

Agreed on

Broad participation is essential for effective standards development


Market adoption sometimes overtakes formal standards development, creating de facto industry standards

Explanation

In some cases, market forces and industry adoption move faster than formal standards development processes, resulting in de facto standards that become widely adopted before official standards are established. This can lead to situations where the market determines which standard wins through adoption.


Evidence

MPLS from Cisco was one of the protocols that de facto became standard because multi-protocol label switching was pushed forward faster than the actual standards development was happening. We had a failure around standards development for asynchronous transfer mode.


Major discussion point

Implementation and Compliance Challenges


Topics

Digital standards


Disagreed with

– Participant

Disagreed on

Market-driven vs formal standards development


Education about technology capabilities and limitations is crucial alongside standards development

Explanation

Standards alone cannot prevent misuse of technology; there must also be education and communication about what technologies can and cannot do. This is particularly important for AI systems where users may apply tools for purposes they weren’t designed for.


Evidence

I personally went in and said, OK, I’m going to test this [ChatGPT]. And I had to write my biography… I tried this eight times and it got it wrong eight times. People are using ChatGPT for functions that it was not designed for.


Major discussion point

Implementation and Compliance Challenges


Topics

Digital standards | Online education


Standards must address both technical functionality and ethical considerations through guardrails

Explanation

Modern standards development must incorporate both technical specifications and ethical values by establishing guardrails that protect against misuse of technology. These guardrails represent the implementation of value systems from those who participate in standards development.


Evidence

An expression of ethics and values are the guardrails that we put in place. So, the standards will talk to guardrails to protect against misuse of a particular technology. Those guardrails then become part of a certification program if a standard leads to that.


Major discussion point

Quality and Trust in Standards


Topics

Digital standards | Human rights principles


Standards cannot prevent misuse of tools but can provide guardrails for safe development environments

Explanation

While standards cannot completely eliminate the misuse of technology tools, they can establish protective measures and safe environments for development and testing. The focus should be on creating appropriate safeguards rather than trying to control every possible use case.


Evidence

I’m not sure how standard development will change misuse of a tool. The path forward here is to educate people about what the function of different platforms in AI are, and always realizing that some level of hallucination may actually happen with all of them.


Major discussion point

Technology Development Speed vs Standards


Topics

Digital standards


D

Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos

Speech speed

144 words per minute

Speech length

3743 words

Speech time

1553 seconds

Standards development should focus on metadata and descriptive rather than prescriptive approaches

Explanation

Instead of developing standards that dictate specific actions, the focus should be on creating descriptive standards that provide guidance on how to develop standards and emphasize metadata. This approach allows for more flexibility and adaptability in rapidly evolving fields like AI.


Evidence

If we focus on the metadata, instead of being prescriptive, being descriptive, if we focus on giving to people who participate in science development what kind of data we need, they will deliver it for you. Develop standards that tell you how to develop your standards.


Major discussion point

Standards Development and Sustainability


Topics

Digital standards | Data governance


Agreed with

– Maike Luiken

Agreed on

Transparency and metadata are crucial for AI systems governance


AI systems risk reinforcing inequities if not properly governed through inclusive standards development

Explanation

Digital health and AI technologies have the potential to improve care access and coordination, but without proper governance and inclusive development, they may actually worsen existing inequalities by reproducing bias or excluding certain communities from the design process.


Evidence

Digital health and artificial intelligence offer the promise of better care access and coordination. But left unchecked, they risk reinforcing inequities. Systems meant to close care gaps may instead deepen them by reproducing bias, excluding communities or simply being designed without them.


Major discussion point

AI Ethics and Healthcare Standards


Topics

Digital standards | Human rights principles | Digital access


Agreed with

– Maike Luiken
– Karen Mulberry
– Kiki Wicachali

Agreed on

Standards must address ethical considerations and human values, not just technical specifications


Standards must make uncertainty visible and support governance of future data ecosystems with transparency as a design feature

Explanation

Effective standards should acknowledge and make visible the uncertainties inherent in AI systems while supporting the governance of data ecosystems. Transparency should be built into systems as a fundamental design element rather than treated as a compliance requirement.


Evidence

Standards must make uncertainty visible and shared. Transparency must become a design feature, not a compliance task. They must support governance of future data ecosystems, ecosystems capable of disclosing the strengths, limitations, and risks.


Major discussion point

AI Ethics and Healthcare Standards


Topics

Digital standards | Data governance | Privacy and data protection


Agreed with

– Maike Luiken

Agreed on

Transparency and metadata are crucial for AI systems governance


Synthetic truth contamination poses structural vulnerability as AI models trained on AI-generated content degrade in accuracy

Explanation

As more AI models are trained on content generated by other AI systems, there is a recursive pollution of the knowledge space that leads to degraded accuracy, increased hallucinations, and higher costs. This represents a fundamental structural vulnerability in AI systems.


Evidence

As more models are trained on AI-generated content, originality and factual accuracy degrade. The knowledge space becomes recursively polluted and models hallucinate. Distorted information is recycled. They loop in on themselves. Accuracy declines and costs rise.


Major discussion point

AI Ethics and Healthcare Standards


Topics

Digital standards | Data governance


Evidence sandboxes are needed to test AI applications in controlled environments before real-world deployment

Explanation

Rather than traditional regulatory sandboxes, there should be evidence sandboxes that allow for testing AI applications in controlled environments where all stakeholders can collaborate to navigate regulatory complexity and develop evidence-based pathways for adoption.


Evidence

We have two standards development projects that are supposed to support these facilities. The MSRA in the UK is in the process of designing the AI airlock with specific mechanisms that will eventually lead to evidence pathways and adoption of artificial intelligence tools in healthcare.


Major discussion point

AI Ethics and Healthcare Standards


Topics

Digital standards | Legal and regulatory


Standards evolve with the people who develop them and must reflect participants’ own understanding of reality

Explanation

Successful standards development requires allowing participants to express their own experiences and ways of doing things through the standards process. Standards become effective when they reflect the collective understanding and reality of the people who develop them.


Evidence

Standards evolve with the people that develop them. If you try to push people to standardize, they’re not going to join your groups. You really need to make the standard development process an expression of their own understanding of reality.


Major discussion point

Inclusive Participation in Standards Development


Topics

Digital standards


Agreed with

– Maike Luiken
– Heather Flanagan
– Priyanka Dasgupta
– Participant

Agreed on

Broad participation is essential for effective standards development


Threshold checkpoints and metadata embedding are necessary for transparency in AI systems

Explanation

AI systems require specific threshold checkpoints and embedded metadata to ensure transparency and address ethical concerns. This includes requiring disclosure of whether AI was used to produce datasets and implementing automatic safeguards based on defined parameters.


Evidence

Data sets used to train or fine-tune models must be embedded with metadata. If you develop a data set, you need to ask your data set if an AI was used to produce it. You can have a child lock, an automatic child lock for specific digital access above, I don’t know, 10 or 12, depending on the content.


Major discussion point

Quality and Trust in Standards


Topics

Digital standards | Privacy and data protection | Children rights


Agreed with

– Maike Luiken

Agreed on

Transparency and metadata are crucial for AI systems governance


Corner protector analogy: standards should create safe environments for AI development rather than just restrictions

Explanation

Standards should function like corner protectors in a child’s room – creating safe environments for AI development and growth rather than simply imposing restrictions. The focus should be on building protective guardrails that enable safe exploration and development.


Evidence

In a room, you have a child growing up. You don’t go to the child and say, look, don’t do that. This is a corner. You put corner protectors there. This is what we need to do about AI now. You need to make safe for a child the environment for the AI to grow up and those are the guardrails.


Major discussion point

Technology Development Speed vs Standards


Topics

Digital standards


Living labs and collaborative spaces are needed to test standardized solutions with communities

Explanation

Instead of traditional regulatory sandboxes, there should be living labs and collaborative spaces where communities can be brought together to test standardized solutions that deliver specific functions. This approach emphasizes community engagement and real-world testing of digital health solutions.


Evidence

We avoid the term regulatory sandboxes, living labs, the collaborative spaces, where we can bring together communities and test out standardized solutions that deliver specific functions in healthcare. This is about population health.


Major discussion point

Technology Development Speed vs Standards


Topics

Digital standards | Capacity development


H

Heather Flanagan

Speech speed

158 words per minute

Speech length

138 words

Speech time

52 seconds

There is significant challenge in bridging gaps between different standards communities that don’t interact

Explanation

Despite agreement on the need for broad participation in standards development, there are significant barriers between different standards communities that prevent crossover and collaboration. This creates isolated silos that don’t communicate effectively with each other.


Evidence

I’m a chair and participant in several standards organizations, including the IETF, the W3C, the OpenID Foundation, a few others. In those communities, they’re them and they’re not here. And there’s very, very little crossover.


Major discussion point

Inclusive Participation in Standards Development


Topics

Digital standards


Agreed with

– Maike Luiken
– Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos
– Priyanka Dasgupta
– Participant

Agreed on

Broad participation is essential for effective standards development


P

Priyanka Dasgupta

Speech speed

160 words per minute

Speech length

240 words

Speech time

89 seconds

Data quality maintenance is challenging when crowdsourcing inputs for AI standards development

Explanation

When opening up standards development to broader public participation for AI dataset creation, there are significant challenges in maintaining data quality. This includes concerns about bias and ensuring the integrity of inputs when soliciting contributions from diverse global sources.


Evidence

When we are talking about standards, they’re not just built for the global majority, they’re built with them. One of the critical things when developing learning models for AI or learning data sets for AI is if you ask for input from everywhere, there’s always that question of bias, and of course, also questions of how to maintain that data quality.


Major discussion point

Quality and Trust in Standards


Topics

Digital standards | Data governance


Agreed with

– Maike Luiken
– Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos
– Heather Flanagan
– Participant

Agreed on

Broad participation is essential for effective standards development


K

Karen Mulberry

Speech speed

128 words per minute

Speech length

897 words

Speech time

418 seconds

Standards development requires collaboration between government, private sector, civil society, and technical communities

Explanation

Effective standards development necessitates a multi-stakeholder approach that brings together diverse groups including government entities, private sector organizations, civil society groups, and technical communities. This collaborative approach is fundamental to the WSIS process and ensures comprehensive input.


Evidence

How can the government, the private sector, civil society, the technical community, which the foundations of the WSIS discussions, collaborate in developing digital standards?


Major discussion point

Global Collaboration and Multi-stakeholder Approach


Topics

Digital standards


Certification programs can attest to compliance with ethical AI standards in the 7000 series

Explanation

IEEE has developed certification programs that work alongside technical standards to verify compliance with ethical AI requirements. These programs can certify that systems comply with standards in the 7000 series, ensuring they are safe, trustworthy, and ethically sound.


Evidence

We’ve also looked at certification programs on top of applying ethically aligned design such that if you comply with a standard in the 7000 series, which is where AI standards reside, we can go back and then certify that you comply with the standard, that you followed all of the requirements within the standard so you can attest to that, that you have a safe, trustworthy system and it’s ethically sound.


Major discussion point

Implementation and Compliance Challenges


Topics

Digital standards | Human rights principles


Agreed with

– Maike Luiken
– Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos
– Kiki Wicachali

Agreed on

Standards must address ethical considerations and human values, not just technical specifications


K

Kathleen A. Kramer

Speech speed

137 words per minute

Speech length

126 words

Speech time

55 seconds

IEEE operates as a global community of 500,000 members across 190 countries using multi-stakeholder model

Explanation

IEEE functions as a large-scale global organization that develops and supports standards through an open collaboration model involving diverse expertise and experience. This multi-stakeholder approach ensures that standards are relevant and impactful in real-world global contexts.


Evidence

We are a global community of 500,000 members in 190 countries and a multi-stakeholder model. We develop and support standards that reflect an open collaboration of expertise and experience, ensuring relevant and impact in global, real-world contexts.


Major discussion point

Global Collaboration and Multi-stakeholder Approach


Topics

Digital standards


K

Kiki Wicachali

Speech speed

129 words per minute

Speech length

120 words

Speech time

55 seconds

Quantitative standards are easier to develop than qualitative aspects like ethics and child rights

Explanation

There is a significant challenge in incorporating qualitative aspects such as ethics and child rights into technical standards, as these are more complex to standardize compared to quantitative technical specifications. The question remains how to effectively build these human-centered considerations into standards.


Evidence

As technical people and what goes into standards, it is usually, let’s call it easier, for lack of a better word, to build quantitative. How should we build qualitative aspects, ethics, child rights into standards?


Major discussion point

Quality and Trust in Standards


Topics

Digital standards | Children rights | Human rights principles


Agreed with

– Maike Luiken
– Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos
– Karen Mulberry

Agreed on

Standards must address ethical considerations and human values, not just technical specifications


P

Participant

Speech speed

135 words per minute

Speech length

514 words

Speech time

226 seconds

Power imbalances exist where major tech companies can impose de facto standards on others

Explanation

Large technology companies like AWS, Microsoft, and Meta have significant power to set their own standards and impose them on other market participants. These companies design standards that fit their own vision of sustainability and business models, forcing competitors to adopt them to remain competitive.


Evidence

The key players are AWS and Microsoft and Meta. And they basically set their own standards and they try to impose them on others because they have the power to do so. Once they have these standards, then the other players have to use them as well if they want to compete with those.


Major discussion point

Inclusive Participation in Standards Development


Topics

Digital standards


Disagreed with

– Maike Luiken

Disagreed on

Market-driven vs formal standards development


Global South participation is essential to prevent standards from propagating existing inequalities

Explanation

Standards development must include meaningful participation from Global South stakeholders to ensure fairness and prevent the perpetuation of existing inequalities. Without inclusive participation, standards may not serve the needs of all global communities and could reinforce existing disparities.


Evidence

Since we spoke earlier about standardization being a process on a global scale, then with local implications, perhaps there is a chance you could also talk briefly about the Global South and standardization among stakeholders in the Global South?


Major discussion point

Global Collaboration and Multi-stakeholder Approach


Topics

Digital standards | Digital access


Agreed with

– Maike Luiken
– Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos
– Heather Flanagan
– Priyanka Dasgupta

Agreed on

Broad participation is essential for effective standards development


Collaboration opportunities exist between different standards organizations for AI and certification work

Explanation

There are opportunities for collaboration between different standards organizations working on AI and certification programs. Organizations like the World Digital Technology Academy are developing standards around generative AI and seeking partnerships with established organizations like IEEE.


Evidence

I’m from a new organization called the World Digital Technology Academy. Right now, we’re gathering experts from industry and academia to form multi-stakeholder working group. We have published four standards around generative AI and agentic AI. In the future, we’ll do more about data governance.


Major discussion point

Global Collaboration and Multi-stakeholder Approach


Topics

Digital standards


Rapid technology development often outpaces standards creation, leading to potential negative consequences

Explanation

The fast pace of technological innovation, particularly in frontier technologies like AI, often results in groundbreaking technologies being deployed before appropriate standards are established. This timing mismatch can lead to negative consequences and regulatory gaps.


Evidence

Many frontier technology, especially AI, is developing at a fast speed. And some new innovative technologies are completely groundbreaking, like trans-GBT in 2023. And they can have a huge impact on the industry immediately. But related standards often have not yet been established, which may lead to some negative consequences.


Major discussion point

Technology Development Speed vs Standards


Topics

Digital standards


S

Shamira Ahmed

Speech speed

114 words per minute

Speech length

106 words

Speech time

55 seconds

Regulatory sandboxes are not new for managing technology implementation but may have limitations in addressing digital determinants of health

Explanation

Shamira Ahmed points out that regulatory sandboxes have been used before for managing technology implementation and questions their effectiveness. She raises concerns about whether these mechanisms can adequately address digital determinants of health and achieve the scale needed for meaningful impact.


Evidence

Regulatory sandboxes are not a new thing when it comes to managing implementation of technologies. If you want to have scale, and you haven’t addressed the digital determinants of health, if you haven’t made technology accessible to entire populations, this clearly is not going to work.


Major discussion point

AI Ethics and Healthcare Standards


Topics

Digital standards | Legal and regulatory | Digital access


Agreements

Agreement points

Broad participation is essential for effective standards development

Speakers

– Maike Luiken
– Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos
– Heather Flanagan
– Priyanka Dasgupta
– Participant

Arguments

Broad global participation is essential for fair standards, requiring personal outreach and invitation rather than waiting for volunteers


Standards evolve with the people who develop them and must reflect participants’ own understanding of reality


There is significant challenge in bridging gaps between different standards communities that don’t interact


Data quality maintenance is challenging when crowdsourcing inputs for AI standards development


Global South participation is essential to prevent standards from propagating existing inequalities


Summary

All speakers agree that inclusive, diverse participation is crucial for developing fair and effective standards, though they acknowledge significant challenges in achieving this participation across different communities and regions.


Topics

Digital standards


Standards must address ethical considerations and human values, not just technical specifications

Speakers

– Maike Luiken
– Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos
– Karen Mulberry
– Kiki Wicachali

Arguments

Modern standards must include environmental and social impact considerations, moving toward ‘enviro-sociotechnical standards’


AI systems risk reinforcing inequities if not properly governed through inclusive standards development


Certification programs can attest to compliance with ethical AI standards in the 7000 series


Quantitative standards are easier to develop than qualitative aspects like ethics and child rights


Summary

Speakers consistently emphasize that modern standards development must go beyond technical functionality to incorporate ethical, social, and environmental considerations, though they acknowledge the complexity of standardizing qualitative aspects.


Topics

Digital standards | Human rights principles | Children rights


Transparency and metadata are crucial for AI systems governance

Speakers

– Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos
– Maike Luiken

Arguments

Standards development should focus on metadata and descriptive rather than prescriptive approaches


Standards must make uncertainty visible and support governance of future data ecosystems with transparency as a design feature


Threshold checkpoints and metadata embedding are necessary for transparency in AI systems


Summary

Both speakers agree that transparency should be built into AI systems as a design feature, with emphasis on metadata and descriptive approaches rather than prescriptive rules.


Topics

Digital standards | Data governance | Privacy and data protection


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers view standards as protective frameworks that bridge research and practice while creating safe environments for technology development through guardrails rather than restrictions.

Speakers

– Maike Luiken
– Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos

Arguments

Standards serve as bridges between academic research and practical implementation, providing common language across disciplines


Standards must address both technical functionality and ethical considerations through guardrails


Corner protector analogy: standards should create safe environments for AI development rather than just restrictions


Topics

Digital standards


Both recognize that market forces and powerful industry players can establish de facto standards that bypass formal standards development processes, creating challenges for inclusive standardization.

Speakers

– Maike Luiken
– Participant

Arguments

Market adoption sometimes overtakes formal standards development, creating de facto industry standards


Power imbalances exist where major tech companies can impose de facto standards on others


Topics

Digital standards


Both speakers discuss the concept of regulatory/evidence sandboxes as mechanisms for testing technology implementations, though they have different perspectives on their effectiveness and scope.

Speakers

– Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos
– Shamira Ahmed

Arguments

Evidence sandboxes are needed to test AI applications in controlled environments before real-world deployment


Regulatory sandboxes are not new for managing technology implementation but may have limitations in addressing digital determinants of health


Topics

Digital standards | Legal and regulatory | Digital access


Unexpected consensus

Personal invitation is more effective than open calls for standards participation

Speakers

– Maike Luiken
– Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos

Arguments

Broad global participation is essential for fair standards, requiring personal outreach and invitation rather than waiting for volunteers


Standards evolve with the people who develop them and must reflect participants’ own understanding of reality


Explanation

It’s unexpected that experienced standards developers would agree that personal outreach is more effective than traditional open participation models, suggesting that current standards development processes may be inherently exclusive despite intentions for openness.


Topics

Digital standards


Standards development should be more like AI learning processes

Speakers

– Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos

Arguments

Standards are like LLMs. If you observe how LLMs learn, then the same thing should happen with standards. They’re just different layers of a very similar process


Explanation

The comparison between standards development and AI learning processes represents an unexpected conceptual framework that suggests iterative, adaptive approaches to standards creation rather than traditional linear development models.


Topics

Digital standards


Overall assessment

Summary

The speakers demonstrate strong consensus on the need for inclusive, ethical standards development that goes beyond technical specifications to address social and environmental impacts. They agree on the importance of transparency, metadata, and protective guardrails for AI systems, while acknowledging significant challenges in achieving broad participation and keeping pace with rapid technological development.


Consensus level

High level of consensus on fundamental principles with shared recognition of implementation challenges. The agreement spans technical, ethical, and procedural aspects of standards development, suggesting a mature understanding of the complexities involved. However, the consensus also reveals systemic issues in current standards development processes that may require fundamental changes to achieve stated goals of inclusivity and global participation.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Approach to standards development – prescriptive vs descriptive

Speakers

– Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos
– Maike Luiken

Arguments

If we focus on the metadata, instead of being prescriptive, being descriptive, if we focus on giving to people who participate in science development what kind of data we need, they will deliver it for you. Develop standards that tell you how to develop your standards.


Standards serve as bridges between academic research and practical implementation, providing common language across disciplines


Summary

Dimitrios advocates for descriptive, metadata-focused standards that guide how to develop standards, while Maike presents a more traditional view of standards as bridges providing common language and direct implementation guidance.


Topics

Digital standards | Data governance


Terminology and approach to regulatory frameworks

Speakers

– Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos
– Shamira Ahmed

Arguments

We avoid the term regulatory sandboxes, living labs, the collaborative spaces, where we can bring together communities and test out standardized solutions that deliver specific functions in healthcare.


Regulatory sandboxes are not a new thing when it comes to managing implementation of technologies


Summary

Dimitrios rejects the term ‘regulatory sandboxes’ in favor of ‘evidence sandboxes’ or ‘living labs’, while Shamira points out that regulatory sandboxes are established mechanisms, questioning their novelty and effectiveness.


Topics

Digital standards | Legal and regulatory | Digital access


Market-driven vs formal standards development

Speakers

– Maike Luiken
– Participant

Arguments

Market adoption sometimes overtakes formal standards development, creating de facto industry standards


Power imbalances exist where major tech companies can impose de facto standards on others


Summary

Maike presents market-driven standards as a natural process where the best solution wins, while the participant views this as problematic power imbalances where large companies impose their standards on others.


Topics

Digital standards


Unexpected differences

Effectiveness of established regulatory mechanisms

Speakers

– Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos
– Shamira Ahmed

Arguments

Evidence sandboxes are needed to test AI applications in controlled environments before real-world deployment


Regulatory sandboxes are not a new thing when it comes to managing implementation of technologies but may have limitations in addressing digital determinants of health


Explanation

This disagreement is unexpected because both speakers are discussing similar regulatory mechanisms, but Dimitrios presents his approach as innovative while Shamira points out these are established practices, questioning their effectiveness for achieving scale in healthcare.


Topics

Digital standards | Legal and regulatory | Digital access


Role of market forces in standards development

Speakers

– Maike Luiken
– Participant

Arguments

Market adoption sometimes overtakes formal standards development, creating de facto industry standards


Power imbalances exist where major tech companies can impose de facto standards on others


Explanation

This disagreement is unexpected because they’re discussing the same phenomenon (market-driven standards) but with completely different value judgments – Maike sees it as natural market selection while the participant views it as problematic power concentration.


Topics

Digital standards


Overall assessment

Summary

The main areas of disagreement center around methodological approaches to standards development (prescriptive vs descriptive), the role of market forces versus formal processes, and the effectiveness of regulatory mechanisms. Most disagreements are about means rather than ends.


Disagreement level

The level of disagreement is moderate and primarily methodological rather than fundamental. Speakers generally agree on core goals (inclusive participation, ethical considerations, transparency) but differ on implementation approaches. This suggests that while there are different perspectives on how to achieve effective standards development, there is substantial common ground that could facilitate collaboration and consensus-building in the standards development community.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers view standards as protective frameworks that bridge research and practice while creating safe environments for technology development through guardrails rather than restrictions.

Speakers

– Maike Luiken
– Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos

Arguments

Standards serve as bridges between academic research and practical implementation, providing common language across disciplines


Standards must address both technical functionality and ethical considerations through guardrails


Corner protector analogy: standards should create safe environments for AI development rather than just restrictions


Topics

Digital standards


Both recognize that market forces and powerful industry players can establish de facto standards that bypass formal standards development processes, creating challenges for inclusive standardization.

Speakers

– Maike Luiken
– Participant

Arguments

Market adoption sometimes overtakes formal standards development, creating de facto industry standards


Power imbalances exist where major tech companies can impose de facto standards on others


Topics

Digital standards


Both speakers discuss the concept of regulatory/evidence sandboxes as mechanisms for testing technology implementations, though they have different perspectives on their effectiveness and scope.

Speakers

– Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos
– Shamira Ahmed

Arguments

Evidence sandboxes are needed to test AI applications in controlled environments before real-world deployment


Regulatory sandboxes are not new for managing technology implementation but may have limitations in addressing digital determinants of health


Topics

Digital standards | Legal and regulatory | Digital access


Takeaways

Key takeaways

Standards must evolve beyond technical specifications to include environmental, social, and ethical considerations, becoming ‘enviro-sociotechnical standards’


Broad global participation is essential for fair standards development, requiring active outreach and personal invitations rather than waiting for volunteers


AI systems pose risks of reinforcing inequities and creating synthetic truth contamination if not properly governed through inclusive standards


Evidence sandboxes (controlled testing environments) are needed to test AI applications before real-world deployment


Standards serve as bridges between academic research and practical implementation, providing common language across disciplines


Market forces sometimes create de facto standards that overtake formal standards development processes


Transparency must be built into AI systems as a design feature, not just a compliance requirement


Standards development should focus on metadata and descriptive approaches rather than prescriptive ones


Education about technology capabilities and limitations is as important as the standards themselves


Resolutions and action items

Dimitrios invited participants to join IEEE’s AI and healthcare standards development projects


A global public health forum on generative AI will be convened in London on November 6th


Participants were encouraged to read the IEEE European Public Policy Committee’s AI and Digital Health for Equity policy statement


Karen Mulberry invited collaboration with the World Digital Technology Academy on AI standards and certification


Multiple speakers offered to continue discussions with interested participants after the session


Participants were invited to join IEEE standards working groups (membership not required, just interest and participation)


Unresolved issues

How to effectively bridge gaps between different standards communities that don’t interact with each other


How to address power imbalances where major tech companies can impose de facto standards on smaller players


How to maintain data quality when crowdsourcing inputs for AI standards development


How to standardize qualitative aspects like ethics and child rights, not just quantitative measures


How to ensure Global South participation in standards development to prevent perpetuating existing inequalities


How to keep standards development pace aligned with rapid technology advancement


How to prevent misuse of AI tools beyond their intended design parameters


How to create effective enforcement mechanisms for standards compliance


Suggested compromises

Start with prototype standards developed by available experts, then release globally for broader input and refinement


Use evidence sandboxes as controlled environments where all stakeholders can collaborate on standards testing


Focus on creating guardrails and safety measures rather than restrictive regulations


Develop adaptive standards that can evolve alongside rapidly changing technology


Build policy layers that complement rather than cancel existing standards and policies


Create living labs and collaborative spaces where communities can test standardized solutions together


Combine certification programs with standards to provide attestation of compliance and trustworthiness


Thought provoking comments

Standards, as far as I’m concerned, are a true bridge between research, academic research, new science, new findings, and the application, implementation, and use of this research output… we are really looking at the intersection between standards development for technology, but including sustainability considerations in that development.

Speaker

Maike Luiken


Reason

This comment reframes standards from mere technical specifications to dynamic bridges that connect research with real-world application while incorporating sustainability and ethics. It introduces the concept of ‘enviro-sociotechnical standards’ which expands the traditional scope of technical standards.


Impact

This foundational comment set the tone for the entire discussion by establishing that modern standards must go beyond technical functionality to include ethical, environmental, and social considerations. It influenced subsequent speakers to address the human and societal dimensions of their work.


In fast-moving domains like AI and digital health, we need a different approach, dynamic standards that accommodate uncertainty, support iterative learning, and evolve alongside the systems they govern… These are not just tools of compliance. They are tools of trust, designed to embed transparency, enable accountability, and make complexity navigable across sectors and borders.

Speaker

Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos


Reason

This comment challenges the traditional static nature of standards development and proposes a paradigm shift toward dynamic, evolving standards. It reframes standards as ‘tools of trust’ rather than mere compliance mechanisms, which is particularly profound for emerging technologies.


Impact

This comment fundamentally shifted the discussion from traditional standards development to adaptive governance models. It sparked multiple follow-up questions about implementation and led to discussions about regulatory sandboxes and evidence-based approaches.


As more models are trained on AI-generated content, originality and factual accuracy degrade. The knowledge space becomes recursively polluted and models hallucinate… This is not just a technical glitch. It’s a structural vulnerability.

Speaker

Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos


Reason

This comment introduces the critical concept of ‘synthetic truth contamination’ – a systemic risk that emerges when AI systems train on their own outputs. It elevates the discussion from technical implementation to existential risks in AI development.


Impact

This observation deepened the conversation by highlighting long-term sustainability issues in AI development. It connected technical standards to broader questions of information integrity and influenced later discussions about metadata requirements and transparency standards.


People want to be asked. They’re usually not just coming. They truly want to be asked… use the network of the folks that are already in your working group and look for suggestions who else could join and do a personal ask as far as you can get.

Speaker

Maike Luiken


Reason

This seemingly simple observation about human psychology in standards participation reveals a fundamental barrier to inclusive standards development. It shifts focus from technical processes to human relationship-building as essential for effective standards.


Impact

This comment directly addressed Heather Flanagan’s concern about achieving broader participation and provided practical guidance. It humanized the standards development process and influenced subsequent discussions about community engagement and global participation.


Standards are like LLMs. If you observe how LLMs learn, then the same thing should happen with standards. They’re just different layers of a very similar process… standards evolve with the people that develop them.

Speaker

Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos


Reason

This analogy between standards development and machine learning is intellectually provocative, suggesting that standards should learn and adapt iteratively like AI systems. It implies a fundamental reconceptualization of how standards should be developed and maintained.


Impact

This metaphor provided a new framework for thinking about standards development that resonated throughout the remaining discussion. It influenced conversations about adaptive processes and community-driven development approaches.


How can the government, the private sector, civil society, the technical community… collaborate in developing digital standards? … how can we allow those applications to go in a very highly regulated environment? Well, we need sandboxes… We need to go practical. We need to bring communities into play.

Speaker

Dimitrios Kalogeropoulos (in response to Karen Mulberry’s question)


Reason

This response bridges theoretical multi-stakeholder collaboration with practical implementation through ‘evidence sandboxes.’ It proposes a concrete mechanism for bringing diverse stakeholders together in controlled environments to develop and test standards collaboratively.


Impact

This comment introduced a practical solution to the multi-stakeholder challenge and became a recurring theme. It influenced multiple follow-up questions about implementation, global participation, and the balance between innovation and regulation.


How do you deal with the power imbalance in the arena of standard definitions? … the key players are AWS and Microsoft and Meta. And they basically set their own standards and they try to impose them on others because they have the power to do so.

Speaker

Unnamed participant


Reason

This question cuts to the heart of democratic participation in standards development by highlighting how market power can override inclusive processes. It challenges the idealistic view of collaborative standards development with economic and political realities.


Impact

This question forced speakers to confront the tension between inclusive ideals and market realities. It led to discussions about de facto versus formal standards and the role of policy in addressing power imbalances, adding a critical dimension to the conversation.


Overall assessment

These key comments fundamentally transformed what began as a technical discussion about standards development into a sophisticated exploration of adaptive governance, democratic participation, and systemic risks in emerging technologies. The most impactful contributions challenged traditional assumptions about standards as static technical documents, instead proposing dynamic, community-driven approaches that evolve with technology and society. The discussion progressed from theoretical frameworks to practical implementation challenges, with participants grappling with power imbalances, global participation, and the need for new institutional mechanisms like ‘evidence sandboxes.’ The conversation’s evolution from technical specifications to questions of trust, democracy, and social impact demonstrates how thoughtful interventions can elevate a discussion to address fundamental questions about technology governance in a rapidly changing world.


Follow-up questions

How can we keep up with standards development alongside rapidly advancing technology development?

Speaker

Maike Luiken


Explanation

This addresses a fundamental challenge in standards development where technology advances faster than the standards can be created to govern them safely and effectively.


How can we ensure broad global participation, especially from the Global South, in standards development processes?

Speaker

Participant


Explanation

This is critical for ensuring standards are fair and inclusive for all populations, not just those from developed countries who typically dominate standards development.


How can we bridge the gap between different standards communities that don’t typically interact with each other?

Speaker

Heather Flanagan


Explanation

This addresses the siloed nature of standards organizations and the need for better cross-community collaboration to create more comprehensive and interoperable standards.


How can we ensure data quality when crowdsourcing inputs for AI dataset standards development?

Speaker

Priyanka Dasgupta


Explanation

This is crucial for maintaining the integrity and reliability of AI systems while still enabling inclusive participation in standards development.


How can we build qualitative aspects like ethics and child rights into technical standards, and how do we enforce compliance with existing ethics-by-design standards?

Speaker

Kiki Wicachali


Explanation

This addresses the challenge of translating abstract ethical concepts into measurable technical requirements and ensuring they are actually implemented.


How do we deal with power imbalances in standards definition, particularly when large tech companies set de facto standards?

Speaker

Participant


Explanation

This highlights the challenge of ensuring democratic and fair standards development when powerful market players can impose their own standards through market dominance.


What can we do to better tackle the situation where groundbreaking technologies develop faster than related standards can be established?

Speaker

Participant


Explanation

This addresses the ongoing challenge of standards lagging behind technological innovation, potentially leading to negative consequences from unregulated technology deployment.


How can evidence sandboxes be effectively implemented to create collaborative spaces for testing standardized solutions in healthcare?

Speaker

Shamira Ahmed


Explanation

This explores the practical implementation of regulatory frameworks that can keep pace with AI development while ensuring safety and efficacy.


What are the concrete experiences of standards development going hand in hand with people development and community evolution?

Speaker

Philip


Explanation

This seeks practical examples of how human-centered approaches to standards development have been successfully implemented and their impact on communities and leadership.


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

What Proliferation of Artificial Intelligence Means for Information Integrity?

What Proliferation of Artificial Intelligence Means for Information Integrity?

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion, hosted by Latvia’s UN mission in Geneva, focused on the implications of artificial intelligence for information integrity in our global information environment. The panel brought together experts from the UN Human Rights Office, academia, fact-checking organizations, and civil society to examine how AI is transforming how we create, consume, and verify information.


The speakers identified several key risks that AI poses to information integrity. These include the proliferation of deepfakes and synthetic content, AI-generated hallucinations that spread false information, and the potential for discriminatory content moderation systems. Particularly concerning is the use of AI by malicious state actors to manipulate information, conduct surveillance, and suppress dissent, with Russia’s disinformation campaigns regarding Ukraine cited as a stark example. The panelists noted that while individual deepfakes haven’t yet caused measurable behavior changes, the mere existence of AI-generated content is creating widespread skepticism and eroding trust in institutions and information sources generally.


However, the discussion also highlighted AI’s potential benefits for information integrity. AI tools can help fact-checkers work more efficiently, enable better detection of disinformation campaigns, and provide new ways to educate different audience segments about media literacy. The speakers emphasized that different demographic groups require tailored approaches to information literacy, from Ukrainian refugees needing trustworthy local information to elderly populations requiring specialized digital education programs.


The panel concluded that addressing AI’s impact on information integrity requires coordinated action across multiple stakeholders, including governments, tech companies, academia, and civil society, with particular emphasis on transparency, investment in trust and safety measures, and maintaining human intelligence alongside artificial intelligence capabilities.


Keypoints

## Overall Purpose/Goal


This was a panel discussion organized by Latvia at the WSIS Plus 20 review event, focusing on the implications of artificial intelligence for information integrity. The goal was to examine how AI is changing the global information environment, assess the risks it presents to democratic societies, and explore potential solutions that governments, UN institutions, civil society, and academia can implement.


## Major Discussion Points


– **AI’s Transformative Impact on Information Environment**: Speakers emphasized that AI is rapidly changing how information is created, distributed, and consumed, with technologies like ChatGPT reaching 800 million weekly users. However, the full implications are not yet understood, and the pace of change is outstripping our ability to comprehend and respond effectively.


– **Emerging Risks and Threats**: Key concerns include AI-generated disinformation, deepfakes, content hallucination, malicious use by state actors (particularly Russia’s information warfare against Ukraine), micro-targeting of vulnerable populations, and the potential for AI content moderation to perpetuate discrimination and bias.


– **Information Nihilism and Declining Trust**: A critical finding that audiences are becoming increasingly skeptical of all information due to AI’s existence, leading to a “nothing is real” mentality. This erosion of trust in institutions and information sources poses significant challenges for democratic discourse and decision-making.


– **Need for Targeted, Evidence-Based Solutions**: Speakers stressed the importance of understanding different audiences (elderly, rural populations, refugees, youth) and developing tailored approaches rather than one-size-fits-all solutions. They emphasized the need for AI literacy combined with critical thinking skills, and warned against binary approaches to content moderation.


– **Multi-Stakeholder Response Strategy**: Discussion of roles for various actors including: academia maintaining strong human intelligence and knowledge dissemination; fact-checkers adapting tools and methods; governments developing appropriate regulation without censorship; and civil society organizations continuing transparency and accountability efforts despite reduced funding and political pressure.


## Overall Tone


The discussion maintained a consistently serious and somewhat pessimistic tone throughout. Speakers repeatedly acknowledged the gravity of the challenges, with phrases like “not a great landscape,” “very challenging,” and warnings about “blindly driving into a fog.” While some positive applications of AI were mentioned (such as human rights monitoring and fact-checking tools), the risks and challenges clearly dominated the conversation. The tone remained professional and academic, with speakers demonstrating deep expertise while expressing genuine concern about the rapid pace of change and society’s ability to adapt appropriately.


Speakers

– **Zaneta Ozolina** – Professor at University of Latvia, leads a project using AI to address disinformation, expert on information manipulation and young audiences


– **Ivars Pundurs** – Latvian ambassador to Geneva for United Nations institutions


– **Graham Brookie** – Vice President and Senior Director at the Atlantic Council, leads technology programs, expert on information manipulation, builds the Digital Forensic Research Lab


– **Viktors Makarovs** – Special Envoy on Digital Affairs at the Latvian Ministry of Foreign Affairs, moderator of the discussion


– **Peggy Hicks** – Director of the Thematic Engagement, Special Procedures and Rights to Development Division at the UN Human Rights Office


– **Septiaji Nugroho** – Co-founder and chairman of Mafinda (fact-checking organization in Indonesia), fact-checking expert


– **Audience** – Various audience members including Ila from CDAC Network, Claudio (high school student from Romania), and Boris Engelsson (freelance journalist)


**Additional speakers:**


– **Martin Stateris** – Colleague mentioned by Ambassador Pundurs as event organizer, ending his posting in Geneva


Full session report

# Artificial Intelligence and Information Integrity: A Multi-Stakeholder Discussion on Global Challenges and Solutions


## Executive Summary


This panel discussion, hosted by Latvia’s UN mission in Geneva as part of the WSIS Plus 20 review event, brought together leading experts to examine artificial intelligence’s impact on information integrity. The discussion featured Peggy Hicks, Director of the Thematic Engagement, Special Procedures and Rights to Development Division at the UN Human Rights Office; Professor Zaneta Ozolina from the University of Latvia; Graham Brookie, Vice President and Senior Director of the Atlantic Council’s Digital Forensic Research Lab; and Septiaji Nugroho from Mafindo, Indonesia’s fact-checking organization.


The panel identified critical challenges including AI-generated deepfakes, synthetic content, and discriminatory content moderation systems. Particularly concerning was the documented use of AI by malicious state actors, with Russia’s disinformation campaigns regarding Ukraine serving as a contemporary example. However, the most significant finding was that while individual deepfakes have not yet caused measurable behavioral changes, the mere existence of AI-generated content is creating widespread skepticism and “information nihilism” where “everything is possible and thus nothing is real.”


Despite these challenges, speakers highlighted AI’s potential benefits for information integrity, including enhanced fact-checking capabilities, better detection of disinformation campaigns, and innovative approaches to media literacy education. The panel emphasized that different demographic groups require tailored approaches, from Ukrainian refugees needing trustworthy local information to elderly populations requiring specialized digital education programs.


The discussion concluded with consensus that addressing AI’s impact requires coordinated action across governments, technology companies, academia, and civil society, with key recommendations including increased transparency in AI development, substantial investment in trust and safety measures, and maintaining human intelligence capabilities alongside artificial intelligence systems.


## Opening Context and Framework


Ambassador Ivars Pundurs opened by noting this represents the third consecutive year Latvia has convened this discussion, demonstrating sustained commitment to addressing AI’s impact on information environments. He emphasized how state actors are using AI to manipulate information and conduct surveillance, specifically citing Russia’s AI-driven narratives about Ukraine.


Moderator Viktors Makarovs, Special Envoy on Digital Affairs at the Latvian Ministry of Foreign Affairs, framed the discussion with Yoshua Bengio’s metaphor: “We’re blindly driving into a fog, and one of the areas where this seems to be true is the impact of AI on our information world, on the epistemology of the world.” This captured the fundamental uncertainty about AI’s impact on how we understand and process knowledge itself.


## AI’s Transformative Impact on Information Environment


### Rapid Technological Change and Scale


Speakers agreed that AI is rapidly transforming information environments in ways not yet fully understood. Graham Brookie noted that ChatGPT has reached massive scale adoption, demonstrating AI’s rapid integration into information systems. Septiaji Nugroho observed that people are applying more “gas” than “brakes” to AI adoption, with AI accelerating content creation and dissemination across all sectors.


Peggy Hicks emphasized that AI is changing information environments in ways we don’t fully comprehend, with platforms potentially fragmenting and evolving beyond their current forms. This transformation extends beyond technical capabilities to affect the very epistemology of information—how we determine what is true.


## Emerging Risks and Threats


### AI-Generated Disinformation and Synthetic Content


Peggy Hicks outlined key concerns including AI-generated hallucinations spreading false information, deepfakes convincingly impersonating real people, and biased content moderation systems perpetuating discrimination. These risks are compounded by questionable data provenance, making it increasingly difficult to trace information origins and reliability.


Professor Zaneta Ozolina emphasized that AI enables more sophisticated disinformation campaigns with well-planned tactics, moving beyond random narratives to strategic information operations. This represents a qualitative shift from opportunistic false information to systematic, AI-enhanced manipulation campaigns.


### Malicious Use by State Actors


Graham Brookie noted that AI is being rapidly adopted by bad actors, particularly state actors, for coding narratives and understanding cultural context in information operations. This represents a significant escalation in capabilities available to those seeking to manipulate information environments, enabling more sophisticated targeting and more convincing content creation.


### Micro-Targeting Vulnerable Populations


Septiaji Nugroho highlighted AI’s ability to enable micro-targeting of specific audiences such as elderly people and migrant workers for scams and manipulation. This capability allows malicious actors to craft highly personalized disinformation exploiting specific vulnerabilities, fears, and cultural contexts of particular demographic groups.


## The Information Nihilism Challenge


Perhaps the most significant finding was what Graham Brookie termed “information nihilism”—where “everything is possible and thus nothing is real.” Public polling data showed audiences becoming generally more skeptical and less trusting of institutions, creating an environment where AI’s mere existence undermines confidence in all information sources.


Brookie noted: “We’re seeing trust go down just because AI exists and thus people are a little bit more skeptical of navigating online information environments.” This represents a profound shift where the potential for AI manipulation creates doubt about all information, regardless of actual source or veracity.


Interestingly, Brookie reported that “there hasn’t been one case that we have seen in any place around the world where something like a deepfake or a single piece of synthetic content led to immediate behavior change.” The closest example was Slovakia’s parliamentary elections, but even there, direct behavioral impact was unclear. This suggests the immediate threat may be less about specific synthetic content causing direct harm and more about cumulative effects on trust and information processing.


## Opportunities and Positive Applications


### Enhanced Fact-Checking and Verification


Despite significant risks, speakers identified ways AI can positively contribute to information integrity. Septiaji Nugroho highlighted that AI chatbots can make fact-checking databases more accessible to the public, citing recent implementations improving public access to verified information. He also mentioned Google’s Synth ID technology as a promising development for content authentication.


Peggy Hicks noted that AI tools can help understand global situations in deeper, more nuanced ways at scale and in real-time, potentially improving human rights monitoring and documentation.


### Educational and Outreach Applications


Professor Ozolina emphasized that AI can assist in developing educational curricula and information packages for critical thinking, particularly for reaching underserved social groups such as rural populations. Through her AI for Debunk project, she noted that Ukrainian refugees need trustworthy European information rather than generic anti-disinformation messaging, highlighting the importance of context-specific approaches.


## Addressing Different Audiences and Digital Divides


### Tailored Approaches for Diverse Demographics


A key theme was recognizing that different audiences require specially designed approaches. Professor Ozolina noted that special programs are needed for digitally less educated elderly populations, often implemented through libraries at local levels. She referenced Latvia’s “Seniors Digital Year” program as an example of targeted intervention.


Septiaji Nugroho emphasized that different approaches are required for elderly audiences compared to young people, such as specialized digital academies. Both speakers highlighted particular challenges faced by elderly and rural populations in navigating AI-enhanced information environments.


### The Role of Traditional Institutions


An important theme was the critical role of traditional institutions like libraries in addressing modern AI challenges. Speakers noted that libraries and librarians possess traditional skills in information integrity that remain highly relevant in the digital age, serving as trusted local resources for digital literacy education.


## Educational Approaches and Critical Literacy


Septiaji Nugroho made a crucial distinction, arguing that “AI literacy should be accompanied with AI critical literacy, just like when we do critical thinking on digital literacy.” He emphasized the importance of Socratic prompting techniques and noted that information consumption patterns need to change from vertical to lateral reading when comparing AI-generated and traditional sources.


Professor Ozolina provided crucial framing: “It’s not about debating pro or con. Artificial intelligence is here to stay. So therefore, the question is how to balance human intelligence and artificial intelligence.” This moved the discussion beyond resistance versus acceptance to focus on practical coexistence strategies.


## Institutional Responses and Challenges


### Inadequate Current Responses


Speakers expressed concern about current institutional responses. Peggy Hicks noted that “government responses tend toward binary solutions that don’t work from a free expression standpoint and can enable censorship of dissent.” Graham Brookie complemented this by noting “there’s large-scale retrenchment from industry transparency efforts and reduced investment in trust and safety fields.”


### The Need for Evidence-Based Approaches


Peggy Hicks emphasized the importance of evidence-based approaches that identify good practices and incorporate academic research. She noted the need to “address these issues on a firm information basis… But also at pace,” highlighting the tension between evidence-based policy-making and urgency created by rapid technological change.


## Stakeholder Roles and Responsibilities


### Technology Platforms and Corporate Responsibility


Septiaji Nugroho argued that platforms should bear primary responsibility for identifying synthetic content through proper watermarking, noting that “fact-checkers now face impossible demands to verify whether content is synthetic, which should be platforms’ responsibility through proper watermarking.”


### Academic and Civil Society Roles


Professor Ozolina outlined academia’s role in “spreading knowledge, communicating with different societal groups, and filling information vacuums.” However, this was challenged by audience member Boris Engelsson, a freelance journalist, who questioned academic credibility, citing concerns that “most medical research in the past 50 years may be fake.”


Graham Brookie emphasized civil society’s continued importance in driving transparency and accountability, despite facing “challenges and reduced funding and political pressure.”


## Audience Engagement and Additional Perspectives


The discussion included several audience interventions that enriched the conversation. A Romanian high school student named Claudio asked about recent presidential elections and disinformation campaigns. Audience member Ila from the CDAC Network raised questions about blockchain technology for enhancing information integrity and transparency.


Questions were also raised about the role of libraries and librarians in information integrity, reflecting broader interest in how traditional information institutions can adapt to AI challenges.


## UN Human Rights Office Initiatives


Peggy Hicks outlined specific initiatives the UN Human Rights Office plans to implement, including developing a Human Rights Digital Advisory Service referenced in the Global Digital Compact to help states and businesses navigate AI challenges. The office also plans to continue the BTEC project encouraging companies to describe their human rights practices and promote best practices.


## Unresolved Questions and Future Challenges


The discussion revealed significant gaps in understanding AI’s actual impact on information environments. Graham Brookie emphasized the need to “collect more case studies and data to have higher confidence assessments about AI’s impact on information environments.”


Peggy Hicks raised fundamental questions about platform sustainability, noting that “platforms may not exist in their current form in the near future,” and asked “what type of narrative response is useful in countering disinformation without amplifying it?”


## Conclusion


The discussion demonstrated remarkable consensus on the fundamental nature of challenges while acknowledging significant disagreements about specific solutions. The conversation highlighted that while AI presents serious risks to information integrity, it also offers significant opportunities for enhancing our ability to create, verify, and disseminate reliable information.


The key challenge lies not in choosing between human and artificial intelligence, but in developing approaches that effectively combine both while maintaining critical thinking capabilities and institutional safeguards that democratic societies require. Different communities, cultures, and contexts require tailored approaches that build upon existing strengths and address specific vulnerabilities.


The path forward requires continued dialogue, research, and experimentation, combined with commitment to evidence-based approaches that can evolve as understanding of AI’s impact deepens. Most crucially, it requires maintaining focus on preserving and strengthening democratic discourse and decision-making processes as technological foundations of information systems continue to evolve rapidly.


As the moderator noted in closing, while we may be “blindly driving into a fog,” the collective expertise, commitment, and collaborative spirit evident in this conversation provide grounds for cautious optimism that these challenges can be navigated while preserving the values and capabilities that democratic societies require to thrive in an AI-enhanced world.


Session transcript

Ivars Pundurs: THE remainder of the episode is about the collapse and recession of the IMF by IWM. It’s basically about our relationship with the older generation and politics all over the world, and the implications that some things clarify. I’ve talked to people who have interested in my channel because I want to share my psychology there with them. Recording in progress. Hello, good afternoon. I am a Latvian ambassador here in Geneva to the all possible United Nations institutions and it falls on me to make an opening speech of this what I hope will be very interesting and stimulating discussion. So I’ll just get on with it. So excellencies, ladies, gentlemen, dear friends and colleagues, I’m delighted to welcome you to this panel discussion on the implications of artificial intelligence for information integrity. Like most countries, Latvia has entered the AI race. We have established a national AI center that brings together the public and private sectors, as well as academia to foster rapid AI adoption. But speed alone is This is the third consecutive year that Latvia has convened a discussion on how artificial intelligence affects our information environment. While technology has advanced a lot in this time, the issue at hand has only grown more urgent. This discussion is particularly relevant in the context of the ongoing WSIS Plus 20 review. When the WSIS action lines were first formulated over two decades ago, few could have anticipated the AI revolution. And yet many of those action lines on access to information and knowledge, the ethical dimensions of the information society, trust and security in the use of ICTs, and the role of media remain highly relevant. At the same time, the transformative change we have witnessed in recent years makes clear that information integrity has emerged as a distinct and critical challenge requiring focused attention and collective action. Threats to information integrity and to our society stem not only from the technology itself, but also from its malicious use by state actors. These actors harness artificial intelligence to manipulate information, shape minds, and behavior, conduct surveillance, censor, and suppress dissent. Such practices undermine democracy, erode societal cohesion, and jeopardize international peace, as well as our shared efforts to achieve the sustainable development goals. In Europe, the stark example is Russia’s use of AI-driven tools to spread narratives aimed at justifying its unprovoked war of aggression against Ukraine, a war that flagrantly violates international law, inflicts immense human suffering, and devastates infrastructure. Given the scale of these risks, it is essential that we engage in open dialogue, share experiences, and explore practical solutions. This panel provides an important opportunity to do so. do just that. I extend my sincere appreciation to our distinguished speakers from international organizations, civil society and academia who will share their insights today. I also thank each of you for taking your time from your busy schedules to join this discussion. I would like to express my gratitude also to the organizers of the WSIS plus 20 high-level event for making this session possible. I wish us all a thought-provoking and productive exchange. Last but not least, I wish to thank my dear colleague Martin Stateris who has put this event together. It is the last event for him in his posting in Geneva, so I wish all the best to him in his future career. And now it is my pleasure to give the floor to Mr. Viktors Makarovs, Special Envoy on Digital Affairs at the Latvian Ministry of Foreign Affairs who will moderate today’s discussion. Thank you.


Viktors Makarovs: Thank you very much, Ambassador, for the introduction. To introduce the topic again very quickly, I think the important thing to say is that it’s a juncture of two themes that obviously are on many people’s minds. One is AI. I don’t have to go into that because we are at an AI event, basically. But the other one is information integrity, which is a very important though recent and not quite well-known idea of an information environment that is global, open, free, but at the same time safe and secure. And we will be looking at how these two important phenomena that we are dealing with today are playing together and what they mean. Another thing to know for you about this discussion is that this is not the first of its kind that we have organized. We organized a similar event last year, and indeed Peggy Hicks, one of our speakers, was kind enough to participate in that conversation as well, and we have done it on other platforms and in other forums over the last two or three years. The reason why we want to repeat this exercise is that the world we live in has changed dramatically. Technologically speaking, in terms of AI, we’re in a completely different place. The technology has evolved, but also adoption has evolved or increased exponentially over the last year. Just ChatGPT alone has 800 million weekly users today, and it’s about four times increased since last year when we had the first installment of this discussion. One of the people looking closely at the risks presented by AI, Yoshua Dengio, said that we’re blindly driving into a fog, and one of the areas where this seems to be true is the impact of AI on our information world, on the epistemology of the world, and we want to address this and find out what the state of play is, but also what the outlook on AI and the risks it presents to information environments is today, and then the next stage will be to talk about things to do. What can governments do? What can the United Nations do? Civil society and academia, and to do that, we have four speakers, three here with us, and one will be joining us online. I will introduce them as they are invited to speak. We will have very quick interactions because we’re really short on time, and hopefully, After these interactions, we’ll have time to engage the audience as well. So as the first speaker, I would like to give the floor to Peggy Hicks, who is Director of the Thematic Engagement, Special Procedures and Rights to Development Division at the UN Human Rights Office. And the question I have for you, Peggy, as well as for the other speakers in this first round is, how is AI changing our information environment? What risks does it present to information integrity today and also in the near future? And can it also be a technological force for good and help support information integrity, open, free and trustworthy information? So over to you.


Peggy Hicks: Viktors, you always ask the easy questions. There is a lot tucked in there So I would say three pieces. The first is really looking at how the environment is changing. And I think it’s really important to say that this is a rapid change in the information environment that we really do not even yet understand fully where we’re going. I listened to a podcast recently where they were talking about the fact that social media may ultimately be turning into the much more fragmented platform-based, protocol-based approach that, you know, some of us had wondered if it might deliver something different and better than the existing platforms. But it’s coming at a time where there’s actually a question whether platforms themselves will continue to exist in the way that they do. So I do think in this information integrity realm, one of the greatest things I want to emphasize is that we need to address these issues on a firm information basis. And that’s why I’m glad we have academia with us and work being done in those areas. But also at pace. We can’t address the problems of yesterday rather than today. And I’m afraid we are too often in danger of doing that. Secondly, looking at what are the risks that we see now. And it’s really, it’s not a great landscape, but there is to say, there is so much that’s happening and we hear a lot about dis- and misinformation. Obviously, those problems exist regardless of generative AI and large language models, but let’s throw in. Developing the whole ideas of hallucination, which doesn’t seem to be getting any better. The possibility that we all rely on information that’s not what we hope it to be is very, very real, and then, of course, we have the issues around deepfakes and the impact there. Those are two of the areas that are most often talked about, but I also think we have to talk about the fact that AI content moderation that is likely to happen may be infused with some of the same flaws we see within AI machine learning generally, where it could fuel discrimination or exacerbate some of the problems that we already see, and, of course, this is all a landscape that’s based on data that we’re not really sure of the provenance or use of that data and the privacy of it as well, so there are all sorts of risks that we’re facing in terms of the AI itself, but the second set of risks I think we have to emphasize is how will government respond to these issues because, unfortunately, there, too, the landscape is not very promising. What we’ve seen is a tendency to look for sort of binary solutions. Information is good or information is bad. It’s true or it’s false. We can flip a switch and solve the issue of disinformation if only the companies were willing to do it. That is not going to work from a free expression standpoint, from a fact that there are always going to be facts that are contested and that there will always be actors who want to use that lever to flip the switch against to censor speech or to censor dissent in ways, so we have to be very careful about the tools that we deploy to address these problems as well, but finally, you asked me, is there anything good here? Do you have anything positive on the landscape for us to look at, and I think from a human rights perspective, we see lots of value here. We do understand that these tools are tools that will help us to understand what’s happening in the world in a much deeper and more nuanced way at scale and in real time in a way that could allow us to better address human rights problems globally. One of the things that we have always focused on in the human rights movement is that when there’s a spotlight on a situation, it tends to be much harder for things to happen in a negative way with regards to human rights. The fact that we now have access to data sets that we never did before and the fact that we’ll be able to allow people in general to engage in the human rights cause in new ways I think is very promising, but it’s making sure that those positive aspects keep up with some of the risks that we see that’s the real challenge. Thanks.


Viktors Makarovs: Thank you very much, Peggy. Looks like the risks part of the equation at the moment is much more weighty than the other way around. Professor Zaneta Ozolina, at University of Latvia, you do lots of things and the teams you work with, you are engaged, and I think the University of Latvia actually leads a project that is aimed at using AI to address disinformation, but I know you also look closely at the audiences, especially young people who are the potential targets and victims of information manipulation. How does it look from your perspective?


Zaneta Ozolina: Thank you. Thank you for inviting and to share some thoughts. So actually, I was prepared, Viktor, to respond to the questions which you already asked to Peggy, but I will leave them for the later stage. So, but I will respond directly to your question. And I think that it is very important whenever we are addressing information integrity or disinformation issues to know exactly what audience we are addressing and which audience we are targeting. And information integrity as such is a very relevant issue, but different audiences have completely different attitudes, what is relevant or not. For instance, when we started our project, AI for Debunk, then we found out different target audiences which are targeted by disinformation. And we also decided to interview Ukrainian refugees, expecting a priori, let’s say our hypothesis was that this is one of those target groups, which is very much exposed to Russia’s disinformation. And what we found out that this is a completely different situation, because mostly these are women who arrived with their children as refugees running away from war. And they know what war is about and what Russia is up to. They don’t have to be convinced about the disinformation’s role in their lives. But what they were lacking, they were lacking information about what is happening in Europe, in language which they could understand, information sources they could trust. So, therefore, it is a different issue which we are traditionally used to discuss in our countries. And it also highlighted how information integrity is relevant for different target groups, but in a very specially designed way and very specially prepared narratives and messages. Another point which we addressed in our project was comparative analysis of two big cases, War in Ukraine and Climate Change, and it was a targeted selection of those two cases because it’s interesting to see what are the differences and what are the similarities which ERAO actually highlights, which are disinformation campaigns, whether these are just random disinformation narratives thrown in different media sources or it is a well-planned strategic campaign. And what we found out is that even narratives could be different, the tactics, how it is applied, the models which are used, they are part of very well-planned campaigns. Another point, so you should control my time, so another part of the project is that we work together very closely with different IT companies because one task of the project is to elaborate a special tool which could assist in identifying disinformation. Honestly, I was quite skeptical at the very beginning, and honestly I’m sharing, this is my attitude, because so I was always questioning how artificial intelligence can actually compete with human intelligence in identifying disinformation campaigns, but in the end I found that there will be very excellent extra products produced in the end, because it’s not only about one universal tool which could work in all situations and in all target groups, but this tool will assist in, for instance, developing new curricula for schools. These tools will assist to produce some special information packages to be used for developing critical thinking again in different societal groups. It will assist to address Those for instance, social groups and societies that are not very keen on using classical information sources. Like, for instance, people in rural areas do not read the Financial Times and the Washington Post. But they also need information on what is happening in the political landscape.


Viktors Makarovs: Thank you very much. Actually, you partially answered the second question I had in mind, but that’s excellent. So, we’re very practical here looking at things to do. Now, the next speaker I want to go to is joining us remotely, Septiaji Nugroho, who is co-founder and chairman of Mafinda, which is a fact-checking organization in Indonesia, and I hope we have him online. Yes, I’m here. Fantastic, Septiaji, nice to hear you again. So, the first question I would like you to address is like, great to see you as well, is the same I asked the other speakers, which is about the state of play on AI and information integrity, where we are today, compared to maybe a year ago, when you also joined our discussion here at WSIS, where this is heading. Please, three, max four minutes. Thank you.


Septiaji Nugroho: Thank you, Mr. Ambassador, and also Latvia Mission for UN for inviting me. So, basically, even before the effectively work on combating those video disinformation. And now we arrive in AI era disinformations that actually AI bring both immense opportunities but also face significant challenges. So the AI itself, because they can accelerate content creation and disseminations, we feel that there are people now put more gas on AI using compared to the breaks that we want to have. So there are several risks that we are already facing. For example, now people are asking to us whether this content is synthetic or not synthetic, which is actually shouldn’t be our problem. It should be the job of especially digital platform to make sure that people understand whether this content is synthetic or not synthetic. Because if it is now delegated to the fact checkers, no fact checkers in the world can face this, so many AI contents already. And this deepfakes and synthetics media, they are now being really, really realistic. And the problem is that not every platform provide enough watermark that can be detected. Maybe a platform like Google, they put like Synth ID, then they also introduce the detector, so we can get help to detect very accurately whether the content is synthetic or not. also have now in a very difficult position. The tech platform also now, because of what happened in the United States, is also affecting how fact-checkers are now operating. So AI problems definitely is going to be a very, very big problem for fact-checkers around the world. Septiaji, just one additional question. Do you also register in your work user of AI to micro-target audiences in a way that perhaps is not really visible to the others? Does it show up as an issue? Well, yes, definitely. I think AI, because AI can also micro-targeting, especially now with what we see is using AI for scams, for example. So they can also target specific people because they have already database, they can target like elderly people, they target like migrant workers. using very convincing videos and audio. I think this is also like a big problem that now we are facing. Although in other side, we also try to make use of AI. For example, now we just launched like two weeks ago using chatbot AI. So to make sure that people can connect to our database well, because before using AI, it is quite difficult for people to try to use our database. But now it is going to be much, much easier. But I feel that the challenge is still much, much bigger than the opportunities that we can have.


Viktors Makarovs: Septiaji, thank you very much. We will come back to you in short order. So, fourth speaker, last but not the least, Graham Brookey, you are Vice President and Senior Director at the Atlantic Council. You lead the technology programs and it is a sprawling business. But we know that you are an expert on information manipulation, been in this area for many years, fighting it, obviously. So, what is your very concise take on the AI landscape today and tomorrow?


Graham Brookie: So, my job at the Atlantic Council, first and foremost, thank you. My job at the Atlantic Council over the last eight years is to build a thing called the Digital Forensic Research Lab, which is a team of open-source researchers spread out across 17 different countries on four different continents. And so, while my accent would indicate that I am from a US-based headquartered organization, our work is very much global. Now, on the question of how AI is changing information integrity, I think that there’s, number one, a scoping question. Number two, some key findings on narratives themselves. Number three, on how the tech is changing. And then, number four, on how stakeholders are changing. And so, the scoping question, how AI is changing the information environment, we’re not just talking about mis- and disinformation. We’re not just talking about what state actors are doing in the information environment. We’re talking about a really, really broad set of potential online harms, including basic scam activity, which was just mentioned, including things like CSAM, including any number of things that happen in online spaces that have negative externalities for society. And so, while we tend to talk about mis- and disinformation, most of all in this space, it is part of a much larger ecosystem of problems that we’re trying, or opportunities, in some cases, that we’re trying to meet. Now, what we’re seeing in terms of how AI is changing the information landscape from our research, I think there’s four key findings. And I will use a case study from the United States. I would be very, very clear in the sense of the United States is a very large media market where a lot of these platforms happen to be headquartered, but they aren’t that immune. I’m going to start by saying that the AI information ecosystem isn’t immune to vulnerabilities. In fact, it’s rife with vulnerabilities. And so I say that with a little bit of humility. The first finding is that on AI’s impact in the information environment, it’s early days. How bad actors are navigating or harnessing AI to do bad activity in an information environment or manipulative activity in an information environment, we don’t have that much amount of data yet. And I say that as the pace of technological change is very, very rapid. And so to Peggy’s point, we’re talking about platforms that might not be platforms here in the very near future. And yet our data sets are still early days. We need to collect more information. We need to collect more case studies in order to have higher confidence assessments. That’s number one. Number two is in everything that we are monitoring, we are seeing higher amounts of content that is created by generative artificial intelligence, GAI. So we are seeing in any given case, whether that’s scam activity, whether that’s election integrity or election information environments around election processes, we are seeing more content that is GAI. Now the third finding is that that doesn’t necessarily equate to behavior change. There hasn’t been one case that we have seen in any place around the world where something like a deepfake or a single piece of synthetic content led to immediate behavior change. We’ve seen some cases where it’s gotten close, very, very close, but for the most part, institutions around information integrity have been able to quickly identify and create conversation around that. The highest and best example on a deepfake changing the result of the election being a very near case in Slovenia, parliamentary elections is the main case study that has been mentioned most of all in Slovakia, sorry, Slovakia parliamentary elections. That’s my mistake entirely. There hasn’t been a single instance where a deepfake has had an immediate measurable change on behavior. In addition to that, we would generally agree with the assessment from some of the large platforms like OpenAI, where the GAI content that we are seeing doesn’t necessarily lead to more engagement on other platforms. To make that more granular, if a The piece of content is synthetic. If it’s a deepfake or a G.A.I. image or synthetic audio and then it spreads on other social media platforms, the fact that it was created by artificial intelligence doesn’t necessarily mean that audiences are engaging with it at a higher pace. And then the fourth thing is a very pessimistic view. What we are seeing from public polling is that audiences are generally more skeptical and less trusting of institutions in general and the information environment specifically. And so we’re in this situation that is accelerated or informed by this moment of A.I. in which everything is possible and thus nothing is real. Take that from a number of other foreign policy examples. And that’s not great for democratic outcomes. It’s not great for multi-stakeholder outcomes. It’s not great for the integrity of the information environment at large. So we’re seeing trust go down just because A.I. exists and thus people are a little bit more skeptical of navigating online information environments. The ecosystem changes. We’re seeing large-scale retrenchment from industry and transparency efforts. We’re seeing less investment in fields of trust and safety from governmental institutions, from civil society institutions. And so the landscape is very challenging. And then from a technical standpoint, I think it remains to be seen whether the actual tech change of A.I. is changing or increasing the defender’s dividend. And so whether A.I. tooling specifically for trust and safety is actually having a net positive impact. What we are seeing is pretty rapid adaptation by bad actors using A.I. And so where, for instance, state actors, we are seeing more use of A.I. by state actors in information operations in particular for things like coding narratives, for things like understanding cultural context or breaking down language barriers. And so we’re seeing rapid adaptation there. And it remains to be seen whether the defender’s dividend ticks up over time.


Viktors Makarovs: Okay, thank you, Graham. That was not a very rosy outlook from you either. Now, we don’t have as much time to address the second and probably first important question, what do we do with it? So I would ask you to perhaps offer a really brief take, if you can do it within two minutes, that would be fantastic. Go in the same order, Peggy. So, you know, you work with the focus on human rights. So a very important part of the UN, what can your system, so to say, do to help countries and civil societies address this issue? And what are the most international processes that we also as member states and stakeholders should be paying attention to? Again, easy questions.


Peggy Hicks: Yes, in short order. No, I mean, I think there is a lot that’s happening to address these issues. So, you know, I can’t give a full overview of it now. But I mean, I think one of the key things that we need to do, and actually A.I. can help us do this, is we need to look for good practices where things are being handled in a way that is human rights respecting and does a better job and incorporates the evidence and data. I mean, that’s the real problem here is that we tend to think we know what the answers to questions are without actually having looked at what are the real problems and what works to address them. So bringing in the academic community more successfully and allowing the good practices to be paralleled in a variety of different geographic and resource environments is crucial. We are trying to set up something called the Human Rights Digital Advisory Service as referenced in the Global Digital Compact that we hope will help us to do that and be a real resource with an academic network behind it of helping states and businesses to navigate this space. The second piece of it that we’re engaged in is that there’s a lot of talk, and I think it will be a big part of the conversations in this setting in general around WSIS and Tech for Good, is around the role of the companies. And the reality is we need to find a way that encourages, incentivizes and holds accountable companies for the way that they’re engaging in this space. We have a project called BTEC, which is a way to get companies to describe what are their human rights related practices for us to pull out the good examples from that and to try to push a race to the top and in the same time to distinguish between companies that are making the right type.


Viktors Makarovs: Fantastic. And you mentioned academic input. So Professor Rosalina, what is Latvian academia doing together with civil society? What’s going to be your input to address the issue?


Zaneta Ozolina: Yeah, indeed. Again, one of the questions which need definitely more time, I would divide my answer in two groups. So one would be more general character. When it comes to what we could do, I think it’s very important to balance our attitude towards artificial intelligence. Now it seems that society is divided into groups. Those who are praising results of artificial opportunities of artificial intelligence and those who are denying. So it’s not about debating pro or con. Artificial intelligence is here to stay. So therefore, the question is how to balance human intelligence and artificial intelligence. The other point is I also would like to join Peggy. It’s very important to think about new ways how to regulate and also how to govern artificial intelligence and the way how it’s influenced and how it leaves its impact on information integrity. As far as academia is concerned, I think one of very important points is to keep human intelligence strong and powerful is just to spread knowledge and to contribute to knowledge. There is no other way how to stay sober in this very digitalized world is to be very well equipped with knowledge. So that’s what academia can do. The second point is that academia knows how to communicate with society, how to communicate with different societal groups and faster artificial intelligence and actually technologies are growing. More communicators and mediators will be needed. And we are here to communicate with the younger generation, to communicate with those who are in need. And the third point which I wanted to mention is that today’s discussion is about information integrity. It’s very important to avoid information vacuum because what we are very often observing in the public space, in education system, in the way how younger generation receives and consumes information, it has a lot in common with vacuum. So therefore it’s important for politicians, for academia representatives to be more and more investing in information integrity which replaces information vacuum.


Viktors Makarovs: Thank you. Keeping human intelligence strong, that’s quite a challenge. We’ll try to do it. We go to Septiaji Nugroho now, if you’re still with us, a quick sort of advice from you. As a leading fact-checker, how are you adapting to the AI age and what are the lessons and your advice for other fact-checkers and perhaps those who support you? Again, please very quickly, just two minutes if you may. Thank you.


Septiaji Nugroho: Yeah, basically Mofindo is working. Hello, good evening. As I said, we are showing in two areas. One is fact-checking. Of course, AI is going to one way to help the fact-checkers to pinpoint very quickly the information that we are doing, the fact-checking. And also we are also using AI to connect our staff to personalize our content to be easier or digital literacy educations. Now government also speeding up on doing AI literacy, but we feel that sometimes they work in the wrong directions because they forget that AI literacy should be accompanied with AI critical literacy, just like when we do critical thinking on digital literacy. That’s why our role at the moment is helping, assisting when the government now initiate the curriculum for coding and programming and also AI as early as elementary schools. We are now involved in making sure that AI critical literacy is a big part of that to make sure that they are not only learning about prompting, especially for senior high schools, but also how to critically, how to understand how to use like a prompting in Socratic prompting to make sure that people shouldn’t especially don’t lose their ability to critical thinking on AI literacy. Thank you.


Viktors Makarovs: Thank you very much, Septelji. And Graham, same question by and large goes to you. What can we expect from civil society organizations like yours to do to address AI and how can other stakeholders support you?


Graham Brookie: You can expect us to remain engaged, which is maybe not a particularly novel thing to say, but it is increasingly difficult in this landscape. Right now, there is a narrative, including from some partner governments, that any effort to regulate this space or to moderate this space or to create transparency in this space equates to censorship. And that is fundamentally not true. And so we have to address that narrative. And number two, the investment in this landscape is retrenched and we have to drive more investment into these sets of issues in order to have. The Basic Transparency that Allows the Space for Accountability and Rights-Respecting and Rights-Protecting Approaches. And here, the prioritization has got to be on transparency for frontier models for this AI moment. Number two, trust and safety, an investment in trust and safety, especially by industry and especially as it relates to generative artificial intelligence’s impact on the information environment. Number three, most broadly, investment in the critical institutions that create and protect and sustain the multi-stakeholder system that has kept things like the Internet open, secure, and interoperable, the things that WSIS absolutely stands for. And so that’s absolutely critical. And I say investment in the institutions like academic institutions that are driving long-form research, like fact-checking organizations or independent media that create open dialogue, and like civil society organizations that are driving technical research.


Viktors Makarovs: Oh, fantastic. Thank you very much. Now, we have about five minutes to address questions. And I have to mention that because we are online as well, there have been some interesting comments like one member of the audience writing that we should also recognize the role of libraries and information services and the traditional skills of librarians. There is also a question about the use of blockchain technology to enhance integrity of information, trust, and transparency. Not exactly our topic there, perhaps, but also a question if information integrity is essential to mitigate the bad or adverse effects of disinformation and disinformation. I think it’s obvious. So we’ll perhaps leave it out there for the time being. Let’s take questions from the audience. Finally, I can see one hand there and you two. Let’s start with you, please. And please introduce yourself. And please, really, a short question.


Audience: Yes. So my name is Ila. I think you need to speak into the mic, so there’s really… My name is Ila, I’m with the CDAC Network, Communicating with Disaster-Affected Communities. And on your point about information nihilism, as it may or may not relate to Gen-AI, studies show that people’s willingness to believe false or true information is not really connected to the level… of Realism of the Content, but rather factors like repetition, narrative appeal, perceived authority, etc., etc., and the viewer’s state of mind. A key element of a long-term, portfolioed approach to respond to that would be to fund and support local independent journalism, but realistically funding prospects are bleak for local journalism. So how could Gen AI be used to provide information that meets those epistemic and social and psychological needs, say, to help local human rights-based CSOs create counter-narratives to incendiary information? Or should we avoid that, completely using Gen AI to create counter-narratives?


Viktors Makarovs: Okay, that’s one question out there, I think this goes to… Let’s take one or two more. I can see the hand over there, please.


Audience: Can you hear me? So hi, my name is Claudio. And I’m a high school student from Romania. I wanted to ask you this question because in our very recent presidential elections we actually had a huge disinformation campaign, I think you may have heard about it. And in your discourse from earlier, I heard a lot about educating the new generation. But what do you do with the people that remain illiterate digitally? The people from the countryside, the older people, don’t you think there is a need for regulation on the AI companies that generate the watermark or something like that? Thank you. Very good question. I would say two of them. But let’s take another one, please. Yes, Boris Engelsson, a journalist freelance. I heard praise about the academia to be able to safeguard some information integrity. One year back at the University of Geneva, medical faculty, there was a big symposium with a big shot of this domain claiming that most of medical research in in the past 50 years is fake. And they quoted the former editor-in-chief of The Lancet, I think, who confirmed that. I would have more questions, but I will stick to that one. So I’m not quite sure I understood your specific question, sir, to this panel. The question is that if even nearly medical faculties, like faculty, I am not even considered economics and psychology, which has been disqualified as science since long. But I mean, if even medical researchers confess now that they consider most of medical research fake, are these people the best source of integrity of information because they are called academics? Oh, that seems to be an interesting one to address.


Viktors Makarovs: Sorry. Sorry. Yes. We have a question on regulation of AI again, use of AI to actually inform and create counter-narratives. And also, what do you do with audiences that lack the AI literacy and AI critical literacy, as we just heard from one of the speakers? Who would like to address perhaps very quickly each of the panelists?


Peggy Hicks: Sure. I think each of the questions has its answer built in it to some extent. I think we have to explore. We’re actually doing some of that work internally and happy to talk more about it. But what type of narrative response is useful? But that’s part of what I meant. And I have to say, I think you’re absolutely right. There’s probably research out there that’s not good. But like with anything, we can’t just say there isn’t any good research. We have to actually look at the research, see how it’s done, and vet it to ensure it’s solid. But one of the things that we’ve learned from some of the research on disinformation is that some of the things that we think would be useful to counter it don’t work, and the alternative is true. That we need to make sure that we’re not actually bolstering disinformation by giving it greater breadth by responding to it in the wrong way. And so I really like the idea of how do we bring those pieces together and engage more. On your question, I think it’s a really valid one that making sure that our education systems, both for younger and older people, are helping people.


Zaneta Ozolina: There is no universal remedy to all those questions which were raised, because very often disinformation and also information integrity is country-specific. And regarding your question, a very similar problem we have in Latvia. Also, the elderly generation digitally is not so educated as the younger generation. And this is a government policy at the moment that this year is called Seniors Digital Year, when special programmes are offered on the local level, particularly to senior groups, in order to be prepared for the next rounds of digitalisation. And this, by the way, to a very large extent, is executed by librarians and in the libraries. So therefore, the question which was raised before, what is the role of libraries? Very great role, particularly addressing those target groups which are remotely placed.


Viktors Makarovs: Thank you. Septiaji, if you’re still there, we’ll get back to you for your quick comments. Let’s do it right now. Yes, 60 seconds max, please.


Septiaji Nugroho: Yes, I think for the first one, it is going to be very urgent that we need to explain that how we read usually information vertically needs to be changed to be read laterally. So that’s why we want to make sure that people need to exercise their freedom of expression. the way they are reading information, especially comparing analytically information coming from NGINI and also with the information from the library and everything. And the second one about how we target the elderly. Mafindo is now running the third year as we have an elderly digital academy. So basically we have a specific approach which is different when we target the young audience. So that’s why we would really like to share the experience. We are very happy to share you if you want to connect us on how the Indonesian version of elderly digital academy work, especially also on AI. You can contact me. Thank you.


Viktors Makarovs: Thank you very much, Septiaji. Something very specific there. And Graham, 30 seconds. And then we are finished and we have to leave.


Graham Brookie: I’m happy to get more in depth on the very complex conversations after the session. The advice is very simple. Yes, we have to avoid the oxygen of amplification, but you have got to engage better across all that. Don’t be afraid of your own shadow. Engage in the information environment that you have, not the information environment that you want. Thank you very much.


Viktors Makarovs: And the only thing I have to say, two things. Thank you very much to the speakers, to the audience, of course, also those online. And the second thing I have to say is there is coffee courtesy of this particular side event. So you’re welcome to enjoy it in the break. Thank you very much. And have a nice day.


P

Peggy Hicks

Speech speed

193 words per minute

Speech length

1296 words

Speech time

401 seconds

AI is rapidly changing the information environment in ways we don’t fully understand yet, with platforms potentially fragmenting and evolving beyond current forms

Explanation

Hicks argues that the information environment is undergoing rapid transformation that we haven’t fully grasped, with social media potentially moving toward more fragmented, protocol-based approaches. She emphasizes that platforms themselves may not continue to exist in their current form, making it crucial to address these issues with firm information basis and at pace.


Evidence

Referenced a podcast discussing social media’s potential shift to fragmented platform-based, protocol-based approaches


Major discussion point

AI’s Impact on Information Environment and Integrity


Topics

Content policy | Human rights principles | Digital business models


Agreed with

– Viktors Makarovs
– Graham Brookie

Agreed on

AI is rapidly transforming the information environment in ways that are not fully understood


AI presents risks through hallucination, deepfakes, biased content moderation, and questionable data provenance that threaten information reliability

Explanation

Hicks identifies multiple AI-related risks including the persistent problem of AI hallucination, the impact of deepfakes, and AI content moderation that may be infused with discriminatory flaws. She also highlights concerns about data provenance and privacy in the AI landscape.


Evidence

Mentioned that hallucination ‘doesn’t seem to be getting any better’ and that AI machine learning generally shows flaws that could fuel discrimination


Major discussion point

Risks and Challenges in the AI Information Landscape


Topics

Human rights principles | Privacy and data protection | Content policy


Government responses tend toward binary solutions that don’t work from a free expression standpoint and can enable censorship of dissent

Explanation

Hicks warns that governments are seeking overly simplistic solutions that treat information as simply good or bad, true or false. She argues this binary approach is problematic because facts are often contested and such tools can be misused by actors to censor speech or suppress dissent.


Evidence

Noted the tendency to look for solutions where ‘information is good or information is bad’ and the belief that companies could ‘flip a switch and solve the issue of disinformation’


Major discussion point

Risks and Challenges in the AI Information Landscape


Topics

Freedom of expression | Human rights principles | Legal and regulatory


AI tools can help understand global situations in deeper, more nuanced ways at scale and in real-time, potentially improving human rights monitoring

Explanation

Hicks sees positive potential in AI for human rights work, noting that these tools can provide access to previously unavailable datasets and enable real-time understanding of global situations. She emphasizes that spotlights on situations tend to make negative human rights outcomes less likely.


Evidence

Mentioned access to ‘data sets that we never did before’ and the principle that ‘when there’s a spotlight on a situation, it tends to be much harder for things to happen in a negative way with regards to human rights’


Major discussion point

Opportunities and Positive Applications of AI


Topics

Human rights principles | Digital access | Interdisciplinary approaches


Agreed with

– Zaneta Ozolina
– Septiaji Nugroho

Agreed on

AI presents both significant risks and potential benefits for information integrity


Need for evidence-based approaches that identify good practices and incorporate academic research rather than assuming solutions

Explanation

Hicks advocates for bringing in the academic community more successfully and allowing good practices to be replicated across different geographic and resource environments. She emphasizes the importance of looking at real problems and what actually works to address them rather than assuming we know the answers.


Evidence

Referenced the Human Rights Digital Advisory Service mentioned in the Global Digital Compact and the BTEC project for encouraging company accountability


Major discussion point

Solutions and Responses to AI Information Challenges


Topics

Human rights principles | Interdisciplinary approaches | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Zaneta Ozolina
– Septiaji Nugroho

Agreed on

Different audiences require tailored approaches to information integrity and AI literacy


Disagreed with

– Septiaji Nugroho

Disagreed on

Role of platforms vs. fact-checkers in synthetic content identification


Z

Zaneta Ozolina

Speech speed

133 words per minute

Speech length

1047 words

Speech time

469 seconds

AI enables more sophisticated disinformation campaigns with well-planned tactics and models, not just random narratives

Explanation

Ozolina’s research found that disinformation campaigns are strategically planned rather than random, with similar tactics and models used across different cases. Her comparative analysis of the War in Ukraine and Climate Change revealed that despite different narratives, the underlying campaign structures and methods are part of well-coordinated efforts.


Evidence

Comparative analysis of War in Ukraine and Climate Change cases showed that ‘even narratives could be different, the tactics, how it is applied, the models which are used, they are part of very well-planned campaigns’


Major discussion point

AI’s Impact on Information Environment and Integrity


Topics

Content policy | Cyberconflict and warfare | Human rights principles


Agreed with

– Ivars Pundurs
– Septiaji Nugroho
– Graham Brookie

Agreed on

AI enables sophisticated targeting and manipulation by malicious actors


Different audiences require specially designed approaches to information integrity, as demonstrated by Ukrainian refugees needing trustworthy European information rather than anti-disinformation messaging

Explanation

Ozolina discovered that Ukrainian refugees, primarily women with children fleeing war, already understood Russian disinformation and didn’t need convincing about its role. Instead, they needed accessible, trustworthy information about European developments in languages they could understand, highlighting how information integrity needs vary by audience.


Evidence

Interview findings with Ukrainian refugees showed they ‘know what war is about and what Russia is up to’ but were ‘lacking information about what is happening in Europe, in language which they could understand, information sources they could trust’


Major discussion point

Risks and Challenges in the AI Information Landscape


Topics

Human rights principles | Multilingualism | Cultural diversity


Agreed with

– Septiaji Nugroho
– Peggy Hicks

Agreed on

Different audiences require tailored approaches to information integrity and AI literacy


AI can assist in developing educational curricula, information packages for critical thinking, and reaching underserved social groups like rural populations

Explanation

Ozolina found that AI tools can help create educational materials and information packages tailored for different societal groups, particularly those who don’t consume traditional information sources. The tools can assist in developing critical thinking resources for schools and reaching rural populations who may not read mainstream publications.


Evidence

Mentioned that tools will help develop ‘new curricula for schools’ and ‘special information packages’ for ‘social groups and societies that are not very keen on using classical information sources’ like ‘people in rural areas [who] do not read the Financial Times and the Washington Post’


Major discussion point

Opportunities and Positive Applications of AI


Topics

Online education | Digital access | Inclusive finance


Agreed with

– Peggy Hicks
– Septiaji Nugroho

Agreed on

AI presents both significant risks and potential benefits for information integrity


Importance of balancing human intelligence with artificial intelligence rather than taking pro or con positions

Explanation

Ozolina argues that society is unnecessarily divided between those praising AI and those denying it, when the real issue is how to balance human and artificial intelligence. She emphasizes that AI is here to stay, so the focus should be on integration rather than opposition.


Evidence

Observed that ‘society is divided into groups. Those who are praising results of artificial opportunities of artificial intelligence and those who are denying’ and stated ‘Artificial intelligence is here to stay’


Major discussion point

Solutions and Responses to AI Information Challenges


Topics

Interdisciplinary approaches | Human rights principles | Online education


Academia must focus on spreading knowledge, communicating with different societal groups, and filling information vacuums

Explanation

Ozolina identifies three key roles for academia: maintaining strong human intelligence through knowledge dissemination, serving as communicators and mediators with various societal groups, and addressing information vacuums in public spaces and education systems. She emphasizes that faster technological growth requires more communicators and mediators.


Evidence

Noted that ‘faster artificial intelligence and actually technologies are growing. More communicators and mediators will be needed’ and observed ‘information vacuum’ in ‘public space, in education system, in the way how younger generation receives and consumes information’


Major discussion point

Solutions and Responses to AI Information Challenges


Topics

Online education | Interdisciplinary approaches | Cultural diversity


Disagreed with

– Audience

Disagreed on

Trust in academic institutions as guardians of information integrity


Special programs are needed for digitally less educated elderly populations, often implemented through libraries at the local level

Explanation

Ozolina explains that Latvia has designated this year as ‘Seniors Digital Year’ with special programs offered locally to prepare elderly populations for digitalization. She highlights the important role of librarians and libraries in executing these programs for remote and elderly target groups.


Evidence

Mentioned Latvia’s ‘Seniors Digital Year’ with ‘special programmes offered on the local level, particularly to senior groups’ and noted ‘this, by the way, to a very large extent, is executed by librarians and in the libraries’


Major discussion point

Addressing Different Audiences and Digital Divides


Topics

Digital access | Online education | Capacity development


S

Septiaji Nugroho

Speech speed

137 words per minute

Speech length

816 words

Speech time

356 seconds

AI accelerates content creation and dissemination, with people applying more ‘gas’ than ‘brakes’ to AI adoption

Explanation

Nugroho observes that AI significantly speeds up content creation and distribution, but people are rushing to adopt AI technology without adequate caution or restraint. This imbalance between acceleration and careful consideration creates risks in the information environment.


Evidence

Stated that ‘people now put more gas on AI using compared to the breaks that we want to have’


Major discussion point

AI’s Impact on Information Environment and Integrity


Topics

Content policy | Digital business models | Human rights principles


AI enables micro-targeting of specific audiences like elderly people and migrant workers for scams and manipulation

Explanation

Nugroho identifies AI’s capability to target specific demographic groups with tailored deceptive content as a significant problem. The technology allows bad actors to create convincing videos and audio specifically designed to exploit vulnerable populations like the elderly and migrant workers.


Evidence

Mentioned that AI can ‘target specific people because they have already database, they can target like elderly people, they target like migrant workers. using very convincing videos and audio’


Major discussion point

AI’s Impact on Information Environment and Integrity


Topics

Consumer protection | Human rights principles | Cybercrime


Agreed with

– Ivars Pundurs
– Zaneta Ozolina
– Graham Brookie

Agreed on

AI enables sophisticated targeting and manipulation by malicious actors


Fact-checkers now face impossible demands to verify whether content is synthetic, which should be platforms’ responsibility through proper watermarking

Explanation

Nugroho argues that the public is increasingly asking fact-checkers to determine if content is AI-generated, but this task should fall to digital platforms through adequate watermarking systems. He emphasizes that no fact-checking organization can handle the volume of AI content being produced.


Evidence

Noted that ‘people are asking to us whether this content is synthetic or not synthetic, which is actually shouldn’t be our problem’ and that ‘no fact checkers in the world can face this, so many AI contents already’


Major discussion point

Risks and Challenges in the AI Information Landscape


Topics

Content policy | Liability of intermediaries | Digital standards


Disagreed with

– Peggy Hicks

Disagreed on

Role of platforms vs. fact-checkers in synthetic content identification


AI chatbots can make fact-checking databases more accessible to the public, as demonstrated by recent implementations

Explanation

Nugroho describes how his organization launched an AI chatbot system to help people better access their fact-checking database. This represents a positive application of AI technology that makes information verification more user-friendly and accessible than previous systems.


Evidence

Mentioned they ‘just launched like two weeks ago using chatbot AI. So to make sure that people can connect to our database well, because before using AI, it is quite difficult for people to try to use our database’


Major discussion point

Opportunities and Positive Applications of AI


Topics

Digital access | Content policy | Online education


Agreed with

– Peggy Hicks
– Zaneta Ozolina

Agreed on

AI presents both significant risks and potential benefits for information integrity


AI literacy education must be accompanied by AI critical literacy, including Socratic prompting techniques to maintain critical thinking abilities

Explanation

Nugroho advocates for comprehensive AI education that goes beyond basic prompting skills to include critical thinking about AI use. He emphasizes the importance of Socratic prompting methods to ensure people don’t lose their ability to think critically when using AI tools.


Evidence

Mentioned involvement in curriculum development to ensure ‘AI critical literacy is a big part of that’ and teaching ‘Socratic prompting to make sure that people shouldn’t especially don’t lose their ability to critical thinking on AI literacy’


Major discussion point

Solutions and Responses to AI Information Challenges


Topics

Online education | Critical thinking | Capacity development


Different approaches are required for elderly audiences compared to young people, such as specialized digital academies

Explanation

Nugroho explains that his organization runs an ‘elderly digital academy’ with approaches specifically tailored for older audiences, recognizing that effective digital literacy programs must be adapted to different age groups and their unique needs and learning styles.


Evidence

Mentioned running ‘the third year as we have an elderly digital academy’ with ‘a specific approach which is different when we target the young audience’


Major discussion point

Addressing Different Audiences and Digital Divides


Topics

Digital access | Online education | Capacity development


Agreed with

– Zaneta Ozolina
– Peggy Hicks

Agreed on

Different audiences require tailored approaches to information integrity and AI literacy


Information consumption patterns need to change from vertical to lateral reading, especially when comparing AI-generated and traditional information sources

Explanation

Nugroho advocates for a fundamental shift in how people consume information, moving from traditional vertical reading patterns to lateral reading that involves comparing and analyzing information from multiple sources, particularly when dealing with AI-generated content versus traditional sources.


Evidence

Stated that ‘how we read usually information vertically needs to be changed to be read laterally’ and emphasized ‘comparing analytically information coming from NGINI and also with the information from the library and everything’


Major discussion point

Addressing Different Audiences and Digital Divides


Topics

Online education | Content policy | Critical thinking


G

Graham Brookie

Speech speed

150 words per minute

Speech length

1299 words

Speech time

519 seconds

While AI-generated content is increasing across all monitored cases, there hasn’t been documented behavior change from single deepfakes or synthetic content

Explanation

Brookie reports that while his organization sees more AI-generated content in all areas they monitor (scams, elections, etc.), there hasn’t been a single documented case where a deepfake or synthetic content piece led to immediate measurable behavior change. He notes they’ve seen cases that came close, particularly in Slovakia’s parliamentary elections.


Evidence

Mentioned ‘There hasn’t been one case that we have seen in any place around the world where something like a deepfake or a single piece of synthetic content led to immediate behavior change’ and referenced ‘Slovakia parliamentary elections’ as the closest example


Major discussion point

AI’s Impact on Information Environment and Integrity


Topics

Content policy | Human rights principles | Cyberconflict and warfare


Agreed with

– Peggy Hicks
– Viktors Makarovs

Agreed on

AI is rapidly transforming the information environment in ways that are not fully understood


AI is being rapidly adopted by bad actors, particularly state actors, for coding narratives and understanding cultural context in information operations

Explanation

Brookie observes that malicious actors, especially state-sponsored ones, are quickly adapting AI tools for information warfare purposes. They’re using AI for developing narrative frameworks and breaking down cultural and language barriers in their operations.


Evidence

Noted ‘rapid adaptation by bad actors using A.I.’ and specifically mentioned state actors using AI ‘for things like coding narratives, for things like understanding cultural context or breaking down language barriers’


Major discussion point

AI’s Impact on Information Environment and Integrity


Topics

Cyberconflict and warfare | Content policy | Human rights principles


Agreed with

– Ivars Pundurs
– Zaneta Ozolina
– Septiaji Nugroho

Agreed on

AI enables sophisticated targeting and manipulation by malicious actors


Public polling shows audiences are generally more skeptical and less trusting of institutions, creating an ‘everything is possible, nothing is real’ environment

Explanation

Brookie presents a pessimistic finding that the mere existence of AI is making people more skeptical of all information and less trusting of institutions generally. This creates a problematic environment where people doubt everything, which is harmful to democratic processes and multi-stakeholder cooperation.


Evidence

Referenced ‘public polling’ showing ‘audiences are generally more skeptical and less trusting of institutions’ and described the situation as ‘everything is possible and thus nothing is real’


Major discussion point

Risks and Challenges in the AI Information Landscape


Topics

Human rights principles | Content policy | Freedom of expression


There’s large-scale retrenchment from industry transparency efforts and reduced investment in trust and safety fields

Explanation

Brookie identifies a concerning trend where there’s decreased investment in trust and safety measures across governmental institutions, civil society, and industry. He also notes a narrative that equates any regulation or moderation efforts with censorship, which complicates efforts to address AI-related information problems.


Evidence

Mentioned ‘large-scale retrenchment from industry and transparency efforts’ and ‘less investment in fields of trust and safety from governmental institutions, from civil society institutions’


Major discussion point

Risks and Challenges in the AI Information Landscape


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Content policy | Human rights principles


Need for transparency in frontier AI models, investment in trust and safety, and support for critical institutions that sustain the multi-stakeholder system

Explanation

Brookie outlines three key priorities for addressing AI information challenges: ensuring transparency in advanced AI models, increasing investment in trust and safety measures (especially by industry), and supporting the institutions that maintain the open, secure, and interoperable internet that WSIS represents.


Evidence

Specifically mentioned ‘transparency for frontier models’, ‘trust and safety, an investment in trust and safety, especially by industry’ and ‘investment in the critical institutions that create and protect and sustain the multi-stakeholder system’


Major discussion point

Solutions and Responses to AI Information Challenges


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Digital standards | Critical internet resources


I

Ivars Pundurs

Speech speed

111 words per minute

Speech length

595 words

Speech time

321 seconds

Latvia has established a national AI center and this represents the third consecutive year of discussions on AI’s impact on information environment

Explanation

Pundurs explains that Latvia has created a national AI center that brings together public and private sectors along with academia to foster rapid AI adoption. He notes this is the third year Latvia has organized discussions specifically focused on how artificial intelligence affects the information environment.


Evidence

Mentioned ‘Latvia has entered the AI race. We have established a national AI center that brings together the public and private sectors, as well as academia’ and ‘This is the third consecutive year that Latvia has convened a discussion on how artificial intelligence affects our information environment’


Major discussion point

Opening Remarks and Context Setting


Topics

Capacity development | Digital access | Interdisciplinary approaches


The discussion addresses the intersection of AI advancement and information integrity as a critical challenge requiring collective action

Explanation

Pundurs frames the discussion within the context of the WSIS Plus 20 review, noting that while the original WSIS action lines from two decades ago remain relevant, the transformative changes in recent years have made information integrity a distinct and critical challenge that requires focused attention and collective international action.


Evidence

Referenced the ‘WSIS Plus 20 review’ and noted that ‘information integrity has emerged as a distinct and critical challenge requiring focused attention and collective action’


Major discussion point

Opening Remarks and Context Setting


Topics

Human rights principles | Content policy | Legal and regulatory


State actors are using AI to manipulate information and conduct surveillance, with Russia’s AI-driven narratives about Ukraine as a stark example

Explanation

Pundurs identifies the malicious use of AI by state actors as a major threat, specifically highlighting how these actors use AI to manipulate information, shape minds and behavior, conduct surveillance, and suppress dissent. He cites Russia’s use of AI-driven tools to spread narratives justifying its war against Ukraine as a concrete example.


Evidence

Specifically mentioned ‘Russia’s use of AI-driven tools to spread narratives aimed at justifying its unprovoked war of aggression against Ukraine, a war that flagrantly violates international law’


Major discussion point

Opening Remarks and Context Setting


Topics

Cyberconflict and warfare | Human rights principles | Content policy


Agreed with

– Zaneta Ozolina
– Septiaji Nugroho
– Graham Brookie

Agreed on

AI enables sophisticated targeting and manipulation by malicious actors


V

Viktors Makarovs

Speech speed

134 words per minute

Speech length

1445 words

Speech time

643 seconds

AI adoption has increased exponentially with ChatGPT alone reaching 800 million weekly users, representing a four-fold increase since last year

Explanation

Makarovs highlights the dramatic growth in AI adoption by citing specific user statistics for ChatGPT. He uses this data to demonstrate how rapidly the technological landscape has changed since their previous discussion on this topic.


Evidence

ChatGPT has 800 million weekly users today, which is about four times increased since last year when they had the first installment of this discussion


Major discussion point

AI’s Impact on Information Environment and Integrity


Topics

Digital business models | Digital access | Content policy


We are blindly driving into a fog regarding AI’s impact on our information world and epistemology

Explanation

Makarovs quotes AI researcher Yoshua Bengio to characterize the current state of uncertainty about AI’s effects on how we understand and process information. This metaphor emphasizes the lack of clear understanding about where AI developments are leading us in terms of information integrity.


Evidence

Referenced Yoshua Bengio’s statement that ‘we’re blindly driving into a fog’ in relation to AI risks


Major discussion point

AI’s Impact on Information Environment and Integrity


Topics

Human rights principles | Content policy | Interdisciplinary approaches


Agreed with

– Peggy Hicks
– Graham Brookie

Agreed on

AI is rapidly transforming the information environment in ways that are not fully understood


Information integrity represents a juncture of AI and the concept of a global information environment that is open, free, but also safe and secure

Explanation

Makarovs defines information integrity as the intersection of two critical contemporary issues: AI development and the need for an information environment that balances openness and freedom with safety and security. He frames this as a key challenge requiring examination of how these phenomena interact.


Evidence

Described information integrity as ‘a very important though recent and not quite well-known idea of an information environment that is global, open, free, but at the same time safe and secure’


Major discussion point

Opening Remarks and Context Setting


Topics

Human rights principles | Content policy | Freedom of expression


A

Audience

Speech speed

143 words per minute

Speech length

445 words

Speech time

186 seconds

People’s willingness to believe false or true information is not connected to content realism but to factors like repetition, narrative appeal, and perceived authority

Explanation

An audience member from the CDAC Network argues that information believability is not determined by how realistic content appears, but rather by psychological and social factors. This challenges assumptions about how people process information in the AI era.


Evidence

Referenced studies showing that belief in information is influenced by ‘repetition, narrative appeal, perceived authority, etc.’ and ‘the viewer’s state of mind’


Major discussion point

Addressing Different Audiences and Digital Divides


Topics

Content policy | Human rights principles | Interdisciplinary approaches


Funding prospects for local independent journalism are bleak, creating challenges for countering disinformation

Explanation

The same audience member identifies the financial crisis facing local journalism as a critical problem for maintaining information integrity. They suggest this funding shortage undermines the ability to provide authoritative, local information that could counter false narratives.


Evidence

Stated that ‘realistically funding prospects are bleak for local journalism’


Major discussion point

Solutions and Responses to AI Information Challenges


Topics

Freedom of the press | Digital business models | Content policy


There is a need for regulation requiring AI companies to implement watermarking, especially for digitally illiterate populations

Explanation

A Romanian high school student argues that while education is important for younger generations, regulatory measures are needed to protect older and rural populations who lack digital literacy. They suggest watermarking requirements for AI companies as a specific solution.


Evidence

Referenced Romania’s recent presidential elections with ‘a huge disinformation campaign’ and asked about ‘regulation on the AI companies that generate the watermark’


Major discussion point

Solutions and Responses to AI Information Challenges


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Digital access | Consumer protection


Academic credibility in information integrity is questionable given admissions that most medical research in the past 50 years may be fake

Explanation

A journalist challenges the panel’s reliance on academia as a source of information integrity by citing claims from medical faculty that much medical research has been falsified. This argument questions whether academics are the best guardians of information integrity.


Evidence

Referenced ‘a big symposium with a big shot of this domain claiming that most of medical research in in the past 50 years is fake’ and quoted ‘the former editor-in-chief of The Lancet’


Major discussion point

Solutions and Responses to AI Information Challenges


Topics

Interdisciplinary approaches | Human rights principles | Content policy


Disagreed with

– Zaneta Ozolina

Disagreed on

Trust in academic institutions as guardians of information integrity


Libraries and librarians should be recognized for their traditional skills in information integrity and their role in supporting digital literacy programs

Explanation

An online audience member emphasizes the importance of libraries and librarians in maintaining information integrity, highlighting their traditional expertise in information verification and organization. This argument advocates for recognizing existing institutional knowledge in addressing new AI challenges.


Evidence

Comment mentioned ‘the role of libraries and information services and the traditional skills of librarians’


Major discussion point

Solutions and Responses to AI Information Challenges


Topics

Online education | Digital access | Capacity development


Agreements

Agreement points

AI is rapidly transforming the information environment in ways that are not fully understood

Speakers

– Peggy Hicks
– Viktors Makarovs
– Graham Brookie

Arguments

AI is rapidly changing the information environment in ways we don’t fully understand yet, with platforms potentially fragmenting and evolving beyond current forms


We are blindly driving into a fog regarding AI’s impact on our information world and epistemology


While AI-generated content is increasing across all monitored cases, there hasn’t been documented behavior change from single deepfakes or synthetic content


Summary

All speakers acknowledge that AI is fundamentally changing how information is created, distributed, and consumed, but emphasize that we lack complete understanding of these changes and their implications


Topics

Content policy | Human rights principles | Interdisciplinary approaches


AI enables sophisticated targeting and manipulation by malicious actors

Speakers

– Ivars Pundurs
– Zaneta Ozolina
– Septiaji Nugroho
– Graham Brookie

Arguments

State actors are using AI to manipulate information and conduct surveillance, with Russia’s AI-driven narratives about Ukraine as a stark example


AI enables more sophisticated disinformation campaigns with well-planned tactics and models, not just random narratives


AI enables micro-targeting of specific audiences like elderly people and migrant workers for scams and manipulation


AI is being rapidly adopted by bad actors, particularly state actors, for coding narratives and understanding cultural context in information operations


Summary

Speakers agree that AI significantly enhances the capabilities of malicious actors to create targeted, sophisticated information manipulation campaigns


Topics

Cyberconflict and warfare | Content policy | Human rights principles


Different audiences require tailored approaches to information integrity and AI literacy

Speakers

– Zaneta Ozolina
– Septiaji Nugroho
– Peggy Hicks

Arguments

Different audiences require specially designed approaches to information integrity, as demonstrated by Ukrainian refugees needing trustworthy European information rather than anti-disinformation messaging


Different approaches are required for elderly audiences compared to young people, such as specialized digital academies


Need for evidence-based approaches that identify good practices and incorporate academic research rather than assuming solutions


Summary

Speakers emphasize that effective responses to AI and information integrity challenges must be customized for specific demographic groups and their unique needs


Topics

Online education | Digital access | Human rights principles


AI presents both significant risks and potential benefits for information integrity

Speakers

– Peggy Hicks
– Zaneta Ozolina
– Septiaji Nugroho

Arguments

AI tools can help understand global situations in deeper, more nuanced ways at scale and in real-time, potentially improving human rights monitoring


AI can assist in developing educational curricula, information packages for critical thinking, and reaching underserved social groups like rural populations


AI chatbots can make fact-checking databases more accessible to the public, as demonstrated by recent implementations


Summary

While acknowledging serious risks, speakers agree that AI can be leveraged positively for education, accessibility, and human rights monitoring when properly implemented


Topics

Online education | Digital access | Human rights principles


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers express concern about inadequate institutional responses to AI challenges, with governments seeking overly simplistic solutions and industry reducing investment in safety measures

Speakers

– Peggy Hicks
– Graham Brookie

Arguments

Government responses tend toward binary solutions that don’t work from a free expression standpoint and can enable censorship of dissent


There’s large-scale retrenchment from industry transparency efforts and reduced investment in trust and safety fields


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights principles | Freedom of expression


Both speakers advocate for balanced, critical approaches to AI education that maintain human cognitive abilities while leveraging AI benefits

Speakers

– Zaneta Ozolina
– Septiaji Nugroho

Arguments

Importance of balancing human intelligence with artificial intelligence rather than taking pro or con positions


AI literacy education must be accompanied by AI critical literacy, including Socratic prompting techniques to maintain critical thinking abilities


Topics

Online education | Critical thinking | Interdisciplinary approaches


Multiple speakers recognize that elderly and digitally illiterate populations require special attention and targeted interventions to address AI-related information challenges

Speakers

– Zaneta Ozolina
– Septiaji Nugroho
– Audience

Arguments

Special programs are needed for digitally less educated elderly populations, often implemented through libraries at the local level


Different approaches are required for elderly audiences compared to young people, such as specialized digital academies


There is a need for regulation requiring AI companies to implement watermarking, especially for digitally illiterate populations


Topics

Digital access | Online education | Legal and regulatory


Unexpected consensus

The limited immediate behavioral impact of AI-generated content despite increased production

Speakers

– Graham Brookie
– Peggy Hicks

Arguments

While AI-generated content is increasing across all monitored cases, there hasn’t been documented behavior change from single deepfakes or synthetic content


AI presents risks through hallucination, deepfakes, biased content moderation, and questionable data provenance that threaten information reliability


Explanation

Despite widespread concern about AI-generated content, there’s surprising agreement that single pieces of synthetic content haven’t yet caused measurable behavior change, suggesting the threat may be more about cumulative effects and trust erosion rather than immediate manipulation


Topics

Content policy | Human rights principles | Cyberconflict and warfare


The critical role of traditional institutions like libraries in addressing AI challenges

Speakers

– Zaneta Ozolina
– Audience

Arguments

Special programs are needed for digitally less educated elderly populations, often implemented through libraries at the local level


Libraries and librarians should be recognized for their traditional skills in information integrity and their role in supporting digital literacy programs


Explanation

There’s unexpected consensus that traditional information institutions like libraries are crucial for addressing modern AI challenges, highlighting how established information literacy skills remain relevant in the digital age


Topics

Online education | Digital access | Capacity development


Overall assessment

Summary

Speakers demonstrate strong consensus on the fundamental challenges posed by AI to information integrity, the need for tailored educational approaches, and the dual nature of AI as both threat and opportunity. There’s also agreement on the inadequacy of current institutional responses.


Consensus level

High level of consensus on problem identification and general solution directions, with speakers complementing rather than contradicting each other. This suggests a mature understanding of the issues and potential for coordinated policy responses, though implementation details may require further discussion.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Role of platforms vs. fact-checkers in synthetic content identification

Speakers

– Septiaji Nugroho
– Peggy Hicks

Arguments

Fact-checkers now face impossible demands to verify whether content is synthetic, which should be platforms’ responsibility through proper watermarking


Need for evidence-based approaches that identify good practices and incorporate academic research rather than assuming solutions


Summary

Nugroho argues that platforms should bear responsibility for identifying synthetic content through watermarking, while Hicks emphasizes the need for evidence-based approaches and good practices rather than assuming technological solutions will work


Topics

Content policy | Liability of intermediaries | Digital standards


Trust in academic institutions as guardians of information integrity

Speakers

– Zaneta Ozolina
– Audience

Arguments

Academia must focus on spreading knowledge, communicating with different societal groups, and filling information vacuums


Academic credibility in information integrity is questionable given admissions that most medical research in the past 50 years may be fake


Summary

Ozolina advocates for academia’s central role in maintaining information integrity through knowledge dissemination, while an audience member challenges academic credibility by citing concerns about falsified research


Topics

Interdisciplinary approaches | Human rights principles | Content policy


Unexpected differences

Effectiveness of AI tools in combating disinformation

Speakers

– Zaneta Ozolina
– Septiaji Nugroho

Arguments

AI can assist in developing educational curricula, information packages for critical thinking, and reaching underserved social groups like rural populations


AI chatbots can make fact-checking databases more accessible to the public, as demonstrated by recent implementations


Explanation

While both speakers acknowledge AI’s potential benefits, Ozolina was initially skeptical about AI competing with human intelligence in identifying disinformation but became convinced of its utility for educational tools. Nugroho, while implementing AI solutions, emphasizes that challenges are ‘much, much bigger than the opportunities.’ This represents an unexpected nuanced disagreement about AI’s net benefit despite both using it practically


Topics

Content policy | Online education | Interdisciplinary approaches


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion revealed relatively low levels of fundamental disagreement among speakers, with most conflicts centered on implementation approaches rather than core principles. Key areas of disagreement included the division of responsibility between platforms and fact-checkers, the role of academic institutions in information integrity, and the relative balance of AI’s benefits versus risks.


Disagreement level

Moderate disagreement with significant implications – while speakers generally agreed on the problems and broad solution categories (education, regulation, transparency), their different approaches to implementation could lead to conflicting policy recommendations. The disagreement about academic credibility is particularly significant as it challenges a foundational assumption about expertise and authority in information verification.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers express concern about inadequate institutional responses to AI challenges, with governments seeking overly simplistic solutions and industry reducing investment in safety measures

Speakers

– Peggy Hicks
– Graham Brookie

Arguments

Government responses tend toward binary solutions that don’t work from a free expression standpoint and can enable censorship of dissent


There’s large-scale retrenchment from industry transparency efforts and reduced investment in trust and safety fields


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights principles | Freedom of expression


Both speakers advocate for balanced, critical approaches to AI education that maintain human cognitive abilities while leveraging AI benefits

Speakers

– Zaneta Ozolina
– Septiaji Nugroho

Arguments

Importance of balancing human intelligence with artificial intelligence rather than taking pro or con positions


AI literacy education must be accompanied by AI critical literacy, including Socratic prompting techniques to maintain critical thinking abilities


Topics

Online education | Critical thinking | Interdisciplinary approaches


Multiple speakers recognize that elderly and digitally illiterate populations require special attention and targeted interventions to address AI-related information challenges

Speakers

– Zaneta Ozolina
– Septiaji Nugroho
– Audience

Arguments

Special programs are needed for digitally less educated elderly populations, often implemented through libraries at the local level


Different approaches are required for elderly audiences compared to young people, such as specialized digital academies


There is a need for regulation requiring AI companies to implement watermarking, especially for digitally illiterate populations


Topics

Digital access | Online education | Legal and regulatory


Takeaways

Key takeaways

AI is rapidly transforming the information environment in ways not yet fully understood, creating both opportunities and significant risks to information integrity


While AI-generated content is increasing across all monitored cases, there hasn’t been documented behavior change from single deepfakes or synthetic content pieces


Different audiences require specially designed approaches to information integrity – there is no universal solution


AI literacy education must be accompanied by AI critical literacy to maintain human critical thinking abilities


The challenge requires balancing human intelligence with artificial intelligence rather than taking binary pro/con positions


Evidence-based approaches incorporating academic research are essential rather than assuming solutions


Public trust in institutions and information sources is declining, creating an ‘everything is possible, nothing is real’ environment


Investment in trust and safety, transparency for frontier AI models, and support for critical institutions is crucial


Resolutions and action items

UN Human Rights Office to develop a Human Rights Digital Advisory Service as referenced in the Global Digital Compact to help states and businesses navigate AI challenges


Continue the BTEC project to encourage companies to describe their human rights practices and promote best practices


Academia to focus on spreading knowledge, communicating with different societal groups, and filling information vacuums


Fact-checking organizations to adapt by using AI tools to connect databases with users and develop educational content


Civil society organizations to remain engaged despite challenges and drive investment in transparency and trust and safety


Governments to implement specialized programs for digitally less educated populations, particularly elderly groups, often through libraries


Unresolved issues

How to effectively regulate AI companies to ensure proper watermarking and content identification


What to do with digitally illiterate populations, particularly elderly and rural communities


How to use AI to create effective counter-narratives without amplifying disinformation


Whether AI tooling for trust and safety is having a net positive impact (defender’s dividend unclear)


How to address the fundamental challenge that platforms may not exist in their current form in the near future


How to balance free expression concerns with the need to address AI-generated disinformation


How to maintain institutional trust while addressing legitimate concerns about AI-generated content


Suggested compromises

Avoid binary solutions to information problems and instead focus on evidence-based approaches that respect free expression


Combine AI literacy with AI critical literacy education rather than focusing solely on technical skills


Use AI tools to assist rather than replace human judgment in fact-checking and content verification


Engage in the information environment as it exists rather than as we want it to be


Focus on transparency and accountability measures for companies rather than outright restrictions


Develop specialized approaches for different target audiences rather than one-size-fits-all solutions


Thought provoking comments

We’re blindly driving into a fog, and one of the areas where this seems to be true is the impact of AI on our information world, on the epistemology of the world

Speaker

Viktors Makarovs


Reason

This metaphor effectively captures the fundamental uncertainty and philosophical implications of AI’s impact on how we understand and process knowledge itself. It frames the discussion not just as a technical challenge but as an epistemological crisis affecting the very foundations of how we know what we know.


Impact

This framing elevated the discussion from technical concerns to deeper philosophical questions about truth and knowledge, setting the stage for speakers to address both immediate risks and fundamental challenges to information integrity.


We can’t address the problems of yesterday rather than today… We need to address these issues on a firm information basis… But also at pace

Speaker

Peggy Hicks


Reason

This highlights a critical paradox in policy-making around rapidly evolving technology – the need for evidence-based responses while moving quickly enough to remain relevant. It challenges the traditional approach of thorough study before action.


Impact

This comment established a tension that ran throughout the discussion between the need for careful research and the urgency of the AI transformation, influencing how other speakers balanced immediate concerns with longer-term solutions.


Everything is possible and thus nothing is real… We’re seeing trust go down just because AI exists and thus people are a little bit more skeptical of navigating online information environments

Speaker

Graham Brookie


Reason

This captures a profound psychological and social consequence of AI – that its mere existence creates a crisis of epistemic confidence even before specific harms occur. It identifies ‘information nihilism’ as perhaps more dangerous than specific disinformation.


Impact

This insight shifted the discussion from focusing solely on technical solutions to addressing the broader erosion of trust in information systems, leading other speakers to consider psychological and social dimensions of the problem.


There hasn’t been one case that we have seen in any place around the world where something like a deepfake or a single piece of synthetic content led to immediate behavior change

Speaker

Graham Brookie


Reason

This empirical observation challenges common assumptions about AI’s immediate impact on behavior, suggesting that fears about deepfakes may be overblown while the real damage is more subtle and systemic.


Impact

This finding provided important nuance to the discussion, helping ground fears in actual evidence and redirecting attention from spectacular individual cases to systemic effects on trust and information processing.


It’s not about debating pro or con. Artificial intelligence is here to stay. So therefore, the question is how to balance human intelligence and artificial intelligence

Speaker

Zaneta Ozolina


Reason

This reframes the entire debate from resistance versus acceptance to integration and balance, moving beyond binary thinking to focus on practical coexistence strategies.


Impact

This perspective helped shift the discussion from defensive measures against AI to proactive strategies for human-AI collaboration, influencing how other speakers approached solutions and adaptation strategies.


AI literacy should be accompanied with AI critical literacy, just like when we do critical thinking on digital literacy

Speaker

Septiaji Nugroho


Reason

This distinguishes between technical AI skills and critical thinking about AI, highlighting that teaching people to use AI tools is insufficient without teaching them to question and evaluate AI outputs.


Impact

This insight influenced the discussion of educational approaches, emphasizing that solutions must go beyond technical training to include critical thinking skills, which other speakers then incorporated into their recommendations.


There is no universal remedy to all those questions which were raised, because very often disinformation and also information integrity is country-specific

Speaker

Zaneta Ozolina


Reason

This challenges the assumption that global problems require universal solutions, emphasizing the importance of local context, culture, and specific vulnerabilities in addressing information integrity.


Impact

This observation helped ground the discussion in practical realities, leading speakers to consider how solutions must be adapted to different contexts rather than seeking one-size-fits-all approaches.


Overall assessment

These key comments collectively transformed what could have been a technical discussion about AI tools into a nuanced exploration of epistemological, psychological, and social challenges. The most impactful insights reframed fundamental assumptions – moving from viewing AI as a problem to be solved to understanding it as a reality requiring adaptation, from focusing on spectacular individual harms to recognizing systemic erosion of trust, and from seeking universal solutions to acknowledging contextual complexity. The discussion evolved from initial concerns about specific AI capabilities to deeper questions about how societies can maintain information integrity while adapting to technological transformation. The interplay between empirical findings (like the lack of documented deepfake behavior change) and philosophical observations (like ‘everything is possible, nothing is real’) created a sophisticated dialogue that balanced immediate practical concerns with longer-term societal implications.


Follow-up questions

How can AI be used to provide information that meets epistemic and social psychological needs to help local human rights-based CSOs create counter-narratives to incendiary information?

Speaker

Ila (CDAC Network)


Explanation

This addresses the practical application of AI for positive counter-messaging while considering the psychological factors that influence belief in information


Should we avoid using Gen AI completely to create counter-narratives?

Speaker

Ila (CDAC Network)


Explanation

This explores the ethical and practical considerations of using AI-generated content to combat disinformation


What specific regulatory measures should be implemented for AI companies regarding watermarking and content identification?

Speaker

Claudio (high school student from Romania)


Explanation

This addresses the need for technical solutions and regulatory frameworks to help users identify AI-generated content


How do we address digital illiteracy among older populations and rural communities in the context of AI-driven information environments?

Speaker

Claudio (high school student from Romania)


Explanation

This highlights the challenge of protecting vulnerable populations who may lack the skills to navigate AI-enhanced information landscapes


How can blockchain technology be used to enhance integrity of information, trust, and transparency?

Speaker

Online audience member


Explanation

This explores alternative technological solutions for ensuring information authenticity and traceability


What is the role of libraries and information services and traditional skills of librarians in maintaining information integrity?

Speaker

Online audience member


Explanation

This examines how traditional information institutions can contribute to combating AI-driven misinformation


Whether AI tooling specifically for trust and safety is actually having a net positive impact – does it increase the defender’s dividend?

Speaker

Graham Brookie


Explanation

This addresses the effectiveness of AI-based solutions in defending against AI-generated threats and whether defensive capabilities are keeping pace with offensive ones


How do we collect more case studies and data to have higher confidence assessments about AI’s impact on information environments?

Speaker

Graham Brookie


Explanation

This highlights the need for more comprehensive research and data collection to better understand the evolving landscape


What type of narrative response is useful in countering disinformation without amplifying it?

Speaker

Peggy Hicks


Explanation

This explores the strategic communication challenges of responding to misinformation without inadvertently spreading it further


How do we ensure that our responses to AI-driven information threats don’t inadvertently bolster disinformation by giving it greater breadth?

Speaker

Peggy Hicks


Explanation

This addresses the unintended consequences of counter-disinformation efforts and the need for evidence-based approaches


How do we balance human intelligence and artificial intelligence in information environments?

Speaker

Zaneta Ozolina


Explanation

This explores the fundamental question of maintaining human agency and critical thinking in an AI-dominated information landscape


How do we develop new ways to regulate and govern artificial intelligence’s impact on information integrity?

Speaker

Zaneta Ozolina


Explanation

This addresses the need for updated governance frameworks that can effectively manage AI’s impact on information systems


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.